LAW OF ONE CONDENSED (in black text)
The following is intended to provide an organized and readable approach to the information given by RA with associated subjects combined. It is not intended to provide the complete information within the entire five books of the Law Of One. Much of the information in the Law Of One Books is scattered and separated by side conversations and is difficult to assimilate due to the separation. This is an attempt to consolidate RA’s comments by subject providing an easy “reference” for research. Many liberties have been taken with the format to place the material in a more readable order. Erroneous questions have been omitted and some answers combined to provide an easier read. Errors have been corrected when pointed out in the sessions. Translation or paraphrasing is {in braces and italicized}. It is recommended the five volumes of Law Of One be read in the original form first to obtain the flavor and background of the sessions. Session # is provided at the beginning of excerpts for reference to original text. In many cases, you may want to refer to the original for context. The original Law Of One, Volumes I through V were written verbatim from the sessions to provide an accurate accounting of the information provided by Ra. This work is not intended to be a replacement, translation or summary of that work. It is intended to be a reference pulling the majority of the principles and subjects into a more readable format. The subject of practical application of the principles presented by RA has been omitted. This is available in Book V and only by reading the entire four books (I thru IV). This story is worth the time to explore. It will provide an entirely separate story of the circumstances of the LL Research Group, an example of what is required of a positive personality, examples of practical applications of positive principles, examples of dangers involved in channeling, examples of practical healing, examples of being aware of synchronicity events and an example of three heroes dedicating their individual lifetimes (as they had chosen before birth) to helping you and me awaken to our higher selves and make the right choice.
SEE ALSO
(also in blue text below)
For a similar approach to aid study. THE STUDY GUIDE WAS
WRITTEN BY THE SAME GROUP AS WAS THE LAW OF
ONE.
Don Elkins, Ph.D., Carla Rueckert, Jim McCarty
Study Guide compiled by Bob Childers, Ph.D. Web formatting,
editing and additional compilation by David Wilcock
The Study Guide is a summary of the sessions by the originators of the sessions. It flows clearly and is very readable.
For Tobey Wheelock’s lawofone.info site, which provides extensive research and study tools specific to the Law of One books.
The suggested order of study is:
1. Read book V of Law of One series – not included here
2. Read books I through IV of Law of One series– not included here
3. Read the study guide and search the Condensed Version AND/OR
Tobey Wheelock’s lawofone.info site,USING TOBEY WHEELOCK’S SEARCH ENGINE
for additional detail or associated information.
Another publication by L.L.Research
SUBJECTS
RA and the Law Of One
#1 – WHAT IS RA
Ra: We communicate now. We are those who are of the Law of One. In our vibration the polarities are harmonized; the complexities are simplified; the paradoxes have a solution. We are one. That is our nature and our purpose.
#83
Questioner: I noticed you started this session with “I communicate now” and you usually use “We communicate now.” Is there any significance or difference with respect to that.
Ra: We am Ra. You may see the grammatical difficulties of your linguistic structure in dealing with a social memory complex. There is no distinction between the first person singular and plural in your language when pertaining to Ra.
#17
Ra: You speak with Ra. There is no separation. You would call it social memory complex thus indicating many-ness. To our understanding, you are speaking to an individualized portion of consciousness.
Questioner: Am I always speaking to the same individualized portion of consciousness in each of the sessions?
Ra: You speak to the same entity through a channel or instrument. This instrument is at times lower in vital energy. This will sometimes hamper our proceedings. However, this instrument has a great deal of faithfulness to the task and gives whatever it has to this task. Therefore, we may continue even when energy is low. This is why we usually speak to the ending of the session due to our estimation of the instrument’s levels of vital energy.
#1 – WHAT RA DOES We are old upon your planet and have served with varying degrees of success in transmitting the Law of One, of Unity, of Singleness to your peoples. We have walked your planet. We have seen the faces of your peoples. However, we now feel the great responsibility of staying in the capacity of removing the distortions and powers that have been given to the Law of One.
We
will continue in this, until, shall we say, your cycle is appropriately ended.
If not this one, then the next. We are not a part of time and, thus, are
able to be with you in any of your times.
The identity of the vibration Ra is our identity. We as a group, or what you
would call a social memory complex, made contact with a race of your planetary
kind which you call Egyptians. Others from our density made contact at the same
time in South America, and the so-called “lost cities” were their attempts to
contribute to the Law of One. We spoke to one who heard and understood and was
in a position to decree the Law of One. However, the priests and peoples
of that era quickly distorted our message, robbing it of the, shall we say,
compassion with which unity is informed by its very nature. Since it contains
all, it cannot abhor any. When we were no longer able to have appropriate
channels through which to enunciate the Law of One, we removed ourselves from
the now hypocritical position which we had allowed ourselves to be placed in.
Other myths, shall we say, having more to do with polarity and the things of
your vibration that are complex, again took over in that particular
society/complex. Firstly, you must understand that the distinction between
yourself and others is not visible to us. We do not consider that a separation
exists between the consciousness-raising efforts of the distortion which you
project as a personality and the distortion that you project as another
personality. Thus, to learn is the same as to teach unless you are not
teaching what you are learning; in which case you have done you/them
little good. This understanding should be pondered by your {person} as
it is a distortion which plays a part in your experiences at this nexus. To
turn to the second part of our response may we state our understanding, limited
though it is. nGroup-individuated consciousness is that state of sharing
understanding with the other distortions of {people}, which are
within the evident reach of the {person} individual or group. Thus, we
are speaking to you and accepting both our distortions and your own in order to
enunciate the laws of creation, more especially the Law of One. We are not
available to many of your peoples, for this is not an easily understood way of
communication or type of philosophy. However, our very being is hopefully a
poignant example of both the necessity and the near-hopelessness of attempting
to teach. Each of those in this group is striving to use, digest, and diversify
the information which we are sending this instrument into the channels of the {person}
without distortion. The few whom you will illuminate by sharing your light are
far more than enough reason for the greatest possible effort. To serve one is
to serve all. Therefore, we offer the question back to you to state that indeed
it is the only activity worth doing: to learn/teach or teach/learn. There is
nothing else which is of aid in demonstrating the original thought except your
very being, and the distortions that come from the unexplained, inarticulate,
or mystery-clad being are many. Thus, to attempt to discern and weave your way
through as many group mind/body/spirit distortions as possible among your
peoples in the course of your teaching is a very good effort to make. We can
speak no more valiantly of your desire to serve.
#2
The possibility of communication, as you would call it, from the One to the One, through distortion, acceptable for meaning is the reason we contacted this group. There are few who will grasp, without significant distortion, that which we communicate through this connection with this {person}. However, if it be your desire to share our communications with others we have the distortion towards a perception that this would be most helpful in regularizing and crystallizing your own patterns of vibration upon the levels of experience which you call the life. If one is illuminated, are not all illuminated? Therefore, we are oriented towards speaking for you in whatever supply of speakingness you may desire. To teach/learn is the Law of One in one of its most elementary distortions. We are those of the Confederation who eleven thousand of your years ago came to two of your planetary cultures which were at that time closely in touch with the creation of the one Creator. It was our naive belief that we could teach/learn by direct contact and that the free will distortions of individual feeling or personality were in no danger. We had no thought of their being disturbed, as these cultures were already closely aligned with an all-embracing belief in the live-ness or consciousness of all. We came and were welcomed by the peoples whom we wished to serve. We attempted to aid them in technical ways having to do with the healing of {person} distortions through the use of the crystal, appropriate to the distortion, placed within a certain appropriate series of ratios of time/space material. Thus were the pyramids created. We found that the technology was reserved largely for those with the effectual mind/body distortion of power. This was not intended by the Law of One. We left your peoples. The group that was to work with those in the area of South America, as you call that portion of your sphere, gave up not so easily. They returned. We did not. However, we have never left your vibration due to our responsibility for the changes in consciousness we had first caused and then found distorted in ways not relegated to the Law of One. We attempted to contact the rulers of the land to which we had come, that land which you call Egypt, or in some areas, the Holy Land. In the Eighteenth Dynasty, as it is known in your records of space/time distortions, we were able to contact a pharaoh, as you would call him. The man was small in life-experience on your plane and was a … what this instrument would call, Wanderer. Thus, this {person} received our communication distortions and was able to blend his distortions with our own. This young entity had been given a vibratory complex of sound which vibrated in honor of a prosperous god, as this mind/body complex, which we call instrument for convenience, would call “Ammon.” The entity decided that this name, being in honor of one among many gods, was not acceptable for inclusion in his {name}. Thus, he changed his name to one which honored the sun disc. This distortion, called “Aten,” was a close distortion to our reality as we understand our own nature of {person} distortion. However, it does not come totally into alignment with the intended teach/learning which was sent. This entity, Ikhnaton, became convinced that the vibration of One was the true spiritual vibration and thus decreed the Law of One. However, this entity’s beliefs were accepted by very few. His priests gave lip service only, without the spiritual distortion towards seeking. The peoples continued in their beliefs. When this entity was no longer in this density, again the polarized beliefs in the many gods came into their own and continued so until the one known as Mohammed delivered the peoples into a more intelligible distortion of mind/body/spirit relationships.
#4
The Law of One, though beyond the limitation of name, as you call {names}, may be approximated by stating that all things are one, that there is no polarity, no right or wrong, no disharmony, but only identity. All is one, and that one is love/light, light/love, the infinite Creator.
#6
Ra: I am, with the social memory complex of which I am a part, one of those who voyaged outward from another planet within your own solar system, as this entity would call it. The planetary influence was that you call Venus. We are a race old in your measures. When we were at the sixth dimension our physical beings were what you would call golden. We were tall and somewhat delicate. Our physical body complex covering, which you call the integument, had a golden luster. In this form we decided to come among your peoples. Your peoples at that time were much unlike us in physical appearance, as you might call it. We, thus, did not mix well with the population and were obviously other than they. Thus, our visit was relatively short, for we found ourselves in the hypocritical position of being acclaimed as other than your other-selves. This was the time during which we built the structures in which you show interest.
Questioner: How did you journey from Venus to this planet?
Ra: We used thought.
Questioner: Would it have been possible to have taken one of the people of this planet at that time and placed him on Venus? Would he have survived? Were conditions on Venus hospitable?
Ra: The third-density conditions are not hospitable to the life forms of your peoples. The fifth and sixth dimensions of that planetary sphere are quite conducive to growing/learning/teaching.
Questioner: How were you able to make the transition from Venus? Did you have to change your dimension to walk upon the Earth?
Ra: You will remember the exercise of the wind. The dissolution into nothingness is the dissolution into unity, for there is no nothingness. From the sixth dimension, we are capable of manipulating, by thought, the intelligent infinity present in each particle of light or distorted light so that we were able to clothe ourselves in a replica visible in the third density of our {people} in the sixth density. We were allowed this experiment by the Council which guards this planet.
Questioner: Was the galaxy that we are in created by the infinite intelligence or was it created by a portion of the infinite intelligence?
Ra: The galaxy and all other things of material of which you are aware are products of individualized portions of intelligent infinity. As each exploration began, it, in turn, found its focus and became co-Creator. Using intelligent infinity each portion created an universe and allowing the rhythms of free choice to flow, playing with the infinite spectrum of possibilities, each individualized portion channeled the love/light into what you might call intelligent energy, thus creating the so-called Natural Laws of any particular universe. Each universe, in turn, individualized to a focus becoming, in turn, co-Creator and allowing further diversity, thus creating further intelligent energies regularizing or causing Natural Laws to appear in the vibrational patterns of what you would call a solar system. Thus, each solar system has its own, shall we say, local coordinate system of illusory Natural Laws. It shall be understood that any portion, no matter how small, of any density or illusory pattern contains, as in an holographic picture, the one Creator which is infinity. Thus all begins and ends in mystery.
Questioner: I am wondering if the planetary system that we are in now was all created at once or if our sun was created first and the planets later?
Ra: The process is from the larger, in your illusion, to the smaller. Thus the co-Creator, individualizing the galaxy, created energy patterns which then focused in multitudinous focuses of further conscious awareness of intelligent infinity. Thus, the solar system of which you experience inhabitation is of its own patterns, rhythms, and so-called natural laws which are unique to itself. However, the progression is from the galaxy spiraling energy to the solar spiraling energy, to the planetary spiraling energy, to the experiential circumstances of spiraling energy which begin the first density of awareness of consciousness of planetary entities.
#6 – THE CONFEDERATION OF PLANETS
Questioner: Where is this Council located?
Ra: This Council is located in the octave, or eighth dimension, of the planet Saturn, taking its place in an area which you understand in third dimension terms as the rings.
#7
Questioner: You mentioned that there were a number of members of the Confederation of Planets. What avenues of service, or types of service, are available to the members of the Confederation?
Ra: I am assuming that you intend the service which we of the Confederation can offer, rather than the service which is available to our use. The service available for our offering to those who call us is equivalent to the square of the distortion/need of that calling divided by, or integrated with, the basic Law of One in its distortion indicating the free will of those who are not aware of the unity of creation.
Questioner: From this, I am assuming that the difficulty that you have in contacting this planet at this time is the mixture of people here, some being aware of the unity, and some not, and for this reason you cannot come openly or give proof of your contact. Is this correct?
Ra: As we just repeated through this instrument, we must integrate all of the portions of your social memory complex in its illusory disintegration form. Then the product of this can be seen as the limit of our ability to serve. We are fortunate that the Law of Service squares the desires of those who call. Otherwise, we would have no beingness in this time/space at this present continuum of the illusion. In short, you are basically correct. The thought of not being able is not a part of our basic thought-form complex towards your peoples, but rather it is a maximal consideration of what is possible.
Questioner: By squared, do you mean that if ten people call you can count that, when comparing it to the planetary ratio, as 100 people, squaring ten and getting 100?
Ra: This is incorrect. The square is sequential-one, two, three, four, each squared by the next number.
Questioner: If only ten entities on earth required your services how would you compute their calling by using this square method?
Ra: We would square one ten sequential times, raising the number to the tenth square.
Questioner: What would be the result of this calculation?
Ra: The result is difficult to transmit. It is 1,012, approximately. The entities who call are sometimes not totally unified in their calling and, thus, the squaring slightly less. Thus, there is a statistical loss over a period of call. However, perhaps you may see by this statistically corrected information the squaring mechanism.
Questioner: About how many entities at present on planet Earth are calling for your services?
Ra: I am called personally by 352,000. The Confederation, in its entire spectrum of entity-complexes, is called by 632,000,000 of your {people}. These numbers have been simplified.
Questioner: what the result of the application of the Law of Squares is to those figures?
Ra: The number is approximately meaningless in the finite sense as there are many, many digits. It, however, constitutes a great calling which we of all creation feel and hear as if our own entities were distorted towards a great and overwhelming sorrow. It demands our service.
Questioner: At what point would this calling be great enough for you to come openly among the people on Earth? How many entities on Earth would have to call the Confederation?
Ra: We do not calculate the possibility of coming among your peoples by the numbers of calling, but by a consensus among an entire societal-memory complex which has become aware of the infinite consciousness of all things. This has been possible among your peoples only in isolated instances. In the case wherein a social memory complex which is a servant of the Creator sees this situation and has an idea for the appropriate aid which can only be done among your peoples, the social memory complex desiring this project lays it before the Council of Saturn. If it is approved, quarantine is lifted.
Questioner: I have a question about that Council. Who are the members, and how does the Council function?
Ra: The members of the Council are representatives from the Confederation and from those vibratory levels of your inner planes bearing responsibility for your third density. The names are not important because there are no names. Your {people} request names and so, in many cases, the {names} which are consonant with the vibratory distortions of each entity are used. However, the name concept is not part of the Council. If names are requested, we will attempt them. However, not all have chosen names. In number, the Council that sits in constant session, though varying in its members by means of balancing, which takes place, what you would call irregularly, is nine. That is the Session Council. To back up this Council, there are twenty-four entities which offer their services as requested. These entities faithfully watch and have been called Guardians. The Council operates by means of, what you would call, telepathic contact with the oneness or unity of the nine, the distortions blending harmoniously so that the Law of One prevails with ease. When a need for thought is present, the Council retains the distortion-complex of this need, balancing it as described, and then recommends what it considers as appropriate action. This includes: One, the duty of admitting social memory complexes to the Confederation; Two, offering aid to those who are unsure how to aid the social memory complex requesting aid in a way consonant with both the call, the Law, and the number of those calling (that is to say, sometimes the resistance of the call); Three, internal questions in the Council are determined. These are the prominent duties of the Council. They are, if in any doubt, able to contact the twenty-four who then offer consensus/judgment/thinking to the Council. The Council then may reconsider any question.
Questioner: You mentioned the nine who sit on the Council. Is this “nine”
the same nine as those mentioned in this book? (Questioner gestures to Uri.)
Ra: The Council of Nine has been retained in semi-undistorted form by two main sources, that known in your naming, as Mark and that known in your naming as Henry. In one case, the channel became the scribe. In the other, the channel was not the scribe. However, without the aid of the scribe, the energy would not have come to the channel.
Questioner: The names that you spoke of. Were they Mark Probert and Henry Puharich?
Ra: This is correct.
#10
Questioner: While an entity is incarnate in this third density at this time he may either learn unconsciously without knowing what he is learning, or he may learn after he is consciously aware that he is learning in the ways of the Law of One. By the second way of learning consciously, it is possible for the entity to greatly accelerate his growth. Is this correct?
Ra: This is correct.
Questioner: Then although many entities are not consciously aware of it, what they really desire is to accelerate their growth, and it is their job to discover this while they are incarnate. Is it correct that they can accelerate their growth much more while in the third density than in between incarnations of this density?
Ra: This is correct. We shall attempt to speak upon this concept. The Law of One has as one of its primal distortions the free will distortion, thus each entity is free to accept, reject, or ignore the mind/body/spirit complexes about it and ignore the creation itself. There are many among your social memory complex distortion who, at this time/space, engage daily, as you would put it, in the working upon the Law of One in one of its primal distortions; that is, the ways of love. However, if this same entity, being biased from the depths of its {person} towards love/light, were then to accept the responsibility for each moment of the time/space accumulation of present moments available to it, such an entity can empower its progress in much the same way as we described the empowering of the call of your social complex distortion to the Confederation.
Questioner: Could you state this in a little different way … how you empower this call?
Ra: We understand you to speak now of our previous information. The call begins with one. This call is equal to infinity and is not, as you would say, counted. It is the cornerstone. The second call is added. The third call empowers or doubles the second, and so forth, each additional calling doubling or granting power to all the preceding calls. Thus, the call of many of your peoples is many, many-powered and overwhelmingly heard to the infinite reaches of the One Creation.
Questioner: For the general development of the reader of this book, could you state some of the practices or exercises to perform to produce an acceleration toward the Law of One?
Ra: I am Ra. Exercise One. This is the most nearly centered and useable within your illusion complex. The moment contains love. That is the lesson/goal of this illusion or density. The exercise is to consciously see that love in wareness and understanding distortions. The first attempt is the cornerstone. Upon this choosing rests the remainder of the life-experience of an entity. The second seeking of love within the moment begins the addition. The third seeking empowers the second, the fourth powering or doubling the third. As with the previous type of empowerment, there will be some loss of power due to flaws within the seeking in the distortion of insincerity. However, the conscious statement of self to self of the desire to seek love is so central an act of will that, as before, the loss of power due to this friction is inconsequential. Exercise Two. The universe is one being. When a {person}, views another {person}, see the Creator. This is an helpful exercise. Exercise Three. Gaze within a mirror. See the Creator. Exercise Four. Gaze at the creation which lies about the {person}, of each entity. See the Creator. The foundation or prerequisite of these exercises is a predilection towards what may be called meditation, contemplation, or prayer. With this attitude, these exercises can be processed. Without it, the data will not sink down into the roots of the tree of mind, thus enabling and ennobling the body and touching the spirit.
#16
Questioner: Can you give me some kind of history of your social memory complex and how you became aware of the Law of One?
Ra: The path of our learning is graven in the present moment. There is no history, as we understand your concept. Picture, if you will, a circle of being. We know the alpha and omega as infinite intelligence. The circle never ceases. It is present. The densities we have traversed at various points in the circle correspond to the characteristics of cycles: first, the cycle of awareness; second, the cycle of growth; third, the cycle of self-awareness; fourth, the cycle of love or understanding; fifth, the cycle of light or wisdom; sixth, the cycle of light/love, love/light or unity; seventh, the gateway cycle; eighth, the octave which moves into a mystery we do not plumb.
Questioner: Thank you very much. In previous material, before we communicated with you, it was stated by the Confederation that there is actually no past or future … that all is present. Would this be a good analogy?
Ra: There is past, present, and future in third density. In an overview such as an entity may have, removed from the space/time continuum, it may be seen that in the cycle of completion there exists only the present. We, ourselves, seek to learn this understanding. At the seventh level or dimension, we shall, if our humble efforts are sufficient, become one with all, thus having no memory, no identity, no past or future, but existing in the all.
Questioner: Does this mean that you would have awareness of all that is?
Ra: This is partially correct. It is our understanding that it would not be our awareness, but simply awareness of the Creator. In the Creator is all that there is. Therefore, this knowledge would be available.
Questioner: How many inhabited planets are there in our galaxy?
Ra: We are assuming that you intend all dimensions of consciousness or densities of awareness in this question. Approximately one fifth of all planetary entities contain awareness of one or more densities. Some planets are hospitable only for certain densities. Your planet, for instance, is at this time hospitable for densities one, two, three, and four.
Questioner: Roughly how many total planets in this galaxy of stars that we are in are aware regardless of density?
Ra: Approximately 67 million.
Questioner: what percentage of those are third, fourth, fifth, sixth etc., density?
Ra: A percentage seventeen for first density, a percentage twenty for second density, a percentage twenty-seven for third density, a percentage sixteen for fourth density, a percentage six for fifth density. The other information must be withheld.
Questioner: Of these first five densities, have all of the planets progressed from the third density by knowledge and application of the Law of One?
Ra: This is correct.
Questioner: Then the only way for a planet to get out of the situation that we are in is for the population to become aware of and start practicing the Law of One. Is this correct?
Ra: This is correct.
Questioner: what percentage of the third-, fourth-, and fifth-density planets which you have spoken of here are polarized negatively towards service to self?
Ra: This is not a query to which we may speak given the Law of Confusion. We may say only that the negatively or self-service oriented planetary spheres are much fewer. To give you exact numbers would not be appropriate.
Questioner: I would like to make an analogy as to why there are fewer negatively oriented, and then ask you if the analogy is good. In a positively oriented society with service to others, it would be simple to move a large boulder by getting everyone to help move it. In a society oriented towards service to self, it would be much more difficult to get everyone to work for the good of all to move the boulder; therefore, it is much easier to get things done to create the service to others principle and to grow in positively oriented communities than in negatively oriented communities. Is this correct?
Ra: This is correct.
Questioner: how the Confederation of Planets was formed and why?
Ra: The desire to serve begins, in the dimension of love or understanding, to be an overwhelming goal of the social memory complex. Thus, those percentiles of planetary entities, plus approximately four percent more of whose identity we cannot speak, found themselves long, long ago in your time seeking the same thing: service to others. The relationship between these entities as they entered an understanding of other beings, other planetary entities, and other concepts of service was to share and continue together these commonly held goals of service. Thus, each voluntarily placed the social memory complex data in what you may consider a central thought complex available to all. This then created a structure whereby each entity could work in its own service while calling upon any other understanding needed to enhance the service. This is the cause of the formation and the manner of the working of the Confederation.
Questioner: With such a large number of planets in this galaxy you say that there are approximately five hundred planets in the Confederation. There seems to be a relatively small number of Confederation planets around. Is there a reason for it?
Ra: There are many Confederations. This Confederation works with the planetary spheres of seven of your galaxies, if you will, and is responsible for the callings of the densities of these galaxies.
Questioner: if the progression of life in other galaxies is similar to the progression of life in our galaxy?
Ra: The progression is somewhat close to the same, asymptotically approaching congruency throughout infinity. The free choosing of what you would call galactic systems causes variations of an extremely minor nature from one of your galaxies to another.
Questioner: Then the Law of One is truly universal in creating a progression towards the eighth density in all galaxies. Is this correct?
Ra: This is correct. There are infinite forms, infinite understandings, but the progression is one.
Questioner: I am assuming that it is not necessary for an individual to understand the Law of One to go from the third to the fourth density. Is this correct?
Ra: It is absolutely necessary that an entity consciously realize it does not understand in order for it to be harvestable. Understanding is not of this density.
Questioner: That is a very important point. I used the wrong word. What I meant to say was that I believed that it was not necessary for an entity to be consciously aware of the Law of One to go from the third to the fourth density.
Ra: This is correct.
Questioner: At what point in the densities is it necessary for an entity to be consciously aware of the Law of One in order to progress?
Ra: The fifth density harvest is of those whose vibratory distortions consciously accept the honor/duty of the Law of One. This responsibility/honor is the foundation of this vibration.
Questioner: a little more about this honor/responsibility concept?
Ra: Each responsibility is an honor; each honor, a responsibility.
Questioner: Thank you. Is it possible for you to give a short description of the conditions in the fourth density?
Ra: We ask you to consider as we speak that there are not words for positively describing fourth density. We can only explain what is not and approximate what is. Beyond fourth density our ability grows more limited until we become without words. That which fourth density is not: it is not of words, unless chosen. It is not of heavy chemical vehicles for body complex activities. It is not of disharmony within self. It is not of disharmony within peoples. It is not within limits of possibility to cause disharmony in any way. Approximations of positive statements: it is a plane of type of bipedal vehicle which is much denser and more full of life; it is a plane wherein one is aware of the thought of other-selves; it is a plane wherein one is aware of vibrations of other-selves; it is a plane of compassion and understanding of the sorrows of third density; it is a plane striving towards wisdom or light; it is a plane wherein individual differences are pronounced although automatically harmonized by group consensus.
Questioner: Could you define the word density as we have been using it?
Ra: The term density is a, what you call, mathematical one. The closest analogy is that of music, whereby after seven notes on your western type of scale, if you will, the eighth note begins a new octave. Within your great octave of existence which we share with you, there are seven octaves or densities. Within each density there are seven sub-densities. Within each sub-density, are seven sub-sub-densities. Within each sub-sub-density, seven sub-sub-sub-densities and so on infinitely.
Questioner: I understand that each density has seven sub-densities which again have seven sub-densities and so on. This is expanding at a really large rate as each is increased by powers of seven. Does this mean that in any density level anything that you can think of is happening?
Ra: From your confusion we select the concept with which you struggle, that being infinity/opportunity. You may consider any possibility/probability complex as having an existence.
Questioner: Do things like daydreams become real in other densities?
Ra: This depends upon the nature of the daydream. This is a large subject. Perhaps the simplest thing we can say is, if the daydream, as you call it, is one which attracts to self, this then becomes reality to self. If it is a contemplative general daydream, this may enter the infinity of possibility/probability complexes and occur elsewhere, having no particular attachment to the energy fields of the creator.
Questioner: To make this a little more clear, if I were to daydream strongly about building a ship, would this occur in one of these other densities?
Ra: This would/would have/or shall occur.
Questioner: Then if an entity daydreams strongly about battling an entity, would this occur?
Ra: In this case the entity’s fantasy concerns the self and other-self, this binding the thought-form to the possibility/probability complex connected with the self which is the creator of this thought-form. This then would increase the possibility/probability of bringing this into third-density occurrence.
Questioner: Does the Orion group use this principle to create conditions favorable to suit their purpose?
Ra: We will answer more specifically than the question. The Orion group uses daydreams of hostile or other negative natures to feed back or strengthen these thought-forms.
Questioner: Are the many Wanderers who have and are coming to our planet subject to the Orion thoughts?
Ra: As we have said before, Wanderers become completely the creature of third density in mind/body complex. There is just as much chance of such influence to a Wanderer entity as to a {person}, of this planetary sphere. The only difference occurs in the spirit complex which, if it wishes, has an armor of light, if you will, which enables it to recognize more clearly that which is not as it would appropriately be desired by the {person}. This is not more than bias and cannot be called an understanding. Furthermore, the Wanderer is, in its own mind/body/spirit, less distorted toward the, shall we say, deviousness of third density positive/negative confusions. Thus, it often does not recognize as easily as a more negative individual the negative nature of thoughts or beings.
Questioner: Then would the Wanderers, as they incarnate here, be high priority targets of the Orion group?
Ra: This is correct.
Questioner: If a Wanderer should be successfully infringed upon, shall I say, by the Orion group, what would happen to this Wanderer when harvest came?
Ra: If the Wanderer entity demonstrated through action a negative orientation towards other-selves it would be as we have said before, caught into the planetary vibration and, when harvested, possibly repeat again the master cycle of third density as a planetary entity.
Could you tell me of the development of the social memory complex Ra, from its first beginnings and what catalysts it used to get to where it is now in activation of rays?
Ra: The question does not demand a long answer, for we who experienced the vibratory densities upon that planetary sphere which you call Venus were fortunate in being able to move in harmony with the planetary vibrations with an harmonious graduation to second, to third, and to fourth, and a greatly accelerated fourth-density experience. We spent much time/space, if you will, in fifth-density balancing the intense compassion we had gained in fourth-density. The graduation again was harmonious and our social memory complex which had become most firmly cemented in fourth-density remained of a very strong and helpful nature. Our sixth-density work was also accelerated because of the harmony of our social memory complex so that we were able to set out as members of the Confederation to even more swiftly approach graduation to seventh-density. Our harmony, however, has been a grievous source of naiveté as regards working with your planet.
#55 - RA POSITIVE
Ra: There is no relationship between this type of contact and the bidding process. This contact may be characterized as one typical of the Brothers and Sisters of Sorrow wherein those receiving the contact have attempted to prepare for such contact by sacrificing extraneous, self oriented distortions in order to be of service. The Ra social memory complex offers itself also as a function of its desire to serve.
Both the caller and the contact are filled with gratitude at the opportunity of serving others. We may note that this in no way presupposes that either the callers or those of our group in any way approach a perfection or purity such as was described in the bidding process. The calling group may have many distortions and the working with much catalyst, as may those of Ra. The overriding desire to serve others, bonded with the unique harmonics of this group’s vibratory complexes, gives us the opportunity to serve as one channel for the one infinite Creator. Things come not to those positively oriented but through such beings.
#60 - RA ERROR WITH PYRAMID
Questioner: The pyramid shape then, as I understand it, was deemed by your social memory complex to be at that time of paramount importance as the physical training aid for spiritual development. At this particular time in the evolution of our planet it seems that you place little or no emphasis on this shape. Is this correct?
Ra: This is correct. it is our honor/duty to attempt to remove the distortions that the use of this shape has caused in the thinking of your peoples and in the activities of some of your entities. We do not deny that such shapes are efficacious, nor do we withhold the general gist of this efficacy. However, we wish to offer our understanding, limited though it is, that contrary to our naive beliefs many thousands of your years ago the optimum shape for initiation does not exist. Let us expand upon this point. When we were aided by sixth-density entities during our own third-density experiences we, being less bellicose in the extreme, found this teaching to be of help. In our naiveté in third density we had not developed the interrelationships of your barter or money system and power. We were, in fact, a more philosophical third-density planet than your own and our choices of polarity were much more centered about the, shall we say, understanding of sexual energy transfers and the appropriate relationships between self and other-self. We spent a much larger portion of our space/time working with the unmanifested being. In this less complex atmosphere it was quite instructive to have this learn/teaching device and we benefited without the distortions we found occurring among your peoples. We have recorded these differences meticulously in the Great Record of Creation that such naiveté shall not be necessary again. At this space/time we may best serve you, we believe, by stating that the pyramid for meditation along with other rounded and arched or pointed circular shapes is of help to you. However, it is our observation that due to the complexity of influences upon the unmanifested being at this space/time nexus among your planetary peoples it is best that the progress of the {person} take place without, as you call them, training aids because when using a training aid an entity then takes upon itself the Law of Responsibility for the quickened or increased rate of learn/teaching. If this greater understanding, if we may use this misnomer, is not put into practice in the moment by moment experience of the entity, then the usefulness of the training aid becomes negative.
#2
Ra: The principle of crystal healing is based upon an understanding of the hierarchical nature of the structure of the illusion which is the physical body, as you would call it. There are crystals which work upon the energies coming into the spiritual body; there are crystals which work upon the distortions from spirit to mind; there are crystals which balance the distortions between the mind and the body. All of these crystal healings are charged through purified channels. Without the relative crystallization of the healer working with the crystal, the crystal will not be properly charged. The other ingredient is the proper alignment with the energy fields of the planet upon which you dwell and the holistic or cosmic distortions or streamings which enter the planetary aura in such a manner that an appropriate ratio of shapes and placement within these shapes is of indicated aid in the untangling or balancing process. To go through the various crystals to be used would be exhaustive to this instrument, although you may ask us if you wish in another session. The delicacy, shall we say, of the choosing of the crystal is very critical and, in truth, a crystalline structure such as a diamond or ruby can be used by a purified channel who is filled with the love/light of One, in almost any application. This, of course, takes initiation, and there never have been many to persevere to the extent of progressing through the various distortion leavings which initiation causes.
#29
Questioner: Possible by some technique to tap intelligent energy and bring it into the physical illusion by working through the crystalline structure. Is this correct?
Ra: This is correct only in so far as the crystalline physical structure is charged by a correspondingly crystallized or regularized or balanced {person}.
Questioner: I would like to investigate a little bit more this idea of crystals, how they are used. I am assuming then from what you said that in order to use the crystal to tap intelligent energy, it is necessary to have a partially undistorted {person}. Is this correct?
Ra: This is specifically correct.
Questioner: There must be a point at which the removal of distortion reaches the minimum for use of the crystal in tapping intelligent energy. Is this correct?
Ra: This is correct only if it is understood, shall we say, that each {person} has an unique such point.
Questioner: why each {person} has this unique point of distortion-ridding?
Ra: Each {person} is an unique portion of the one Creator.
Ra: The necessity is for the mind/body/spirit complex to be of a certain balance, this balance thus enabling it to reach a set level of lack of distortion. The critical difficulties are unique for each {person} due to the experiential distillations which in total are the, shall we say, violet-ray being-ness of each such entity. This balance is what is necessary for work to be done in seeking the gateway to intelligent infinity through the use of crystals or through any other use. No two mind/body/spirit crystallized natures are the same. The distortion requirements, vibrationally speaking, are set.
Questioner: I see. Then if you are able to read the violet ray of an entity, to see that ray, is it possible to immediately determine whether the entity could use crystals to tap intelligent energy?
Ra: It is possible for one of fifth density or above to do this.
Questioner: Is it possible for you to tell me how an entity who has satisfactorily achieved the necessary violet ray qualification should use the crystal?
Ra: The gateway to intelligent infinity is born of, shall we say, the sympathetic vibration in balanced state accompanying the will to serve, the will to seek.
Questioner: precisely what the entity would do with the crystal to use it for the purpose of seeking the intelligent infinity?
Ra: The use of the crystal in physical manifestation is that use wherein the entity of crystalline nature charges the regularized physical crystal with this seeking, thus enabling it to vibrate harmonically and also become the catalyst or gateway whereby intelligent infinity may thus become intelligent energy, this crystal serving as an analog of the violet ray of the mind/body/spirit in relatively undistorted form.
Questioner: Is it possible for you to instruct us in the specific uses of crystals?
Ra: It is possible. There are, we consider, things which are not efficacious to tell you due to possible infringement upon your free will. Entities of the Confederation have done this in the past. The uses of the crystal, as you know, include the uses for healing, for power, and even for the development of life-forms. We feel that it is unwise to offer instruction at this time as your peoples have shown a tendency to use peaceful sources of power for disharmonious reasons.
#57 – TECHNIQUE
Ra: The flawed but sufficient crystal which rests upon the digit of this instrument’s right hand.
Questioner: Would you tell me how to use that crystal for this purpose?
Ra: This is a large question. You first, as a {person}, balance and polarize the self, connecting the inner light with the upward spiraling in-pourings of the universal light. You have done exercises to regularize the processes involved. Look to them for the preparation of the crystallized being. Take then the crystal and feel your polarized and potentiated balanced energy channeled in green ray healing through your being, going into and activating the crystalline regularity of frozen light which is the crystal. The crystal will resound with the charged light of incarnative love, and light energy will begin to radiate in specified fashion, beaming, in required light vibrations, healing energy, focused and intensified towards the magnetic field of the {person} which is to be healed. This entity requesting such healing will then open the armor of the overall violet/red ray protective vibratory shield. Thus the inner vibratory fields, from center to center in mind, body, and spirit, may be interrupted and adjusted momentarily, thus offering the one to be healed the opportunity to choose a less distorted inner complex of energy fields and vibratory relationships.
Questioner: Should the crystal be held in the right hand of the healer?
Ra: This is incorrect. There are two recommended configurations. The first, the chain about the neck to place the crystal in the physical position of the green-ray energy center. Second, the chain hung from the right hand, out-stretched, wound about the hand in such a way that the crystal may be swung so as to affect sensitive adjustments. We offer this information realizing that much practice is needed to efficiently use these energies of self. However, each has the capability of doing so, and this information is not information which, if followed accurately, can be deleterious.
#42
Questioner: Would an unflawed crystal be considerably more effective than the flawed one that we have now?
Ra: Without attempting to deem the priorities you may choose, we may note that the regularized or crystallized entity, in its configuration, is as critical as the perfection of the crystal used.
Questioner: Does the physical size of the crystal have any relationship to the effectiveness in the healing?
Ra: In some applications concerning planetary healing, this is a consideration. In working with an individual {person}, the only requirement is that the crystal be in harmony with the crystallized being. There is perhaps a lower limit to the size of what you may call a faceted crystal, for light coming through this crystal needs to be spread the complete width of the spectrum of the one to be healed. It may further be noted that water is a type of crystal which is efficacious also although not as easy to hang from a chain in your density.
Questioner: Placing the end of this pencil on my navel, would the point of it then represent the place where the crystal should hang for proper green ray? Is this position correct?
Ra: We attempt your measurements. From 2 to 5.4 centimeters towards your heart is optimal.
Questioner: Using this piece of wood then, I would determine, from my navel, the position to be at the top of the piece of wood. Is this correct?
Ra: This is correct.
Questioner: How does the healing that you just told us about relate to the healing done in the King’s Chamber in the Giza pyramid?
Ra: There are two advantages to doing this working in such a configuration of shapes and dimensions. Firstly, the disruption or interruption of the violet/red armoring or protective shell is automatic. In the second place, the light is configured by the very placement of this position in the seven distinctive color or energy vibratory rates, thus allowing the energy through the crystallized being, focused with the crystal, to manipulate with great ease the undisturbed and, shall we say, carefully delineated palate of energies or colors, both in space/time and in time/space. Thus the unarmored being may be adjusted rapidly. This is desirable in some cases, especially when the armoring is the largest moiety of the possibility of continued function of body complex activity in this density.
#43
The trauma of the interruption of this armoring vibration is then seen to be lessened. We take this opportunity to pursue our honor/duty, as some of those creating the pyramid shape, to note that it is in no way necessary to use this shape in order to achieve healings, for seniority of vibration has caused the vibratory complexes of mind/ body/spirit complexes to be healed to be less vulnerable to the trauma of the interrupted armoring. Furthermore, as we have said, the powerful effect of the pyramid, with its mandatory disruption of the armoring, if used without the crystallized being, used with the wrong intention, or in the wrong configuration, can result in further distortions of entities which are perhaps the equal of some of your chemicals which cause disruptions in the energy fields in like manner.
#58
Questioner: We have tried healing with the diamond crystal. I have tried both using the crystal around my neck and dangling it from a chain held in my right hand. I think that possibly that to do the best work on the wrist I should dangle the crystal just below my right hand from a distance of just a centimeter or two, holding it directly above the wrist. Is this correct?
Ra: This would be appropriate if you were practiced at your healing art. To work with a powerful crystal such as you have, while unable to perceive the magnetic flux of the subtle bodies, is perhaps the same as recommending that the beginner, with saw and nail, create the Vatican. There is great art in the use of the swung crystal. At this point in your development, you would do well to work with the unpowerful crystals in ascertaining, not only the physical major energy centers, but also the physical secondary and tertiary energy centers and then begin to find the corresponding subtle body energy centers. In this way, you may activate your own inner vision.
Questioner: What type of crystal should be used for that?
Ra: You may use any dangling weight of symmetrical form, for your purpose is not to disturb or manipulate these energy centers but merely to locate them and become aware of what they feel like when in a balanced state and when in an unbalanced or blocked state.
Questioner: Am I correct in assuming that what I am to do is to dangle a weight approximately two feet below my hand and place it over the body, and when the weight starts moving in a clockwise rotational direction it would indicate an unblocked energy center. Is this correct?
Ra: The measurement from hand to weight is unimportant and at your discretion. The circular motion shows an unblocked energy center. However, some entities are polarized the reverse of others and, therefore, it is well to test the form of normal energy spirals before beginning the procedure.
Questioner: How would you test?
Ra: Test is done by first holding the weight over your own hand and observing your particular configuration. Then using the other-self’s hand, repeat the procedure.
#60
Questioner: The instrument wished to know, when using the pendulum in discovering energy centers, what the back and forth motion meant instead of the circular motion?
Ra: This shall have to be the final question although this entity is still providing us with energy. It is experiencing the distortion towards pain. The rotations having been discussed, we shall simply say that the weak back and forth motion indicates a partial blockage although not a complete blockage. The strong back and forth motion indicates the reverse of blockage which is over-stimulation of a chakra or energy center which is occurring in order to attempt to balance some difficulty in body or mind complex activity. This condition is not helpful to the entity as it is unbalanced.
#58 – LIGHT
Questioner: Then the pure crystalline shape, such as the diamond, you mentioned as being frozen light—it seems that this third-density physical manifestation of light is somehow a window or focusing mechanism for the third distortion in a general sense. Is this correct?
Ra: This is basically correct. However, it may be noted that only the will of the crystallized entity may cause interdimensional light to flow through this material. The more regularized the entity, and the more regularized the crystal, the more profound the effect.
Questioner: There are many people who are now bending metal, doing other things like that by mentally requesting this happen. What is happening in that case?
Ra: That which occurs in this instance may be likened to the influence of the second spiral of light in a pyramid being used by an entity. As this second spiral ends at the apex, the light may be likened unto a laser beam in the metaphysical sense and when intelligently directed may cause bending not only in the pyramid, but this is the type of energy which is tapped into by those capable of this focusing of the upward spiraling light. This is made possible through contact in indigo ray with intelligent energy.
Questioner: Why are these people able to do this? They seem to have no training; they are just able to do it.
Ra: They remember the disciplines necessary for this activity which is merely useful upon other true color vibratory experiential nexi.
Questioner: Then you are saying that this wouldn’t be useful in our present density. Will it be useful in fourth-density on this planet in the very near future?
Ra: The end of such energy focusing is to build, not to destroy, and it does become quite useful as, shall we say, an alternative to third density building methods.
Questioner: Is it also used for healing?
Ra: No.
Questioner: Is there any advantage in attempting to develop these characteristics or in being able to bend metal, etc.? What I am trying to say is, are these characteristics a signpost of the development of an entity, or is it merely something else? For instance, as an entity develops through his indigo would a signpost of his development be this bending ability?
Ra: Let us specify the three spirals of light energy which the pyramid exemplifies. Firstly, the fundamental spiral which is used for study and for healing. Second, the spiral to the apex which is used for building. Thirdly, the spiral spreading from the apex which is used for energizing. Contact with indigo ray need not necessarily show itself in any certain gift or guidepost, as you have said. There are some whose indigo energy is that of pure being and never is manifested, yet all are aware of such an entity’s progress. Others may teach or share in many ways contact with intelligent energy. Others continue in unmanifested form, seeking intelligent infinity. Thus the manifestation is lesser signpost than that which is sensed or intuited about a {person}. This violet ray being-ness is far more indicative of true self.
Questioner: I did have a question on what you meant by the “third spiral”.
Ra: If you picture the candle flame, you
may see the third spiral.
#2 – CONSTRUCTION OF THE PYRAMIDS
Ra: The larger pyramids were built by our ability using the forces of One. The stones are alive. It has not been so understood by the mind/body/spirit distortions of your culture. The purposes of the pyramids were two:
Firstly, to have a properly oriented place of initiation for those who wished to become purified or initiated channels for the Law of One.
Two, we wished then to carefully guide the initiates in developing a healing of the people whom they sought to aid, and of the planet itself. Pyramid after pyramid charged by the crystal and Initiate were designed to balance the incoming energy of the One Creation with the many and multiple distortions of the planetary mind/body/spirit. In this effort we were able to continue work that brothers within the Confederation had effected through building of other crystal-bearing structures and thus complete a ring, if you will, of these about the Earth’s, as this instrument would have us vibrate it, surface. The so-called Great Pyramid had two capstones. One was of our design and was of smaller and carefully contrived pieces of the material upon your planet which you call “granite.” This was contrived for crystalline properties and for the proper flow of your atmosphere via a type of what you would call “chimney.”
#3
At a time when we as a people had left your density, the original {cap stone} was taken away and a more precious one substituted. It consisted, in part, of a golden material. This did not change the properties of the pyramid, as you call it, at all, and was a distortion due to the desire of a few to mandate the use of the structure as a royal place only. There is a proper flow of your atmosphere which, though small, freshens the whole of the structure. This was designed by having airflow ducts, as this instrument might call them, situated so that there was a freshness of atmosphere without any disturbance or draft.
Questioner: How were the blocks moved?
Ra: You must picture the activity within all that is created. The energy is, though finite, quite large compared to the understanding/distortion by your peoples. This is an obvious point well known to your people, but little considered. This energy is intelligent. It is hierarchical. Much as your mind/body/spirit complex dwells within a hierarchy of vehicles and retains, therefore, the shell or shape or field, and the intelligence of each ascendingly intelligent or balanced body, so does each atom of such a material as rock. When one can speak to that intelligence, the finite energy of the physical, or chemical rock/body is put into contact with that infinite power which is resident in the more well-tuned bodies, be they human or rock. With this connection made, a request may be given. The intelligence of infinite rock-ness communicates to its physical vehicle and that splitting and moving which is desired is then carried out through the displacement of the energy field of rock-ness from finity to a dimension which we may conveniently call, simply, infinity. In this way, that which is required is accomplished due to a cooperation of the infinite understanding of the Creator indwelling in the living rock. This is, of course, the mechanism by which many things are accomplished, which are not subject to your present means of physical analysis of action at a distance. The pyramids which we thought/built were constructed thought-forms created by our social memory complex.
Questioner: Then the rock was created in place rather than moved from some place else? Is that correct?
Ra: We built with everlasting rock the Great Pyramid, as you call it. Other of the pyramids were built with stone moved from one place to another.
Questioner: What is everlasting rock?
Ra: If you can understand the concept of thought-forms you will realize that the thought-form is more regular in its distortion than the energy fields created by the materials in the rock which has been created through thought form from thought to finite energy and being-ness in your, shall we say, distorted reflection of the level of the thought-form.
Questioner: This is rather trivial, but I was wondering why the pyramid was built with many blocks rather than creating the whole thing as one form created at once?
Ra: There is a law which we believe to be one of the more significant primal distortions of the Law of One. That is the Law of Confusion. You have called this the Law of Free Will. We wished to make an healing machine, or time/space ratio complex which was as efficacious as possible. However, we did not desire to allow the mystery to be penetrated by the peoples in such a way that we became worshipped as builders of a miraculous pyramid. Thus it appears to be made, not thought.
Questioner: Well, then you speak of the pyramid, the Great Pyramid, I assume, as primarily a healing machine, and also you spoke of it as a device for initiation. Are these one and the same concept?
Ra: They are part of one complex of love/light intent/sharing. To use the healing properly it was important to have a purified and dedicated channel, or energizer, for the love/light of the infinite Creator to flow through; thus the initiatory method was necessary to prepare the mind, the body, and the spirit for service in the Creator’s work. The two are integral.
Questioner: Does the shape of the pyramid have a function in the initiation process?
Ra: This is a large question. We feel that we shall begin and ask you to re-evaluate and ask further at a later session, this somewhat, shall we say, informative point. To begin. There are two main functions of the pyramid in relation to the initiatory procedures. One has to do with the body. Before the body can be initiated, the mind must be initiated. This is the point at which most adepts of your present cycle find their {people} distorted from. When the character and personality that is the true identity of the mind has been discovered, the body then must be known in each and every way. Thus, the various functions of the body need understanding and control with detachment. The first use of the pyramid, then, is the going down into the pyramid for purposes of deprivation of sensory input so that the body may, in a sense, be dead and another life begin.
#4
the first use of the shape having to do with the body complex initiation. The initiation of spirit was a more carefully designed type of initiation as regards the time/space ratios about which the entity to be initiated found itself. If you will picture with me the side of the so-called pyramid shape and mentally imagine this triangle cut into four equal triangles, you will find the intersection of the triangle, which is at the first level on each of the four sides, forms a diamond in a plane which is horizontal. The middle of this plane is the appropriate place for the intersection of the energies streaming from the infinite dimensions and the {people} of various interwoven energy fields. Thus it was designed that the one to be initiated would, by mind, be able to perceive and then channel this, shall we say, gateway to intelligent infinity. This, then, was the second point of designing this specific shape. Questioner -the initiate was to be on the center line of that pyramid, but at an altitude above the base as defined by the intersection of the four triangles made by dividing each side.
Questioner: Then at this point there is a focusing of energy that is extradimensional in respect to our dimensions. Am I right?
#88
Ra: You may use that {name}. However, it is not totally and specifically correct. There are no “extra” dimensions. We would prefer the use of the term multi-dimensional.
Questioner: Is the size of the pyramid a function of the effectiveness of the initiation?
Ra: Each size pyramid has its own point of streaming in of intelligent infinity. Thus, a tiny pyramid that can be placed below a body or above a body will have specific and various effects depending upon the placement of the body in relationship to the entrance point of intelligent infinity. For the purposes of initiation, the size needed to be large enough to create the impression of towering size so that the entrance point of multidimensional intelligent infinity would completely pervade and fill the channel, the entire body being able to rest in this focused area. Furthermore, it was necessary for healing purposes that both channel and the one to be healed be able to rest within that focused point.
Questioner: Is the large pyramid at Giza still usable for this purpose, or is it no longer functional?
Ra: That, like many other pyramid structures, is like the piano out of tune. It, as this instrument would express it, plays the tune but, oh, so poorly. The disharmony jangles the sensitivity. Only the ghost of the streaming still remains due to the shifting of the streaming points which is in turn due to the shifting electromagnetic field of your planet; due also to the discordant vibratory complexes of those who have used the initiatory and healing place for less compassionate purposes.
Questioner: Would it be possible to build a pyramid and properly align it and use it today from the materials that we have available?
Ra: It is quite possible for you to build a pyramid structure. The material used is not critical, merely the ratios of time/space complexes. However, the use of the structure for initiation and healing depends completely upon the inner disciplines of the channels attempting such work.
Questioner: My question then would be, are there individuals incarnate upon the planet today who would have the inner disciplines to, using your instructions, construct and initiate in a pyramid they built? Is this within the limits of what any one on the planet today can do? Or is there no one available for this?
Ra: There are people, as you call them, who are able to take this calling at this nexus. However, we wish to point out once again that the time of the pyramids, as you would call it, is past. It is indeed a timeless structure. However, the streamings from the universe were, at the time we attempted to aid this planet, those which required a certain understanding of purity. This understanding has, as the streamings revolved and all things evolve, changed to a more enlightened view of purity. Thus, there are those among your people at this time whose purity is already one with intelligent infinity. Without the use of structures, healer/patient can gain healing.
#3 - Faith
Questioner: I am reminded of the statement—approximately—that if you had faith to move a mountain, the mountain would move. This seems to be approximately what you were saying. That if you are fully aware of the Law of One, you would be able to do these things. Is that correct?
Ra: The vibratory distortion of sound, faith, is perhaps one of the stumbling blocks between those of what we may call the infinite path and those of the finite proving/understanding. You are precisely correct in your understanding of the congruency of faith and intelligent infinity; however, one is a spiritual term, the other more acceptable perhaps to the conceptual framework distortions of those who seek with measure and pen.
Questioner: Then if an individual is totally informed with respect to the Law of One and lives the Law of One, then such things as the building of the pyramids by direct mental effort would be commonplace. Is that what I am to understand?
Ra: You are incorrect in that there is a distinction between the individual power through the Law of One and the combined, or societal memory complex mind/body/spirit understanding of the Law of One. In the first case only the one individual, purified of all flaws, could move a mountain. In the case of mass understanding of unity, each individual may contain an acceptable amount of distortion and yet the mass mind could move mountains. The progress is normally from the understanding which you now seek to a dimension of understanding which is governed by the laws of love, and which seeks the laws of light. Those who are vibrating with the Law of Light seek the Law of One. Those who vibrate with the Law of One seek the Law of Foreverness. We cannot say what is beyond this dissolution of the unified self with all that there is, for we still seek to become all that there is, and still are we Ra. Thus our paths go onward.
#55
You stated, “You will find the intersection of the triangle which is at the first level on each of the four sides forms a diamond in a plane which is horizontal.” what you meant by the word, intersection?
#33
Ra: Your mathematics and arithmetic have a paucity of configurative descriptions which we might use. Without intending to be obscure, we may note that the purpose of the shapes is to work with time/space portions of the {person}. Therefore, the intersection is both space/time and time/space oriented and thus is expressed in three dimensional geometry by two intersections which, when projected in both time/space and space/time, form one point.
Questioner: I have calculated this point to be one-sixth of the height of the triangle that forms the side of the pyramid. Is this correct?
Ra: Your calculations are substantially correct and we are pleased at your perspicacity.
#33 – KING & QUEEN’S CHAMBERS
Questioner: This would indicate to me that in the Great Pyramid at Giza, the Queen’s Chamber, as it is called, would be the chamber used for initiation. Is this correct?
Ra: Again, you penetrate the outer teaching. The Queen’s Chamber would not be appropriate or useful for healing work as that work involves the use of energy in a more synergic configuration rather than the configuration of the centered being.
#57
Questioner: By saying that the Queen’s Chamber was the initiatory place, could you tell me what you mean by that?
Ra: This question is a large one. We cannot describe initiation in its specific sense due to our distortion towards the belief/understanding that the process which we offered so many of your years ago was not a balanced one. However, you are aware of the concept of initiation and realize that it demands the centering of the being upon the seeking of the Creator. We have hoped to balance this understanding by enunciating the Law of One, that is, that all things are one Creator. Thus seeking the Creator is done not just in meditation and in the work of an adept but in the experiential nexus of each moment.
#46
The initiation of the Queen’s Chamber has to do with the abandoning of self to such desire to know the Creator in full that the purified in-streaming light is drawn in balanced fashion through all energy centers, meeting in indigo and opening the gate to intelligent infinity. Thus the entity experiences true life or, as your people call it, resurrection.
#57
Questioner: What is the aid or the mechanism of the aid received for meditation by an entity who would be positioned in the so-called Queen’s Chamber position?
Ra: Consider the polarity of {people}. The inner light is that which is your heart of being. Its strength equals your strength of will to seek the light. The position or balanced position of a group intensifies the amount of this will, the amount of awareness of the inner light necessary to attract the in-streaming light upward spiraling from the south magnetic pole of being. Thus this is the place of the initiate, for many extraneous items or distortions will leave the entity as it intensifies its seeking, so that it may become one with this centralized and purified in-coming light.
#33
Questioner: Then would the healing work be done in the King’s Chamber?
Ra: This is correct. We may note that such terminology is not our own.
Questioner: Yes, I understand that. It is just that it is the common naming of the two chambers of the Great Pyramid. I don’t know whether this line of questioning is going to take me to a better understanding of the energies, but until I have explored the concepts there is nothing much that I can do but to ask a few questions. There is a chamber below the bottom level of the pyramid, down below ground, that appears to be roughly in line with the King’s Chamber. What is that chamber?
Ra: We may say that there is information to be gained from this line of querying. The chamber you request to be informed about is a resonating chamber. The bottom of such a structure, in order to cause the appropriate distortions for healing catalyst, shall be open.
Questioner: The book, The Life Force Of The Great Pyramid, has related the ankh shape with a resonance in the pyramid. Is this a correct analysis?
#34
Ra: We have scanned your mind and find the phrase “working with crayons.” This would be applicable. There is only one significance to these shapes such as the crux ansata; that is the placing in coded form of mathematical relationships.
Questioner: Is the 76° and 18' angle at the apex of the pyramid a critical angle?
Ra: For the healing work intended, this angle is appropriate.
Questioner: Why does the King’s Chamber have the various small chambers above it?
Ra: We must address this query more generally in order to explicate your specific question. The positioning of the entity to be healed is such that the life energies, if you will, are in a position to be briefly interrupted or intersected by light. This light then may, by the catalyst of the healer with the crystal, manipulate the aural forces, as you may call the various energy centers, in such a way that if the entity to be healed wills it so, corrections may take place. Then the entity is reprotected by its own, now less distorted, energy field and is able to go its way. The process by which this is done involves bringing the entity to be healed to an equilibrium. This involves temperature, barometric pressure, and the electrical charged atmosphere. The first two requirements are controlled by the system of chimneys.
#38
Ra: The spiraling energy is beginning to be diffused at the point where it goes through the King’s Chamber position. However, although the spirals continue to intersect, closing and opening in double spiral fashion through the apex angle, the diffusion or strength of the spiraling energies, red through violet color values, lessens if we speak of strength, and gains, if we speak of diffusion, until at the peak of the pyramid you have a very weak color resolution useful for healing purposes. Thus the King’s Chamber position is chosen as the first spiral after the centered beginning through the Queen’s Chamber position. You may visualize the diffusion angle as the opposite of the pyramid angle but the angle being less wide than the apex angle of the pyramid, being somewhere between 33 and 54°, depending upon the various rhythms of the planet itself.
Questioner: Then I assume that if I start my angle at the bottom of the Queen’s Chamber and make a 33 to 54° angle from that point, so that half of that angle falls on the side of the centerline that the King’s Chamber is on, that will indicate the diffusion of the spectrum, starting from the point at the bottom of the Queen’s Chamber; let’s say, if we were using a 40°
angle, we would have a 20° diffusion to the left of the centerline, passing through the King’s Chamber. Is that correct?
Ra: It is correct that half of the aforementioned angle passes through the King’s Chamber position. It is incorrect to assume that the Queen’s Chamber is the foundation of the angle. The angle will begin somewhere between the Queen’s Chamber position and thence downward towards the level of the resonating chamber, off-set for the healing work. This variation is dependent upon various magnetic fluxes of the planet. The King’s Chamber position is designed to intersect the strongest spiral of the
#44
Questioner: Then if a pyramid shape is used, it would seem to me that it would be necessary to make it large enough so that the Queen’s Chamber position would be far enough from the King’s Chamber position so that you could use that energy position and not be harmed by the energy position of the King’s Chamber position. Is this correct?
Ra: In this application a pyramid shape may be smaller if the apex angle is less, thus not allowing the formation of the King’s Chamber position. Also efficacious for this application are the following shapes: the silo, the cone, the dome, and the tipi.
Questioner: Do these shapes that you just mentioned have any of the effect of the King’s Chamber at all, or do they have only the Queen’s Chamber effect?
Ra: These shapes have the Queen’s Chamber effect. It is to be noted that a strongly crystallized entity is, in effect, a portable King’s Chamber position.
Questioner: Then are you saying that there is absolutely no need, use, or good in having the King’s Chamber effect at this time in our planetary evolution?
Ra: If those who desired to be healers were of a crystallized nature and were all supplicants, those wishing less distortion, the pyramid would be, as always, a carefully designed set of parameters to distribute light and its energy so as to aid in healing catalyst. However, we found that your peoples are not distorted towards the desire for purity to a great enough extent to be given this powerful and potentially dangerous gift. We, therefore, would suggest it not be used for healing in the traditional, shall we say, King’s Chamber configuration which we naively gave to your peoples only to see its use grossly distorted and our teachings lost.
#56 – HOW DOES THE PYRAMID SHAPE WORK
Questioner: In that case, I will ask how does the pyramid shape work?
Ra: We are assuming that you wish to know the principle of the shapes, angles, and intersections of the pyramid at what you call Giza. In reality, the pyramid shape does no work. It does not work. It is an arrangement for the centralization as well as the diffraction of the spiraling upward light energy as it is being used by the {person}. The spiraling nature of light is such that the magnetic fields of an individual are affected by spiraling energy. Certain shapes offer an echo chamber, shall we say, or an intensifier for spiraling prana, as some have called this allpresent, primal distortion of the one infinite Creator. If the intent is to intensify the necessity for the entity’s own will to call forth the inner light in order to match the intensification of the spiraling light energy, the entity will be placed in what you have called the Queen’s Chamber position in this particular shaped object. This is the initiatory place and is the place of resurrection. The off-set place, representing the spiral as it is in motion, is the appropriate position for one to be healed as in this position an entity’s vibratory magnetic nexi are interrupted in their normal flux. Thus a possibility/probability vortex ensues; a new beginning, shall we say, is offered for the entity in which the entity may choose a less distorted, weak, or blocked configuration of energy center magnetic distortions. The function of the healer and crystal may not be over-emphasized, for this power of interruption must needs be controlled, shall we say, with incarnate intelligence; the intelligence being that of one which recognizes energy patterns which, without judging, recognizes blockage, weakness, and other distortion and which is capable of visualizing, through the regularity of self and of crystal, the less distorted other-self to be healed. Other shapes which are arched, groined, vaulted, conical, or as your tipis are also shapes with this type of intensification of spiraling light. Your caves, being rounded, are places of power due to this shaping. It is to be noted that these shapes are dangerous. We are quite pleased to have the opportunity to enlarge upon the subject of shapes such as the pyramid for we wish, as part of our honor/duty, to state that there are many wrong uses for these curved shapes; for with improper placement, improper intentions, or lack of the crystallized being functioning as channel for healing the sensitive entity will be distorted more rather than less in some cases. It is to be noted that your peoples build, for the most part, the cornered or square habitations, for they do not concentrate power. It is further to be noted that the spiritual seeker has, for many of your time periods of years, sought the rounded, arched, and peaked forms as an expression of the power of the Creator.
Questioner: Is there an apex angle that is the angle for maximum efficiency in the pyramid?
Ra: Again, to conserve this instrument’s energy, I am assuming that you intend to indicate the most appropriate angle of apex for healing work. If the shape is such that it is large enough to contain an individual {person} at the appropriate off-set position within it, the 76° 18', approximate, angle is useful and appropriate. If the position varies, the angle may vary. Further, if the healer has the ability to perceive distortions with enough discrimination, the position within any pyramid shape may be moved about until results are effected. However, we found this particular angle to be useful. Other social memory complexes, or portions thereof, have determined different apex angles for different uses, not having to do with healing but with learning. When one works with the cone, or shall we say, the silo type of shape, the energy for healing may be found to be in a general circular pattern unique to each shape as a function of its particular height and width and in the cone shape, the angle of apex.
#38
In these cases, there are no corner angles. Thus the spiraling energy works in circular motion.
#39
Energy flow regardless of where the angle begins. However, as it passes through the Queen’s Chamber position, this spiraling energy is always centered and at its strongest point.
#57
Questioner: Is there currently any use for the pyramid shape at all that is beneficial?
Ra: This is in the affirmative if carefully used. The pyramid may be used for the improvement of the meditative state as long as the shape is such that the entity is in Queen’s Chamber position or entities are in balanced configuration about this central point. The small pyramid shape, placed beneath a portion of the body complex may energize this body complex. This should be done for brief periods only, not to exceed 30 of your minutes. The use of the pyramid to balance planetary energies still functions to a slight extent, but due to earth changes, the pyramids are no longer aligned properly for this work.
Questioner: What would be an appropriate apex angle for a tipi shape for our uses?
Ra: This is at your discretion. The principle of circular, rounded, or peaked shapes is that the center acts as an invisible inductive coil. Thus the energy patterns are spiraling and circular. Thus the choice of the most pleasant configuration is yours. The effect is relatively fixed.
Questioner: Is there any variation in the effect with respect to the material of construction, the thickness of the material? Is it simply the geometry of the shape, or is it related to some other factors?
#45
Ra: The geometry, as you call it, or relationships of these shapes in their configuration is the great consideration. It is well to avoid stannous material or that of lead or other baser metals. Wood, plastic, glass, and other materials may all be considered to be appropriate.
Questioner: If a pyramid shape were placed below an entity, how would this be done? Would it be placed beneath the bed? I’m not quite sure about how to energize the entity by “placing it below.” Could you tell me how to do that?
Ra: Your assumption is correct. If the shape is of appropriate size it may be placed directly beneath the cushion of the head or the pallet upon which the body complex rests. We again caution that the third spiral of upward lining light, that which is emitted from the apex of this shape, is most deleterious to an entity in overdose and should not be used over-long.
Questioner: What would the height be, in centimeters, of one of these pyramids for best functioning?
Ra: It matters not. Only the proportion of the height of the pyramid from base to apex to the perimeter of the base is at all important.
Questioner: What should that proportion be?
Ra: This proportion should be the 1.16 which you may observe.
Questioner: Do you mean that the sum of the four base sides should be 1.16 of the height of the pyramid?
Ra: This is correct.
#46
Questioner: You also mentioned that the pyramid was used for learning. Was this the same process or is there a difference?
Ra: There is a difference.
Questioner: What is the difference?
Ra: The difference is the presence of other-selves manifesting in space/time and after some study, in time/space, for the purpose of teach/learning. In the system created by us, schools were apart from the pyramid, the experiences being solitary.
Questioner: I didn’t quite understand what you meant by that. Could you tell me more of what you are talking about?
Ra: This is a wide subject. Please restate for specificity.
Questioner: Did you mean that teachers from your vibration or density were manifest in the Queen’s Chamber to teach those initiates, or did you mean something else?
Ra: In our system experiences in the Queen’s Chamber position were solitary. In Atlantis and in South America teachers shared the pyramid experiences.
Questioner: How did this learning process take place—learning or teaching—in the pyramid?
Ra: How does teach/learning and learn/teaching ever take place?
Questioner: The dangerous pyramid shape for use today would be a foursided pyramid that was large enough to create the King’s Chamber effect. Is that statement correct?
Ra: This statement is correct with the additional understanding that the 76° apex angle is that characteristic of the powerful shape.
Questioner: Then I am assuming that we should not use a pyramid of 76° at the apex angle under any circumstances. Is that correct?
Ra: This is at your discretion.
Questioner: I will restate the question. I am assuming then that it might be dangerous to use a 76° angle pyramid, and I will ask what angle less than 76° would be roughly the first angle that would not produce this dangerous effect?
Ra: Your assumption is correct. The lesser angle may be any angle less than 70°.
Questioner: Thank you. I want to go on with more questioning on the pyramid, but I want to ask a question that {name} has here. I’ll throw it in at this point. Could you please expand on the concept of space/time and time/space and how to get past this concept and what density level do these concepts no longer affect the individual?
Ra: The space/time and time/space concepts are those concepts describing as mathematically as possible the relationships of your illusion, that which is seen to that which is unseen. These descriptive terms are clumsy. They, however, suffice for this work. In the experiences of the mystical search for unity, these need never be considered, for they are but part of an illusory system. The seeker seeks the One. The One is to be sought, as we have said, by the balanced and self accepting self aware, both of its apparent distortions and its total perfection. Resting in this balanced awareness, the entity then opens the self to the universe which it is. The light energy of all things may then be attracted by this intense seeking, and wherever the inner seeking meets the attracted cosmic prana, realization of the One takes place. The purpose of clearing each energy center is to allow that meeting place to occur at the indigo ray vibration, thus making contact with intelligent infinity and dissolving all illusions. Service-to-others is automatic at the released energy generated by this state of consciousness. The space/time and time/space distinctions, as you understand them, do not hold sway except in third-density. However, fourth, fifth, and to some extent, sixth, work within some system of polarized space/time and time/space. The calculation necessary to move from one system to another through the dimensions are somewhat difficult. Therefore, we have the most difficulty sharing numerical concepts with you and take this opportunity to repeat our request that you monitor our numbers and query any that seem questionable.
#58
Questioner: I would like to trace the energy patterns and what is actually happening in these patterns and flow of energy in a couple of instances. I would first take the pyramid shape and trace the energy that is focused somehow by this shape. I will make a statement and let you correct it. I think that the pyramid can be in any orientation and provide some focusing of spiraling energy, but the greatest focusing of it occurs when one side of it is precisely parallel to magnetic north. Is this correct?
Ra: This is substantially correct with one addition. If one corner is oriented to the magnetic north, the energy will be enhanced in its focus also.
Questioner: Do you mean that if I drew a line through two opposite corners of the pyramid at the base and aimed that at magnetic north—that would be precisely 45° out of the orientation of one side aimed at magnetic north—that it would work just as well? Is that what you are saying?
Ra: It would work much better than if the pyramid shape were quite unaligned. It would not work quite as efficiently as the aforementioned configuration.
Questioner: Would the pyramid shape work just as well right side up as upside down with respect to the surface of the Earth, assuming the magnetic alignment was the same in both cases?
Ra: We do not penetrate your query. The reversed shape of the pyramid reverses the effects of the pyramid. Further, it is difficult to build such a structure, point down. Perhaps we have misinterpreted your query.
Questioner: I used this question only to understand the way the pyramid focuses light, not for the purpose of using one. I was just saying if we did build a pyramid point down, would it focus at the Queen’s Chamber position or just below it the same way as if it were point up?
Ra: It would only work thusly if an entity’s polarity were, for some reason, reversed.
Questioner: Then the lines of spiraling light energy—do they originate from a position towards the center of the Earth and radiate outward from that point?
Ra: The pyramid shape is a collector which draws the in-streaming energy from what you would term, the bottom or base, and allows this energy to spiral upward in a line with the apex of this shape. This is also true if a pyramid shape is upended. The energy is not Earth energy, as we understand your question, but is light energy which is omni-present.
Questioner: Does it matter if the pyramid is solid or is made of four thin sides, or is there a difference in effect between those two makes?
Ra: As an energy collector, the shape itself is the only requirement. From the standpoint of the practical needs of your body complexes, if one is to house one’s self in such a shape, it is well that this shape be solid sided in order to avoid being inundated by outer stimuli.
Questioner: Then if I just used a wire frame that was four pieces of wire joined at the apex running down to the base, and the pyramid were totally open, this would do the same thing to the spiraling light energy? Is this correct?
Ra: The concept of the frame as equal to the solid form is correct. However, there are many metals not recommended for use in pyramid shapes designed to aid the meditative process. Those that are recommended are, in your system of barter, what you call expensive. The wood, or other natural materials, or the man-made plastic rods will also be of service.
Questioner: Why is the spiraling light focused by something as open and simple as four wooden rods joined at an apex angle?
Ra: If you pictured light in the metaphysical sense, as water, and the pyramid shape as a funnel, this concept might become self-evident.
Questioner: Thank you. I do not wish to get into subject matter of no importance. I had assumed that questions about the pyramid were desired by you due to the fact that some danger was involved to some who had misused the pyramid, etc. I am trying to understand the way light works and am trying to get a grasp of how everything works together, and I was hoping that questions on the pyramid would help me understand the third distortion, which is light. As I understand it, the pyramid shape acts as a funnel increasing the density of energy so that the individual may have a greater intensity of actually the third distortion. Is this correct?
Ra: In general, this is correct.
#59
Questioner: I’m trying to understand the three spirals of light in the pyramid shape. I would like to question on each. The first spiral starts below the Queen’s Chamber and ends in the Queen’s Chamber? Is that correct?
Ra: This is incorrect. The first notion of upward spiraling light is as that of the scoop, the light energy being scooped in through the attraction of the pyramid shape through the bottom or base. Thus the first configuration is a semi-spiral.
Questioner: Would this be similar to the vortex you get when you release water from a bathtub?
Ra: This is correct except that in the case of this action the cause is gravitic whereas in the case of the pyramid the vortex is that of upward spiraling light being attracted by the electro-magnetic fields engendered by the shape of the pyramid.
Questioner: Then the first spiral after this semi-spiral is the spiral used for study and healing. Relative to the Queen’s Chamber position, where does this first spiral begin and end?
Ra: The spiral which is used for study and healing begins at or slightly below the Queen’s Chamber position depending upon your Earth and cosmic rhythms. It moves through the King’s Chamber position in a sharply delineated form and ends at the point whereby the top approximate third of the pyramid may be seen to be intensifying the energy.
Questioner: The first spiral is obviously different somehow from the second and third spirals since they have different uses and different properties. The second spiral then starts at the end of the first spiral and goes up to the apex. Is that correct?
Ra: This is partially correct. The large spiral is drawn into the vortex of the apex of the pyramid. However, some light energy which is of the more intense nature of the red, shall we say, end of the spectrum is spiraled once again causing an enormous strengthening and focusing of energy which is then of use for building.
Questioner: And then the third spiral radiates from the top of the pyramid. Is this correct?
Ra: The third complete spiral does so. This is correct. It is well to reckon with the foundation semi-spiral which supplies the prana for all that may be affected by the three following upward spirals of light.
Questioner: Now I am trying to understand what happens in this process. I’ll call the first semi-spiral zero position and the other three spirals one, two, and three, the first spiral being a study in healing. What change takes place in light from zero position to the first spiral that makes that first spiral available for healing?
Ra: The prana scooped in by the pyramid shape gains coherence of energetic direction. The term “upward spiraling light” is an indication, not of your up and down concept, but an indication of the concept of that which reaches towards the source of love and light. Thus all light or prana is upward spiraling but its direction, as you understand this term, is unregimented and not useful for work.
Questioner: Could I assume then that from all points in space light radiates in our illusion outward in a 360° solid angle and this scoop shape with the pyramid then creates the coherence to this radiation as a focusing mechanism? Is this correct?
Ra: This is precisely correct.
Questioner: Then the first spiral has a different factor of cohesion, you might say, than the second. What is the difference between this first and second spiral?
Ra: As the light is funneled into what you term the zero position, it reaches the point of turning. This acts as a compression of the light multiplying tremendously its coherence and organization.
Questioner: Then is the coherence and organization multiplied once more at the start of the second spiral? Is there just a doubling effect or an increasing effect?
Ra: This is difficult to discuss in your language. There is no doubling effect but a transformation across boundaries of dimension so that light which was working for those using it in space/time—time/space configuration becomes light working in what you might consider an interdimensional time/space—space/time configuration. This causes an apparent diffusion and weakness of the spiraling energy. However, in position two, as you have called it, much work may be done inter-dimensionally.
#58
Questioner: In the Giza pyramid there was no chamber at position two. Do you ever make use of position two by putting a chamber in that position on other planets or in other pyramids?
Ra: This position is useful only to those whose abilities are such that they are capable of serving as conductors of this type of focused spiral. One would not wish to attempt to train third-density entities in such disciplines.
Questioner: Then the third spiral radiating from the top of the pyramid you say is used for energizing. what you mean by “energizing”?
Ra: The third spiral is extremely full of the positive effects of directed prana and that which is placed over such a shape will receive shocks energizing the electro-magnetic fields. This can be most stimulating in third-density applications of mental and bodily configurations. However, if allowed to be in place over-long such shocks may traumatize the entity.
Questioner: Are there any other effects of the pyramid shape beside the spirals that we have just discussed?
Ra: There are several. However, their uses are limited. The use of the resonating chamber position is one which challenges the ability of an adept to face the self. This is one type of mental test which may be used. It is powerful and quite dangerous. The outer shell of the pyramid shape contains small vortices of light energy which, in the hands of capable crystallized beings, are useful for various subtle workings upon the healing of invisible bodies affecting the physical body. Other of these places are those wherein perfect sleep may be obtained and age reversed. These characteristics are not important.
Questioner: What position would be the age reversal position?
Ra: Approximately 5 to 10° above and below the Queen’s Chamber position in ovoid shapes on each face of the four-sided pyramid extending into the solid shape approximately one-quarter of the way to the Queen’s Chamber position.
Questioner: In other words, if I went just inside the wall of the pyramid a quarter of the way but still remained three-quarters of the way from the center at approximately the level above the base of the Queen’s Chamber I would find that position?
#59
Ra: This is approximately so. You must picture the double teardrop extending in both the plane of the pyramid face and in half towards the Queen’s Chamber extending above and below it. You may see this as the position where the light has been scooped into the spiral and then is expanding again. This position is what you may call a prana vacuum.
Questioner: Why would this reverse aging?
Ra: Aging is a function of the effects of various electro-magnetic fields upon the electromagnetic fields of the {person}. In this position there is no input or disturbance of the fields, nor is any activity within the electro-magnetic field complex of the {person} allowed full sway. The vacuum sucks any such disturbance away. Thus the entity feels nothing and is suspended.
Questioner: Is the pyramid shape constructed in our yard functioning properly? Is it aligned properly and built properly?
Ra: It is built within good tolerances though not perfect. However, its alignment should be as this resting place for maximum efficacy.
Questioner: Do you mean that one of the base sides should be aligned 20°
east of north?
Ra: That alignment would be efficacious.
Questioner: Previously you stated that one of the base sides should be aligned with magnetic north. Which is better, to align with magnetic north or to align with 20° east of magnetic north?
Ra: This is at your discretion. The proper alignment for you of this sphere at this time is magnetic north. However, in your query you asked specifically about a structure which has been used by specific entities whose energy vortices are more consonant with the, shall we say, true color green orientation. This would be the 20° east of north. There are advantages to each orientation. The effect is stronger at magnetic north and can be felt more clearly. The energy, though weak, coming from the now distant, but soon to be paramount, direction is more helpful. The choice is yours. It is the choice between quantity and quality or wide band and narrow band aid in meditation.
Questioner: When the planetary axis realigns, will it realign 20° east of north to conform to the green vibration?
Ra: There is every indication that this will occur. We cannot speak of certainties but are aware that the grosser or less dense materials will be pulled into conformation with the denser and lighter energies which give your Logos its proceedings through the realms of experience.
#60
Questioner: What civilization was it that helped Ra using the pyramid shape while Ra was in third-density?
Ra: Your people have a fondness for the naming. These entities have begun their travel back to the Creator and are no longer experiencing time.
#65 KING’S CHAMBER AND RESURECTION
You mentioned in speaking of the pyramids the resonating chamber was used so that the adept could meet the self. Would you explain what you meant by that?
Ra: One meets the self in the center or deeps of the being. The socalled resonating chamber may be likened unto the symbology of the burial and resurrection of the body wherein the entity dies to self and through this confrontation of apparent loss and realization of essential gain, is transmuted into a new and risen being.
Questioner: Could I make the analogy of in this apparent death of losing the desires that are the illusory, common desires of third-density and gaining desires of total service-to-others?
Ra: You are perceptive. This was the purpose and intent of this chamber as well as forming a necessary portion of the King’s Chamber position’s effectiveness.
Questioner: what this chamber did to the entity to create this awareness in him?
Ra: This chamber worked upon the mind and the body. The mind was affected by sensory deprivation and the archetypical reactions to being buried alive with no possibility of extricating the self. The body was affected both by the mind configuration and by the electrical and piezoelectrical properties of the materials which were used in the construction of the resonating chamber.
#66 – ANGLES
Questioner: You mentioned the problems with the action in the King’s Chamber of the Giza-type pyramid. I am assuming if we used the same geometrical configuration that is used in the pyramid at Giza this would be perfectly all right for the pyramid placed beneath the head since we wouldn’t be using the King’s Chamber radiations but only the third spiral from the top, and I’m also asking if it would be better to use a 60° apex angle than the larger apex angle? Would it provide a better energy source?
Ra: For energy through the apex angle the Giza pyramid offers an excellent model. Simply be sure the pyramid is so small that there is no entity small enough to crawl inside it. The properties of this energy are such as to move within the field of the physical complex and irradiate each cell of the space/time body and, as this is done, irradiate also the time/space equivalent which is closely aligned with the space/time yellow-ray body. This is not a function of the etheric body or of free will. This is a radiation much like your sun’s rays. Thus it should be used with care.
Questioner: How many applications of thirty minutes or less during a diurnal time period would be appropriate?
Ra: In most cases, no more than one. In a few cases, especially where the energy will be used for spiritual work, experimentation with two shorter periods might be possible, but any feeling of sudden weariness would be a sure sign that the entity had been over-radiated.
Questioner: Can this energy help in any way as far as healing of physical distortions?
Ra: There is no application for direct healing using this energy although, if used in conjunction with meditation, it may offer to a certain percentage of entities some aid in meditation. In most cases it is most helpful in alleviating weariness and in the stimulation of physical or sexual activity.
#4 - HEALING AND THE BODY
a significant number of {names} which can be used in sequence to train the healer. The synopsis is a very appropriate entry that you might understand what is involved. Firstly, the mind must be known to itself. This is perhaps the most demanding part of healing work. If the mind knows itself then the most important aspect of healing has occurred. Consciousness is the microcosm of the Law of One. The second part has to do with the disciplines of the body complexes. In the streamings reaching your planet at this time, these understandings and disciplines have to do with the balance between love and wisdom in the use of the body in its natural functions. The third area is the spiritual, and in this area the first two disciplines are connected through the attainment of contact with intelligent infinity.
Questioner: I believe I have a little idea of the accomplishment of the first step. Can you elaborate a little bit on the other two steps which I am not at all familiar with.
Ra: Imagine the body. Imagine the more dense aspects of the body. Proceed therefrom to the very finest knowledge of energy pathways which revolve and cause the body to be energized. Understand that all natural functions of the body have all aspects from dense to fine, and can be transmuted to what you may call sacramental. This is a brief investigation of the second area. To speak to the third, if you will, imagine the function of the magnet. The magnet has two poles. One reaches up. The other goes down. The function of the spirit is to integrate the upreaching yearning of the mind/body energy with the downpouring and streaming of infinite intelligence. This is a brief explication of the third area.
Questioner: Then would this training program involve specific things to do, specific instructions and exercises?
Ra: We are not at this time incarnate among your peoples; thus, we can guide and attempt to specify, but we cannot, by example, show. This is an handicap. However, there should indeed be fairly specific exercises of mind, body, and spirit during the teach/learning process we offer. It is to be once more iterated that healing is but one distortion of the Law of One. To reach an undistorted understanding of that law, it is not necessary to heal or to show any manifestation but only to exercise the discipline of understanding One of the primal distortions of the Law of One is that of healing. Healing occurs when a {person} realizes, deep within itself, the Law of One; that is, that there is no disharmony, no imperfection; that all is complete and whole and perfect. Thus, the intelligent infinity within this {person} re-forms the illusion of body, mind, or spirit to a form congruent with the Law of One. The healer acts as energizer or catalyst for this completely individual process. One item which may be of interest is that a healer asking to learn must take the distortion understood as responsibility for that ask/receiving. This is an honor/duty which must be carefully considered in free will before the asking.
#5
Ra:
It is not by example
that the healer does the working. The working exists in and of itself. The
healer is only the catalyst, much as this instrument has the catalysis
necessary to provide the channel for our words, yet by example or exercise of
any kind can take no thought for this working. The healing/working is congruent
in that it is a form of channeling some distortion of the intelligent infinity.
We shall begin with the first of the three teachings/learnings. We begin with
the mental learn/teaching necessary for contact with intelligent infinity. The
prerequisite of mental work is the ability to retain silence of self at a
steady state when required by the self. The mind must be opened like a door.
The key is silence. Within the door lies an hierarchical construction you may
liken unto geography and in some ways geometry, for the hierarchy is quite
regular, bearing inner relationships.
BECOMING EFFECTIVE HEALERS
Ra: To begin to master the concept of mental disciplines it is necessary to examine the self. The polarity of your dimension must be internalized. Where you find patience within your mind you must consciously find the corresponding impatience and vice versa. Each thought a being has, has in its turn an antithesis. The disciplines of the mind involve, first of all, identifying both those things of which you approve and those things of which you disapprove within yourself, and then balancing each and every positive and negative charge with its equal. The mind contains all things. Therefore, you must discover this completeness within yourself. The second mental discipline is acceptance of the completeness within your consciousness. It is not for a being of polarity in the physical consciousness to pick and choose among attributes, thus building the roles that cause blockages and confusions in the already distorted mind complex. Each acceptance smoothes part of the many distortions that the faculty you call judgment engenders. The third discipline of the mind is a repetition of the first but with the gaze outward toward the fellow entities that it meets. In each entity there exists completeness. Thus, the ability to understand each balance is necessary. When you view patience, you are responsible for mirroring in your mental understandings, patience/impatience. When you view impatience, it is necessary for your mental configuration of understanding to be impatience/patience. We use this as a simple example. Most configurations of mind have many facets, and understanding of either self polarities, or what you would call other-self polarities, can and must be understood as subtle work. The next step is the acceptance of the other-self polarities, which mirrors the second step. These are the first four steps of learning mental disciplines. The fifth step involves observing the geographical and geometrical relationships and ratios of the mind, the other mind, the mass mind, and the infinite mind. The second area of learn/teaching is the study/understanding of the body complexes. It is necessary to know your body well. This is a matter of using the mind to examine how the feelings, the biases, what you would call the emotions, affect various portions of the body complex. It shall be necessary to both understand the bodily polarity and to accept them, repeating in a chemical/physical manifestation the work you have done upon the mind bethinking the consciousness. The body is a creature of the mind’s creation. It has its biases. The biological bias must be first completely understood and then the opposite bias allowed to find full expression in understanding. Again, the process of acceptance of the body as a balanced, as well as polarized, individual may then be accomplished. It is then the task to extend this understanding to the bodies of the other-selves whom you will meet. The simplest example of this is the understanding that each biological male is female; each biological female is male. This is a simple example. However, in almost every case wherein you are attempting the understanding of the body of self or other-self, you will again find that the most subtle discernment is necessary in order to fully grasp the polarity complexes involved.
#6
Ra: The third area is the spiritual complex which embodies the fields of
force and consciousness which are the least distorted of your mind/body/spirit
complex. The exploration and balancing of the spirit complex is indeed the
longest and most subtle part of your learn/teaching. We have considered the
mind as a tree. The mind controls the body. With the mind single-pointed,
balanced, and aware, the body comfortable in whatever biases and distortions
make it appropriately balanced for that instrument, the instrument is then
ready to proceed with the greater work. That is the work of wind and fire. The
spiritual body energy field is a pathway, or channel. When body and mind are
receptive and open, then the spirit can become a functioning shuttle or
communicator from the entity’s individual energy/will upwards, and from the
streamings of the creative fire and wind downwards. The healing ability, like
all other, what this instrument would call, paranormal abilities, is affected
by the opening of a pathway or shuttle into intelligent infinity. There are
many upon your plane who have a random hole or gateway in their spirit energy
field, sometimes created by the ingestion of chemicals such as, what this
instrument would call LSD, who are able, randomly and without control, to tap
into energy sources. They may or may not be entities who wish to serve. The purpose
of carefully and consciously opening this channel is to serve in a more
dependable way, in a more commonplace or usual way, as seen by the distortion
complex of the healer. To others there may appear to be miracles. To the one
who has carefully opened the door to intelligent infinity this is ordinary;
this is commonplace; this is as it should be. The life experience becomes
somewhat transformed. The great work goes on. At this time we feel these
exercises suffice for your beginning. We will, at a future time, when you feel
you have accomplished that which is set before you, begin to guide you into a
more precise understanding of the functions and uses of this gateway in the
experience of healing.
#15
Ra: Rapid aging occurs upon this third-density planet due to an ongoing imbalance of receptor web complex in the etheric portion of the energy field of this planet. The thought-form distortions of your peoples have caused the energy streamings to enter the planetary magnetic atmosphere, if you would so term this web of energy patterns, in such a way that the proper streamings are not correctly imbued with balanced vibratory light/love from the, shall we say, cosmic level of this octave of existence.
Questioner: Do I assume correctly that one of your attempts in service to this planet was to help the population more fully understand and practice the Law of One so that this rapid aging could be changed to normal aging?
Ra: You assume correctly to a great degree.
Questioner: What is the greatest service that our population on this planet could perform individually?
Ra: There is but one service. The Law is One. The offering of self to Creator is the greatest service, the unity, the fountainhead. The entity who seeks the one Creator is with infinite intelligence. From this seeking, from this offering, a great multiplicity of opportunities will evolve depending upon the {people}’ distortions with regard to the various illusory aspects or energy centers of the various complexes of your illusion. Thus, some become healers, some workers, some teachers, and so forth.
Questioner: If an entity were perfectly balanced with respect to the Law of One on this planet would he undergo the aging process?
Ra: A perfectly balanced entity would become tired rather than visibly aged. The lessons being learned, the entity would depart. However, this is appropriate and is a form of aging which your peoples do not experience. The understanding comes slowly, the body complex decomposing more rapidly.
Questioner: a little more about the word, “balancing,” as we are using it?
Ra: Picture, if you will, the One Infinite. You have no picture. Thus, the process begins. Love creating light, becoming love/light, streams into the planetary sphere according to the electromagnetic web of points or nexi of entrance. These streamings are then available to the individual who, like the planet, is a web of electromagnetic energy fields with points or nexi of entrance. In a balanced individual each energy center is balanced and functioning brightly and fully. The blockages of your planetary sphere cause some distortion of intelligent energy. The blockages of the mind/body/spirit complex further distort or unbalance this energy. There is one energy. It may be understood as love/light or light/love or intelligent energy.
Questioner: Am I correct to assume that one of the blockages of the {person} might be, shall we say, ego, and this could be balanced using a worthiness/unworthiness balance. Am I correct?
Ra: This is incorrect.
Questioner: how you balance the ego?
Ra: We cannot work with this concept as it is misapplied and understanding cannot come from it.
Questioner: How does an individual go about balancing himself? What is the first step?
Ra: The steps are only one; that is, an understanding of the energy centers which make up the {person}. This understanding may be briefly summarized as follows. The first balancing is of the Malkuth, or Earth, vibratory energy complex, called the red-ray complex. An understanding and acceptance of this energy is fundamental. The next energy complex, which may be blocked is the emotional, or personal complex, also known as the orange-ray complex. This blockage will often demonstrate itself as personal eccentricities or distortions with regard to self conscious understanding or acceptance of self. The third blockage resembles most closely that which you have called ego. It is the yellow-ray or solar plexus center. Blockages in this center will often manifest as distortions toward power manipulation and other social behaviors concerning those close and those associated with the {person}. Those with blockages in these first three energy centers, or nexi, will have continuing difficulties in ability to further their seeking of the Law of One. The center of heart, or green-ray, is the center from which third-density beings may springboard, shall we say, to infinite intelligence. Blockages in this area may manifest as difficulties in expressing what you may call universal love or compassion. The blue-ray center of energy streaming is the center which, for the first time, is outgoing as well as inpouring. Those blocked in this area may have difficulty in grasping the spirit/mind complexes of its own entity and further difficulty in expressing such understandings of self. Entities blocked in this area may have difficulties in accepting communication from other {people}. The next center is the pineal or indigo-ray center. Those blocked in this center may experience a lessening of the influx of intelligent energy due to manifestations which appear as unworthiness. This is that of which you spoke. As you can see, this is but one of many distortions due to the several points of energy influx into the {person}. The indigo-ray balancing is quite central to the type of work which revolves about the spirit complex, which has its influx then into the transformation or transmutation of third density to fourth density, it being the energy center receiving the least distorted outpourings of love/light from intelligent energy and also the potential for the key to the gateway of intelligent infinity. The remaining center of energy influx is simply the total expression of the entity’s vibratory complex of mind, body, and spirit. It is as it will be, “balanced” or “imbalanced” has no meaning at this energy level, for it gives and takes in its own balance. Whatever the distortion may be, it cannot be manipulated as can the others and, therefore, has no particular importance in viewing the balancing of an entity.
Questioner: You previously gave us information on what we should do in balancing. Is there any publishable information you can give us now about particular exercises or methods of balancing these energy centers?
Ra: The exercises given for publication seen in comparison with the material now given are in total a good beginning. It is important to allow each seeker to enlighten itself rather than for any messenger to attempt in language to teach/learn for the entity, thus being teach/learner and learn/teacher. This is not in balance with your third density. We learn from you. We teach to you. Thus, we teach/learn. If we learned for you, this would cause imbalance in the direction of the distortion of free will. There are other items of information allowable. However, you have not yet reached these items in your line of questioning and it is our belief/feeling complex that the questioner shall shape this material in such a way that your {people} shall have entry to it, thus we answer your queries as they arise in your mind complex.
Questioner: Yesterday you stated that “the harvest is now. There is not at this time any reason to include efforts along this line of longevity, but rather to encourage efforts to seek the heart of self. This which resides clearly in the violet-ray energy field will determine the harvest of the mind/body/spirit complex.” Could you tell us the best way to seek the heart of self?
Ra: We have given you this information in several wordings. However, we can only say the material for your understanding is the self: the {person}. You have been given information upon healing, as you call this distortion. This information may be seen in a more general context as ways to understand the self. The understanding, experiencing, accepting, and merging of self with self and other-self, and finally with the Creator, is the path to the heart of self. In each infinitesimal part of your self resides the One in all of Its power. Therefore, we can only encourage these lines of contemplation or prayer as a means of subjectively/objectively using or combining various understandings to enhance the seeking process. Without such a method of reversing the analytical process, one could not integrate into unity the many understandings gained in such seeking.
Questioner: I don’t mean to ask the same question twice, but there are some areas that I consider so important that possibly a greater understanding may be obtained if the answer is restated a number of times in other words. I thank you for your patience. Yesterday, you also mentioned that when there was no harvest at the end of the last 25,000 year period, “there were harvestable entities who shall choose the manner of their entrance into the fourth density.” Could you tell me what you mean by “they shall choose the manner of their entry into the fourth density”?
Ra: These shepherds, or, as some have called them, the “Elder Race,” shall choose the time/space of their leaving. They are unlikely to leave until their other-selves are harvestable also.
Questioner: What do you mean by their “other-selves” being harvestable?
Ra: The other-selves with whom these beings are concerned are those which did not attain harvest during the second major cycle.
Questioner: Could you tell me just a small amount of the history of what you call the Elder Race?
Ra: The question is unclear. Please restate.
Questioner: I ask this question because I have heard of the Elder Race before in a book, Road in the Sky, by George Hunt Williamson, and I was wondering if this Elder Race was the same that he talked about?
Ra: The question now resolves itself, for we have spoken previously of the manner of decision-making which caused these entities to remain here upon the closing of the second major cycle of your current master cycle. There are some distortions in the descriptions of the one known as Michel; however, these distortions have to do primarily with the fact that these entities are not a social memory complex, but rather a group of {people} dedicated to service. These entities work together, but are not completely unified; thus, they do not completely see each the other’s thoughts, feelings, and motives. However, their desire to serve is the fourth-dimensional type of desire, thus melding them into what you may call a brotherhood.
Questioner: Why do you call them the Elder Race?
Ra: We called them thusly to acquaint you, the questioner, with their identity as is understood by your mind complex distortion.
Questioner: Are there any Wanderers with this Elder Race?
Ra: These are planetary entities harvested—Wanderers only in the sense that they chose, in fourth-density love, to immediately reincarnate in third density rather than proceeding towards fourth density. This causes them to be Wanderers of a type, Wanderers who have never left the Earth plane because of their free will rather than because of their vibrational level.
Questioner: In yesterday’s material you mentioned that the first distortion was the distortion of free will. Is there a sequence, a first, second, and third distortion of the Law of One?
Ra: Only up to a very short point. After this point, the many-ness of distortions are equal one to another. The first distortion, free will, finds focus. This is the second distortion known to you as Logos, the Creative Principle or Love. This intelligent energy thus creates a distortion known as Light. From these three distortions come many, many hierarchies of distortions, each having its own paradoxes to be synthesized, no one being more important than another.
Questioner: You also said that you offered the Law of One which is the balancing of love/light with light/love. Is there any difference between light/love and love/light?
Ra: There is the same difference between love/light and light/love as there is between teach/learning and learn/teaching. Love/light is the enabler, the power, the energy giver. Light/love is the manifestation which occurs when light has been impressed with love.
#17
Ra: Those who heal may be of any density which has the consciousness of the spirit. This includes third, fourth, fifth, sixth, and seventh. The third density can be one in which healing takes place just as the others. However, there is more illusory material to understand, to balance, to accept, and to move forward from. The gate to intelligent infinity can only be opened when an understanding of the in-streamings of intelligent energy are opened unto the healer. These are the so-called Natural Laws of your local space/time continuum and its web of electromagnetic sources or nexi of in-streaming energy. Know then, first, the mind and the body. Then as the spirit is integrated and synthesized, these are harmonized into a {person} which can move among the dimensions and can open the gateway to intelligent infinity, thus healing self by light and sharing that light with others. True healing is simply the radiance of the self causing an environment in which a catalyst may occur which initiates the recognition of self, by self, of the self -healing properties of the self.
#41 -FASTING
Questioner: You mentioned in the last session the concept of fasting for removing unwanted thought-forms. Can you expand on this process and explain a little bit more about how this works?
Ra: This, as all healing techniques, must be used by a conscious being; that is, a being conscious that the ridding of excess and unwanted material from the body complex is the analogy to the ridding of mind or spirit of excess or unwanted material. Thus the one discipline or denial of the unwanted portion as an appropriate part of the self is taken through the tree of mind down through the trunk to subconscious levels where the connection is made and thus the body, mind, and spirit, then in unison, express denial of the excess or unwanted spiritual or mental material as part of the entity. All then falls away and the entity, while understanding, if you will, and appreciating the nature of the rejected material as part of the greater self, nevertheless, through the action of the will purifies and refines the {person}, bringing into manifestation the desired mind complex or spirit complex attitude.
Questioner: Then would this be like a conscious reprogramming of catalyst? For instance, for some entities catalyst is programmed by the higher self to create experiences so that the entity can release itself from unwanted biases. Would this be analogous then to the entity consciously programming this release and using fasting as the method of communication to itself?
Ra: This is not only correct but may be taken further. The self, if conscious to a great enough extent of the workings of this catalyst and the techniques of programming, may through concentration of the will and the faculty of faith alone cause reprogramming without the analogy of the fasting, the diet, or other analogous body complex disciplines.
#42 – PROGRAMMING
Questioner: In the last session you said, “that when the self is conscious to a great enough extent of the workings of the catalyst of fasting, and the techniques of programming, it then may through concentration of the will and the faculty of faith alone cause reprogramming without the analogy of fasting, diet, or other analogous bodily complex disciplines.” What are the techniques of programming which the higher self uses to insure that the desired lessons are learned or attempted by the third-density self?
Ra: There is but one technique for this growing or nurturing of will and faith, and that is the focusing of the attention. The attention span of those you call children is considered short. The spiritual attention span of most of your peoples is that of the child. Thus it is a matter of wishing to become able to collect one’s attention and hold it upon the desired programming. This, when continued, strengthens the will. The entire activity can only occur when there exists faith that an outcome of this discipline is possible
#41 - INITIATION
Questioner: I have a book, INITIATION, in which the woman describes initiation. Are you familiar with the contents of this book?
Ra: This is correct. We scan your mind.
Questioner: I have only read part of it, but I was wondering if the teachings in the book with respect to balancing were Ra’s teachings?
Ra: This is basically correct with distortions that may be seen when this material is collated with the material we have offered.
#55
Questioner: Does this healing work by affecting the energy centers in such a way that they are unblocked so as to perfect the seven bodies that they generate and, therefore, bring the entity to be healed into proper balance?
Ra: We must answer in brief and state simply that the distorted configuration of the energy centers is intended to be temporarily interrupted and the opportunity is then presented to the one to be healed to grasp the baton, to take the balanced route and to walk thence with the distortions towards disease of mind, body, and spirit greatly lessened. The catalytic effect of the charged atmosphere and the crystal directed by the healer must be taken into consideration as integral portions of this process, for the bringing back of the entity to a configuration of conscious awareness would not be accomplished after the reorganization possibilities are offered without the healer’s presence and directed will.
#64 HEALING AND KARMA
Questioner: Thank you. Ra mentioned the ones {name} and {name} in a previous session. These are members of what we call our medical profession. What is the value of modem medical techniques in alleviating bodily distortions with respect to the purpose for these distortions and what we might call karma?
Ra: This query is convoluted. However, we shall make some observations in lieu of attempting one coherent answer, for that which is allopathic among your healing practices is somewhat two-sided. Firstly, you must see the possibility/probability that each and every allopathic healer is in fact an healer. Within your cultural nexus this training is considered the appropriate means of perfecting the healing ability. In the most basic sense any allopathic healer may be seen to, perhaps, be one whose desire is service-to-others in alleviation of bodily complex and mental/emotional complex distortions so that the entity to be healed may experience further catalyst over a longer period of what you call the life. This is a great service-to-others when appropriate due to the accumulation of distortions toward wisdom and love which can be created through the use of the space/time continuum of your illusion. In observing the allopathic concept of the body complex as a machine we may note the symptomology of a societal complex seemingly dedicated to the most intransigent desire for the distortions of distraction, anonymity, and sleep. This is the result rather than the cause of societal thinking upon your plane. In turn this mechanical concept of the body complex has created the continuing proliferation of distortions towards what you would call illhealth due to the strong chemicals used to control and hide bodily distortions. There is a realization among many of your peoples that there are more efficacious systems of healing not excluding the allopathic but also including the many other avenues of healing.
Questioner: Let us assume that a bodily distortion occurs within a particular entity who then has a choice of seeking allopathic aid or experiencing the catalyst of the distortion and not seeking correction of the distortion. Can you comment on the two possibilities for this entity and his analysis of each path?
Ra: If the entity is polarized towards service-to-others, analysis properly proceeds along the lines of consideration of which path offers the most opportunity for service-to-others. For the negatively polarized entity the antithesis is the case. For the unpolarized entity the considerations are random and most likely in the direction of the distortion towards comfort.
#64 – SENSATIONS
Questioner: In the healing exercises, when you say examine the sensations of the body, do you mean those sensations available to the body via the five senses or in relation to the natural functions of the body such as touching, loving, sexual sharing, and company, or are you speaking of something else altogether?
Ra: The questioner may perceive its body complex at this moment. It is experiencing sensations. Most of these sensations or in this case, nearly all of them, are transient and without interest. However, the body is the creature of the mind. Certain sensations carry importance due to the charge or power which is felt by the mind upon the experience of this sensation. For instance, at this space/time nexus one sensation is carrying a powerful charge and may be examined. This is the sensation of what you call the distortion towards discomfort due to the cramped position of the body complex during this working. In balancing you would then explore this sensation. Why is this sensation powerful? Because it was chosen in order that the entity might be of service-to-others in energizing this contact. Each sensation that leaves the aftertaste of meaning upon the mind, that leaves the taste within the memory shall be examined. These are the sensations of which we speak.
#66
Questioner: I would like to investigate the mechanism of healing using the crystallized healer. I am going to make a statement, and I would appreciate it if you would correct my thinking. It seems to me that once the healer has become properly balanced and unblocked with respect to energy centers, it is possible for him to act in some way as a collector and focuser of light in a way analogous to the way a pyramid works, collecting light through the left hand and emitting it through the right; this then, somehow, penetrating the first and seventh chakras’ vibratory envelop of the body and allowing for the realignment of energy centers of the entity to be healed. I’m quite sure that I’m not completely correct on this and possibly considerably off. Could you rearrange my thinking so that it makes sense?
Ra: You are correct in your assumption that the crystallized healer is analogous to the pyramidal action of the King’s Chamber position. There are a few adjustments we might suggest. Firstly, the energy which is used is brought into the field complex of the healer by the outstretched hand used in a polarized sense. However, this energy circulates through the various points of energy to the base of the spine and, to a certain extent, the feet, thus coming through the main energy centers of the healer spiraling through the feet, turning at the red energy center towards a spiral at the yellow energy center and passing through the green energy center in a microcosm of the King’s Chamber energy configuration of prana; this then continuing for the third spiral through the blue energy center and being sent therefrom through the gateway back to intelligent infinity. It is from the green center that the healing prana moves into the polarized healing right hand and therefrom to the one to be healed. We may note that there are some who use the yellow-ray configuration to transfer energy and this may be done but the effects are questionable and, with regard to the relationship between the healer, the healing energy, and the seeker, questionable due to the propensity for the seeker to continue requiring such energy transfers without any true healing taking place in the absence of the healer due to the lack of penetration of the armoring shell of which you spoke.
Questioner: A Wanderer who has an origin from fifth or sixth-density can attempt such a healing and have little or no results. what the Wanderer has lost and why it is necessary for him to regain certain balances and abilities for him to perfect his healing ability?
Ra: You may see the Wanderer as the infant attempting to verbalize the sound complexes of your peoples. The memory of the ability to communicate is within the infant’s undeveloped mind complex, but the ability to practice or manifest this called speech is not immediately forthcoming due to the limitations of the {person} it has chosen to be a part of in this experience. So it is with the Wanderer which, remembering the ease with which adjustments can be made in the home density, yet still having entered thirddensity, cannot manifest that memory due to the limitation of the chosen experience. The chances of a Wanderer being able to heal in third-density are only more than those native to this density because the desire to serve may be stronger and this method of service chosen.
Questioner: What about the ones with the dual type of activated third and fourth-density bodies, harvested from other third-density planets? Are they able to heal using the techniques that we have discussed?
Ra: In many cases this is so, but as beginners of fourth-density, the desire may not be present.
Questioner: I’m assuming, then, that we have a Wanderer with the desire attempting to learn the techniques of healing while, shall I say, trapped in third-density. He then, it seems to me, is primarily concerned with the balancing and unblocking of the energy centers. Am I correct in this assumption?
Ra: This is correct. Only in so far as the healer has become balanced may it be a channel for the balancing of an other-self. The healing is first practiced upon the self, if we may say this, in another way.
Questioner: Now as the healer approaches an other-self to do the healing we have a situation where the other-self has, through programming of catalyst, possibly created a condition which is viewed as a condition needing healing. What is the situation and what are the ramifications of the healer acting upon the condition of programmed catalyst to bring about healing?
Am I correct in assuming that in doing this healing, the programmed catalyst is useful to the one to be healed in that the one to be healed then becomes aware of what it wished to become aware of in programming the catalyst? Is this correct?
Ra: Your thinking cannot be said to be completely incorrect but shows a rigidity which is not apparent in the flow of the experiential use of catalyst. The role of the healer is to offer an opportunity for realignment or aid in realignment of either energy centers or some connection between the energies of mind and body, spirit and mind, or spirit and body. This latter is very rare. The seeker will then have the reciprocal opportunity to accept a novel view of the self, a variant arrangement of patterns of energy influx. If the entity, at any level, desires to remain in the configuration of distortion which seems to need healing it will do so. If, upon the other hand, the seeker chooses the novel configuration, it is done through free will. This is one great difficulty with other forms of energy transfer in that they do not carry through the process of free will as this process is not native to yellow-ray.
Questioner: What is the difference, philosophically, between a {person} healing itself through mental, shall I say, configuration and it being healed by an healer?
Ra: You have a misconception. The healer does not heal. The crystallized healer is a channel for intelligent energy which offers an opportunity to an entity that it might heal itself. In no case is there another description of healing. Therefore, there is no difference as long as the healer never approaches one whose request for aid has not come to it previously. This is also true of the more conventional healers of your culture and if these healers could but fully realize that they are responsible only for offering the opportunity of healing, and not for the healing, many of these entities would feel an enormous load of misconceived responsibility fall from them.
Questioner: Then in seeking healing a {person} would then be seeking in some cases a source of gathered and focused light energy. This source could be another {person} sufficiently crystallized for this purpose or the pyramid shape, or possibly something else. Is this correct?
Ra: These are some of the ways an entity may seek healing. Yes.
Questioner: Could you tell me the other ways an entity could seek healing?
Ra: Perhaps the greatest healer is within the self and may be tapped with continued meditation as we have suggested. The many forms of healing available to your peoples … each have virtue and may be deemed appropriate by any seeker who wishes to alter the physical complex distortions or some connection between the various portions of the {person} thereby.
Questioner: I have observed many activities known as psychic surgery in the area of the Philippine Islands. It was my assumption that these healers are providing what I would call a training aid or a way of creating a reconfiguration of the mind of the patient to be healed as the relatively naive patient observes the action of the healer in seeing the materialized blood, etc. and reconfigures the roots of mind to believe, you might say, the healing is done and, therefore, heals himself. Is this analysis that I have made correct?
Ra: This is correct. We may speak slightly further on the type of opportunity. There are times when the malcondition to be altered is without emotional, mental, or spiritual interest to the entity and is merely that which has, perhaps by chance genetic arrangement, occurred. In these cases that which is apparently dematerialized will remain dematerialized and may be observed as so by any observer. The malcondition which has an emotional, mental, or spiritual charge is likely not to remain dematerialized in the sense of the showing of the objective referent to an observer. However, if the opportunity has been taken by the seeker the apparent malcondition of the physical complex will be at variance with the actual health, as you call this distortion, of the seeker and the lack of experiencing the distortions which the objective referent would suggest still held sway. For instance, in this instrument the removal of three small cysts was the removal of material having no interest to the entity. Thus these growths remained dematerialized after the so-called psychic surgery experience. In other psychic surgery the kidneys of this instrument were carefully offered a new configuration of being-ness which the entity embraced. However, this particular portion of the {person} carried a great deal of emotional, mental, and spiritual charge due to this distorted functioning being the cause of great illness in a certain configuration of events which culminated in this entity’s conscious decision to be of service. Therefore, any objective scanning of this entity’s renal complex would indicate the rather extreme dysfunctional aspect which it showed previous to the psychic surgery experience, as you call it. The key is not in the continuation of the dematerialization of distortion to the eye of the beholder but rather lies in the choosing of the newly materialized configuration which exists in time/space.
Questioner: Would you explain that last comment about the configuration in time/space?
Ra: Healing is done in the time/space portion of the {person}, is adopted by the form-making or etheric body, and is then given to the space/time physical illusion for use in the activated yellow {person}. It is the adoption of the configuration which you call health by the etheric body in time/space which is the key to what you call health, not any event which occurs in space/time. In the process you may see the transdimensional aspect of what you call will, for it is the will, the seeking, the desire of the entity which causes the indigo body to use the novel configuration and to reform the body which exists in space/time. This is done in an instant and may be said to operate without regard to time. We may note that in the healing of very young children there is often an apparent healing by the healer in which the young entity has no part. This is never so, for the {person} in time/space is always capable of willing the distortions it chooses for experience no matter what the apparent age, as you call it, of the entity.
Questioner: Is this desire and will that operates through to the time/space section a function only of the entity who is healed or is it also the function of the healer, the crystallized healer?
Ra: May we take this opportunity to say that this is the activity of the Creator. To specifically answer your query the crystallized healer has no will. It offers an opportunity without attachment to the outcome, for it is aware that all is one and that the Creator is knowing Itself.
Questioner: Then the desire must be strong in the {person} who seeks healing to be healed in order for the healing to occur? Is this correct?
Ra: This is correct on one level or another. An entity may not consciously seek healing and yet subconsciously be aware of the need to experience the new set of distortions which result from healing. Similarly an entity may consciously desire healing greatly but within the being, at some level, find some cause whereby certain configurations which seem quite distorted are, in fact, at that level, considered appropriate.
Questioner: I assume that the reason for assuming the distortions appropriate would be that these distortions would aid the entity in its reaching its ultimate objective which is a movement along the path of evolution in the desired polarity. Is this correct?
Ra: This is correct.
Questioner: Then an entity who becomes aware of his polarization with respect to service-to-others might find a paradoxical situation in the case where it was unable to fully serve because of distortions chosen to reach the understanding it has reached. At this point it would seem that the entity who was aware of the mechanism might, through meditation, understand the necessary mental configuration for alleviating the physical distortion so that it could be of greater service-to-others. At this particular nexus am I correct in this thinking?
Ra: You are correct although we might note that there are often complex reasons for the programming of a distorted physical complex pattern. In any case, meditation is always an aid to knowing the self.
#73
Questioner: In the exercise of the fire I assume the healer would be working with the same energy that we spoke of as entering through the crown chakra. Is this correct?
Ra: This is correct with some additional notation necessary for your thought in continuing this line of study. When the magical personality has been seated in the green-ray energy center for healing work the energy then may be seen to be the crystalline center through which body energy is channeled. Thus this particular form of healing uses both the energy of the adept and the energy of the upward spiraling light. As the green-ray center becomes more brilliant, and we would note this brilliance does not imply over-activation but rather crystallization, the energy of the green-ray center of the body complex spirals twice; firstly, clockwise from the green-ray energy center to the right shoulder, through the head, the right elbow, down through the solar plexus, and to the left hand. This sweeps all the body complex energy into a channel which then rotates the great circle clockwise again from right—we correct this instrument—from the left to the feet, to the right hand, to the crown, to the left hand, and so forth. Thus the in-coming body energy, crystallized, regularized, and channeled by the adept’s personality reaching to the green-ray energy center, may then pour out the combined energies of the adept which is incarnate thus offering the service of healing to an entity requesting that service. This basic situation is accomplished as well when there is an entity which is working through a channel to heal.
Questioner: how this transfer of light, I believe it would be, would affect the patient to be healed?
Ra: The effect is that of polarization. The entity may or may not accept any percentage of this polarized life-energy which is being offered. In the occasion of the laying on of hands this energy is more specifically channeled and the opportunity for acceptance of this energy similarly more specific. It may be seen that the King’s Chamber effect is not attempted in this form of working but rather the addition to one, whose energies are low, of the opportunity for the building up of those energies. Many of your distortions called illnesses may be aided by such means.
Questioner: As a general statement which you can correct, the overall picture, as I see it, of the healer and patient is that the one to be healed has, because of a blockage in one of the energy centers or more—we will just consider one particular problem—because of this energy center blockage the upward spiraling light which creates one of the seven bodies has been blocked from the maintenance of that body, and this has resulted in the distortion from the perfection of that body which we call disease or a bodily anomaly which is other than perfect. The healer, having suitably configured its energy centers, is able to channel light, the downward pouring light, through its properly configured energy centers to the one to be healed. If the one to be healed has the mental configuration of acceptance of this light, the light then enters the physical complex and re-configures the distortion that is created by the original blockage. I am sure that I have made some mistakes in all this. Would you please correct them?
Ra: Your mistakes were small. We would not, at this time, attempt a great deal of refinement of that statement as there is preliminary material which will undoubtedly come forward. We may say that there are various forms of healing. In many, only the energy of the adept is used. In the exercise of fire some physical complex energy is also channeled. We might note further that when the one wishing to be healed, though sincere, remains unhealed, as you call this distortion, you may consider preincarnative choices and your more helpful aid to such an entity may be the suggestion that it meditate upon the affirmative uses of whatever limitations it might experience. We would also note that in these cases the indigo-ray workings are often of aid. Other than these notes, we do not wish to further comment upon your statement at this working.
Questioner: It seems to me that the primary thing of importance for those on the service-to-others path is the development of an attitude which I can only describe as a vibration. This attitude would be developed through meditation, ritual, and the developing appreciation for the creation or Creator which results in a state of mind that can only be expressed by me as an increase in vibration or oneness with all. Could you expand and correct that statement?
Ra: We shall not correct this statement but shall expand upon it by suggesting that to those qualities you may add the living day by day and moment by moment, for the true adept lives more and more as it is.
Questioner: Thank you. Could you tell me of the number of possible energy transfers between two or more {people}. Is it very large, or are there few?
Ra: The number is infinite, for is not each mind/body/spirit complex unique?
Questioner: Could you define this statement “energy transfer between two {people}”?
Ra:
The physical energy transfer may be done numerous ways. We shall give two
examples. Each begins with some sense of the self as Creator or in some way the
magical personality being invoked. This may be consciously or unconsciously
done. Firstly, that exercise of which we have spoken called the exercise of
fire: this is, through physical energy transfer, not that which is deeply
involved in the body complex combinations. Thusly the transfer is subtle and
each transfer unique in what is offered and what is accepted. At this point we
may note that this is the cause for the infinite array of possible energy
transfers. The second energy transfer of which we would speak is the sexual
energy transfer. This takes place upon a non-magical level by all those
entities which vibrate green ray active. It is possible, as in the case of this
instrument which dedicates itself to the service of the one infinite Creator,
to further refine this energy transfer. When the other-self also dedicates
itself in service to the one infinite Creator, the transfer is doubled. Then
the amount of energy transferred is dependent only upon the amount of polarized
sexual energy created and released. There are refinements from this point
onward leading to the realm of the high sexual magic. In the realm of the
mental bodies there are variations of mental energy transferred. This is,
again, dependent upon the knowledge sought and the knowledge offered. The most
common mental energy transfer is that of the teacher and the pupil. The amount
of energy is dependent upon the quality of this offering upon the part of the
teacher, and regards the purity of the desire to serve, and the quality of
information offered and, upon the part of the student, the purity of the desire
to learn and the quality of the mind vibratory complex which receives
knowledge. Another form of mental energy transfer is that of the listener and
the speaker. When the speaker is experiencing mental/emotional complex
distortions towards anguish, sorrow, or other mental pain, from what we have
said before, you may perhaps garner knowledge of the variations possible in
this transfer. The spiritual energy transfers are at the heart of all energy
transfers as a knowledge of self and other-self as Creator is paramount, and
this is spiritual work. The varieties of spiritual energy transfer include
those things of which we have spoken this day as we spoke upon the subject of
the adept.
DEVELOPMENT OF EARTH AND ITS PEOPLE
#6
Questioner: Are there any people such as you find on Earth on any of the other planets in our solar system?
Ra: Do you request space/time present information or space/time continuum information?
Questioner: Both.
Ra: At one time/space, in what is your past, there was a population of third-density beings upon a planet which dwelt within your solar system. There are various names by which this planet has been named. The {name} most usually used by your peoples is Maldek. These entities, destroying their planetary sphere, thus were forced to find room for themselves upon this third density which is the only one in your solar system at their time/space present which was hospitable and capable of offering the lessons necessary to decrease their mind/body/spirit distortions with respect to the Law of One.
Questioner: How did they come here?
Ra: They came through the process of harvest and were incarnated through the processes of incarnation from your higher spheres within this density.
Questioner: How long ago did this happen?
Ra:This occurred approximately 500,000 of your years ago.
Questioner: Is all of the Earth’s human population then originally from Maldek?
Ra: This is a new line of questioning, and deserves a place of its own. The ones who were harvested to your sphere from the sphere known before its dissolution as other names, but to your peoples as Maldek, incarnated, many within your Earth’s surface rather than upon it. The population of your planet contains many various groups harvested from other second-dimension and cycled third-dimension spheres. You are not all one race or background of beginning. The experience you share is unique to this time/space continuum.
Questioner: I think that it would be appropriate to discover how the Law of One acts in this transfer of beings to our planet and the action of harvest?
Ra: The Law of One states simply that all things are one, that all beings are one. There are certain behaviors and thought-forms consonant with the understanding and practice of this law. Those who, finishing a cycle of experience, demonstrate grades of distortion of that understanding of thought and action will be separated by their own choice into the vibratory distortion most comfortable to their {people}. This process is guarded or watched by those nurturing beings who, being very close to the Law of One in their distortions, nevertheless, move towards active service. Thus, the illusion is created of light, or more properly but less understandably, light/love. This is in varying degrees of intensity. The spirit complex of each harvested entity moves along the line of light until the light grows too glaring, at which time the entity stops. This entity may have barely reached third density or may be very, very close to the ending of the third-density light/love distortion vibratory complex. Nevertheless, those who fall within this octave of intensifying light/love then experience a major cycle during which there are opportunities for the discovery of the distortions which are inherent in each entity and, therefore, the lessening of these distortions.
Questioner: What is the length, in our years, of one of these cycles?
Ra: One major cycle is approximately 25,000 of your years. There are three cycles of this nature during which those who have progressed may be harvested at the end of three major cycles. That is, approximately between 75 and 76,000 of your years. All are harvested regardless of their progress, for during that time the planet itself has moved through the useful part of that dimension and begins to cease being useful for the lower levels of vibration within that density.
Questioner: What is the position of this planet with respect to the progression of cycles at this time?
Ra: This sphere is at this time in fourth-dimension vibration. Its material is quite confused due to the society memory complexes embedded in its consciousness. It has not made an easy transition to the vibrations which beckon. Therefore, it will be fetched with some inconvenience.
Questioner: Is this inconvenience imminent within a few years?
Ra: This inconvenience, or disharmonious vibratory complex, has begun several of your years in your past. It shall continue unabated for a period of approximately thirty of your years.
Questioner: After this period of thirty years I am assuming that this will be a fourth-density planet. Is this correct?
Ra: This is so.
Questioner: Is it possible to estimate what percent of the present population will inhabit the fourth-density planet?
Ra: The harvesting is not yet, thus, estimation is meaningless.
Questioner: Does the fact that we are in this transition period now have anything to do with the reason that you have made your information available to the population?
Ra: We have walked among your people. We remember. We remember sorrow: have seen much. We have searched for an instrument of the proper parameters of distortion in {person} and supporting and understanding of {people} to accept this information with minimal distortion and maximal desire to serve for some of your years. The answer, in short, is yes. However, we wished you to know that in our memory we thank you.
#9
Questioner: The way that I understand the process of evolution is that our planetary population has a certain amount of time to progress. This is generally divided into three 25,000-year cycles. At the end of 75,000 years the planet progresses itself. What caused this situation to come about with the preciseness of the years in each cycle?
Ra: Visualize, if you will, the particular energy which, outward flowing and inward coagulating, formed the tiny realm of the creation governed by your Council of Saturn. Continue seeing the rhythm of this process. The living flow creates a rhythm which is as inevitable as one of your timepieces. Each of your planetary entities began the first cycle when the energy nexus was able in that environment to support such mind/body experiences. Thus, each of your planetary entities is on a different cyclical schedule as you might call it. The timing of these cycles is a measurement equal to a portion of intelligent energy. This intelligent energy offers a type of clock. The cycles move as precisely as a clock strikes your hour. Thus, the gateway from intelligent energy to intelligent infinity opens regardless of circumstance on the striking of the hour.
Questioner: The original, first entities on this planet—what was their origin? Where were they before they were on this planet?
Ra: The first entities upon this planet were water, fire, air and earth.
Questioner: Where did the people who are like us who were the first ones here, where did they come from? From where did they evolve?
Ra: You speak of third-density experience. The first of those to come here were brought from another planet in your solar system called by you the Red Planet, Mars. This planet’s environment became inhospitable to third-density beings. The first entities, therefore, were of this race, as you may call it, manipulated somewhat by those who were guardians at that time.
Questioner: What race is that, and how did they get from Mars to here?
Ra: The race is a combination of the {people} of those of your so-called Red Planet and a careful series of genetical adjustments made by the guardians of that time. These entities arrived, or were preserved, for the experience upon your sphere by a type of birthing which is non-reproductive, but consists of preparing genetic material for the incarnation of the {people} of those entities from the Red Planet.
Questioner: I assume from what you are saying that the guardians transferred the race here after the race had died from the physical as we know it on Mars. Is that correct?
Ra: This is correct.
Questioner: The guardians were obviously acting within an understanding of the Law of One in doing this. Can you explain the application of the Law of One in this process?
Ra: The Law of One was named by these guardians as the bringing of the wisdom of the guardians in contact with the entities from the Red Planet, thus melding the social memory complex of the guardian race and the Red Planet race. It, however, took an increasing amount of distortion into the application of the Law of One from the viewpoint of other guardians and it is from this beginning action that the quarantine of this planet was instituted, for it was felt that the free will of those of the Red Planet had been abridged.
Questioner: Were the entities of the Red Planet following the Law of One prior to leaving the Red Planet?
Ra: The entities of the Red Planet were attempting to learn the Laws of Love which form one of the primal distortions of the Law of One. However, the tendencies of these people towards bellicose actions caused such difficulties in the atmospheric environment of their planet that it became inhospitable for third-density experience before the end of its cycle. Thus, the Red Planet entities were unharvested and continued in your illusion to attempt to learn the Law of Love.
Questioner: How long ago did this transfer occur from the Red Planet to Earth?
Ra: In your time this transfer occurred approximately 75,000 years ago.
Questioner: 75,000 years ago?
Ra: This is approximately correct.
Questioner: Were there any entities of the form that I am now—two arms, two legs—on this planet before this transfer occurred?
Ra: There have been visitors to your sphere at various times for the last four million of your years, speaking approximately. These visitors do not affect the cycling of the planetary sphere. It was not third-density in its environment until the time previously mentioned.
Questioner: Then there were second-density entities here prior to approximately 75,000 years ago. What type of entities were these?
Ra: The second density is the density of the higher plant life and animal life which exists without the upward drive towards the infinite. These second-density beings are of an octave of consciousness just as you find various orientations of consciousness among the conscious entities of your vibration.
Questioner: Did any of these second-density entities have shapes like ours—two arms, two legs, head, and walk upright on two feet?
Ra: The two higher of the sub-vibrational levels of second-density beings had the configuration of the biped, as you mentioned. However, the erectile movement which you experience was not totally effected in these beings who were tending towards the leaning forward, barely leaving the quadrupedal position.
Questioner: Where did these beings come from? Were they a product of evolution as understood by our scientists? Were they evolved from the original material of the earth that you spoke of?
Ra: This is correct.
Questioner: Do these beings then evolve from second density to third density?
Ra: This is correct, although no guarantee can be made of the number of cycles it will take an entity to learn the lessons of consciousness of self which are the prerequisite for transition to third density.
Questioner: Is there any particular race of people on our planet now who were incarnated here from second density?
Ra: There are no second-density consciousness complexes here on your sphere at this time. However, there are two races which use the second-density form. One is the entities from the planetary sphere you call Maldek. These entities are working their understanding complexes through a series of what you would call karmic restitutions. They dwell within your deeper underground passageways and are known to you as “Bigfoot.” The other race is that being offered a dwelling in this density by guardians who wish to give the {people} of those who are of this density at this time appropriately engineered physical vehicles, as you would call these chemical complexes, in the event that there is what you call nuclear war.
Questioner: I didn’t understand what these vehicles or beings were for that were appropriate in the event of nuclear war.
Ra: These are beings which exist as instinctual second-density beings which are being held in reserve to form what you would call a gene pool in case these body complexes are needed. These body complexes are greatly able to withstand the rigors of radiation which the body complexes you now inhabit could not do.
Questioner: Where are these body complexes located?
Ra: These body complexes of the second race dwell in uninhabited deep forest. There are many in various places over the surface of your planet.
Questioner: Are they Bigfoot-type creatures?
Ra: This is correct although we would not call these Bigfoot, as they are scarce and are very able to escape detection. The first race is less able to be aware of proximity of other {people}, but these beings are very able to escape due to their technological understandings before their incarnations here. These entities of the glowing eyes are those most familiar to your peoples.
Questioner: Then there are two different types of Bigfoot. Correct?
Ra: There are three types of Bigfoot, if you will accept that {name} used for three such different races of {people}. The first two we have described. The third is a thought-form.
#10
Questioner: I think that it would clarify things for us if we went back to the time just before the transfer of souls from Maldek to see how the Law of One operated with respect to this transfer and why this transfer was necessary. What happened to the people of Maldek that caused them to lose their planet? How long ago did this event occur?
Ra: The peoples of Maldek had a civilization somewhat similar to that of the societal complex known to you as Atlantis in that it gained much technological information and used it without care for the preservation of their sphere following to a majority extent the complex of thought, ideas, and actions which you may associate with your so-called negative polarity or the service to self. This was, however, for the most part, couched in a sincere belief/thought structure which seemed to the perception of the mind/body complexes of this sphere to be positive and of service to others. The devastation that wracked their biosphere and caused its disintegration resulted from what you call war. The escalation went to the furthest extent of the technology this social complex had at its disposal in the space/time present of the then time. This time was approximately 705,000 of your years ago. The cycles had begun much, much earlier upon this sphere due to its relative ability to support the first-dimensional life forms at an earlier point in the space/time continuum of your solar system. These entities were so traumatized by this occurrence that they were in what you may call a social complex knot or tangle of fear. Some of your time passed. No one could reach them. No beings could aid them. Approximately 600,000 of your years ago the then-existing members of the Confederation were able to deploy a social memory complex and untie the knot of fear. The entities were then able to recall that they were conscious. This awareness brought them to the point upon what you would call the lower astral planes where they could be nurtured until each {person} was able to finally be healed of this trauma to the extent that each entity was able to examine the distortions it had experienced in the previous life/illusion complex. After this experience of learn/teaching, the group decision was to place upon itself a type of what you may call karma alleviation. For this purpose they came into incarnation within your planetary sphere in what were not acceptable human forms. This then they have been experiencing until the distortions of destruction are replaced by distortions towards the desire for a less distorted vision of service to others. Since this was the conscious decision of the great majority of those beings in the Maldek experience, the transition to this planet began approximately 500,000 of your years ago and the type of body complex available at that time was used.
Questioner: Was the body complex available at that time what we refer to as the ape body?
Ra: That is correct.
Questioner: Have any of the Maldek entities transformed since then? Are they still second-density now or are some of them third-density?
Ra: The consciousness of these entities has always been third density. The alleviation mechanism was designed by the placement of this consciousness in second-dimensional physical chemical complexes which are not able to be dextrous or manipulative to the extent which is appropriate to the working of the third-density distortions of the mind complex.
Questioner: Have any of the entities moved on now, made a graduation at the end of a cycle and made the transition from second-density bodies to third-density bodies?
Ra: Many of these entities were able to remove the accumulation of what you call karma, thus being able to accept a third-density cycle within a third-density body. Most of those beings so succeeding have incarnated elsewhere in the creation for the succeeding cycle in third density. As this planet reached third density some few of these entities became able to join the vibration of this sphere in third-density form. There remain a few who have not yet alleviated through the mind/body/spirit coordination of distortions the previous action taken by them. Therefore, they remain.
Questioner: Are these the Bigfoot that you spoke of?
Ra: These are one type of Bigfoot.
Questioner: Then our human race is formed of a few who originally came from Maldek and quite a few who came from Mars. Are there entities here from other places?
Ra: There are entities experiencing your time/space continuum who have originated from many, many places, as you would call them, in the creation, for when there is a cycle change, those who must repeat then find a planetary sphere appropriate for this repetition. It is somewhat unusual for a planetary {person} to contain those from many, many various loci, but this explains much, for, you see, you are experiencing the third-dimension occurrence with a large number of those who must repeat the cycle. The orientation, thus, has been difficult to unify even with the aid of many of your teach/learners.
Questioner: When Maldek was destroyed, did all the people of Maldek have the fear problem or were some advanced enough to transfer to other planets?
Ra: In the occurrence of planetary dissolution none escaped, for this is an action which redounds to the social complex of the planetary complex itself. None escaped the knot or tangle.
Questioner: Is there any danger of this happening to Earth at this time?
Ra: We feel this evaluation of your planetary mind/body/spirit complexes’ so-called future may be less than harmless. We say only the conditions of mind exist for such development of technology and such deployment. It is the distortion of our vision/understanding that the mind and spirit complexes of those of your people need orientation rather than the “toys” needing dismantlement, for are not all things that exist part of the Creator? Therefore, freely to choose is your own duty.
#18
Questioner: how Yahweh communicated to Earth’s people?
Ra:The first communication was what you would call genetic. The second communication was the walking among your peoples to produce further genetic changes in consciousness. The third was a series of dialogues with chosen channels.
Questioner: what these genetic changes were and how they were brought about?
Ra: Some of these genetic changes were in a form similar to what you call the cloning process. Thus, entities incarnated in the image of the Yahweh entities. The second was a contact of the nature you know as sexual, changing the {person} through the natural means of the patterns of reproduction devised by the intelligent energy of your physical complex.
Questioner: the difference between the sexual programming prior to Yahweh’s intervention and after intervention?
Ra: This is a question which we can only answer by stating that intervention by genetic means is the same no matter what the source of this change.
Questioner: Yahweh’s purpose in making the genetic sexual changes?
Ra: The purpose 75,000 years ago, as you measure time, was of one purpose only: that to express in the mind/body complex those characteristics which would lead to further and more speedy development of the spiritual complex.
Questioner: How did these characteristics go about leading to the more spiritual development?
Ra: The characteristics which were encouraged included sensitivity of all the physical senses to sharpen the experiences, and the strengthening of the mind complex in order to promote the ability to analyze these experiences.
Questioner: When did Yahweh act to perform the genetic changes?
Ra: The Yahweh group worked with those of the planet you call Mars 75,000 years ago in what you would call the cloning process. There are differences, but they lie in the future of your time/space continuum and we cannot break the free will Law of Confusion. The 3,600—approximately, time was the second time of attempts by those of the Orion group during this cultural complex; this was a series of encounters in which the ones called Anak were impregnated with the new genetic coding by your physical complex means so that the organisms would be larger and stronger.
Questioner: Why did they want larger and stronger organisms?
Ra: The ones of Yahweh were attempting to create an understanding of the Law of One by creating mind/body complexes capable of grasping the Law of One. The experiment was a decided failure from the view of the desired distortions due to the fact that rather than assimilating the Law of One, it was a great temptation to consider the so-called social complex or subcomplex elite or different and better than other-selves, this one of the techniques of service to self. The entities of Yahweh were responsible for this procedure in isolated cases as experiments in combating the Orion group. However, the Orion group were able to use this distortion of mind/body complex to inculcate the thoughts of the elite rather than concentrations upon the learning/teaching of oneness.
Questioner: Was Yahweh then of the Confederation?
Ra: Yahweh was of the Confederation but was mistaken in its attempts to aid. The results of this interaction were quite mixed. Where the entities were of a vibrational sum characteristic which embraced oneness, the manipulations of Yahweh were very useful. Wherein the entities of free will had chosen a less positively oriented configuration of sum total vibratory complex, those of the Orion group were able for the first time to make serious inroads upon the consciousness of the planetary complex.
Questioner: specifically what allowed the most serious of these inroads to be made by the Orion group?
Ra: Specifically those who are strong, intelligent, etc., have a temptation to feel different from those who are less intelligent and less strong. This is a distorted perception of oneness with other selves. It allowed the Orion group to form the concept of the holy war, as you may call it. This is a seriously distorted perception. There were many of these wars of a destructive nature.
#10
Questioner: When graduation occurs at the end of a cycle, and entities are moved from one planet to another, by what means do they go to a new planet?
Ra: In the scheme of the Creator, the first step of the mind/body/spirit/totality/beingness is to place its {person} distortion in the proper place of love/light. This is done to ensure proper healing of the complex and eventual attunement with the totality/beingness complex. This takes a very variable length of your time/space. After this is accomplished the experience of the cycle is dissolved and filtered until only the distillation of distortions in its pure form remains. At this time, the harvested mind/body/spirit/totality/beingness evaluates the density needs of its beingness and chooses the more appropriate new environment for either a repetition of the cycle or a moving forward into the next cycle. This is the manner of the harvesting, guarded and watched over by many.
Questioner: When the entity is moved from one planet to the next, is he moved in thought or by a vehicle?
Ra: The mind/body/spirit/totality/beingness is one with the Creator. There is no time/space distortion. Therefore, it is a matter of thinking the proper locus in the infinite array of time/spaces.
Questioner: I was wondering about the advent of the civilizations of Atlantis and Lemuria, when these civilizations occurred, and where did they come from?
Ra:. The civilizations of Atlantis and Lemuria were not one but two. Let us look first at the Mu entities. They were beings of a somewhat primitive nature, but those who had very advanced spiritual distortions. The civilization was part of this cycle, experienced early within the cycle at a time of approximately 53,000 of your years ago. It was an helpful and harmless place which was washed beneath the ocean during a readjustment of your sphere’s tectonic plates through no action of their own. They sent out those who survived and reached many places in what you call Russia, North America, and South America. The Indians of whom you come to feel some sympathy in your social complex distortions are the descendants of these entities. Like the other incarnates of this cycle, they came from elsewhere. However, these particular entities were largely from a second-density planet which had some difficulty, due to the age of its sun, in achieving third-density life conditions. This planet was from the galaxy Deneb. The Atlantean race was a very conglomerate social complex which began to form approximately 31,000 years in the past of your space/time continuum illusion. It was a slow growing and very agrarian one until approximately 15,000 of your years ago. It reached quickly a high technological understanding which caused it to be able to use intelligent infinity in an informative manner. We may add that they used intelligent energy as well, manipulating greatly the natural influxes of the indigo or pineal ray from divine or infinite energy. Thus, they were able to create life forms. This they began to do instead of healing and perfecting their own {people}, turning their distortions towards what you may call negative. Approximately 11,000 of your years ago, the first of the, what you call, wars, caused approximately forty percent of this population to leave the density by means of disintegration of the body. The second and most devastating of the conflicts occurred approximately 10,821 years in the past according to your illusion. This created an earth-changing configuration and the large part of Atlantis was no more, having been inundated. Three of the positively-oriented of the Atlantean groups left this geographical locus before that devastation, placing themselves in the mountain areas of what you call Tibet, what you call Peru, and what you call Turkey.
#11
Questioner: You said yesterday that Maldek was destroyed due to warfare. If Maldek hadn’t destroyed itself due to warfare would it have become a planet that evolved in self-service and would the entities involved have increased in density, and gone on to say the fourth density in the negative sense or the sense of self-service?
Ra: The planetary social memory complex, Maldek, had in common with your own sphere the situation of a mixture of energy direction. Thus it, though unknown, would most probably have been a mixed harvest—a few moving to fourth density, a few moving towards fourth density in service to self, the great majority repeating third density. This is approximate due to the fact that parallel possibility/probability vortices cease when action occurs and new probability/possibility vortices are begun.
Questioner: Is there a planet opposite our sun, in relation to us, that we do not know about?
Ra: There is a sphere in the area opposite your sun of a very, very cold nature, but large enough to skew certain statistical figures. This sphere should not properly be called a planet as it is locked in first density.
Questioner: As our cycle ends and graduation occurs, is it possible for anyone to go from our third density to a fourth-density planet that is of a self-service or negative type?
Ra:. In this harvest the probability/possibility vortex is an harvest, though small, of this type. That is correct.
Questioner: Can you tell us what happened to Adolf (Hitler)?
Ra: The {person} known as Adolf is at this time in an healing process in the middle astral planes of your spherical force field. This entity was greatly confused and, although aware of the circumstance of change in vibratory level associated with the cessation of the chemical body complex, nevertheless, needed a great deal of care.
Questioner: Is there anyone in our history who is commonly known who went to a fourth-density self-service or negative type of planet or any who will go there?
Ra: The number of entities thus harvested is small. However, a few have penetrated the eighth level which is only available from the opening up of the seventh through the sixth. Penetration into the eighth or intelligent infinity level allows a {person} to be harvested if it wishes at any time/space during the cycle.
Questioner: Are any of these people known in the history of our planet by name?
Ra: We will mention a few. The one known as Taras Bulba, the one known as Genghis Khan, the one known as Rasputin.
Questioner: How did they accomplish this? What was necessary for them to accomplish this?
Ra: All of the aforementioned entities were aware, through memory, of Atlantean understandings having to do with the use of the various centers of {person} energy influx in attaining the gateway to intelligent infinity.
Questioner: Did this enable them to do what we refer to as magic? Could they do paranormal things while they were incarnate?
Ra: This is correct. The first two entities mentioned made little use of these abilities consciously. However, they were bent single-mindedly upon service to self, sparing no efforts in personal discipline to double, redouble and so empower this gateway. The third was a conscious adept and also spared no effort in the pursuit of service to self.
Questioner: Where are these three entities now?
Ra: These entities are in the dimension known to you as fourth. Therefore the space/time continua are not compatible. An approximation of the space/time locus of each would net no actual understanding. Each chose a fourth-density planet which was dedicated to the pursuit of the understanding of the Law of One through service to self, one in what you know as the Orion group, one in what you know as Cassiopeia, one in what you know as Southern Cross; however, these loci are not satisfactory. We do not have vocabulary for the geometric calculations necessary for transfer of this understanding to you.
Questioner: Who went to the Orion group?
Ra: The one known as Genghis Khan.
Questioner: What does he presently do there? What is his job or occupation?
Ra: This entity serves the Creator in its own way.
Questioner: Is it impossible for you to tell us precisely how he does this service?
Ra: It is possible for us to speak to this query. However, we use any chance we may have to reiterate the basic understanding/learning that all beings serve the Creator. The one you speak of as Genghis Khan, at present, is incarnate in a physical light body which has the work of disseminating material of thought control to those who are what you may call crusaders. He is, as you would term this entity, a shipping clerk.
Questioner: What do the crusaders do?
Ra: The crusaders move in their chariots to conquer planetary mind/body/spirit social complexes before they reach the stage of achieving social memory.
Questioner: At what stage does a planet achieve social memory?
Ra: A mind/body/spirit social complex becomes a social memory complex when its entire group of entities are of one orientation or seeking. The group memory lost to the individuals in the roots of the tree of mind then becomes known to the social complex, thus creating a social memory complex. The advantages of this complex are the relative lack of distortion in understanding the social beingness and the relative lack of distortion in pursuing the direction of seeking, for all understanding/distortions are available to the entities of the society.
Questioner: Then we have crusaders from Orion coming to this planet for mind control purposes. How do they do this?
Ra: As all, they follow the Law of One observing free will. Contact is made with those who call. Those then upon the planetary sphere act much as do you to disseminate the attitudes and philosophy of their particular understanding of the Law of One which is service to self. These become the elite. Through these, the attempt begins to create a condition whereby the remainder of the planetary entities are enslaved by their free will.
Questioner: Can you name any names that may be known on the planet that are recipients of the crusaders’ efforts?
Ra: I am desirous of being in nonviolation of the free will distortion. To name those involved in the future of your space/time is to infringe; thus, we withhold this information. We request your contemplation of the fruits of the actions of those entities whom you may observe enjoying the distortion towards power. In this way you may discern for yourself this information. We shall not interfere with the, shall we say, planetary game. It is not central to the harvest.
Questioner: How do the crusaders pass on their concepts to the individuals on Earth?
Ra: There are two main ways, just as there are two main ways of, shall we say, polarizing towards service to others. There are those {people} upon your plane who do exercises and perform disciplines in order to seek contact with sources of information and power leading to the opening of the gate to intelligent infinity. There are others whose vibratory complex is such that this gateway is opened and contact with total service to self with its primal distortion of manipulation of others is then afforded with little or no difficulty, no training, and no control.
Questioner: What type of information is passed on from the crusaders to these people?
Ra: The Orion group passes on information concerning the Law of One with the orientation of service to self. The information can become technical just as some in the Confederation, in attempts to aid this planet in service to others, have provided what you would call technical information. The technology provided by this group is in the form of various means of control or manipulation of others to serve the self.
Questioner: Do you mean to say then that some scientists receive technical information, shall we say, telepathically that comes out then as useable gadgetry?
Ra: That is correct. However, very positively, as you would call this distortion, oriented scientists have received information intended to unlock peaceful means of progress which redounded unto the last echoes of potential destruction due to further reception of other scientists of a negative orientation/distortion.
Questioner: Is this how we learned of nuclear energy? Was it mixed with both positive and negative orientation?
Ra: That is correct. The entities responsible for the gathering of the scientists were of a mixed orientation. The scientists were overwhelmingly positive in their orientation. The scientists who followed their work were of mixed orientation including one extremely negative entity, as you would term it.
Questioner: Is this extremely negative entity still incarnate on Earth?
Ra: This is correct.
Questioner: Then I would assume that you can’t name him. So I will ask you where Nikola Tesla got his information?
Ra: The one known as Nikola received information from Confederation sources desirous of aiding this extremely, shall we say, angelically positive entity in bettering the existence of its fellow {people}. It is unfortunate, shall we say, that like many Wanderers the vibratory distortions of third-density illusion caused this entity to become extremely distorted in its perceptions of its fellow {people} so that its mission was hindered and in the result, perverted from its purposes.
Questioner: How was Tesla’s work supposed to benefit man on Earth, and what were its purposes?
Ra: The most desired purpose of the {person}, Nikola, was the freeing of all planetary entities from the darkness. Thus, it attempted to give to the planet the infinite energy of the planetary sphere for use in lighting and power.
Questioner: By freeing the planetary entities from darkness, precisely what do you mean?
Ra: (Most of the following answer was lost due to tape recorder malfunction. The core of the response was as follows.) We spoke of freeing people from darkness in a literal sense.
Questioner: Would this freeing from darkness be commensurate with the Law of One or does this have any real product?
Ra: The product of such a freeing would create two experiences. Firstly, the experience of no need to find the necessary emolument for payment, in your money, for energy. Secondly, the leisure afforded, thereby exemplifying the possibility and enhancing the probability of the freedom to then search the self, the beginning of seeking the Law of One. Few there are working physically from daybreak to darkness, as you name them, upon your plane who can contemplate the Law of One in a conscious fashion.
Questioner: What about the Industrial Revolution in general. Was this planned in any way?
Ra: That is correct. Wanderers incarnated in several waves, as you may call them, in order to bring into existence the gradual freeing from the demands of the {day}s and lack of freedom of leisure.
#38
Questioner: Backtracking just a little bit today I would like to know if the reason nuclear energy was brought into this density forty or so years ago had anything to do with giving the entities who were here who had caused the destruction of Maldek another chance to use nuclear energy peacefully rather than destructively?
Ra: This is incorrect in that it places cart before horse, as your people say. The desire for this type of information attracted this data to your people. It was not given for a reason from outside influences; rather it was desired by your peoples. From this point forward your reasoning is correct in that entities had desired the second chance which you mentioned.
Questioner: What was the mechanism for fulfilling the desire for the information regarding nuclear energy?
Ra: As we understand your query the mechanism was what you may call inspiration.
Questioner: Would this inspiration be an entity impressing the person desiring the information with thoughts? Would this be the mechanism of inspiration?
Ra: The mechanism of inspiration involves an extraordinary faculty of desire or will to know or to receive in a certain area accompanied by the ability to open to and trust in what you may call intuition.
#13
Questioner: Thank you. of the first known thing in the creation?
Ra: The first known thing in the creation is infinity. The infinity is creation.
Questioner: From this infinity then must come what we experience as creation. What was the next step or the next evolvement?
Ra: Infinity became aware. This was the next step.
Questioner: After this, what came next?
Ra: Awareness led to the focus of infinity into infinite energy. You have called this by various vibrational sound complexes, the most common to your ears being “Logos” or “Love.” The Creator is the focusing of infinity as an aware or conscious principle called by us as closely as we can create understanding/learning in your language, intelligent infinity.
Questioner: Can you state the next step?
Ra: The next step is still at this space/time nexus in your illusion achieving its progression as you may see it in your illusion. The next step is an infinite reaction to the creative principle following the Law of One in one of its primal distortions, freedom of will. Thus many, many dimensions, infinite in number, are possible. The energy moves from the intelligent infinity due first to the outpouring of randomized creative force, this then creating patterns which in holographic style appear as the entire creation no matter which direction or energy is explored. These patterns of energy begin then to regularize their own local, shall we say, rhythms and fields of energy, thus creating dimensions and universes.
Questioner: Then how the galaxy and planetary systems were formed?
Ra: You must imagine a great leap of thought in this query, for at the last query the physical, as you call, it, universes were not yet born. The energies moved in increasingly intelligent patterns until the individualization of various energies emanating from the creative principle of intelligent infinity became such as to be co-Creators. Thus the so-called physical matter began. The concept of light is instrumental in grasping this great leap of thought as this vibrational distortion of infinity is the building block of that which is known as matter, the light being intelligent and full of energy, thus being the first distortion of intelligent infinity which was called by the creative principle. This light of love was made to have in its occurrences of being certain characteristics, among them the infinite whole paradoxically described by the straight line, as you would call it. This paradox is responsible for the shape of the various physical illusion entities you call solar systems, galaxies, and planets of revolving and tending towards the lenticular.
Questioner: I think I made an error in getting ahead of the process you were describing. Would it be helpful to fill in that great leap due to the mistake I made?
Ra: I attempted to bridge the gap. However, you may question me in any manner you deem appropriate.
Questioner: Taking the question just before the one I asked about the galaxies and planets and tell me what the next step was from there?
Ra: The steps, as you call them, are, at the point of question, simultaneous and infinite.
Questioner: how intelligent infinity became, shall we say (I’m having difficulty with the language), how intelligent infinity became individualized from itself.
Ra: This is an appropriate question. The intelligent infinity discerned a concept. This concept was discerned to be freedom of will of awareness. This concept was finity. This was the first and primal paradox or distortion of the Law of One. Thus the one intelligent infinity invested itself in an exploration of many-ness. Due to the infinite possibilities of intelligent infinity there is no ending to many-ness. The exploration, thus, is free to continue infinitely in an eternal present.
Questioner: Was the galaxy that we are in created by the infinite intelligence or was it created by a portion of the infinite intelligence?
Ra: The galaxy and all other things of material of which you are aware are products of individualized portions of intelligent infinity. As each exploration began, it, in turn, found its focus and became co-Creator. Using intelligent infinity each portion created an universe and allowing the rhythms of free choice to flow, playing with the infinite spectrum of possibilities, each individualized portion channeled the love/light into what you might call intelligent energy, thus creating the so-called Natural Laws of any particular universe. Each universe, in turn, individualized to a focus becoming, in turn, co-Creator and allowing further diversity, thus creating further intelligent energies regularizing or causing Natural Laws to appear in the vibrational patterns of what you would call a solar system. Thus, each solar system has its own, shall we say, local coordinate system of illusory Natural Laws. It shall be understood that any portion, no matter how small, of any density or illusory pattern contains, as in an holographic picture, the one Creator which is infinity. Thus all begins and ends in mystery.
Questioner: I am wondering if the planetary system that we are in now was all created at once or if our sun was created first and the planets later?
Ra: The process is from the larger, in your illusion, to the smaller. Thus the co-Creator, individualizing the galaxy, created energy patterns which then focused in multitudinous focuses of further conscious awareness of intelligent infinity. Thus, the solar system of which you experience inhabitation is of its own patterns, rhythms, and so-called natural laws which are unique to itself. However, the progression is from the galaxy spiraling energy to the solar spiraling energy, to the planetary spiraling energy, to the experiential circumstances of spiraling energy which begin the first density of awareness of consciousness of planetary entities.
Questioner: Could you tell me about this first density of planetary entities?
Ra: Each step recapitulates intelligent infinity in its discovery of awareness. In a planetary environment all begins in what you would call chaos, energy undirected and random in its infinity. Slowly, in your terms of understanding, there forms a focus of self-awareness. Thus the Logos moves. Light comes to form the darkness, according to the co-Creator’s patterns and vibratory rhythms, so constructing a certain type of experience. This begins with first density which is the density of consciousness, the mineral and water life upon the planet learning from fire and wind the awareness of being. This is the first density.
Questioner: How does this first density then progress to greater awareness?
Ra: The spiraling energy, which is the characteristic of what you call “light,” moves in a straight line spiral thus giving spirals an inevitable vector upwards to a more comprehensive beingness with regards to intelligent infinity. Thus, first dimensional beingness strives towards the second-density lessons of a type of awareness which includes growth rather than dissolution or random change.
Questioner: Could you define what you mean by growth?
Ra: Picture, if you will, the difference between first-vibrational mineral or water life and the lower second-density beings which begin to move about within and upon its being. This movement is the characteristic of second density, the striving towards light and growth.
Questioner: By striving towards light, what do you mean?
Ra: A very simplistic example of second-density growth striving towards light is that of the leaf striving towards the source of light.
Questioner: Is there any physical difference between first and second density? For instance if I could see both a first and second-density planet side by side, in my present condition, could I see both of them? Would they both be physical to me?
Ra: This is correct. All of the octave of your densities would be clearly visible were not the fourth through the seventh freely choosing not to be visible.
Questioner: Then how does the second density progress to the third?
Ra: The second density strives towards the third density which is the density of self-consciousness or self-awareness. The striving takes place through the higher second-density forms who are invested by third-density beings with an identity to the extent that they become self-aware mind/body complexes, thus becoming {people} and entering third density, the first density of consciousness of spirit.
Questioner: What is the density level of our planet Earth at this time?
Ra: The sphere upon which you dwell is third density in its beingness of {people}. It is now in a space/time continuum, fourth density. This is causing a somewhat difficult harvest.
Questioner: How does a third-density planet become a fourth density planet?
Ra: The fourth density is, as we have said, as regularized in its approach as the striking of a clock upon the hour. The space/time of your solar system has enabled this planetary sphere to spiral into space/time of a different vibrational configuration. This causes the planetary sphere to be able to be molded by these new distortions. However, the thought-forms of your people during this transition period are such that the mind/body/spirit complexes of both individual and societies are scattered throughout the spectrum instead of becoming able to grasp the needle, shall we say, and point the compass in one direction. Thus, the entry into the vibration of love, sometimes called by your people the vibration of understanding, is not effective with your present societal complex. Thus, the harvest shall be such that many will repeat the third density cycle. The energies of your Wanderers, your teachers, and your adepts at this time are all bent upon increasing the harvest. However, there are few to harvest.
#76 – TIME FOR DENSITY DEVELOPMENT
Questioner: Could you give me an idea of the length of the first and second densities as they occurred for this planet?
Ra: There is no method of estimation of the time/space before timelessness gave way in your first density. To the beginnings of your time, the measurement would be vast and yet this vastness is meaningless. Upon the entry into the constructed space/time your first density spanned a bridge of space/time and time/space of perhaps two billion of your years. Second density is more easily estimated and represents your longest density in terms of the span of space/time. We may estimate that time as approximately 4.6 billion years. These approximations are exceedingly rough due to the somewhat uneven development which is characteristic of creations which are built upon the foundation stone of free will.
Questioner: Did you state that second density was 4.6 billion years? B, b-i-l? Is that correct?
Ra: This is correct.
Questioner: Then we have a third density that is, comparatively speaking, the twinkling of an eye, the snap of a finger in time compared to the others. Why is the third density cycled so extremely rapidly compared to the first and second?
Ra: The third density is a choice.
Questioner: Third density, then, compared to the rest of the densities, all of them, is nothing but a uniquely short period of what we consider to be time and is for the purpose of this choice. Is this correct?
Ra: This is precisely correct. The prelude to choice must encompass the laying of the foundation, the establishment of the illusion and the viability of that which can be made spiritually viable. The remainder of the densities is continuous refining of the choice. This also is greatly lengthened, as you would use the term. The choice is, as you put it, the work of a moment but is the axis upon which the creation turns.
Questioner: Is this third-density choice the same throughout all of the creation of which you are aware?
Ra: We are aware of creations in which third density is lengthier and more space/time is given to the choosing. However, the proportions remain the same, the dimensions all being somewhat etiolated and weakened by the Logos to have a variant experience of the Creator. This creation is seen by us to be quite vivid.
Questioner: I didn’t understand what you meant by what you said “as seen by you to be quite vivid.” What did you mean?
Ra: This creation is somewhat more condensed by its Logos than some other Logoi have chosen. Thus each experience of the Creator by the Creator in this system of distortions is, relatively speaking, more bright or, as we said, vivid.
Questioner: What disease or form of disease was there and why did this exist at the beginning of the third density?
Ra: Firstly, that which you speak of as disease is a functional portion the body complex which offers the body complex the opportunity to cease viability. This is a desirable body complex function. The second portion of the answer has to do with second-density other-selves of a microscopic, as you would call it, size which have in some forms long existed and perform their service by aiding the physical body complex in its function of ceasing viability at the appropriate space/time.
Questioner: What I am trying to understand is the difference between the plan of the Logos for these second-density entities and the generation of what I would guess to be more or less a runaway array of feedback to create various physical problems to act as catalyst in our present third-density condition. Could you give me an indication of whether my thinking is anywhere near right on that?
Ra: Your query contains some internal confusion which causes the answer to be perhaps more general than desired. We invite refinements of the query. The Logos planned for entities of {person} to gain experience until the amount of experience was sufficient for an incarnation. This varied only slightly from second-density entities whose mind/body complexes existed for the purpose of experiencing growth and seeking consciousness. As the third density upon your planet proceeded, as has been discussed, the need for the physical body complex to cease became more rapidly approached due to intensified and more rapidly gained catalyst. This catalyst was not being properly assimilated. Therefore, the, shall we say, lifetimes needed to be shorter that learning might continue to occur with the proper rhythm and increment. Thus more and more opportunities have been offered as your density has progressed for disease.
#14 - PETS
Ra: Much as you would put on a vestment, so do your third density beings invest or clothe some second-density beings with self awareness. This is often done through the opportunity of what you call pets. It has also been done by various other means of investiture. These include many so-called religious practice complexes which personify and send love to various natural second-density beings in their group form.
Questioner: When this Earth was second-density, how did the second density beings on it become so invested?
Ra: There was not this type of investment as spoken but the simple third-density investment which is the line of spiraling light calling distortion upward from density to density. The process takes longer when there is no investment made by incarnate third-density beings.
Questioner: Then what was the second-density form—what did it look like—that became Earth-man in the third density? What did he look like in the second density?
Ra: The difference between second- and third-density bodily forms would in many cases have been more like one to the other. In the case of your planetary sphere the process was interrupted by those who incarnated here from the planetary sphere you call Mars. They were adjusted by genetic changing and, therefore, there was some difference which was of a very noticeable variety rather than the gradual raising of the bipedal forms upon your second-density level to third-density level. This has nothing to do with the so-called placement of the soul. This has only to do with the circumstances of the influx of those from that culture.
Questioner: I understand from previous material that this occurred 75,000
years ago. It was then that our third-density process of evolution began. the history, hitting only the points of development, shall I say, that occurred within this 75,000 years, any point when contact was made to aid this development?
Ra: The first attempt to aid your peoples was at the time 75,000. This attempt 75,000 of your years ago has been previously described by us. The next attempt was approximately 58,000 of your years ago, continuing for a long period in your measurement, with those of Mu as you call this race or mind/body/spirit social complex. The next attempt was long in coming and occurred approximately 13,000 of your years ago when some intelligent information was offered to those of Atlantis, this being of the same type of healing and crystal working of which we have spoken previously. The next attempt was 11,000 of your years ago. These are approximations as we are not totally able to process your space/time continuum measurement system. This was in what you call Egypt and of this we have also spoken. The same beings who came with us returned approximately 3,500 years later in order to attempt to aid the South American mind/body/spirit social complex once again. However, the pyramids of those so-called cities were not to be used in the appropriate fashion. Therefore, this was not pursued further. There was a landing approximately 3,000 of your years ago also in your South America, as you call it. There were a few attempts to aid your peoples approximately 2,300 years ago, this in the area of Egypt. The remaining part of the cycle, we have never been gone from your fifth dimension and have been working in this last minor cycle to prepare for harvest.
Questioner: Was the Egyptian visit of 11,000 years ago the only one where you actually walked the Earth?
Ra: I understand your question distorted in the direction of selves rather than other-selves. We of the {name}, Ra, have walked among you only at that time.
Questioner: I understood you to say in an earlier session that pyramids were built to ring the Earth. How many pyramids were built?
Ra: There are six balancing pyramids and fifty-two others built for additional healing and initiatory work among your mind/body/spirit social complexes.
Questioner: What is a balancing pyramid?
Ra: Imagine, if you will, the many force fields of the Earth in their geometrically precise web. Energies stream into the Earth planes, as you would call them, from magnetically determined points. Due to growing thought-form distortions in understanding of the Law of One, the planet itself was seen to have the potential for imbalance. The balancing pyramidal structures were charged with crystals which drew the appropriate balance from the energy forces streaming into the various geometrical centers of electromagnetic energy which surround and shape the planetary sphere.
Questioner: Let me make a synopsis and you tell me if I am correct. All of these visits for the last 75,000 years were for the purpose of giving to the people of Earth an understanding of the Law of One, and in this way allowing them to progress upward through the fourth, fifth, and sixth densities. This was to be a service to Earth. The pyramids were used also in giving the Law of One in their own way. The balancing pyramids, I’m not quite sure of. Am I right so far?
Ra: You are correct to the limits of the precision allowed by language.
Questioner: Did the balancing pyramid prevent the Earth from changing its axis?
Ra: This query is not clear. Please restate.
Questioner: Does the balancing refer to the individual who is initiated in the pyramid or does it refer to the physical balancing of the Earth on its axis in space?
Ra: The balancing pyramidal structures could be and were used for individual initiation. However, the use of these pyramids was also designed for the balancing of the planetary energy web. The other pyramids are not placed correctly for Earth healing but for healing of mind/body/spirit complexes. It came to our attention that your density was distorted towards, what is called by our distortion/understanding of third density on your planetary sphere, more of a time/space continuum in one incarnation pattern in order to have a fuller opportunity to learn/teach the Laws or Ways of the primal distortion of the Law of One which is Love.
Questioner: I want to make this statement and you tell me if I am correct. The balancing pyramids were to do what we call increase the life span of entities here so that they would gain more wisdom of the Law of One while they were in the physical at one time. Is this correct?
Ra: This is correct. However, the pyramids not called by us by the vibrational sound complex, balancing pyramids, were more numerous and were used exclusively for the above purpose and the teach/learning of healers to charge and enable these processes.
Questioner: George Van Tassel built a machine in our western desert called an integratron. Will this machine work for that purpose, of increasing the life span?
Ra: The machine is incomplete and will not function for the above-mentioned purpose.
Questioner: Who gave George the information on how to build it?
Ra: There were two contacts which gave the entity with the {name}, George, this information. One was of the Confederation. The second was of the Orion group. The Confederation was caused to find the distortion towards non-contact due to the alteration of the vibrational mind complex patterns of the one called George. Thus, the Orion group used this instrument; however, this instrument, though confused, was a {person} devoted at the heart to service to others, so the, shall we say, worst that could be done was to discredit this source.
Questioner: Would there be any value to the people of this planet now to complete this machine?
Ra: The harvest is now. There is not at this time any reason to include efforts along these distortions toward longevity, but rather to encourage distortions toward seeking the heart of self, for this which resides clearly in the violet-ray energy field will determine the harvesting of each {person}.
Questioner: Going back to when we started this 75,000 year period, there was a harvest 25,000 years after the start which would make it 50,000 years ago. how many were harvested at that time?
Ra: The harvest was none.
Questioner: There was no harvest? What about 25,000 years ago?
Ra: A harvesting began taking place in the latter portion, as you measure time/space, of the second cycle, with individuals finding the gateway to intelligent infinity. The harvest of that time, though extremely small, was those entities of extreme distortion towards service to the entities who were now to repeat the major cycle. These entities, therefore, remained in third density although they could, at any moment/present nexus, leave this density through use of intelligent infinity.
Questioner: Then in the harvest 25,000 years ago, the entities who could have been harvested into the fourth density chose to remain here in service to this planetary population. Is this correct?
Ra: This is correct. Thus, there was no harvest, but there were harvestable entities who shall choose the manner of their entrance into fourth dimension.
Questioner: Then for the last 2,300 years you have been working to create as large a harvest as possible at the end of the total 75,000 year cycle. Can you state with respect to the Law of One why you do this?
Ra: I speak for the social memory complex termed Ra. We came among you to aid you. Our efforts in service were perverted. Our desire then is to eliminate as far as possible the distortions caused by those misreading our information and guidance. The general cause of service such as the Confederation offers is that of the primal distortion of the Law of One, which is service. The one Being of the creation is like unto a body, if you will accept this third-density analogy. Would we ignore a pain in the leg? A bruise upon the skin? A cut which is festering. No. There is no ignoring a call. We, the entities of sorrow, chose as our service the attempt to heal the sorrow which we are calling analogous to the pains of a physical body complex/distortion.
Questioner: Of what density level is Ra?
Ra: I am sixth density with a strong seeking towards seventh density. The harvest for us will be in only approximately two and one-half million of your years and it is our desire to be ready for harvest as it approaches in our space/time continuum.
Questioner: And you ready yourselves for this harvest through the service you can provide. Is this correct?
Ra: This is correct. We offer the Law of One, the solving of paradoxes, the balancing of love/light and light/love.
Questioner: How long is one of your cycles?
Ra: One of our cycles computes to 75 million of your years.
Questioner: 75 million years?
Ra: That is correct.
Questioner: In your service in giving the Law of One, do you work with any other planets than Earth at this time, or just Earth?
Ra: We work only with this planetary sphere at this time.
Questioner: You stated that you were called by 352,000 Earth entities. Does this mean that it is this number that will understand and accept the Law of One?
Ra: We cannot estimate the correctness of your statement for those who call are not in every case able to understand the answer to their calling. Moreover, those who were not calling previously may, with great trauma, discover the answers to the call nearly simultaneously with their late call. There is no time/space in call. Therefore, we cannot estimate the number of your {people} which will, in your space/time continuum/distortion, hear and understand.
Questioner: How do you normally perform your service of giving the Law of One? How have you done this over the last 2,300 years? How have you normally given this to Earth people?
Ra: We have used channels such as this one, but in most cases the channels feel inspired by dreams and visions without being aware, consciously, of our identity or existence. This particular group has been accentuatedly trained to recognize such contact. This makes this group able to be aware of a focal or vibrational source of information.
Questioner: When you contact the entities in their dreams and otherwise, these entities first have to be seeking in the direction of the Law of One. Is this correct?
Ra: This is correct. For example, the entities of the nation Egypt were in a state of pantheism, as you may call the distortion toward separate worship of various portions of the Creator. We were able to contact one whose orientation was toward the One.
Questioner: I assume that as the cycle ends and inconveniences occur, there will be some entities who start seeking or be catalyzed into seeking because of the trauma and will then hear your words telepathically or in written form such as this book. Is this correct?
Ra: You are correct except in understanding that the inconveniences have begun.
#17
Ra: The great majority of your peoples will repeat third density.
Questioner: How did Taras Bulba, Genghis Khan, and Rasputin get harvested prior to the harvest?
Ra: It is the right/privilege/duty of those opening consciously the gate to intelligent infinity to choose the manner of their leaving of third density. Those of negative orientation who so achieve this right/duty most often choose to move forward in their learn/teaching of service to self.
Questioner: Am I to understand that the harvest is to occur in the year 2,011, or will it be spread out?
Ra: This is an approximation. We have stated we have difficulty with your time/space. This is an appropriate probable/possible time/space nexus for harvest. Those who are not in incarnation at this time will be included in the harvest. The best way of service to others is the constant attempt to seek to share the love of the Creator as it is known to the inner self. This involves self knowledge and the ability to open the self to the other-self without hesitation. This involves, shall we say, radiating that which is the essence or the heart of the {person}. The best way for each seeker in third density to be of service to others is unique to that mind/body/spirit complex. This means that the {person} must then seek within itself the intelligence of its own discernment as to the way it may best serve other-selves. This will be different for each. There is no best. There is no generalization. Nothing is known.
#17
Questioner: In the book Oahspe it states that if an entity goes over fifty one percent service to others and is less than fifty percent service to self, then that entity is harvestable. Is this correct?
Ra: This is correct if the harvesting is to be for the positive fourth dimensional level.
Questioner: What is to be the entity’s percentage if he is to be harvested for the negative?
Ra: The entity who wishes to pursue the path of service to self must attain a grade of five, that is five percent service to others, ninety-five percent service to self. It must approach totality. The negative path is quite difficult to attain harvestability upon and requires great dedication.
Questioner: Why is the negative path so much more difficult to attain harvestability upon than the positive?
Ra: This is due to a distortion of the Law of One which indicates that the gateway to intelligent infinity be a gateway at the end of a straight and narrow path as you may call it. To attain fifty-one percent dedication to the welfare of other-selves is as difficult as attaining a grade of five percent dedication to other selves. The, shall we say, sinkhole of indifference is between those two.
Questioner: Then if an entity is harvested into the fourth density with a grade of fifty-one percent for others and forty-nine percent for self, what level of the fourth density would he go into? I am assuming that there are different levels of the fourth density.
Ra: This is correct. Each enters that sub-density which vibrates in accordance with the entity’s understanding.
Questioner: How many levels do we have here in the third density at this time?
Ra: The third density has an infinite number of levels.
Questioner: I’ve heard that there are seven astral and seven devachanic levels. Is this correct?
Ra: You speak of some of the more large distinctions in levels in your inner planes. That is correct.
Questioner: Who inhabits the astral and devachanic planes?
Ra: Entities inhabit the various planes due to their vibration/nature. The astral plane varies from thought-forms in the lower extremities to enlightened beings who become dedicated to teach/learning in the higher astral planes. In the devachanic planes, as you call them, are those whose vibrations are even more close to the primal distortions of love/light. Beyond these planes there are others.
Questioner: Are there seven sub-planes to what we call our physical plane here?
Ra: You are correct. This is difficult to understand. There are an infinite number of planes. In your particular space/time continuum distortion there are seven sub-planes of {people}. You will discover the vibrational nature of these seven planes as you pass through your experiential distortions, meeting other-selves of the various levels which correspond to the energy influx centers of the physical vehicle. The invisible, or inner, third-density planes are inhabited by those who are not of body complex natures such as yours; that is, they do not collect about their spirit/mind complexes a chemical body. Nevertheless these entities are divided in what you may call an artificial dream within a dream into various levels. In the upper levels, desire to communicate knowledge back down to the outer planes of existence becomes less, due to the intensive learn/teaching which occurs upon these levels.
Questioner: Is it necessary to penetrate one level at a time as we move through these planes?
Ra: It has been our experience that some penetrate several planes at one time. Others penetrate them slowly. Some in eagerness attempt to penetrate the higher planes before penetrating the energies of the so-called more fundamental planes. This causes energy imbalance. You will find ill health, as you call this distortion, to frequently be the result of a subtle mismatch of energies in which some of the higher energy levels are being activated by the conscious attempts of the entity while the entity has not penetrated the lower energy centers or sub-densities of this density.
#17
Questioner: At this time, near the end of the cycle, how are reincarnations into the physical allocated, shall we say, on this planet?
Ra: Entities wishing to obtain critically needed experience in order to become harvestable are incarnated with priority over those who will, without too much probable/possible doubt, need to re-experience this density.
Questioner: How long has this type of allocation been going on?
Ra: This has been going on since the first individual entity became conscious of its need to learn the lessons of this density. This was the beginning of what you may call a seniority by vibration.
Questioner: Can you explain what you mean by a seniority by vibration?
Ra: This will be the final question of this session of working. The seniority by vibration is the preferential treatment, shall we say, which follows the ways of the Law of One which encourages harvestable individuals, each individual becoming aware of the time of harvest and the need on a self-level to bend mind/body/spirit towards the learn/teaching of these lessons, by giving them priority in order that an entity may have the best possible chance, shall we say, in succeeding in this attempt.
#18
Ra: The proper role of the entity is in this density to experience all things desired, to then analyze, understand, and accept these experiences, distilling from them the love/light within them. Nothing shall be overcome. That which is not needed falls away. The orientation develops due to analysis of desire. These desires become more and more distorted towards conscious application of love/light as the entity furnishes itself with distilled experience. We have found it to be inappropriate in the extreme to encourage the overcoming of any desires, except to suggest the imagination rather than the carrying out in the physical plane, as you call it, of those desires not consonant with the Law of One, thus preserving the primal distortion of free will. The reason it is unwise to overcome is that overcoming is an unbalanced action creating difficulties in balancing in the time/space continuum. Overcoming, thus, creates the further environment for holding on to that which apparently has been overcome. All things are acceptable in the proper time for each entity, and in experiencing, in understanding, in accepting, in then sharing with otherselves, the appropriate distortion shall be moving away from distortions of one kind to distortions of another which may be more consonant with the Law of One. It is, shall we say, a shortcut to simply ignore or overcome any desire. It must instead be understood and accepted. This takes patience and experience which can be analyzed with care, with compassion for self and for other-self.
Questioner: Basically I would say that to infringe upon the free will of another entity would be the basic thing never to do under the Law of One. Can you state any other breaking of the Law of One than this basic rule?
Ra: As one proceeds from the primal distortion of free will, one proceeds to the understanding of the focal points of intelligent energy which have created the intelligences or the ways of a particular {person} in its environment, both what you would call natural and what you would call man-made. Thus, the distortions to be avoided are those which do not take into consideration the distortions of the focus of energy of love/light, or shall we say, the Logos of this particular sphere or density. These include the lack of understanding of the needs of the natural environment, the needs of other-selves’ mind/body/spirit complexes. These are many due to the various distortions of man-made complexes in which the intelligence and awareness of entities themselves have chosen a way of using the energies available. Thus, what would be an improper distortion with one entity is proper with another. We can suggest an attempt to become aware of the other-self as self and thus do that action which is needed by other-self, understanding from the other-self’s intelligence and awareness. In many cases this does not involve the breaking of the distortion of free will into a distortion or fragmentation called infringement. However, it is a delicate matter to be of service, and compassion, sensitivity, and an ability to empathize are helpful in avoiding the distortions of man-made intelligence and awareness. The area or arena called the societal complex is an arena in which there are no particular needs for care for it is the prerogative/honor/duty of those in the particular planetary sphere to act according to their free will for the attempted aid of the social complex. Thus, you have two simple directives: awareness of the intelligent energy expressed in nature, awareness of the intelligent energy expressed in self to be shared when it seems appropriate by the entity with the social complex, and you have one infinitely subtle and various set of distortions of which you may be aware; that is, distortions with respect to self and other-selves not concerning free will but concerning harmonious relationships and service to others as other-selves would most benefit.
Questioner: As an entity in this density grows from childhood, he becomes more aware of his responsibilities. Is there an age below which an entity is not responsible for his actions, or is he responsible from the time of his birth?
Ra: An entity incarnating upon the Earth plane becomes conscious of self at a varying point in its time/space progress through the continuum. This may have a median, shall we say, of approximately fifteen of your months. Some entities become conscious of self at a period closer to incarnation, some at a period farther from this event. In all cases responsibility becomes retroactive from that point backward in the continuum so that distortions are to be understood by the entity and dissolved as the entity learns.
Questioner: Then an entity four years old would be totally responsible for any actions that were against or inharmonious with the Law of One. Is this correct?
Ra: This is correct. It may be noted that it has been arranged by your social complex structures that the newer entities to incarnation are to be provided with guides of a physical {person}, thus being able to learn quickly what is consonant with the Law of One.
Questioner: Who are these guides?
Ra: These guides are what you call parents, teachers, and friends.
Questioner: You stated yesterday that forgiveness is the eradicator of karma. I am assuming that balanced forgiveness for the full eradication of karma would require forgiveness not only of other-selves but also the forgiveness of self. Am I correct?
Ra: You are correct. We will briefly expand upon this understanding in order to clarify. Forgiveness of other-self is forgiveness of self. An understanding of this insists upon full forgiveness upon the conscious level of self and other-self, for they are one. A full forgiveness is thus impossible without the inclusion of self.
Questioner: Thank you—a most important point. You mentioned that there were a number of Confederations. Do all serve the infinite Creator in basically the same way, or do some specialize in some particular types of service?
Ra: All serve the one Creator. There is nothing else to serve, for the Creator is all that there is. It is impossible not to serve the Creator. There are simply various distortions of this service. As in the Confederation which works with your peoples, each Confederation is a group of specialized individual social memory complexes, each doing that which it expresses to bring into manifestation.
#26
Questioner: I was wondering if the Law of One in its written or spoken form has been made available within this last 3,000 years in any complete way such as we are doing now? Is it available in any other source?
Ra: There is no possibility of a complete source of information of the Law of One in this density. However, certain of your writings passed on to you as your so-called holy works have portions of this law.
Questioner: Does the Bible that we know have portions of this law in it?
Ra: This is correct.
Questioner: if any of the Old Testament has any of the Law of One?
Ra: This is correct.
Questioner: Which has more of the Law of One in it, the Old Testament or the New Testament?
Ra: Withdrawing from each of the collections of which you speak the portions having to do with the Law of One, the content is approximately equal. However, the so-called Old Testament has a larger amount of negatively influenced material, as you would call it.
Questioner: about what percentage is of Orion influence in both the Old and New Testaments?
Ra: We prefer that this be left to the discretion of those who seek the Law of One. We are not speaking in order to judge. Such statements would be construed by some of those who may read this material as judgmental. We can only suggest a careful reading and inward digestion of the contents. The understandings will become obvious.
Questioner: Has Ra communicated with any of our population in this century, in the last, say, eighty years?
Ra: We have not.
Questioner: Has the Law of One been communicated in the last eighty years by any other source to an entity in our population?
Ra: The ways of One have seldom been communicated, although there are rare instances in the previous eighty of your years, as you measure time. There have been many communications from fourth density due to the drawing towards the harvest to fourth density. These are the ways of universal love and understanding. The other teachings are reserved for those whose depth of understanding, if you will excuse this misnomer, recommend and attract such further communication.
Questioner: Then did the Confederation step up its program of helping planet Earth some time late in this last major cycle? It seems that they did from previous data, especially with the Industrial Revolution. The attitudes and the reasonings behind this? is there any reason other than they just wanted to produce more leisure time in the last, say, one hundred years of the cycle? Is this the total reason?
Ra: This is not the total reason. Approximately two hundred of your years in the past, as you measure time, there began to be a significant amount of entities who by seniority were incarnating for learn/teaching purposes rather than for the lesser of the learn/teachings of those less aware of the process. This was our signal to enable communication to take place.
#26
Ra: The Wanderers which came among you began to make themselves felt at approximately this time, firstly offering ideas or thoughts containing the distortion of free will. This was the prerequisite for further Wanderers which had information of a more specific nature to offer. The thought must precede the action.
Questioner: I was wondering if the one, Abraham Lincoln, could have been a Wanderer?
Ra: This is incorrect. This entity was a normal, shall we say, Earth being which chose to leave the vehicle and allow an entity to use it on a permanent basis. This is relatively rare compared to the phenomenon of Wanderers. You would do better, considering the incarnations of Wanderers such as the one known as “Thomas,” the one known as “Benjamin.”
Questioner: I am assuming that you mean Thomas Edison and Benjamin Franklin?
Ra: This is incorrect. We were intending to convey the {name}, Thomas Jefferson. The other, correct.
Questioner: Thank you. The entity who used Abraham Lincoln’s body—what density he came from and where?
Ra: This entity was fourth-vibration.
Questioner: I assume positive?
Ra: That is correct.
Questioner: Was his assassination in any way influenced by Orion or any other negative force?
Ra: This is correct.
#30
Questioner: On this planet during the second density I believe there was habitation during the same space/time of bipedal entities and what we call the dinosaurs. Is this correct?
Ra: This is correct.
Questioner: These two types of entities seemed to be very incompatible, you might say, with each other. I don’t know, but the reason for both types of entities inhabiting the same space/time?
Ra: Consider the workings of free will as applied to evolution. There are paths that the mind/body complex follows in an attempt to survive, to reproduce, and to seek in its fashion that which is unconsciously felt as the potential for growth; these two arenas or paths of development being two among many.
#30
Questioner: Thank you. Can you give me a brief history of the metaphysical principles of the development of each of our planets that surround our sun, their function with respect to the evolution of beings?
Ra: We shall give you a metaphysical description only of those planets upon which individual {people} have been, are, or shall be experienced. You may understand the other spheres to be a part of the Logos. We take the one known as Venus. This planetary sphere was one of rapid evolution. It is our native earth and the rapidity of the progress of the {people} upon its surface was due to harmonious interaction. Upon the entity known to you as Mars, as you have already discussed, this entity was stopped in mid-third density, thus being unable to continue in progression due to the lack of hospitable conditions upon the surface. This planet shall be undergoing healing for some of your space/time millennia. The planet which you dwell upon has a metaphysical history well known to you and you may ask about it if you wish. However, we have spoken to a great degree upon this subject. The planet known as Saturn has a great affinity for the infinite intelligence and thus it has been dwelled upon in its magnetic fields of time/space by those who wish to protect your system. The planetary entity known to you as Uranus is slowly moving through the first density and has the potential of moving through all densities.
Questioner: Thank you. You stated yesterday that much of this major galactic system dwells spiritually as a part of the Logos. Do you mean that near the center of this major galactic system that the stars there do not have planetary systems? Is this correct?
Ra: This is incorrect. The Logos has distributed itself throughout your galactic system. However, the time/space continua of some of your more central sun systems are much further advanced.
Questioner: Well then, could you generally say that as you get closer to the center of this major system that there is a greater spiritual density or spiritual quality in that area?
Ra: The spiritual density or mass of those more towards the center of your galaxy is known. However, this is due simply to the varying timelessness states during which the planetary spheres may coalesce, this process of space/time beginnings occurring earlier, shall we say, as you approach the center of the galactic spiral.
#40
Questioner: I thought that I would make a statement and let you correct it. I’m trying to make a simple model of the portion of the universe that we find ourselves in. Starting with the sub-Logos, our sun, we have white light emanating from this which is made up of the frequencies ranging from the red to the violet. I am assuming that this white light then contains the experiences through all of the densities and as we go into the eighth density we go into a black hole which becomes, on the other side, another Logos or sun and starts another octave of experience. Can you comment on this part of my statement?
Ra: We can comment upon this statement to an extent. The concept of the white light of the sub-Logos being prismatically separated and later, at the final chapter, being absorbed again is basically correct. However, there are subtleties involved which are more than semantic. The white light which emanates and forms the articulated sub-Logos has its beginning in what may be metaphysically seen as darkness. The light comes into that darkness and transfigures it, causing the chaos to organize and become reflective or radiant. Thus the dimensions come into being. Conversely, the blackness of the black hole, metaphysically speaking, is a concentration of white light being systematically absorbed once again into the one Creator. Finally, this absorption into the one Creator continues until all the infinity of creations have attained sufficient spiritual mass in order that all form once again the great central sun, if you would so imagine it, of the intelligent infinity awaiting potentiation by free will. Thus the transition of the octave is a process which may be seen to enter into timelessness of unimaginable nature. To attempt to measure it by your time measures would be useless. Therefore, the concept of moving through the black hole of the ultimate spiritual gravity well and coming immediately into the next octave misses the subconcept or corollary of the portion of this process which is timeless.
Questioner: Our astronomers have noticed that light from spiral galaxies is approximately seventy times less than it should be, considering the calculated mass of the galaxy. I was wondering if that was due to the increase of spiritual mass in the galaxy in what we call white dwarf stars?
Ra: This is basically correct and is a portion of the way or process of creation’s cycle.
Questioner: Thank you. I was also wondering if the first-density corresponded somehow to the color red, the second to the color orange, the third to the color yellow and so on through the densities corresponding to the colors in perhaps a way so that the basic vibration which forms the photon that forms the core of all atomic particles would have a relationship to the color in the density and that that vibration would step up for second, third, and fourth-density corresponding to the increase in the vibration of the colors. Is any of this correct?
Ra: This is more correct than you have stated. Firstly, you are correct in positing a quantum, if you will, as the nature of each density and further correct in assuming that these quanta may be seen to be of vibratory natures corresponding to color as you grasp this word. However, it is also true, as you have suspected but not asked, that each density is of the metaphysical characteristic complex of its ray. Thus in first-density the red ray is the foundation for all that is to come. In second density the orange ray is that of movement and growth of the individual, this ray striving towards the yellow ray of self-conscious manifestations of a social nature as well as individual; third-density being the equivalent, and so forth, each density being primarily its ray plus the attractions of the following ray pulling it forward in evolution and to some extent coloring or shading the chief color of that density.
Questioner: Then bodily energy centers for an individual, assuming that the individual evolves in a straight line from first through to eighth density, would then be activated to completion if everything worked as it should?
Would each chakra be activated to completion and greatest intensity by the end of the experience in each density?
Ra: Hypothetically speaking, this is correct. However, the fully activated being is rare. Much emphasis is laid upon the harmonies and balances of individuals. It is necessary for graduation across densities for the primary energy centers to be functioning in such a way as to communicate with intelligent infinity and to appreciate and bask in this light in all of its purity. However, to fully activate each energy center is the mastery of few, for each center has a variable speed of rotation or activity. The important observation to be made once all necessary centers are activated to the minimal necessary degree is the harmony and balance between these energy centers.
Questioner: Thank you. Taking as an example the transition between second and third-density, when this transition takes place, does the frequency of vibration which forms the photon (the core of all the particles of the density) increase from a frequency corresponding to second density or the color orange to the frequency that we measure as the color yellow? What I am getting at is, do all the vibrations that form the density, the basic vibrations of the photon, increase in a quantum fashion over a relatively short period of time?
Ra: This is correct. Then you see within each density the gradual up-grading of vibratory levels.
Questioner: This is a guess. Would the frequency going from second to third increase from the middle orange or average orange frequency to the middle or average yellow frequency?
Ra: This query is indeterminate. We shall attempt to be of aid. However, the frequency that is the basis of each density is what may be called a true color. This term is impossible to define given your system of sensibilities and scientific measurements, for color has vibratory characteristics both in space/time and in time/space. The true color is then overlaid and tinged by the rainbow of the various vibratory levels within that density and the attraction vibrations of the next true color density.
Questioner: How long was the time of transition from second to third density? A generation and a half I believe you said. Is that correct?
Ra: This is correct, the time measured in your years being approximately 1,350.
Questioner: Then what will be the time of transition on this planet from third to fourth-density?
Ra: This is difficult to estimate due to the uncharacteristic anomalies of this transition. There are at this space/time nexus beings incarnate which have begun fourth-density work. However, the third density climate of planetary consciousness is retarding the process. At this particular nexus the possibility/probability vortices indicate somewhere between 100 and 700 of your years as transition period. This cannot be accurate due to the volatility of your peoples at this space/time.
Questioner: Has the vibration of the photon increased in frequency already?
Ra: This is correct. It is this influence which has begun to cause thoughts to become things. As an example you may observe the thoughts of anger becoming those cells of the physical bodily complex going out of control to become what you call the cancer.
Questioner: I am assuming that this vibratory increase began about twenty to thirty years ago. Is this correct?
Ra: The first harbingers of this were approximately forty-five of your years ago, the energies vibrating more intensely through the forty year period preceding the final movement of vibratory matter, shall we say, through the quantum leap, as you would call it.
Questioner: Starting then, forty-five years ago, and taking the entire increase of vibration that we will experience in this density change, approximately what percentage through this increase in vibrational change are we right now?
Ra: The vibratory nature of your environment is true color, green. This is at this time heavily over-woven with the orange ray of planetary consciousness. However, the nature of quanta is such that the movement over the boundary is that of discrete placement of vibratory level.
Questioner: You mentioned that the thoughts of anger now are causing cancer. Can you expand on this mechanism as it acts as a catalyst or its complete purpose?
Ra: The fourth-density is one of revealed information. Selves are not hidden to self or other-selves. The imbalances or distortions which are of a destructive nature show, therefore, in more obvious ways, the vehicle of the {person} thus acting as a teaching resource for self revelation. These illnesses such as cancer are correspondingly very amenable to self-healing once the mechanism of the destructive influence has been grasped by the individual.
Questioner: Then you are saying that cancer is quite easily healed mentally and is a good teaching tool because it is easily healed mentally and once the entity forgives the other-self at whom he is angry the cancer will disappear. Is this correct?
Ra: This is partially correct. The other portion of healing has to do with forgiveness of self and a greatly heightened respect for the self. This may conveniently be expressed by taking care in dietary matters. This is quite frequently a part of the healing and forgiving process. Your basic premise is correct.
Questioner: In dietary matters, what would be the foods that one would include and what would be the foods that one would exclude in a general way for the greatest care of one’s bodily complex?
Ra: Firstly, we underline and emphasize that this information is not to be understood literally but as a link or psychological nudge for the body and the mind and spirit. Thus it is the care and respect for the self that is the true thing of importance. In this light we may iterate the basic information given for this instrument’s diet. The vegetables, the fruits, the grains, and to the extent necessary for the individual metabolism, the animal products. These are those substances showing respect for the self. In addition, though this has not been mentioned for this instrument is not in need of purification, those entities in need of purging the self of a poison thought-form or emotion complex do well to take care in following a program of careful fasting until the destructive thought-form has been purged analogously with the by-products of ridding the physical vehicle of excess material. Again you see the value not to the body complex but used as a link for the mind and spirit. Thus self reveals self to self.
Questioner: Does the fact that the basic vibration that we experience now is green true color or fourth-density account for the fact that there are many mental effects upon material objects that are now observable for the first time in a mass way such as the bending of metal by mind?
Ra: This is not only correct but we suggest you take this concept further and understand the great number of entities with the so-called mental diseases being due to the effect of this green ray true color upon the mental configurations of those unready mentally to face the self for the first time.
{And} the numbers who have distracted themselves and failed to prepare for this transition yet who are somewhat susceptible to its influence who may be affected.
#41
Ra: The sun has various aspects in relation to intelligent infinity, to intelligent energy, and to each density of each planet, as you call these spheres. Moreover, these differences extend into the metaphysical or time/space part of your creation. In relationship to intelligent infinity, the sun body is, equally with all parts of the infinite creation, part of that infinity. In relation to the potentiated intelligent infinity which makes use of intelligent energy, it is the offspring, shall we say, of the Logos for a much larger number of sub-Logoi. The relationship is hierarchical in that the sub-
Logos uses the intelligent energy in ways set forth by the Logos and uses its free will to co-create the, shall we say, full nuances of your densities as you experience them. In relationship to the densities, the sun body may physically, as you would say, be seen to be a large body of gaseous elements undergoing the processes of fusion and radiating heat and light. Metaphysically, the sun achieves a meaning to fourth through seventh density according to the growing abilities of entities in these densities to grasp the living creation and co-entity, or other-self, nature of this sun body. Thus by the sixth density the sun may be visited and inhabited by those dwelling in time/space and may even be partially created from moment to moment by the processes of sixth density entities in their evolution.
Questioner: In your last statement did you mean that the sixth density entities are actually creating manifestations of the sun in their density? Could you explain what you meant by that?
Ra: In this density some entities whose means of reproduction is fusion may choose to perform this portion of experience as part of the beingness of the sun body. Thus you may think of portions of the light that you receive as offspring of the generative expression of sixth-density love.
Questioner: Then could you say that sixth-density entities are using that mechanism to be more closely co-Creators with the infinite Creator?
Ra: This is precisely correct as seen in the latter portions of sixth density seeking the experiences of the gateway density.
Questioner: Thank you. What I want to do now is investigate, as the firstdensity is formed, what happens and how energy centers are first formed in beings. Does it make any sense to ask you if the sun itself has a density, or is it all densities?
Ra: The sub-Logos is of the entire octave and is not that entity which experiences the learning/teachings of entities such as yourselves.
Questioner: I am going to make a statement of my understanding and ask you to correct me. I intuitively see the first-density being formed by an energy center which is a vortex. This vortex then causes these spinning motions that I have mentioned before of vibration which is light which then starts to condense into materials of the first-density. Is this correct?
Ra: This is correct as far as your reasoning has taken you. However, it is well to point out that the Logos has the plan of all the densities of the octave in potential completion before entering the space/time continuum in first-density. Thus the energy centers exist before they are manifest.
Questioner: Then what is the simplest being that is manifested? I am supposing that it might be a single cell or something like that. How does it function with respect to energy centers?
Ra: The simplest manifest being is light or what you have called the photon. In relationship to energy centers it may be seen to be the center or foundation of all articulated energy fields.
Questioner: When first-density is formed we have fire, air, earth, and water. There is at some time the first movement or individuation of life into a portion of consciousness that is self-mobile. Could you describe the process of the creation of this and what type of energy center it has?
Ra: The first or red-ray density, though attracted towards growth, is not in the proper vibration for those conditions conducive to what you may call the spark of awareness. As the vibratory energies move from red to orange the vibratory environment is such as to stimulate those chemical substances which lately had been inert to combine in such a fashion that love and light begin the function of growth. The supposition which you had earlier made concerning single-celled entities such as the polymorphous dynaflagallate is correct. The mechanism is one of the attraction of upward spiraling light. There is nothing random about this or any portion of evolution.
Questioner: As I remember, the polymorphous dynaflagallate has an iron rather than a copper based cell. Could you comment on that?
Ra: This information is not central. The base of any metabolism, shall we say, is that which may be found in the chemical substances of the neighborhood of origin.
Questioner: I was just commenting on this because it has the motion of our animal life with copper based cells yet it has the iron based cell of plant life indicating a transition from possibly plant to animal life. Am I wrong? My memory is a little fuzzy on this.
Ra: It is not that you are incorrect but that no conclusions should be drawn from such information. There are several different types of bases for conscious entities not only upon this planetary sphere but to a much greater extent in the forms found on planetary spheres of other sub-Logoi. The chemical vehicle is that which most conveniently houses the consciousness. The functioning of consciousness is the item of interest rather than the chemical makeup of a physical vehicle. We have observed that those whom you call scientists have puzzled over the various differences and possible interrelationships of various stages, types, and conditions of life-forms. This is not fruitful material as it is that which is of a moment’s choice by your sub-Logos.
Questioner: I didn’t mean to waste time with that question but you just happened to mention that particular single cell. Does this polymorphous dynaflagallate have an orange energy center?
Ra: This is correct.
Questioner: Is this energy center, then, on a very small scale related to the orange energy center in man?
Ra: The true color is precisely the same. However, the consciousness of the second-density beginning is primitive and the use of orange ray limited to the expression of self which may be seen to be movement and survival. In third-density, at this time, those clinging to orange ray have a much more complex system of distortions through which orange ray is manifested. This is somewhat complicated. We shall endeavor to simplify. The appropriate true color for third-density is, as you have ascertained, yellow. However, the influences of the true color, green, acting upon yellow ray entities have caused many entities to revert to the consideration of self rather than the stepping forward into consideration of other-self or green ray. This may not be seen to be of a negatively polarized nature, as the negatively polarized entity is working very intensively with the deepest manifestations of yellow ray group energies, especially the manipulations of other-self for service to self. Those reverting to orange ray, and we may add these are many upon your plane at this time, are those who feel the vibrations of true color green and, therefore, respond by rejecting governmental and societal activities as such and seek once more the self. However, not having developed the yellow ray properly so that it balances the personal vibratory rates of the entity, the entity then is faced with the task of further activation and balancing of the self in relation to the self, thus the orange ray manifestations at this space/time nexus. Thus true color orange is that which it is without difference. However, the manifestations of this or any ray may be seen to be most various depending upon the vibratory levels and balances of the mind/body or {people} which are expressing these energies.
Questioner: Could you tell me the simplest and first entity to have both orange and yellow ray energy centers?
Ra: Upon your planetary sphere those having the first yellow ray experiences are those of animal and vegetable natures which find the necessity for reproduction by bisexual techniques or who find it necessary to depend in some way upon otherselves for survival and growth.
Questioner: And then what entity would be the simplest that would have red, orange, yellow, and green rays activated?
Ra: This information has been covered in a previous session. To perhaps simplify your asking, each center may be seen to be activated potentially in third-density, the late second-density entities having the capability, if efficient use is made of experience, of vibrating and activating the green ray energy center. The third-density being, having the potential for complete self-awareness, thus has the potential for the minimal activation of all energy centers. The fourth, fifth, and sixth densities are those refining the higher energy centers. The seventh density is a density of completion and the turning towards timelessness or foreverness.
Questioner: Then would an animal in second-density have all of the energy centers in some way in its being but just not activated?
Ra: This is precisely correct.
Questioner: Then the animal in second-density is composed of light as are all things. What I am trying to get at is the relationship between the light that the various bodies of the animal are created of and the relationship of this to the energy centers which are active and the ones which are not active and how this is linked with the Logos. It is a difficult question to ask. Can you give me some kind of answer?
Ra: The answer is to redirect your thought processes from any mechanical view of evolution. The will of the Logos posits the potentials available to the evolving entity. The will of the entity as it evolves is the single measure of the rate and fastidiousness of the activation and balancing of the various energy centers.
Questioner: Thank you. In the session from the day before yesterday you mentioned variable speed of rotation or activity of energy centers. What did you mean by that?
Ra: Each energy center has a wide range of rotational speed or as you may see it more clearly in relation to color, brilliance. The more strongly the will of the entity concentrates upon and refines or purifies each energy center, the more brilliant or rotationally active each energy center will be. It is not necessary for the energy centers to be activated in order in the case of the self-aware entity. Thusly entities may have extremely brilliant energy centers while being quite unbalanced in their violet ray aspect due to lack of attention paid to the totality of experience of the entity. The key to balance may then be seen in the unstudied, spontaneous, and honest response of entities toward experiences, thus using experience to the utmost, then applying the balancing exercises and achieving the proper attitude for the most purified spectrum of energy center manifestation in violet ray. This is why the brilliance or rotational speed of the energy centers is not considered above the balanced aspect or violet ray manifestation of an entity in regarding harvestability; for those entities which are unbalanced, especially as to the primary rays, will not be capable of sustaining the impact of the love and light of intelligent infinity to the extent necessary for harvest.
Who makes up earth’s population?
#59
Questioner: At the end of the second major cycle there were a few hundred thousand people on Earth. There are over four billion people on Earth today. Were the over four billion people that are incarnate today in the Earth planes and not incarnate at that time, or did they come in from elsewhere during the last 25,000 years?
Ra: There were three basic divisions of origin of these entities. Firstly, and primarily, those of the planetary sphere you call Maldek, having become able to take up third-density once again, were gradually loosed from self-imposed limitations of form. Secondly, there were those of other third-density entrance or neophytes whose vibratory patterns matched the Terran experiential nexus. These then filtered in through incarnative processes. Thirdly, in the past approximate 200 of your years you have experienced much visiting of the Wanderers. It may be noted that all possible opportunities for incarnation are being taken at this time due to your harvesting process and the opportunities which this offers.
Questioner: Just to clarify that could you tell me approximately how many {people} were transferred to Earth at the beginning of this last 75,000 year period?
Ra: The transfer, as you call it, has been gradual. Over two billion souls are those of Maldek which have successfully made the transition. Approximately 1.9 billion souls have, from many portions of the creation, entered into this experience at various times. The remainder are those who have experienced the first two cycles upon this sphere or who have come in at some point as Wanderers; some Wanderers having been in this sphere for many thousands of your years; others having come far more recently.
NUMBER OF PLANETS CREATING 3RD DENSITY PEOPLE FOR EARTH
#60
Questioner: In trying to understand the creative energies, it has occurred to me that I really do not understand why unusable heat is generated as our Earth moves from third into fourth density. I know it has to do with disharmony between the vibrations of third and fourth density but why this would show up as a physical heating within the Earth is beyond me. Can you enlighten me on that?
Ra: The concepts are somewhat difficult to penetrate in your language. However, we shall attempt to speak to the subject. If an entity is not in harmony with its circumstances it feels a burning within. The temperature of the physical vehicle does not yet rise, only the heat of the temper or the tears, as we may describe this disharmony. However, if an entity persists for a long period of your space/time in feeling this emotive heat and disharmony, the entire body complex will begin to resonate to this disharmony, and the disharmony will then show up as the cancer or other degenerative distortions from what you call health. When an entire planetary system of peoples and cultures repeatedly experiences disharmony on a great scale the earth under the feet of these entities shall begin to resonate with this disharmony. Due to the nature of the physical vehicle, disharmony shows up as a blockage of growth or an uncontrolled growth since the primary function of a mind/body/spirit complex’s bodily complex is growth and maintenance. In the case of your planet the purpose of the planet is the maintenance of orbit and the proper location or orientation with regards to other cosmic influences. In order to have this occurring properly the interior of your sphere is hot in your physical terms. Thus instead of uncontrolled growth you begin to experience uncontrolled heat and its expansive consequences.
UNDERGROUND CITIES AND COMPUTERS
Questioner: Is the Earth solid all the way through from one side to the other?
Ra: You may say that your sphere is of an honey-comb nature. The center is, however, solid if you would so call that which is molten.
Questioner: Are there third-density entities living in the honey-comb areas? Is this correct?
Ra: This was at one time correct. This is not correct at this present space/time.
#65
Questioner: Are there any inner civilizations or entities living in these areas other than physically incarnate who do come and materialize on the Earth’s surface at some times?
Ra: As we have noted, there are some which do as you say. Further, there are some inner plane entities of this planet which prefer to do some materialization into third-density visible in these areas. There are also bases, shall we say, in these areas of those from elsewhere, both positive and negative. There are abandoned cities.
Questioner: What are these bases used for by those from elsewhere?
Ra: These bases are used for the work of materialization of needed equipment for communication with third-density entities and for resting places for some equipment which you might call small craft. These are used for surveillance when it is requested by entities. Thus some of the, shall we say, teachers of the Confederation speak partially through these surveillance instruments along computerized lines, and when information is desired and those requesting it are of the proper vibratory level the Confederation entity itself will then speak.
Many of your peoples request the same basic information in enormous repetition, and for a social memory complex to speak ad infinitum about the need to meditate is a waste of the considerable abilities of such social memory complexes. Thus some entities have had approved by the Council of Saturn the placement and maintenance of these message givers for those whose needs are simple, thus reserving the abilities of the Confederation members for those already meditating and absorbing information which are then ready for additional information.
Questioner: There has been, for the past 30 years, a lot of information and a lot of confusion, and in fact, I would say that the Law of Confusion has been working overtime—to make a small joke—in bringing information for spiritual catalysis to groups requesting it, and we know that both the positively and the negatively oriented social memory complexes have been adding to this information as they can. This has led to a condition of apathy in a lot of cases with respect to the information. Many who are truly seeking have been thwarted by what I might call spiritual entropy in this information. Can you comment on this and the mechanisms of alleviating these problems?
Ra: This information is significant to some degree as it bears upon our own mission at this time. We of the Confederation are at the call of those upon your planet. If the call, though sincere, is fairly low in consciousness of the, shall we say, system whereby spiritual evolution may be precipitated, then we may only offer that information useful to that particular caller. This is the basic difficulty. Entities receive the basic information about the Original Thought and the means, that is meditation and service-to-others, whereby this Original Thought may be obtained. Please note that as Confederation members we are speaking for positively oriented entities. We believe the Orion group has precisely the same difficulty. Once this basic information is received it is not put into practice in the heart and in the life experience but instead rattles about within the mind complex distortions as would a building block which has lost its place and simply rolls from side to side uselessly, yet still the entity calls. Therefore, the same basic information is repeated. Ultimately the entity decides that it is weary of this repetitive information. However, if an entity puts into practice that which it is given, it will not find repetition except when needed.
#63
Questioner: I would like to continue with the questions about the fact that in fourth-density the red, orange, and green energies will be activated;
yellow, blue, etc. being in potentiation. Right now, we have green energies activated. They have been activated for the last 45 years. I am wondering about the transition through this period so that the green is totally activated and the yellow is in potentiation. What will we lose as the yellow goes from activation into potentiation, and what will we gain as green comes into total activation, and what is the process?
Ra: It is misleading to speak of gains and losses when dealing with the subject of the cycle’s ending and the green-ray cycle beginning upon your sphere. It is to be kept in the forefront of the faculties of intelligence that there is one creation in which there is no loss. There are progressive cycles for experiential use by entities. We may now address your query. As the green-ray cycle or the density of love and understanding begins to take shape the yellow-ray plane or Earth which you now enjoy in your dance will cease to be inhabited for some period of your space/time as the space/time necessary for fourth-density entities to learn their ability to shield their density from that of third is learned. After this period there will come a time when third-density may again cycle on the yellow-ray sphere. Meanwhile there is another sphere, congruent to a great extent with yellow ray, forming. This fourth-density sphere coexists with first, second, and third. It is of a denser nature due to the rotational core atomic aspects of its material. We have discussed this subject with you. The fourth-density entities which incarnate at this space/time are fourth density in the view of experience but are incarnating in less dense vehicles due to desire to experience and aid in the birth of fourth-density upon this plane. You may note that fourth-density entities have a great abundance of compassion.
Questioner: At present we have, in third-density incarnation on this plane, those third-density entities of the planet Earth who have been here for some number of incarnations who will graduate in the three-way split, either positive polarity remaining for fourth-density experience on this planet, the negative polarity harvestable going to another planet, and the rest unharvestable third-density going to another third-density planet. In addition to these entities I am assuming that we have here some entities already harvestable from other third-density planets who have come here and have incarnated in third-density form to make the transition with this planet into fourth-density, plus Wanderers. Is this correct?
Ra: This is correct except we may note a small point. The positively oriented harvested entities will remain in this planetary influence but not upon this plane.
Questioner: I think you said there were 60 million Wanderers, approximately, here now. Am I correct in that memory?
Ra: This is approximately correct. There is some excess to that amount.
Questioner: Does that number include the harvestable entities who are coming to this planet for the fourth-density experience?
Ra: No.
Questioner: Approximately how many are here now who have come here from other planets who are third-density harvestable for fourth-density experience?
Ra: This is a recent, shall we say, phenomenon and the number is not yet in excess of 35,000 entities.
Questioner: Now these entities incarnate into a third-density vibratory body. I am trying to understand how this transition takes place from third to fourth-density. I will take the example of one of these entities of which we are speaking who is now in a third-density body. He will grow older and then will it be necessary that he die from the third-density physical body and reincarnate in a fourth-density body for that transition?
Ra: These entities are those incarnating with what you may call a double body in activation. It will be noted that the entities birthing these fourth-density entities experience a great feeling of, shall we say, the connection and the use of spiritual energies during pregnancy. This is due to the necessity for manifesting the double body. This transitional body is one which will be, shall we say, able to appreciate fourth-density vibratory complexes as the instreaming increases without the accompanying disruption of the third-density body. If a third-density entity were, shall we say, electrically aware of fourth-density in full, the third density electrical fields would fail due to incompatibility. To answer your query about death, these entities will die according to third density necessities.
Questioner: You are saying, then, that for the transition from third to fourth-density for one of the entities with doubly activated bodies, in order to make the transition the third-density body will go through the process of what we call death. Is this correct?
Ra: The third and fourth, combination, density’s body will die according to the necessity of third-density {person} distortions. We may respond to the heart of your question by noting that the purpose of such combined activation of {people} is that such entities, to some extent, conscientiously are aware of those fourth-density understandings which third-density is unable to remember due to the forgetting. Thus fourth-density experience may be begun with the added attraction to an entity oriented toward service-to-others of dwelling in a troubled third-density environment and offering its love and compassion.
Questioner: Would the purpose in transitioning to Earth prior to the complete changeover then be for the experience to be gained here before the harvesting process?
Ra: This is correct. These entities are not Wanderers in the sense that this planetary sphere is their fourth-density home planet. However, the experience of this service is earned only by those harvested third-density entities which have demonstrated a great deal of orientation towards service-to-others. It is a privilege to be allowed this early an incarnation as there is much experiential catalyst in service to other-selves at this harvesting.
Questioner: There are many children now who have demonstrated the ability to bend metal mentally which is a fourth-density phenomenon. Would most of these children, then, be the type of entity of which we speak?
Ra: This is correct.
Questioner: Is the reason that they can do this and the fifth-density Wanderers who are here cannot do it the fact that they have the fourth density body in activation?
Ra: This is correct. Wanderers are third-density activated in mind/body/spirit and are subject to the forgetting which can only be penetrated with disciplined meditation and working.
Questioner: I am assuming that the reason for this is, first, since the entities of harvestable third-density who very recently have been coming here are coming here late enough so that they will not affect the polarization through their teachings. They are not infringing upon the first distortion because they are children now and they won’t be old enough to really affect any of the polarization until the transition is well advanced. However, the Wanderers who have come here are older and have a greater ability to affect the polarization. They must do their affecting as a function of their ability to penetrate the forgetting process in order to be within the first distortion. Is this correct?
Ra: This is quite correct.
Questioner: It would seem to me that some of the harvestable third-density entities are, however, relatively old since I know of some individuals who can bend metal who are over 50 years old and some others over 30. Would there be other entities who could bend metal for other reasons than having dual activated bodies?
Ra: This is correct. Any entity who, by accident or by careful design, penetrates intelligent energy’s gateway may use the shaping powers of this energy.
Questioner: Now as this transition continues into fourth-density activation, in order to inhabit this fourth-density sphere it will be necessary for all third-density physical bodies to go through the process which we refer to as death. Is this correct?
Ra: This is correct.
Questioner: Are there any inhabitants at this time of this fourth-density sphere who have already gone through this process. Is it now being populated?
Ra: This is correct only in the very, shall we say, recent past.
Questioner: I would assume that this population is from other planets since the harvesting has not yet occurred on this planet. It is from planets where the harvesting has already occurred. Is this correct?
Ra: This is correct.
Questioner: Then are these entities visible to us? Could I see one of them? Would he walk upon our surface?
Ra: We have discussed this. These entities are in dual bodies at this time.
Questioner: Sorry that I am so stupid on this, but this particular concept is very difficult for me to understand. It is something that I am afraid requires some rather dumb questions on my part to fully understand, and I don’t think I will ever fully understand it or even get a good grasp of it. Then as the fourth-density sphere is activated there is heat energy being generated. I assume that this heat energy is generated on the third-density sphere only. Is this correct?
Ra: This is quite correct. The experiential distortions of each dimension are discrete.
Questioner: Then at some time in the future the fourth-density sphere will be fully activated. What is the difference between full activation and partial activation for this sphere?
Ra: At this time the cosmic influxes are conducive to true color green core particles being formed and material of this nature thus being formed. However, there is a mixture of the yellow-ray and green-ray environments at this time necessitating the birthing of transitional {person} types of energy distortions. At full activation of the true color green density of love the planetary sphere will be solid and inhabitable upon its own and the birthing that takes place will have been transformed through the process of time, shall we say, to the appropriate type of vehicle to appreciate in full the fourth-density planetary environment. At this nexus the green-ray environment exists to a far greater extent in time/space than in space/time.
Questioner: Could you describe the difference that you are speaking of with respect to time/space and space/time?
Ra: For the sake of your understanding we will use the working definition of inner planes. There is a great deal of subtlety invested in this {word}, but it, by itself, will perhaps fulfill your present need.
Questioner: I will make this statement and have you correct me. What we have is, as our planet is spiraled by the spiraling action of the entire major galaxy and our planetary system spirals into the new position, the fourth density vibrations becoming more and more pronounced. These atomic core vibrations begin to create, more and more completely, the fourth density sphere and the fourth-density bodily complexes for inhabitation of that sphere. Is this correct?
Ra: This is partially correct. To be corrected is the concept of the creation of green-ray density bodily complexes. This creation will be gradual and will take place beginning with your third-density type of physical vehicle and, through the means of bisexual reproduction, become by evolutionary processes, the fourth-density body complexes.
Questioner: Then are these entities of whom we have spoken, the third density harvestable who have been transferred, the ones who then will, by bisexual reproduction, create the fourth-density complexes that are necessary?
Ra: The influxes of true color green energy complexes will more and more create the conditions in which the atomic structure of cells of bodily complexes is that of the density of love. The {people} inhabiting these physical vehicles will be, and to some extent, are, those of whom you spoke and, as harvest is completed, the harvested entities of this planetary influence.
Questioner: Is there a clock-like face, shall I say, associated with the entire major galaxy so that as it revolves it carries all of these stars and planetary systems through transitions from density to density? Is this how it works?
Ra: You are perceptive. You may see a three-dimensional clock face or spiral of endlessness which is planned by the Logos for this purpose.
Questioner: I understand that the Logos did not plan for the heating effect in our third-density transition into fourth. Is this correct?
Ra: This is correct except for the condition of free will which is, of course, planned by the Logos as It, Itself, is a creature of free will. In this climate an infinity of events or conditions may occur. They cannot be said to be planned by the Logos but can be said to have been freely allowed.
Questioner: It would seem to me that the heating effect that takes place on the planet is analogous to a disease in the body and would have as a root cause the same or analogous mental configuration. Is this correct?
Ra: This is correct except that the spiritual configuration as well as mental biases of your peoples has been responsible for these distortions of the body complex of your planetary sphere.
Questioner: When the third-density goes out of activation and into potentiation that will leave us with a planet that is first, second, and fourth density. At that time there will be no activated third-density vibrations on this planet. Am I correct in assuming that all third-density vibrations on this planet now are those vibrations that compose the bodily complexes of entities such as we are; that that is the sum total of third-density vibrations on this planet at this time?
Ra: This is incorrect only in that in addition to the {people} of third-density there are the artifacts, thought forms, and feelings which these co-Creators have produced. This is third density.
#64 –MARS DNA
Questioner: Thank you. I read that recent research has indicated that the normal sleep cycle for entities on this planet occurs one hour later each diurnal period so that we have a 25 hour cycle instead of a 24 hour cycle. Is this correct, and if so, why is this?
Ra: This is in some cases correct. The planetary influences from which those of Mars experience memory have some effect upon these third density physical bodily complexes. This race has given its genetic material to many bodies upon your plane.
#64 – BIGFOOT
Questioner: I understand {name} brought a four-toed Bigfoot cast by here the other day. Could you tell me which form of Bigfoot that cast was?
Ra: This entity was one of a small group of thought-forms.
Questioner: He also asked—I know this is also unimportant—why there were no Bigfoot remains found after the entities have died on our surface. Could you also answer this? I know this is of no importance but as a service to him I ask it.
Ra: You may suggest that exploration of the caves which underlie some of the western coastal mountain regions of your continent will one day offer such remains. They will not be generally understood if this culture survives in its present form long enough in your time measurement for this probability/possibility vortex to occur.
#65 NEW AGE AND WANDERERS
Questioner: I may be recovering a little ground already covered today, but I am trying to get a more clear picture of some things that I don’t understand and possibly develop a plan of my own for activity in the future. I have the impression that in the near future the seeking will increase by many who now are incarnate in the physical on this planet. Their seeking will increase because they will become more aware of the creation as it is and as it is opposed, I might say, to the creation of man. Their orientation and their thinking will be, by catalyst of a unique nature, reoriented to thinking of more basic concepts, shall I say. Is this correct?
Ra: The generalities of expression can never be completely correct. However, we may note that when faced with a hole in the curtain, an entity’s eyes may well peer for the first time through the window beyond. This tendency is probable given the possibility/probability vortices active within your space/time and time/space continua at this nexus.
Questioner: I have assumed that the reason that so many Wanderers and those harvested third-density entities who have been transferred here find it a privilege and an exceptionally beneficial time to be incarnate upon this planet is that the effect that I just spoke of gives them the opportunity to be more fully of service because of the increased seeking. Is this, in general, correct?
Ra: This is the intention which Wanderers had prior to incarnation. There are many Wanderers whose dysfunction with regard to the planetary ways of your peoples have caused, to some extent, a condition of being caught up in a configuration of mind complex activity which, to the corresponding extent, may prohibit the intended service.
#66 DISEASE AND POLARITY
Questioner: In a transition from third to fourth-density we have two other possibilities other than the type that we are experiencing now. We have the possibility of a totally positively polarized harvest and the possibility of a totally negatively polarized harvest that I understand have occurred elsewhere in the universe many times. When there is a totally negatively polarized harvest, the whole planet that has negatively polarized makes the transition from third to fourth-density. Does the planet have the experience of the distortion of disease that this planet now experiences prior to that transition?
Ra: You are perceptive. The negative harvest is one of intense disharmony and the planet will express this.
Questioner: The planet has a certain set of conditions in late third-density, and then the conditions are different in early fourth-density. Could you give me an example of a negatively polarized planet and the conditions in late third-density and early fourth-density so that I can see how they change?
Ra: The vibrations from third to fourth-density change on a negatively oriented planet precisely as they do upon a positively oriented planet. With fourth-density negative comes many abilities and possibilities of which you are familiar. The fourth-density is more dense and it is far more difficult to hide the true vibrations of the {person}. This enables fourth-density negatives, as well as positives, the chance to form social memory complexes. It enables negatively oriented entities the opportunity for a different set of parameters with which to show their power over others and to be of service to the self. The conditions are the same as far as the vibrations are concerned.
Questioner: I was concerned about the amount of physical distortions, disease, and that sort of thing in third-density negative just before harvesting and in fourth-density negative just after harvesting or in transition. What are the conditions of the physical problems, disease, etc. in late third-density negative?
Ra: Each planetary experience is unique. The problems, shall we say, of bellicose actions are more likely to be of pressing concern to late third-density negative entities than the earth’s reactions to negativity of the planetary mind, for it is often by such warlike attitudes on a global scale that the necessary negative polarization is achieved. As fourth-density occurs there is a new planet and new physical vehicle system gradually expressing itself and the parameters of bellicose actions become those of thought rather than manifested weapons.
Questioner: Well then is physical disease and illness as we know it on this planet rather widespread on a third-density negative planet before harvest into fourth-density negative?
Ra: Physical complex distortions of which you speak are likely to be less found as fourth-density negative begins to be a probable choice of harvest due to the extreme interest in the self which characterizes the harvestable third-density negative entity. Much more care is taken of the physical body as well as much more discipline being offered to the self mentally. This is an orientation of great self-interest and self-discipline. There are still instances of the types of disease which are associated with the mind complex distortions of negative emotions such as anger. However, in an harvestable entity these emotional distortions are much more likely to be used as catalyst in an expressive and destructive sense as regards the object of anger.
Questioner: I am trying to understand the way that disease and bodily distortions are generated with respect to polarities, both positive and negative.
Ra: This is not precisely correct. Distortions of the bodily or mental complex are those distortions found in beings which have need of experiences which aid in polarization. These polarizations may be those of entities which have already chosen the path or polarization to be followed. It is more likely for positively oriented individuals to be experiencing distortions within the physical complex due to the lack of consuming interest in the self and the emphasis on service-to-others. Moreover, in an unpolarized entity catalyst of the physical distortion nature will be generated at random. The hopeful result is, as you say, the original choice of polarity. Oftentimes this choice is not made but the catalyst continues to be generated. In the negatively oriented individual the physical body is likely to be more carefully tended and the mind disciplined against physical distortion.
Questioner: This planet, to me, seems to be what I would call a cesspool of distortions. This includes all diseases and malfunctions of the physical body in general. It would seem to me that, on the average, this planet would be very, very high on the list if we just took the overall amount of these problems. Am I correct in this assumption?
Ra:
We will review previous material. Catalyst is offered to the entity. If it is
not used by the mind complex it will then filter through to the body complex
and manifest as some form of physical distortion. The more efficient the use of
catalyst, the less physical distortion to be found. There are, in the case of
those you call Wanderers, not only a congenital difficulty in dealing with the
third-density vibratory patterns but also a recollection, however dim, that
these distortions are not necessary or usual in the home vibration. We over-generalize
as always, for there are many cases of preincarnative decisions which result in
physical or mental limitations and distortions, but we feel that you are
addressing the question of widespread distortions towards misery of one form or
another. Indeed, on some third-density planetary spheres catalyst has been used
more efficiently. In the case of your planetary sphere there is much
inefficient use of catalyst and, therefore, much physical distortion.
#19
Ra: Energy which animates your illusion. Within the context of this illusion we may say that there are some that do not transfer from one particular density to another, for the continuum is finite. In the understanding which we have of the universe or creation as one infinite being, its heart beating as alive in its own intelligent energy, it merely is one beat of the heart of this intelligence from creation to creation. In this context each and every entity of consciousness has/is/will experienced/experiencing/experience each and every density.
Questioner: Let’s take the point at which an individualized entity of second density is ready for transition to third. Is this second-density being what we would call animal?
Ra: There are three types of second-density entities which become, shall we say, enspirited. The first is the animal. This is the most predominant. The second is the vegetable, most especially that which you call, {word}, “tree.” These entities are capable of giving and receiving enough love to become individualized. The third is mineral. Occasionally a certain location/place, as you may call it, becomes energized to individuality through the love it receives and gives in relationship to a third-density entity which is in relationship to it. This is the least common transition.
Questioner: When this transition from second to third density takes place, how does the entity, whether it be animal, [vegetable] tree, or mineral, become enspirited?
Ra: Entities do not become enspirited. They become aware of the intelligent energy within each portion, cell, or atom, as you may call it, of its beingness. This awareness is that which is awareness of that already given. From the infinite come all densities. The self-awareness comes from within given the catalyst of certain experiences understanding, as we may call this particular energy, the upward spiraling of the cell or atom or consciousness. You may then see that there is an inevitable pull toward the, what you may call, eventual realization of self.
Questioner: Then after the transition into the third density, am I correct in assuming—we’ll take Earth as an example—the entities would then look like us? They would be in human form? Is this correct?
Ra: This is correct, taking your planetary sphere as an example.
Questioner: When the first second-density entities became third-density on this planet, was this with the help of the transfer of beings from Mars, or were there second-density beings who transferred into third density with no outside influence?
Ra: There were some second-density entities which made the graduation into third density with no outside stimulus but only the efficient use of experience. Others of your planetary second density joined the third-density cycle due to harvesting efforts by the same sort of sending of vibratory aid as those of the Confederation send you now. This communication was, however, telepathic rather than telepathic/vocal or telepathic/written due to the nature of second-density beings.
Questioner: Who sent the aid to the second-density beings?
Ra: We call ourselves the Confederation of Planets in the Service of the Infinite Creator. This is a simplification in order to ease the difficulty of understanding among your people. We hesitate to use the term, sound vibration, understanding, but it is closest to our meaning.
Questioner: Then did this second-density to third-density transition take place 75,000 years ago? Approximately?
Ra: This is correct.
Questioner: Where did the second-density beings get physical vehicles of third-density type to incarnate into?
Ra: There were among those upon this second-density plane those forms which when exposed to third-density vibrations became the third density, as you would call the sound vibration, human entities. That is, there was loss of body hair, as you would call it, the clothing of the body to protect it, the changing of the structure of the neck, jaw, and forehead in order to allow the easier vocalization, and the larger cranial development characteristic of third-density needs. This was a normal transfiguration.
Questioner: Over how long a period of time was this transfiguration? It must have been very short.
Ra: The assumption is correct, in our terms at least—within a generation and one-half, as you know these things. Those who had been harvested of this planet were able to use the newly created physical complex of chemical elements suitable for third-density lessons.
Questioner: how this newly created physical complex was suited to third-density lessons and what those lessons were?
Ra: There is one necessity for third density. That necessity is self-awareness, or self-consciousness. In order to be capable of such, this chemical complex of body must be capable of abstract thought. Thus, the fundamental necessity is the combination of rational and intuitive thinking. This was transitory in the second-density forms operating largely upon intuition which proved through practice to yield results. The third-density mind was capable of processing information in such a way as to think abstractly and in what could be termed “useless” ways, in the sense of survival. This is the primary requisite. There are other important ingredients: the necessity for a weaker physical vehicle to encourage the use of the mind, the development of the already present awareness of the social complex. These also being necessary: the further development of physical dexterity in the sense of the hand, as you call this portion of your body complex.
Questioner: This seems to be a carefully planned or engineered stage of development. anything of the origin of this plan or its development?
Ra: We go back to previous information. Consider and remember the discussion of the Logos. With the primal distortion of free will, each galaxy developed its own Logos. This Logos has complete free will in determining the paths of intelligent energy which promote the lessons of each of the densities given the conditions of the planetary spheres and the sun bodies.
Questioner: I will make a statement then of my understanding and ask you if I am correct. There is a, what I would call, physical catalyst operating at all times upon the entities in third density. I assume this operates approximately the same way in second density. It is a catalyst which acts through what we call pain and emotion. Is the primary reason for the weakening of the physical body and the elimination of body hair, etc. so that this catalyst would act more strongly upon the mind and therefore create the evolutionary process?
Ra: This is not entirely correct, although closely associated with the distortions of our understanding. Consider, if you will, the tree for instance. It is self-sufficient. Consider, if you will, the third-density entity. It is self-sufficient only through difficulty and deprivation. It is difficult to learn alone for there is a built-in handicap, at once the great virtue and the great handicap of third density. That is the rational/intuitive mind. Thus, the weakening of the physical vehicle, as you call it, was designed to distort entities towards a predisposition to deal with each other. Thus, the lessons which approach a knowing of love can be begun. This catalyst then is shared between peoples as an important part of each self’s development as well as the experiences of the self in solitude and the synthesis of all experience through meditation. The quickest way to learn is to deal with other-selves. This is a much greater catalyst than dealing with the self. Dealing with the self without other-selves is akin to living without what you would call mirrors. Thus, the self cannot see the fruits of its being-ness. Thus, each may aid each by reflection. This is also a primary reason for the weakening of the physical vehicle, as you call the physical complex.
Questioner: Then we have second-density beings who have primarily motivation towards self and possibly a little motivation towards service to others with respect to their immediate family going into third density and carrying this bias with them but being in a position now where this bias will slowly be modified to one which is aimed toward a social complex and ultimately towards union with the all. Am I correct?
Ra: You are correct.
Questioner: Then the newest third-density beings who have just made the transition from second are still strongly biased towards self-service. There must be many other mechanisms to create an awareness of the possibility of service to others. I am wondering, first about the mechanism and I am wondering when the split takes place where the entity is able to continue on the road to service to self that will eventually take him on to fourth density. I’m assuming that an entity can start, say, in second density with service to self and continue right on through and just stay on what we would call the path of service to self and never be pulled over. Is this correct?
Ra: This is incorrect. The second-density concept of serving self includes the serving of those associated with tribe or pack. This is not seen in second density as separation of self and other-self. All is seen as self since in some forms of second-density entities, if the tribe or pack becomes weakened, so does the entity within the tribe or pack. The new or initial third density has this innocent, shall we say, bias or distortion towards viewing those in the family, the society, as you would call, perhaps, country, as self. Thus though a distortion not helpful for progress in third density, it is without polarity. The break becomes apparent when the entity perceives otherselves as otherselves and consciously determines to manipulate other-selves for the benefit of the self. This is the beginning of the road of which you speak.
Questioner: Then, through free will, some time within the third density experience, the path splits and the entity consciously chooses—or he probably doesn’t consciously choose. Does the entity consciously choose this path of the initial splitting point?
Ra: We speak in generalities which is dangerous for always inaccurate. However, we realize you look for the overview; so we will eliminate anomalies and speak of majorities. The majority of third density beings is far along the chosen path before realization of that path is conscious.
Questioner: what bias creates the momentum towards the chosen path of service to self?
Ra: We can speak only in metaphor. Some love the light. Some love the darkness. It is a matter of the unique and infinitely various Creator choosing and playing among its experiences as a child upon a picnic. Some enjoy the picnic and find the sun beautiful, the food delicious, the games refreshing, and glow with the joy of creation. Some find the night delicious, their picnic being pain, difficulty, sufferings of others, and the examination of the perversities of nature. These enjoy a different picnic. All these experiences are available. It is the free will of each entity which chooses the form of play, the form of pleasure.
Questioner: I assume that an entity on either path can decide to change paths at any time and possibly retrace steps, the path changing being more difficult the farther along the path the change is made. Is this correct?
Ra: This is incorrect. The further an entity has, what you would call, polarized, the more easily this entity may change polarity, for the more power and awareness the entity will have. Those truly helpless are those who have not consciously chosen but who repeat patterns without knowledge of the repetition or the meaning of the pattern.
Questioner: I believe we have a very important point here. It then seems that there is an extreme potential in this polarization the same as there is in electricity. We have a positive and negative pole. The more you build the charge on either of these, the more the potential difference and the greater the ability to do work, as we call it in the physical. This would seem to me to be the same analogy that we have in consciousness. Is this correct?
Ra: This is precisely correct.
Questioner: Then it would seem that there is a relationship between what we perceive as a physical phenomenon, say the electrical phenomenon, and the phenomenon of consciousness in that they, having stemmed from the one Creator, are practically identical but have different actions. Is this correct?
Ra: Again we oversimplify to answer your query. The physical complex alone is created of many, many energy or electromagnetic fields interacting due to intelligent energy, the mental configurations or distortions of each complex further adding fields of electromagnetic energy and distorting the physical complex patterns of energy, the spiritual aspect serving as a further complexity of fields which is of itself perfect but which can be realized in many distorted and unintegrated ways by the mind and body complexes of energy fields. Thus, instead of one, shall we say, magnet with one polarity you have in the body/mind/spirit complex one basic polarity expressed in what you would call violet-ray energy, the sum of the energy fields, but which is affected by thought of all kinds generated by the mind complex, by distortions of the body complex, and by the numerous relationships between the microcosm which is the entity and the macrocosm in many forms which you may represent by viewing the stars, as you call them, each with a contributing energy ray which enters the electromagnetic web of the entity due to its individual distortions.
Questioner: Is this then the root of what we call astrology?
Ra: The root of astrology, as you speak it, is one way of perceiving the primal distortions which may be predicted along probability/possibility lines given, shall we say, cosmic orientations and configurations at the time of the entrance into the physical/mental complex of the spirit and at the time of the physical/mental/spiritual complex into the illusion. This then has the possibility of suggesting basic areas of distortion. There is no more than this. The part astrology plays is likened unto that of one root among many.
#20
Questioner: To go back a bit, what happened to the second-density entities who were unharvestable when the third density began? I assume that there were some that did not make it into third density.
Ra: The second density is able to repeat during third density a portion of its cycle.
Questioner: Then the second-density entities who did not get harvested at the beginning of this 75,000 year period, some are still on this planet. Were any of these second-density entities harvested into the third density within the past 75,000 years?
Ra: This has been increasingly true.
Questioner: So more and more second-density entities are making it into third density. Can you give me an example of a second-density entity coming into the third density in the recent past?
Ra: Perhaps the most common occurrence of second-density graduation during third-density cycle is the so-called pet. For the animal which is exposed to the individualizing influences of the bond between animal and third-density entity, this individuation causes a sharp rise in the potential of the second density entity so that upon the cessation of physical complex the mind/body complex does not return into the undifferentiated consciousness of that species, if you will.
Questioner: Then can you give me an example of an entity in third density that was just previously a second-density entity? What type of entity do they become here?
Ra: As a second-density entity returns as third-density for the beginning of this process of learning, the entity is equipped with the lowest, if you will so call these vibrational distortions, forms of third-density consciousness; that is, equipped with self-consciousness.
Questioner: This would be a human in our form then who would be beginning the understandings of third density. Is this correct?
Ra: This is correct.
Questioner: Speaking of the rapid change that occurred in the physical vehicle from second to third density: this occurred, you said, in approximately a generation and a half. Body hair was lost and there were structural changes. I am aware of the physics of Dewey B. Larson, who states that all is motion or vibration. Am I correct in assuming that the basic vibration that makes up the physical world changes, thus creating a different set of parameters, shall I say, in this short period of time between density changes allowing for the new type of being? Am I correct?
Ra: This is correct.
Questioner: Is the physics of Dewey Larson correct?
Ra: The physics of sound vibrational complex, Dewey, is a correct system as far as it is able to go. There are those things which are not included in this system. However, those coming after this particular entity, using the basic concepts of vibration and the study of vibrational distortions, will begin to understand that which you know as gravity and those things you consider as “n” dimensions. These things are necessary to be included in a more universal, shall we say, physical theory.
Questioner: Did this entity, Dewey, then bring this material through for use primarily in the fourth density?
Ra: This is correct.
Questioner: Yesterday we were talking about the split that occurs when an entity either consciously or unconsciously chooses the path that leads to either service to others or service to self. The philosophical question of why such a split even exists came up. It was my impression that just as it is in electricity, if we have no polarity in electricity we have no electricity; we have no action. Therefore, I am assuming that it is the same in consciousness. If we have no polarity in consciousness we also have no action or experience. Is this correct?
Ra: This is correct. You may use the general term “work.”
Questioner: Then the concept of service to self and service to others is mandatory if we wish to have work, whether it be work in consciousness or work of a mechanical nature in the Newtonian concept in the physical. Is this correct?
Ra: This is correct with one addendum. The coil, as you may understand this term, is wound, is potential, is ready. The thing that is missing without polarizing is the charge.
Questioner: Then the charge is provided by individualized consciousness. Is this correct?
Ra: The charge is provided by the individualized entity using the in-pourings and in-streamings of energy by the choices of free will.
Questioner: Thank you. As soon as the third-density started 75,000 years ago and we have incarnate third-density entities, what was the average human life span at that time?
Ra: At the beginning of this particular portion of your space/time continuum the average life span was approximately nine hundred of your years.
Questioner: Did the average life span grow longer or shorter as we progressed into third-density experience?
Ra: There is a particular use for the span of life in this density and, given the harmonious development of the learning/teachings of this density, the life span of the physical complex would remain the same throughout the cycle. However, your particular planetary sphere developed vibrations by the second major cycle which shortened the life span dramatically.
Questioner: Assuming a major cycle is 25,000 years, at the end of the first major cycle, what was the life span?
Ra: The life span at the end of the first cycle which you call major was approximately seven hundred of your years.
Questioner: Then in 25,000 years we lost two hundred years of life span. Is this correct?
Ra: This is correct.
Questioner: the reason for this shortening of life span?
Ra: The causes of this shortening are always an ineuphonious or inharmonious relational vibration between otherselves. In the first cycle this was not severe due to the dispersion of peoples, but there was the growing feeling complex/distortion towards separateness from other-selves.
Questioner: I am assuming that at the start of one of these cycles there could have been either a positive polarization that would generally occur over the 25,000 years or a negative polarization. Is the reason for the negative polarization and the shortening of the life span the influx of entities from Mars who had already polarized somewhat negatively?
Ra: This is incorrect. There was not a strong negative polarization due to this influx. The lessening of the life span was due primarily to the lack of the building of positive orientation. When there is no progress those conditions which grant progress are gradually lost. This is one of the difficulties of remaining unpolarized. The chances, shall we say, of progress become steadily less.
Questioner: The way I understand it, at the beginning of this 75,000 year cycle, then, we had a mixture of entities—those who had graduated from second density on Earth to become third-density and then a group of entities transferred from the planet Mars to continue third density here. Is this correct?
Ra: This is correct. You must remember that those transferred to this sphere were in the middle of their third density so that this third density was an adaptation rather than a beginning.
Questioner: What percentage of the entities who were here in third density at that time were Martian and what percentage were harvested from Earth’s second density?
Ra: There were perhaps one-half of the third-density population being entities from the Red Planet, Mars, as you call it. Perhaps one-quarter from second density of your planetary sphere. Approximately one-quarter from other sources, other planetary spheres whose entities chose this planetary sphere for third-density work.
Questioner: When they incarnated here did all three of these types mix together in societies or groups or were they separated by groups and society?
Ra: They remained largely unmixed.
Questioner: Then did this unmixing lend to a possibility of warlike energy between groups?
Ra: This is correct.
Questioner: Did this help to reduce the life span?
Ra: This did reduce the life span, as you call it.
Questioner: why nine hundred years is the optimum life span?
Ra: The {person} of third density has perhaps one hundred times as intensive a program of catalytic action from which to distill distortions and learn/teachings than any other of the densities. Thus the learn/teachings are most confusing to the {person} which is, shall we say, inundated by the ocean of experience. During the first, shall we say, perhaps 150 to 200 of your years as you measure time, a {person} is going through the process of a spiritual childhood. The mind and the body are not enough in a disciplined configuration to lend clarity to the spiritual influxes. Thus, the remaining time span is given to optimize the understandings which result from experience itself.
Questioner: Then at present it would seem that our current life span is much too short for those who are new to third-density lessons. Is this correct?
Ra: This is correct. Those entities which have, in some way, learned/taught themselves the appropriate distortions for rapid growth can now work within the confines of the shorter life span. However, the greater preponderance of your entities find themselves in what may be considered a perpetual childhood.
Questioner: Back in the first 25,000 year period, or major cycle, what type of aid was given by the Confederation to the entities who were in this 25,000 year period so that they would have the opportunity to grow?
Ra: The Confederation members which dwell in inner-plane existence within the planetary complex of vibratory densities worked with these entities. There was also the aid of one of the Confederation which worked with those of Mars in making the transition. For the most part, the participation was limited, as it was appropriate to allow the full travel of the workings of the confusion mechanism to operate in order for the planetary entities to develop that which they wished in, shall we say, freedom within their own thinking. It is often the case that a third-density planetary cycle will take place in such a way that there need be no outside, shall we say, or other-self aid in the form of information. Rather, the entities themselves are able to work themselves towards the appropriate polarizations and goals of third-density learn/teachings.
Questioner: I make the assumption that if maximum efficiency had been achieved in this 25,000 year period the entities would have polarized either toward service to self or toward service to others, one or the other. This would have made them harvestable at the end of that 25,000 year period in which case they would have had to move to another planet because this one would have been third density for 50,000 more years. Is this correct?
Ra: Let us untangle your assumption which is complex and correct in part. The original desire is that entities seek and become one. If entities can do this in a moment, they may go forward in a moment, and, thus, were this to occur in a major cycle, indeed, the third-density planet would be vacated at the end of that cycle. It is, however, more towards the median or mean, shall we say, of third density developments throughout the one infinite universe that there be a small harvest after the first cycle; the remainder having significantly polarized, the second cycle having a much larger harvest; the remainder being even more significantly polarized, the third cycle culminating the process and the harvest being completed.
Questioner: Was the Confederation watching to see and expecting to see a harvest at the end of the 25,000 year period in which a percentage would be harvestable fourth-density positive and a percentage harvestable fourth density negative?
Ra: That is correct. You may see our role in the first major cycle as that of the gardener who, knowing the season, is content to wait for the spring. When the springtime does not occur, the seeds do not sprout; then it is that the gardener must work in the garden.
Questioner: Am I to understand, then, that there was neither a harvest of positive or negative entities at the end of that 25,000 years?
Ra: This is correct. Those whom you call the Orion group made one attempt to offer information to those of third density during that cycle. However, the information did not fall upon the ears of any who were concerned to follow this path to polarity.
Questioner: What technique did the Orion group use to give this information?
Ra: The technique used was of two kinds: one, the thought transfer or what you may call “telepathy”; Two, the arrangement of certain stones in order to suggest strong influences of power, this being those of statues and of rock formations in your Pacific areas, as you now call them, and to an extent in your Central American regions, as you now understand them.
Questioner: Were you speaking in part of the stone heads of Easter Island?
Ra: This is correct.
Questioner: How would such stone heads influence the people to take the path of service to self?
Ra: Picture, if you will, the entities living in such a way that their {people} are at what seems to be the mercy of forces which they cannot control. Given a charged entity such as a statue or a rock formation charged with nothing but power, it is possible for the free will of those viewing this particular structure or formation to ascribe to this power, power over those things which cannot be controlled. This, then, has the potential for the further distortion to power over others.
Questioner: How were these stone heads constructed?
Ra: These were constructed by thought after a scanning of the deep mind, the trunk of mind tree, looking at the images most likely to cause the experience of awe in the viewer.
Questioner: Did the Orion entities do this themselves? Did they do this in the physical? Did they land, or did they do it from mental planes?
Ra: Nearly all of these structures and formations were constructed at a distance by thought. A very few were created in later times in imitation of original constructs by entities upon your Earth plane/density.
Questioner: What density Orion entity did the construction of these heads?
Ra: The fourth density, the density of love or understanding, was the density of the particular entity which offered this possibility to those of your first major cycle.
Questioner: You use the same nomenclature for the fourth-density negative as for the fourth-density positive. Both are called the dimension of love or of understanding. Is this correct?
Ra: This is correct. Love and understanding, whether it be of self or of self toward other-self, is one.
Questioner: What was the approximate date in years past of the construction of these heads?
Ra: This approximately was 60,000 of your years in the past time/space of your continuum.
Questioner: What structures were built in South America?
Ra: In this location were fashioned some characteristic statues, some formations of what you call rock and some formations involving rock and earth.
Questioner: Were the lines at Nazca included in this?
Ra: This is correct.
Questioner: Since these can only be seen from an altitude, of what benefit were they?
Ra: The formations were of benefit because charged with energy of power.
Questioner: I’m a little confused. These lines at Nazca are hardly understandable for an entity walking on the surface. He cannot see anything but disruption of the surface. However, if you go up to a high altitude you can see the patterns. How was it of benefit to the entities walking on the surface?
Ra: At the remove of the amount of time/space which is now your present it is difficult to perceive that at the time/space 60,000 years ago the earth was formed in such a way as to be visibly arranged in powerful structural designs, from the vantage point of distant hills.
Questioner: In other words at that time there were hills overlooking these lines?
Ra: The entire smoothness, as you see this area now, was built up in many places in hills. The time/space continuum has proceeded with wind and weather, as you would say, to erode to a great extent both the somewhat formidable structures of earth designed at that time and the nature of the surrounding countryside.
Questioner: I think I understand then that these lines are just the faint traces of what used to be there?
Ra: This is correct.
#21
Questioner: So at the start of this 75,000 year cycle we know that the quarantine was fully set up. I am assuming then that the Guardians were aware of the infringements on the free will that would occur if they didn’t set this up at that time and therefore did it. Is this correct?
Ra: This is partially incorrect. The incorrectness is as follows: those entities whose third-density experience upon your Red Planet was brought to a close prematurely were aided genetically while being transferred to this third density. This, although done in a desire to aid, was seen as infringement upon free will. The light quarantine which consists of the Guardians, or gardeners as you may call them, which would have been in effect was intensified.
Questioner: When the 75,000 year cycle started, the life span was approximately nine hundred years, average. What was the process and scheduling mechanism, shall I say, of reincarnation at that time, and how did the time in between incarnations into third-density physical apply to the growth of the {person}?
Ra: This query is more complex than most. We shall begin. The incarnation pattern of the beginning third-density mind/body/spirit complex begins in darkness, for you may think or consider of your density as one of, as you may say, a sleep and a forgetting. This is the only plane of forgetting. It is necessary for the third-density entity to forget so that the mechanisms of confusion or free will may operate upon the newly individuated consciousness complex. Thus, the beginning entity is one in all innocence oriented towards animalistic behavior using other-selves only as extensions of self for the preservation of the all-self. The entity becomes slowly aware that it has needs, shall we say, that are not animalistic; that is, that are useless for survival. These needs include: the need for companionship, the need for laughter, the need for beauty, the need to know the universe about it. These are the beginning needs. As the incarnations begin to accumulate, other needs are discovered: the need to trade, the need to love, the need to be loved, the need to elevate animalistic behaviors to a more universal perspective. During the first portion of third-density cycles, incarnations are automatic and occur rapidly upon the cessation of energy complex of the physical vehicle. There is small need to review or to heal the experiences of the incarnation. As, what you would call, the energy centers begin to be activated to a higher extent, more of the content of experience during incarnation deals with the lessons of love. Thus the time, as you may understand it, between incarnations is lengthened to give appropriate attention to the review and the healing of experiences of the previous incarnation. At some point in third density, the green-ray energy center becomes activated and at that point incarnation ceases to be automatic.
Questioner: When incarnation ceases to be automatic I am assuming that the entity can decide when he needs to incarnate for the benefit of his own learning. Does he also select his parents?
Ra: This is correct.
Questioner: At this time in our cycle, near the end, what percentage of the entities incarnating are making their own choices?
Ra: The approximate percentage is fifty-four percent.
Questioner: Thank you. During this first 25,000 year cycle was there any industrial development at all, any machinery available to the people?
Ra: Using the term “machine” to the meaning which you ascribe, the answer is no. However, there were, shall we say, various implements of wood and rock which were used in order to obtain food and for use in aggression.
Questioner: At the end of this first 25,000 year cycle was there any physical change that occurred rapidly like that which occurs at the end of a 75,000 year cycle or is this just an indexing time for harvesting period?
Ra: There was no change except that which according to intelligent energy, or what you may term physical evolution, suited physical complexes to their environment, this being of the color of the skin due to the area of the sphere upon which entities lived; the gradual growth of peoples due to improved intake of foodstuffs.
Questioner: Then, at the end of the first 25,000 year period, I am guessing that the Guardians discovered that there was no harvest of either positively or negatively oriented entities. Tell me then what happened? What action was taken?
Ra: There was no action taken except to remain aware of the possibility of a calling for help or understanding among the entities of this density. The Confederation is concerned with the preservation of the conditions conducive to learning. This for the most part, revolves about the primal distortion of free will.
Questioner: Then the Confederation gardeners did nothing until some of the plants in their garden called them for help. Is this correct?
Ra: This is correct.
Questioner: When did the first call occur, and how did it occur?
Ra: The first calling was approximately 46,000 of your years ago. This calling was of those of Maldek. These entities were aware of their need for rectifying the consequences of their action and were in some confusion in an incarnate state as to the circumstances of their incarnation; the unconscious being aware, the conscious being quite confused. This created a calling. The Confederation sent love and light to these entities.
Questioner: How did the Confederation send this love and light? What did they do?
Ra: There dwell within the Confederation planetary entities who from their planetary spheres do nothing but send love and light as pure streamings to those who call. This is not in the form of conceptual thought but of pure and undifferentiated love.
Questioner: Did the first distortion of the Law of One then require that equal time, shall I say, be given to the self-service oriented group?
Ra: In this case this was not necessary for some of your time due to the orientation of the entities.
Questioner: What was their orientation?
Ra: The orientation of these entities was such that the aid of the Confederation was not perceived.
Questioner: Since it was not perceived it was not necessary to balance this. Is that correct?
Ra: This is correct. What is necessary to balance is opportunity. When there is ignorance, there is no opportunity. When there exists a potential, then each opportunity shall be balanced, this balancing caused by not only the positive and negative orientations of those offering aid but also the orientation of those requesting aid.
Questioner: Then in the second 25,000 year major cycle was there any great civilization that developed?
Ra: In the sense of greatness of technology there were no great societies during this cycle. There was some advancement among those of Deneb who had chosen to incarnate as a body in what you would call China. There were appropriately positive steps in activating the green-ray energy complex in many portions of your planetary sphere including the Americas, the continent which you call Africa, the island which you call Australia, and that which you know as India, as well as various scattered peoples. None of these became what you would name great as the greatness of Lemuria or Atlantis is known to you due to the formation of strong social complexes and in the case of Atlantis, very great technological understandings. However, in the South American area of your planetary sphere as you know it, there grew to be a great vibratory distortion towards love. These entities were harvestable at the end of the second major cycle without ever having formed strong social or technological complexes.
#22
Questioner: what was the average life span at the end of the second major cycle?
Ra: By the end of the second major cycle the life span was as you know it, with certain variations among geographically isolated peoples more in harmony with intelligent energy and less bellicose.
Questioner: the length of the average life span in years at the end of the second major cycle?
Ra: The average is perhaps misleading. To be precise, many spent approximately thirty-five to forty of your years in one incarnation with the possibility not considered abnormal of a life span approaching one hundred of your years.
Questioner: Can I assume then that this drastic drop in average life span from seven hundred years to less than one hundred years in length during this second 25,000 years was caused by an intensification of a lack of service to others?
Ra: This is in part correct. By the end of the second cycle, the Law of Responsibility had begun to be effectuated by the increasing ability of entities to grasp those lessons which there are to be learned in this density. Thus, entities had discovered many ways to indicate a bellicose nature, not only as tribes or what you call nations but in personal relationships, each with the other, the concept of barter having given way to the concept of money; also, the concept of ownership having won ascendancy over the concept of nonownership on an individual or group basis. Each entity then was offered many more subtle ways of demonstrating either service toward others or service to self with the distortion of the manipulation of others. As each lesson was understood, those lessons of sharing, of giving, of receiving in free gratitude—each lesson could be rejected in practice. Without demonstrating the fruits of such learn/teaching the life span became greatly reduced, for the ways of honor/duty were not being accepted.
Questioner: Would this shortened life span help the entity in any way in that he would have more time in between incarnations to review his mistakes, or would this shortened life span hinder him?
Ra: Both are correct. The shortening of the life span is a distortion of the Law of One which suggests that an entity not receive more experience in more intensity than it may bear. This is only in effect upon an individual level and does not hold sway over planetary or social complexes. Thus the shortened life span is due to the necessity for removing an entity from the intensity of experience which ensues when wisdom and love are, having been rejected, reflected back into the consciousness of the Creator without being accepted as part of the self, this then causing the entity to have the need for healing and for much evaluation of the incarnation. The incorrectness lies in the truth that, given appropriate circumstances, a much longer incarnation in your space/time continuum is very helpful for continuing this intensive work until conclusions have been reached through the catalytic process.
Questioner: You spoke of the South American group which was harvestable at the end of the second cycle. How long was their average life span at the end of the second cycle?
Ra: This isolated group had achieved life spans stretching upwards towards the nine hundred year life span appropriate to this density.
Questioner: I am assuming that the planetary action that we are experiencing now, which it seems shortens all life spans here, was not strong enough then to affect them and shorten their life span. Is this correct?
Ra: This is correct. It is well to remember that at that nexus in space/time great isolation was possible.
Questioner: How many people populated the Earth totally at that time;
that is, were incarnate in the physical at any one time?
Ra: I am assuming that you intend to query regarding the number of incarnate {people} at the end of the second major cycle, this number being approximately 345,000 entities.
Questioner: Approximately how many were harvestable out of that total number at the end of the cycle?
Ra: There were approximately 150 entities harvestable.
Questioner: Then as the next cycle started were these the entities who stayed to work on the planet?
Ra: These entities were visited by the Confederation and became desirous of remaining in order to aid the planetary consciousness. This is correct.
Questioner: What type of visit did the Confederation make to this group of 150 entities?
Ra: A light being appeared bearing that which may be called a shield of light. It spoke of the oneness and infinity of all creation and of those things which await those ready for harvest. It described in golden words the beauties of love as lived. It then allowed a telepathic linkage to progressively show those who were interested the plight of third density when seen as a planetary complex. It then left.
Questioner: Did all of these entities then decide to stay and help during the next 25,000 year cycle?
Ra: This is correct. As a group they stayed. There were those peripherally associated with this culture which did not stay. However, they were not able to be harvested either and so, beginning at the very highest, shall we say, of the sub-octaves of third density, repeated this density. Many of those who have been of the loving nature are not Wanderers but those of this particular origin of second cycle.
Questioner: Are all of these entities still with us in this cycle?
Ra: The entities repeating the third-density major cycle have, in some few cases, been able to leave. These entities have chosen to join their brothers and sisters, as you would call these entities.
Questioner: Are any of these entities names that we would know from our historical past?
Ra: The one known as{}, Saint Augustine, is of such a nature. The one known as Saint Teresa of such a nature. The one known as Saint Francis of Assisi of such nature. These entities, being of monastic background, as you would call it, found incarnation in the same type of ambiance appropriate for further learning.
Questioner: As the cycle terminated 25,000 years ago, what was the reaction of the Confederation to the lack of harvest?
Ra: We became concerned.
Questioner: Was any action taken immediately, or did you wait for a call?
Ra: The Council of Saturn acted only in allowing the entry into third density of other {people} of third-density, not Wanderers, but those who sought further third-density experience. This was done randomly so that free will would not be violated for there was not yet a call.
Questioner: Was the next action taken by the Confederation when a call occurred?
Ra: This is correct.
Questioner: Who or what group produced this call, and what action was taken by the Confederation?
Ra: The calling was that of Atlanteans. This calling was for what you would call understanding with the distortion towards helping otherselves. The action taken is that which you take part in at this time: the impression of information through channels, as you would call them.
Questioner: Was this first calling then at a time before Atlantis became technologically advanced?
Ra: This is basically correct.
Questioner: Then did the technological advancement of Atlantis come because of this call? I am assuming that the call was answered to bring them the Law of One and the Law of Love as a distortion of the Law of One, but did they also then get technological information that caused them to grow into such a highly advanced technological society?
Ra: Not at first. At about the same time as we first appeared in the skies over Egypt and continuing thereafter, other entities of the Confederation appeared unto Atlanteans who had reached a level of philosophical understanding, shall we misuse this word, which was consonant with communication, to encourage and inspire studies in the mystery of unity. However, requests being made for healing and other understanding, information was passed having to do with crystals and the building of pyramids as well as temples, as you would call them, which were associated with training.
Questioner: Was this training the same sort of initiatory training that was done with Egyptians?
Ra: This training was different in that the social complex was more, shall we say, sophisticated and less contradictory and barbarous in its ways of thinking. Therefore the temples were temples of learning rather than the attempt being made to totally separate and put upon a pedestal the healers.
Questioner: Then were there what we call priests trained in these temples?
Ra: You would not call them priests in the sense of celibacy, of obedience, and of poverty. They were priests in the sense of those devoted to learning. The difficulties became apparent as those trained in this learning began to attempt to use crystal powers for those things other than healing, as they were involved not only with learning but became involved with what you would call the governmental structure.
Questioner: Was all of their information given to them in the same way that we are getting our information now, through an instrument such as this instrument?
Ra: There were visitations from time to time but none of importance in the, shall we say, historical passage of events in your space/time continuum.
Questioner: Was it necessary for them to have an unified social complex for these visitations to occur? What conditions were necessary for these visitations to occur?
Ra: The conditions were two: the calling of a group of people whose square overcame the integrated resistance of those unwilling to search or learn; the second requirement, the relative naiveté of those members of the Confederation who felt that direct transfer of information would necessarily be as helpful for Atlanteans as it had been for the Confederation entity.
Questioner: I see then. What you are saying is that these naive Confederation entities had had the same thing happen to them in the past so they were doing the same thing for the Atlantean entities. Is this correct?
Ra: This is correct. We remind you that we are one of the naive members of that Confederation and are still attempting to recoup the damage for which we feel responsibility. It is our duty as well as honor to continue with your peoples, therefore, until all traces of the distortions of our teach/learnings have been embraced by their opposite distortions, and balance achieved.
Questioner: I see. Then I will state the picture I have of Atlantis and you tell me if I am correct. We have a condition where a large enough percentage of the people of Atlantis had started at least going in the direction of the Law of One and living the Law of One for their call to be heard by the Confederation. This call was heard because, using the Law of Squares, it overrode the opposition of the Atlantean entities who were not calling. The Confederation then used channels such as we use now in communication and also made contact directly, but this turned out to be a mistake because it was perverted by the entities of Atlantis. Is this correct?
Ra: This is correct with one exception. There is only one law. That is the Law of One. Other so-called laws are distortions of this law, some of them primal and most important for progress to be understood. However, it is well that each so-called law, which we also call “way,” be understood as a distortion rather than a law. There is no multiplicity to the Law of One.
Questioner: Can you give me the average life span of the Atlantean population?
Ra: The average life span, as we have said, is misleading. The Atlanteans were, in the early part of their cultural experience, used to life spans from 70 to 140 years, this being, of course, approximate. Due to increasing desire for power, the lifetime decreased rapidly in the later stages of the civilization and, thus, the healing and rejuvenating information was requested.
#23
Questioner: You were speaking yesterday of the first contact made by the Confederation which occurred during our third major cycle. You stated that you appeared in the skies over Egypt at approximately the same time that aid was given to Atlantis. why you went to Egypt and your orientation of attitude and thinking when you first went to Egypt?
Ra: At the time of which you speak there were those who chose to worship the hawk-headed sun god which you know as vibrational sound complex, “Horus.” This vibrational sound complex has taken other vibrational sound complexes, the object of worship being the sun disc represented in some distortion. We were drawn to spend some time, as you would call it, scanning the peoples for a serious interest amounting to a seeking with which we might help without infringement. We found that at that time the social complex was quite self-contradictory in its so-called religious beliefs and, therefore, there was not an appropriate calling for our vibration. Thus, at that time, which you know of as approximately 18,000 of your years in the past, we departed without taking action.
Questioner: You stated yesterday that you appeared in the skies over Egypt at that time. Were the Egyptian entities able to see you in their skies?
Ra: This is correct.
Questioner: What did they see, and how did this affect their attitudes?
Ra: They saw what you would speak of as crystal powered bellshaped craft. This did not affect them due to their firm conviction that many wondrous things occurred as a normal part of a world, as you would call it, in which many, many deities had powerful control over supernatural events.
Questioner: Did you have a reason for being visible to them rather than being invisible?
Ra: This is correct.
Questioner: your reason for being visible to them?
Ra: We allowed visibility because it did not make any difference.
Questioner: Then at this time you did not contact them. Can you answer the same question that I just asked with respect to your next attempt to contact the Egyptians?
Ra: The next attempt was prolonged. It occurred over a period of time. The nexus, or center, of our efforts was a decision upon our parts that there was a sufficient calling to attempt to walk among your peoples as brothers. We laid this plan before the Council of Saturn, offering ourselves as service oriented Wanderers of the type which land directly upon the inner planes without incarnative processes. Thus we emerged, or materialized, in physical-chemical complexes representing as closely as possible our natures, this effort being to appear as brothers and spend a limited amount of time as teachers of the Law of One, for there was an ever-stronger interest in the sun body, and this vibrates in concordance with our particular distortions. We discovered that for each word we could utter, there were thirty impressions we gave by our very being, which confused those entities we had come to serve. After a short period we removed ourselves from these entities and spent much time attempting to understand how best to serve those to whom we had offered ourselves in love/light. The ones who were in contact with that geographical entity, which you know of as Atlantis, had conceived of the potentials for healing by use of the pyramid-shape entities. In considering this and making adjustments for the difference as in the distortion complexes of the two geographical cultures, as you would call them, we went before the Council again, offering this plan to the Council as an aid to the healing and the longevity of those in the area you know of as Egypt. In this way we hoped to facilitate the learning process as well as offer philosophy articulating the Law of One. Again the Council approved. Approximately 8,500 years ago, having considered these concepts carefully, we returned, never having left in thought, to the thought-form areas of your vibrational planetary complex and considered for some of your years, as you measure time, how to appropriately build these structures. The first, the Great Pyramid, was formed approximately 6,000 of your years ago. Then, in sequence, after this performing by thought of the building or architecture of the Great Pyramid using the more, shall we say, local or earthly material rather than thought-form material to build other pyramidal structures. This continued for approximately 1,500 of your years. Meanwhile, the information concerning initiation and healing by crystal was being given. The one known as “Ikhnaton” was able to perceive this information without significant distortion and for a time, moved, shall we say, heaven and earth in order to invoke the Law of One and to order the priesthood of these structures in accordance with the distortions of initiation and true compassionate healing. This was not to be long-lasting. At this entity’s physical dissolution from your third-density physical plane, as we have said before, our teachings became quickly perverted, our structures once again went to the use of the so-called “royal” or those with distortions towards power.
Questioner: When you spoke of pyramid healing, I am assuming that the primary healing was for the mind. Is this correct?
Ra: This is partially correct. The healing, if it is to be effectuated, must be a funneling without significant distortion of the in-streamings through the spiritual complex into the tree of mind. There are parts of this mind which block energies flowing to the body complex. In each case, in each entity, the blockage may well differ. However, it is necessary to activate the sense of the spiritual channel or shuttle. Then whether the blockage is from spiritual to mental or from mental to physical, or whether it may simply be a random and purely physical trauma, healing may then be carried out.
Questioner: When you started building the pyramid at Giza using thought, were you at that time in contact with incarnate Egyptians and did they observe this building?
Ra: At that time we were not in close contact with incarnate entities upon your plane. We were responding to a general calling of sufficient energy in that particular location to merit action. We sent thoughts to all who were seeking our information. The appearance of the pyramid was a matter of tremendous surprise. However, it was carefully designed to coincide with the incarnation of one known as a great architect. This entity was later made into a deity, in part due to this occurrence.
Questioner: What name did they give this deity?
Ra: This deity had the {name}, “Imhotep.”
Questioner: What about the overall success of the pyramid?
I understand that the pyramids were not successful in producing a rise in consciousness that was hoped for, but there must have been some success that came from them.
Ra: We ask you to remember that we are of the Brothers and Sisters of Sorrow. When one has been rescued from that sorrow to a vision of the one Creator, then there is no concept of failure. Our difficulty lay in the honor/responsibility of correcting the distortions of the Law of One which occurred during our attempts to aid these entities. The distortions are seen as responsibilities rather than failures; the few who were inspired to seek, our only reason for the attempt. Thus, we would perhaps be in the position of paradox in that as one saw an illumination, we were what you call successful, and as others became more sorrowful and confused, we were failures. These are your terms. We persist in seeking to serve.
Questioner: what happened to Ikhnaton after his physical death?
Ra: This entity was then put through the series of healing and review of incarnational experiences which is appropriate for third-density experience. This entity had been somewhat in the distortions of power ameliorated by the great devotion to the Law of One. This entity thus resolved to enter a series of incarnations in which it had no distortions towards power.
Questioner: what the average life span was for the Egyptians at the time of Ikhnaton?
Ra: The average life span of these people was approximately thirtyfive to fifty of your years. There was much, what you would call, disease of a physical complex nature.
Questioner: of the reasons for the disease? I think I already know, but I think it might be good for the book to state this at this time.
Ra: This is, as we have mentioned before, not particularly informative with regard to the Law of One. However, the land you know of as Egypt at that time was highly barbarous in its living conditions, as you would call them. The river which you call Nile was allowed to flood and to recede, thus providing the fertile grounds for the breeding of diseases which may be carried by insects. Also, the preparation of foodstuffs allowed diseases to form. Also, there was difficulty in many cases with sources of water and water which was taken caused disease due to the organisms therein.
Questioner: I was really questioning about the more basic cause of disease rather than the mechanism of its transmission. I was going back to the root of thought that created the possibility of disease. Could you briefly tell me if I am correct in assuming the general reduction of thought over the long time on planet Earth with respect to the Law of One created a condition whereby what we call disease could develop? Is this correct?
Ra: This is correct and perceptive. You, as questioner, begin now to penetrate the outer teachings. The root cause in this particular society was not so much a bellicose action although there were, shall we say, tendencies, but rather the formation of a money system and a very active trading and development of those tendencies towards greed and power; thus, the enslaving of entities by other entities and the misapprehension of the Creator within each entity.
Questioner: I understand, if I am correct, that a South American contact was also made. of the nature of your contact with respect to the attitude about the contact, its ramifications, the plan for the contact, and why the people were contacted in South America?
Ra: The entities who walked among those in your South American continent were called by a similar desire upon the part of the entities therein to learn of the manifestations of the sun. They worshipped this source of light and life. Thus, these entities were visited by light beings not unlike ourselves. Instructions were given and they were more accepted and less distorted than ours. The entities themselves began to construct a series of underground and hidden cities including pyramid structures. These pyramids were somewhat at variance from the design that we had promulgated. However, the original ideas were the same with the addition of a desire or intention of creating places of meditation and rest, a feeling of the presence of the one Creator; these pyramids then being for all people, not only initiates and those to be healed. They left this density when it was discovered that their plans were solidly in motion and, in fact, had been recorded. During the next approximately 3,500 years these plans became, though somewhat distorted, in a state of near-completion in many aspects. Therefore, as is the case of the breakings of the quarantine, the entity who was helping the South American entities along the South American ways you call in part the Amazon River went before the Council of Saturn to request a second attempt to correct in person the distortions which had occurred in their plans. This having been granted, this entity or social memory complex returned and the entity chosen as messenger came among the peoples once more to correct the errors. Again, all was recorded and the entity rejoined its social memory complex and left your skies. As in our experience the teachings were, for the most part, greatly and grossly perverted to the extent in later times of actual human sacrifice rather than healing of humans. Thus, this social memory complex is also given the honor/duty of remaining until those distortions are worked out of the distortion complexes of your peoples.
#24
Questioner: In the last session you mentioned that in this last 25,000 year cycle the Atlanteans, Egyptians, and those in South America were contacted and then the Confederation departed. I understand that the Confederation did not come back for some time. Could you tell me of the reasons, consequences, and attitudes with respect to the next contact with those here on planet Earth?
Ra: In the case of the Atlanteans, enlargements upon the information given resulted in those activities distorted towards bellicosity which resulted in the final second Atlantean catastrophe 10,821 of your years in the past, as you measure time. Many, many were displaced due to societal actions both upon Atlantis and upon those areas of what you would call North African deserts to which some Atlanteans had gone after the first conflict. Earth changes continued due to these, what you would call, nuclear bombs and other crystal weapons, sinking the last great land masses approximately 9,600 of your years ago. In the Egyptian and the South American experiments results, though not as widely devastating, were as far from the original intention of the Confederation. It was clear to not only us but also to the Council and the Guardians that our methods were not appropriate for this particular sphere. Our attitude thus was one of caution, observation, and continuing attempts to creatively discover methods whereby contact from our entities could be of service with the least distortion and above all with the least possibility of becoming perversions or antitheses of our intention in sharing information.
Questioner: Thank you. Then I assume that the Confederation stayed away from Earth for a period of time. What condition created the next contact that the Confederation made?
Ra: In approximately 3,600 of your years in the past, as you measure time, there was an influx of those of the Orion group, as you call them. Due to the increasing negative influences upon thinking and acting distortions, they were able to begin working with those whose impression from olden times, as you may say, was that they were special and different. An entity of the Confederation, many, many thousands of your years in the past, the one you may call “Yahweh,” had, by genetic cloning, set up these particular biases among these peoples who had come gradually to dwell in the vicinity of Egypt, as well as in many, many other places, by dispersion after the down-sinking of the land mass Mu. Here the Orion group found fertile soil in which to plant the seeds of negativity, these seeds, as always, being those of the elite, the different, those who manipulate or enslave others. The one known as Yahweh felt a great responsibility to these entities. However, the Orion group had been able to impress upon the peoples the name Yahweh as the one responsible for this elitism. Yahweh then was able to take what you would call stock of its vibratory patterns and became, in effect, a more eloquently effective {name}. In this complex the old Yahweh, now unnamed, but meaning “He comes,” began to send positively oriented philosophy. This was approximately, in your past, of 3,300 years. Thus, the intense portion of what has become known as Armageddon was joined.
Questioner: How did the Orion group get through the quarantine 3,600
years ago? The random window effect?
Ra: At that time this was not entirely so, as there was a proper calling for this information. When there is a mixed calling the window effect is much more put into motion by the ways of the densities. The quarantine in this case was, shall we say, not patrolled so closely, due to the lack of strong polarity, the windows thus needing to be very weak in order for penetration. As your harvest approaches, those forces of what you would call light work according to their call. The ones of Orion have the working only according to their call. This calling is in actuality not nearly as great. Thus, due to the way of empowering or squares there is much resistance to penetration. Yet free will must be maintained and those desiring negatively oriented information, as you would call it, must then be satisfied by those moving through by the window effect.
Questioner: Then Yahweh, in an attempt to correct what I might call a mistake (I know you don’t want to call it that), started 3,300 years ago a positive philosophy. Were the Orion and Yahweh philosophies impressed telepathically, or were there other techniques used?
Ra: There were two other techniques used: one by the entity no longer called Yahweh, who still felt that if it could raise up entities which were superior to the negative forces, that these superior entities could spread the Law of One. Thus this entity, “Yod-Heh-Shin-Vau-Heh,” came among your people in form according to incarnate being and mated in the normal reproductive manner of your physical complexes, thus birthing a generation of much larger beings, these beings called “Anak.”
The other method used to greater effect later in the scenario, as you would call it, was the thought-form such as we often use among your peoples to suggest the mysterious or the sublime. You may be familiar with some of these appearances.
Questioner: Could you state some of those?
Ra: This is information which you may discover. However, we will briefly point the way by indicating the so-called wheel within a wheel and the cherubim with sleepless eye.
Questioner: Did the Orion group use similar methods for their impression 3,600 years ago?
Ra: The group or empire had an emissary in your skies at that time.
Questioner: Can you describe that emissary?
Ra: This emissary was of your fiery nature which was hidden by the nature of cloud in the day. This was to obliterate the questions of those seeing such a vehicle and to make it consonant with these entities’ concept of what you may call the Creator.
Questioner: And then how was the information passed on to the entities after they saw this fiery cloud?
Ra: By thought transfer and by the causing of fiery phenomena and other events to appear as being miraculous through the use of thoughtforms.
Questioner: Then are there any prophets that sprang from this era or soon after it that are recorded?
Ra: Those of the empire were not successful in maintaining their presence for long after the approximate three zero, zero, zero date in your history and were, perforce, left with the decision to physically leave the skies. The so-called prophets were often given mixed information, but the worst that the Orion group could do was to cause these prophets to speak of doom, as prophecy in those days was the occupation of those who love their fellow beings and wish only to be of service to them and to the Creator.
Questioner: Are you saying that the Orion group was successful in polluting some of the positively oriented prophets’ messages with prophecies of doom?
Ra: This is correct.
Questioner: Could you tell me why the Orion group had to leave after what figures to be a six hundred year period?
Ra: Although the impression that they had given to those who called them was that these entities were an elite group, that which you know as “Diaspora” occurred, causing much dispersion of these peoples so that they became an humbler and more honorable breed, less bellicose and more aware of the loving-kindness of the one Creator. The creation about them tended towards being somewhat bellicose, somewhat oriented towards the enslavement of others, but they themselves, the target of the Orion group by means of their genetic superiority/weakness, became what you may call the underdogs, thereby letting the feelings of gratitude for their neighbors, their family, and their one Creator begin to heal the feelings of elitism which led to the distortions of power over others which had caused their own bellicosity.
#25
You stated that about 3,000 years ago the Orion group left due to Diaspora. Was the Confederation then able to make any progress after the Orion group left?
Ra: For many of your centuries, both the Confederation and the Orion Confederation busied themselves with each other upon planes above your own, shall we say, planes in time/space whereby machinations were conceived and the armor of light girded. Battles have been and are continuing to be fought upon these levels. Upon the Earth plane, energies had been set in motion which did not cause a great deal of call. There were isolated instances of callings, one such taking place beginning approximately 2,600 of your years in the past in what you would call Greece (at this time) and resulting in writings and understandings of some facets of the Law of One. We especially note the one known as Thales and the one known as Heraclitus, those being of the philosopher career, as you may call it, teaching their students. We also point out the understandings of the one known as Pericles. At this time there was a limited amount of visionary information which the Confederation was allowed to telepathically impress. However, for the most part, during this time empires died and rose according to the attitudes and energies set in motion long ago, not resulting in strong polarization but rather in that mixture of the positive and the warlike or negative which has been characteristic of this final minor cycle of your beingness.
Questioner: You spoke of an Orion Confederation and of a battle being fought between the Confederation and the Orion Confederation. Is it possible to convey any concept of how this battle is fought?
Ra: Picture, if you will, your mind. Picture it then in total unity with all other minds of your society. You are then single-minded and that which is a weak electrical charge in your physical illusion is now an enormously powerful machine whereby thoughts may be projected as things. In this endeavor the Orion group charges or attacks the Confederation armed with light. The result, a stand-off, as you would call it, both energies being somewhat depleted by this and needing to regroup; the negative depleted through failure to manipulate, the positive depleted through failure to accept that which is given.
Questioner: Could you amplify the meaning of what you mean by the “failure to accept that which is given”?
Ra: At the level of time/space at which this takes place in the form of what you may call thought-war, the most accepting and loving energy would be to so love those who wished to manipulate that those entities were surrounded and engulfed, transformed by positive energies. This, however, being a battle of equals, the Confederation is aware that it cannot, on equal footing, allow itself to be manipulated in order to remain purely positive, for then though pure it would not be of any consequence, having been placed by the so-called powers of darkness under the heel, as you may say. It is thus that those who deal with this thought-war must be defensive rather than accepting in order to preserve their usefulness in service to others. Thusly, they cannot accept fully what the Orion Confederation wishes to give, that being enslavement. Thusly, some polarity is lost due to this friction and both sides, if you will, must then regroup. It has not been fruitful for either side. The only consequence which has been helpful is a balancing of the energies available to this planet so that these energies have less necessity to be balanced in this space/time, thus lessening the chances of planetary annihilation.
Questioner: Does a portion of the Confederation then engage in this thought-battle? What percent engages?
Ra: This is the most difficult work of the Confederation. Only four planetary entities at any one time are asked to partake in this conflict.
Questioner: What density are these four planetary entities?
Ra: These entities are of the density of love, numbering four.
Questioner: Would an entity of this density be more effective for this work than an entity of density five or six?
Ra: The fourth density is the only density besides your own which, lacking the wisdom to refrain from battle, sees the necessity of the battle. Thus it is necessary that fourth-density social memory complexes be used.
Questioner: Am I correct in assuming that both the Confederation and the Orion group utilize only their fourth densities in this battle, and that the fifth and sixth densities of the Orion group do not engage in this?
Ra: It is partially correct. Fifth- and sixth-density entities positive would not take part in this battle. Fifth-density negative would not take part in this battle. Thus, the fourth density of both orientations join in this conflict.
Questioner: I would also really like to know the orientation of the fifth-density negative for not participating in this battle?
Ra: The fifth density is the density of light or wisdom. The so called negative service-to-self entity in this density is at a high level of awareness and wisdom and has ceased activity except by thought. The fifth density negative is extraordinarily compacted and separated from all else.
#28
Does all the consciousness in individualized form that goes into what we are calling the major galaxy start out and go through all of the densities in order, one-two three-four-five-six-seven and into the eighth, or are there some who start up higher in the rank so that there is always a mixture of intelligent consciousness in the galaxy?
Ra: The latter is more nearly correct. In each beginning there is the beginning from infinite strength. Free will acts as a catalyst. Beings begin to form the universes. Consciousness then begins to have the potential to experience. The potentials of experience are created as a part of intelligent energy and are fixed before experience begins. However, there is always, due to free will acting infinitely upon the creation, a great variation in initial responses to intelligent energy’s potential. Thus almost immediately the foundations of the, shall we call it, hierarchical nature of beings begins to manifest as some portions of consciousness or awareness learn through experience in a much more efficient manner.
Questioner: Is there any reason for some portions being much more efficient in learning?
Ra: Is there any reason for some to learn more quickly than others?
Look, if you wish, to the function of the will … the, shall we say, attraction to the upward spiraling line of light.
Questioner: I am assuming that there are eight densities created when this major galaxy was created. Is this correct?
Ra: This is basically correct. However, it is well to perceive that the eighth density functions also as the beginning density or first density, in its latter stages, of the next octave of densities.
Questioner: Are you saying then that there are an infinite number of octaves of densities one through eight?
Ra: We wish to establish that we are truly humble messengers of the Law of One. We can speak to you of our experiences and our understandings and teach/learn in limited ways. However, we cannot speak in firm knowledge of all the creations. We know only that they are infinite. We assume an infinite number of octaves. However, it has been impressed upon us by our own teachers that there is a mystery-clad unity of creation in which all consciousness periodically coalesces and again begins. Thus we can only say we assume an infinite progression though we understand it to be cyclical in nature and, as we have said, clad in mystery.
Questioner: Thank you. When this major galaxy is formed by the Logos, polarity then exists in a sense that we have electrical polarity. We do have electrical polarity existing at that time. Is that correct?
Ra: I accept this as correct with the stipulation that what you term electrical be understood as not only the one, Larson, stipulated its meaning but also in what you would call the metaphysical sense.
Questioner: Are you saying then that we have not only a polarity of electrical charge but also a polarity in consciousness at that time?
Ra: This is correct. All is potentially available from the beginning of your physical space/time; it then being the function of consciousness complexes to begin to use the physical materials to gain experience to then polarize in a metaphysical sense. The potentials for this are not created by the experiencer but by intelligent energy.
Questioner: I am assuming that the process of creation, after the original creation of the major galaxy, is continued by the further individualization of the consciousness of the Logos so that there are many, many portions of the individualized consciousness creating further items for experience all over the galaxy. Is this correct?
Ra: This is correct, for within the, shall we say, guidelines or ways of the Logos, the sub-Logos may find various means of differentiating experiences without removing or adding to these ways.
#29
Ra: The particular Logos of your major galaxy has used a large portion of Its coalesced material to reflect the being-ness of the Creator. In this way there is much of your galactic system which does not have the progression of which you speak but dwells spiritually as a portion of the Logos. Of those entities upon which consciousness dwells there is, as you surmise, a variety of time/space periods during which the higher densities of experience are attained by consciousness.
#30
Questioner: In second density the concept of bisexual reproduction first originates. Is this correct?
Ra: This is correct.
Questioner: the philosophy behind this method of propagation of the bodily complex?
Ra: The second density is one in which the groundwork is being laid for third density work. In this way it may be seen that the basic mechanism of reproduction capitulates into a vast potential in third density for service to other-self and to self; this being not only by the functions of energy transfer, but also by the various services performed due to the close contact of those who are, shall we say, magnetically attracted, one to the other; these entities thus having the opportunities for many types of service which would be unavailable to the independent entity.
Questioner: Was the basic reason for this to increase the opportunity of the experience of the one Creator?
Ra: This is not merely correct but is the key to that which occurs in all densities.
Questioner: Does the process of bisexual reproduction or the philosophy of it play a part in the spiritual growth of second density entities?
Ra: In isolated instances this is so due to efficient perceptions upon the part of entities or species. For the greater part, by far, this is not the case in second density, the spiritual potentials being those of third density.
#32
Questioner: The subject is how sexual polarity acts as a catalyst in evolution and how to best make use of this catalyst. Going back to that material, I will fill in a few gaps that we possibly do not understand too well at this point. the difference between orange and yellow ray activation? I am going to work up from the red ray right on through the violet. We have covered red ray, so I would like to ask now what the difference is between yellow and orange ray activation?
Ra: The orange ray is that influence or vibratory pattern wherein the mind/body/spirit expresses its power on an individual basis. Thus power over individuals may be seen to be orange ray. This ray has been quite intense among your peoples on an individual basis. You may see in this ray the treating of other-selves as non-entities, slaves, or chattel, thus giving otherselves no status whatever. The yellow ray is a focal and very powerful ray and concerns the entity in relation to, shall we say, groups, societies, or large numbers of {people}. This orange—we correct ourselves—this yellow ray vibration is at the heart of bellicose actions in which one group of entities feels the necessity and right of dominating other groups of entities and bending their wills to the wills of the masters. The negative path, as would call it, uses a combination of the yellow ray and the orange ray in its polarization patterns. These rays, used in a dedicated fashion, will bring about a contact with intelligent infinity. The usual nature of sexual interaction, if one is yellow or orange in primary vibratory patterns, is one of blockage and then insatiable hunger due to the blockage. When there are two selves vibrating in this area the potential for polarization through the sexual interaction is begun, one entity experiencing the pleasure of humiliation and slavery or bondage, the other experiencing the pleasure of mastery and control over another entity. This way a sexual energy transfer of a negative polarity is experienced.
Questioner: Could you tell me the difference that occurs between green ray and blue ray with the emphasis on blue ray?
Ra: With the green ray transfer of energy you now come to the great turning point sexually as well as in each other mode of experience. The green ray may then be turned outward, the entity then giving rather than receiving. The first giving beyond green ray is the giving of acceptance or freedom, thus allowing the recipient of blue ray energy transfer the opportunity for a feeling of being accepted, thus freeing that other-self to express itself to the giver of this ray. It will be noted that once green ray energy transfer has been achieved by two mind/body/spirits in mating, the further rays are available without both entities having the necessity to progress equally. Thus a blue ray vibrating entity or indigo ray vibrating entity whose other ray vibrations are clear may share that energy with the green ray other-self, thus acting as catalyst for the continued learn/teaching of the other-self. Until an other-self reaches green ray, such energy transfer through the rays is not possible.
Questioner: What is the difference between indigo and blue ray transfer?
Ra: The indigo ray is the ray of, shall we say, awareness of the Creator as self; thus one whose indigo ray vibrations have been activated can offer the energy transfer of Creator to Creator. This is the beginning of the sacramental nature of what you call your bisexual reproductive act. It is unique in bearing the allness, the wholeness, the unity in its offering to other-self.
Questioner: What is the difference between violet ray and the others?
Ra: The violet ray, just as the red ray, is constant in the sexual experience. Its experience by other-self may be distorted or completely ignored or not apprehended by other-self. However, the violet ray, being the sum and substance of the {person}, surrounds and informs any action by a {person}.
Questioner: Do the energy transfers of this nature occur in the fifth, sixth, and seventh-density—all the rays?
Ra: The rays, as you understand them, have such a different meaning in the next density and the next and so forth that we must answer your query in the negative. Energy transfers only take place in fourth, fifth, and sixth densities. These are still of what you would call a polarized nature. However, due to the ability of these densities to see the harmonies between individuals, these entities choose those mates which are harmonious, thus allowing constant transfer of energy and the propagation of the body complexes which each density uses. The process is different in the fifth and the sixth-density than you may understand it. However, it is in these cases still based upon polarity. In the seventh-density there is not this particular energy exchange as it is unnecessary to recycle body complexes.
Questioner: I am assuming we have on Earth today and have had in the past fourth, fifth, and sixth-density Wanderers. As they come into incarnation in the physical of this density for a period as a Wanderer, what types of polarizations with respect to these various rays do they find affecting them?
Ra: I believe I grasp the thrust of your query. Please ask further if this answer is not sufficient. Fourth density Wanderers, of which there are not many, will tend to choose those entities which seem to be full of love or in need of love. There is the great possibility/probability of entities making errors in judgment due to the compassion with which other-selves are viewed. The fifth-density Wanderer is one who is not tremendously affected by the stimulus of the various rays of other-self and in its own way offers itself when a need is seen. Such entities are not likely to engage in the, shall we say, custom of your peoples called marriage and are very likely to feel an aversion to childbearing and child-raising due to the awareness of the impropriety of the planetary vibrations relative to the harmonious vibrations of the density of light. The sixth-density, whose means of propagation you may liken to what you call fusion, is likely to refrain, to a great extent, from the bisexual reproductive programming of the bodily complex and instead seek out those with whom the sexual energy transfer is of the complete fusion nature in so far as this is possible in manifestation in third-density.
Questioner: Can you expand a little bit on what you mean by “complete fusion nature”?
Ra: The entire creation is of the one Creator. Thus the division of sexual activity into simply that of the bodily complex is an artificial division, all things thusly being seen as sexual equally, the mind, the body, and the spirit; all of which are part of the polarity of the entity. Thus sexual fusion may be seen with or without what you may call sexual intercourse to be the complete melding of the mind, the body, and the spirit in what feels to be a constant orgasm, shall we say, of joy and delight each in the other’s beingness.
#39
Ra: The basic pivotal points of each level of development; that is, each density beyond second, may be seen to be as follows: Firstly, the basic energy of socalled red ray. This ray may be understood to be the basic strengthening ray for each density. It shall never be condescended to as less important or productive of spiritual evolution, for it is the foundation ray. The next foundation ray is yellow. This is the great steppingstone ray. At this ray the mind/body potentiates to its fullest balance. The strong red/orange/yellow triad springboards the entity into the center ray of green. This is again a basic ray but not a primary ray. This is the resource for spiritual work. When green ray has been activated we find the third primary ray being able to begin potentiation. This is the first true spiritual ray in that all transfers are of an integrated mind/body/spirit nature. The blue ray seats the learnings/teachings of the spirit in each density within the mind/body complex animating the whole, communicating to others this entirety of being-ness. The indigo ray, though precious, is that ray worked upon only by the adept, as you would call it. It is the gateway to intelligent infinity bringing intelligent energy through. This is the energy center worked upon in those teachings considered inner, hidden, and occult, for this ray is that which is infinite in its possibilities. As you are aware, those who heal, teach, and work for the Creator in any way which may be seen to be both radiant and balanced are those activities which are indigo ray. As you are aware, the violet ray is constant and does not figure into a discussion of the functions of ray activation in that it is the mark, the register, the identity, the true vibration of an entity.
Questioner: In order to clarify a little bit I would like to ask this question: If we have a highly polarized entity polarized towards service to others and a highly polarized entity polarized towards service to self, what would be the difference in the red ray of these two entities?
Ra: There is no difference in equally strongly polarized positive and negative entities as regards red ray.
Questioner: Is this also true of all of the other rays?
Ra: We shall answer briefly. You may question further at another working. The negative ray pattern is the red/orange/yellow moving directly to the blue, this only being used in order to contact intelligent infinity. In positively oriented entities the configuration is even, crystallinely clear, and of the seven ray description.
#32
Questioner: Would many Wanderers of these densities have considerable problems with respect to incarnation in the third-density because of this different orientation?
Ra: The possibility/probability of such problems, as you call them, due to sixth-density incarnating in third is rather large. It is not necessarily a problem if you would call it thusly. It depends upon the unique orientation of each {person} having this situation or placement of vibratory relativities.
Questioner: how the different colors originate as the functions for the different expressions in consciousness? I don’t know if this question is sufficient.
Ra: This question is sufficiently clear for us to attempt explanation of what, as you have observed, is not easily grasped material for the intellectual mind. The nature of vibration is such that it may be seen as having mathematically straight or narrow steps. These steps may be seen as having boundaries. Within each boundary there are infinite gradations of vibration or color. However, as one approaches a boundary, an effort must be made to cross that boundary. These colors are a simplistic way of expressing the boundary divisions of your density. There is also the time/space analogy which may be seen as the color itself in a modified aspect.
Questioner: I meant was it possible for a green ray person who is primarily of green ray activation to vary on both sides of the green ray in a large or a small amount in regards to energy activation, or is he primarily green ray?
Ra: We grasp the newness of material requested by you. It was unclear, for we thought we had covered this material. The portion covered is this: the green ray activation is always vulnerable to the yellow or orange ray of possession, this being largely yellow ray but often coming into orange ray. Fear of possession, desire for possession, fear of being possessed, desire to be possessed: these are the distortions which will cause the deactivation of green ray energy transfer. The new material is this: once the green ray has been achieved, the ability of the entity to enter blue ray is immediate and is only awaiting the efforts of the individual. The indigo ray is opened only through considerable discipline and practice largely having to do with acceptance of self, not only as the polarized and balanced self but as the Creator, as an entity of infinite worth. This will begin to activate the indigo ray.
#33
Questioner: I was wondering if there is a programming of experiences that causes an individual to get certain catalysts in his daily life. For instance, as we go through our daily life there are many things which we can experience. We can look at these experiences as occurring by pure chance or by a conscious design of our own such as making appointments or going places. I was wondering if there was a behind-the-scenes, as you might call it, programming of catalyst to create the necessary experiences for more rapid growth in the case of some entities. Does this happen?
Ra: We believe we grasp the heart of your query. Please request further information if we are not correct. The incarnating entity which has become conscious of the incarnative process and thus programs its own experience may choose the amount of catalyst or, to phrase this differently, the number of lessons which it will undertake to experience and to learn from in one incarnation. This does not mean that all is predestined, but rather that there are invisible guidelines shaping events which will function according to this programming. Thus if one opportunity is missed another will appear until the, shall we say, student of the life experience grasps that a lesson is being offered and undertakes to learn it.
Questioner: Then these lessons would be reprogrammed, you might say, as the life experience continues. Let’s say that an entity develops the bias that he actually didn’t choose to develop prior to incarnation. It is then possible to program experiences so that he will have an opportunity to alleviate this bias through balancing. Is this correct?
Ra: This is precisely correct.
Questioner: Thank you. From this I would extrapolate to the conjecture that the orientation in mind of the entity is the only thing that is of any consequence at all. The physical catalyst that he experiences, regardless of what is happening about him, will be a function strictly of his orientation in mind. I will use as an example (example deleted) this being a statement of the orientation in mind governing the catalyst. Is this correct?
Ra: We prefer not to use any well-known examples, sayings, or adages in our communications to you due to the tremendous amount of distortion which any well-known saying has undergone. Therefore, we may answer the first part of your query asking that you delete the example. It is completely true to the best of our knowledge that the orientation or polarization of the {person} is the cause of the perceptions generated by each entity. Thus a scene may be observed in your grocery store. The entity ahead of self may be without sufficient funds. One entity may then take this opportunity to steal. Another may take this opportunity to feel itself a failure. Another may unconcernedly remove the least necessary items, pay for what it can, and go about its business. The one behind the self, observing, may feel compassion, may feel an insult because of standing next to a poverty-stricken person, may feel generosity, may feel indifference. Do you now see the analogies in a more appropriate manner?
Questioner: I think that I do. Then from this I will extrapolate the concept which is somewhat more difficult because as you have explained before, even fourth-density positive has the concept of defensive action, but above the level of fourth-density the concept of defensive action is not in use. The concept of defensive action and offensive action are very much in use in our present density. I am assuming that if an entity is polarized strongly enough in his thought in a positive sense that defensive action is not going to be necessary for him because the opportunity to apply defensive action will never originate for him. Is this correct?
Ra: This is unknowable. In each case, as we have said, an entity able to program experiences may choose the number and the intensity of lessons to be learned. It is possible that an extremely positively oriented entity might program for itself situations testing the ability of self to refrain from defensive action even to the point of the physical death of self or other-self. This is an intensive lesson and it is not known, shall we say, what entities have programmed. We may, if we desire, read this programming. However, this is an infringement and we choose not to do so.
Questioner: I will ask you if you are familiar with a motion picture called The Ninth Configuration. Are you familiar with this?
Ra: We scan your mind and see this configuration called The Ninth Configuration.
Questioner: This motion picture brought out the point about which we have been talking. The Colonel had to make a decision. I was wondering about his polarization. He could have knuckled under, you might say, to the negative forces, but he chose to defend his friend instead. Is it possible for you to estimate which is more positively polarizing: to defend the positively oriented entity, or to allow suppression by the negatively oriented entities?
Ra: This question takes in the scope of fourth-density as well as your own and its answer may best be seen by the action of the entity called Jehoshuah, which you call Jesus. This entity was to be defended by its friends. The entity reminded its friends to put away the sword. This entity then delivered itself to be put to the physical death. The impulse to protect the loved other-self is one which persists through the fourth-density, a density abounding in compassion. More than this we cannot and need not say.
Questioner: Thank you. As we near the end of this master cycle there may be an increasing amount of catalyst for entities. I am wondering if, as the planetary vibrations mismatch somewhat with the fourth-density vibrations and catalyst is increased, if this will create more polarization thereby getting a slightly greater harvest?
Ra: The question must be answered in two parts. Firstly, the planetary catastrophes, as you may call them, are a symptom of the difficult harvest rather than a consciously programmed catalyst for harvest. Thus we do not concern ourselves with it, for it is random in respect to conscious catalyst such as we may make available. The second portion is this: the results of the random catalyst of what you call the earth changes are also random. Thus we may see probability/possibility vortices going towards positive and negative. However, it will be as it will be. The true opportunities for conscious catalyst are not a function of the earth changes but of the result of the seniority system of incarnations which at the time of the harvest has placed in incarnation those whose chances of using life experiences to become harvestable are the best.
Questioner: Is this seniority system also used in the service to self side for becoming harvestable on that side?
Ra: This is correct.
Questioner: What I would like for you to do is list all the major mechanisms designed to provide catalytic experience that do not include interaction with other-self. That is the first part.
Ra: We grasp from this question that you realize that the primary mechanism for catalytic experience in third-density is other-self. The list of other catalytic influences: firstly, the Creator’s universe; secondly, the self.
Questioner: Can you list any sub-headings under self or ways the self is acted upon catalytically which would produce experience?
Ra: Firstly, the self unmanifested. Secondly, the self in relation to the societal self created by self and other-self. Thirdly, the interaction between self and the gadgets, toys, and amusements of the self, other-self invention. Fourthly, the self relationship with those attributes which you may call war and rumors of war.
Questioner: I was thinking possibly of the catalyst of physical pain. Does this go under this heading?
Ra: This is correct, it going under the heading of the unmanifested self; that is, the self which does not need other-self in order to manifest or act.
Questioner: Do we have enough time left to ask the second part of this question which is to list all major mechanisms designed to provide the catalyst that include action with other-self?
Ra: You have much time for this, for we may express this list in one of two ways. We could speak infinitely, or we could simply state that any interaction betwixt self and other-self has whatever potential for catalyst that there exists in the potential difference between self and other-self, this moderated and undergirded by the constant fact of the Creator as self and as other-self.
#33
Questioner: Yes, here is one question. Is there any difference in violet ray activity or brightness between entities who are at entrance level both positive and negative to fourth-density?
Ra: This is correct. The violet ray of the positive fourth-density will be tinged with the green, blue, indigo triad of energies. This tinge may be seen as a portion of a rainbow or prism, as you know it, the rays being quite distinct. The violet ray of fourth-density negative has in its aura, shall we say, the tinge of red, orange, yellow, these rays being muddied rather than distinct.
Questioner: What would the rays of fifth and sixth-density look like?
Ra: We may speak only approximately. However, we hope you understand, shall we say, that there is a distinctive difference in the color structure of each density. Fifth density is perhaps best described as extremely white in vibration. The sixth-density of a whiteness which contains a golden quality as you would perceive it; these colors having to do with the blending into wisdom of the compassion learned in fourth-density, then in sixth the blending of wisdom back into an unified understanding of compassion viewed with wisdom. This golden color is not of your spectrum but is what you would call alive.
#34
Questioner: You stated at an earlier time that penetration of the eighth level or intelligent infinity allows a {person} to be harvested if it wishes at any time/space during the cycle. When this penetration of the eighth level occurs what does the entity who penetrates it experience?
Ra: The experience of each entity is unique in its perception of intelligent infinity. Perceptions range from a limitless joy to a strong dedication to service to others while in the incarnated state. The entity which reaches intelligent infinity most often will perceive this experience as one of unspeakable profundity. However, it is not usual for the entity to immediately desire the cessation of the incarnation. Rather the desire to communicate or use this experience to aid others is extremely strong.
Questioner: Thank you. Would you define karma?
Ra: Our understanding of karma is that which may be called inertia. Those actions which are put into motion will continue using the ways of balancing until such time as the controlling or higher principle which you may liken unto your braking or stopping is invoked. This stoppage of the inertia of action may be called forgiveness. These two concepts are inseparable.
Questioner: If an entity develops what is called karma in an incarnation, is there then programming that sometimes occurs so that he will experience catalysts that will enable him to get to a point of forgiveness thereby alleviating the karma?
Ra: This is, in general, correct. However, both self and any involved other-self may, at any time through the process of understanding, acceptance, and forgiveness, ameliorate these patterns. This is true at any point in an incarnative pattern. Thus one who has set in motion an action may forgive itself and never again make that error. This also brakes or stops what you call karma.
Questioner: Thank you. Can you give me examples of catalytic action from the last session beginning with the self unmanifested producing learning catalyst?
Ra: We observed your interest in the catalyst of pain. This experience is most common among your entities. The pain may be of the physical complex. More often it is of the mental and emotional complex. In some few cases the pain is spiritual in complex-nature. This creates a potential for learning. The lessons to be learned vary. Almost always these lessons include patience, tolerance, and the ability for the light touch. Very often the catalyst for emotional pain, whether it be the death of the physical complex of one other-self which is loved or other seeming loss, will simply result in the opposite, in a bitterness and impatience, a souring. This is catalyst which has gone awry. In these cases then there will be additional catalyst provided to offer the unmanifested self further opportunities for discovering the self as all-sufficient Creator containing all that there is and full of joy.
Questioner: Do what we call contagious diseases play any part in this process with respect to the unmanifested self?
Ra: These so-called contagious diseases are those entities of second-density which offer an opportunity for this type of catalyst. If this catalyst is unneeded, then these second-density creatures, as you would call them, do not have an effect. In each of these generalizations you may please note that there are anomalies so that we cannot speak to every circumstance but only to the general run or way of things as you experience them.
Questioner: What part do what we call birth defects play in this process?
Ra: This is a portion of the programming of the mind/body/spirit complex totality manifested in the mind/body/spirit of third-density. These defects are planned as limitations which are part of the experience intended by the entity’s totality complex. This includes genetic predispositions, as you may call them.
Questioner: Thank you. Can you give me the same type of information about the self in relation to the societal self?
Ra: The unmanifested self may find its lessons those which develop any of the energy influx centers of the {person}. The societal and self interactions most often concentrate upon the second and third energy centers. Thus those most active in attempting to remake or alter the society are those working from feelings of being correct personally or of having answers which will put power in a more correct configuration. This may be seen to be of a full travel from negative to positive in orientation. Either will activate these energy ray centers. There are some few whose desires to aid society are of a green ray nature or above. These entities, however, are few due to the understanding, may we say, of fourth ray that universal love freely given is more to be desired than principalities or even the rearrangement of peoples or political structures.
Questioner: If an entity were to be strongly biased toward positive societal effects, what would this do to his yellow ray in the aura as opposed to an entity who wanted to create an empire of society and govern it with an iron fist?
Ra: Let us take two such positively oriented active souls no longer in your physical time/space. The one known as Albert went into a strange and, to it, a barbaric society in order that it might heal. This entity was able to mobilize great amounts of energy and what you call money. This entity spent much green ray energy both as a healer and as a lover of your instrument known as the organ. This entity’s yellow ray was bright and crystallized by the efforts needed to procure the funds to promulgate its efforts. However, the green and blue rays were of a toweringly brilliant nature as well. The higher levels, as you may call them, being activated, the lower, as you may call them, energy points remaining in a balance, being quite, quite bright. The other example is the entity, Martin. This entity dealt in a great degree with rather negative orange ray and yellow ray vibratory patterns. However, this entity was able to keep open the green ray energy and due to the severity of its testing, if anything, this entity may be seen to have polarized more towards the positive due to its fidelity to service to others in the face of great catalyst.
Questioner: Could you give me the last names of Albert and Martin?
Ra: These entities are known to you as Albert Schweitzer and Martin Luther King.
Questioner: I thought that that was correct, but I wasn’t sure. Can you give me the same type of information that we have been getting here with respect to the unmanifested interacting between self and gadgets and toys and inventions?
Ra: In this particular instance we again concentrate for the most part in the orange and in the yellow energy centers. In a negative sense many of the gadgets among your peoples, that is what you call your communication devices and other distractions such as the less competitive games, may be seen to have the distortion of keeping the mind/body/spirit complex unactivated so that yellow and orange ray activity is much weakened thus carefully decreasing the possibility of eventual green ray activation. Others of your gadgets may be seen to be tools whereby the entity explores the capabilities of its physical or mental complexes and in some few cases, the spiritual complex, thus activating the orange ray in what you call your team sports and in other gadgets such as your modes of transport. These may be seen to be ways of investigating the feelings of power; more especially, power over others or a group power over another group of otherselves.
Questioner: What is the general overall effect of television on our society with respect to this catalyst?
Ra: Without ignoring the green ray attempts of many to communicate via this medium such information of truth and beauty as may be helpful, we must suggest that the sum effect of this gadget is that of distraction and sleep.
Questioner: Can you give me the same type of information that we are working on now with respect to war and rumors of war?
Ra: You may see this in relationship to your gadgets. This war and self relationship is a fundamental perception of the maturing entity. There is a great chance to accelerate in whatever direction is desired. One may polarize negatively by assuming bellicose attitudes for whatever reason. One may find oneself in the situation of war and polarize somewhat towards the positive activating orange, yellow, and then green rays by heroic, if you may call them this, actions taken to preserve the {people} of other-selves. Finally, one may polarize very strongly third ray by expressing the principle of universal love at the total expense of any distortion towards involvement in bellicose actions. In this way the entity may become a conscious being in a very brief span of your time/space. This may be seen to be what you would call a traumatic progression. It is to be noted that among your entities a large percentage of all progression has as catalyst, trauma.
Questioner: You just used the term third ray in that statement. Was that the term you meant to use?
Ra: We intended the green ray. Our difficulty lies in our perception of red ray and violet ray as fixed; thus the inner rays are those which are varying and are to be observed as those indications of seniority in the attempts to form an harvest.
Questioner: Would the red ray, an intense red ray, then be used as an index for seniority in incarnation as well as an intense violet ray?
Ra: This is partially correct. In the graduation or harvesting to fourth-density positive, the red ray is seen only as that, which being activated, is the basis for all that occurs in vibratory levels, the sum of this being violet ray energy. This violet ray is the only consideration for fourth-density positive. In assessing the harvestable fourth-density negative, the intensity of the red as well as the orange and the yellow rays is looked upon quite carefully as a great deal of stamina and energy of this type is necessary for the negative progression, it being extremely difficult to open the gateway to intelligent infinity from the solar plexus center. This is necessary for harvest in fourth density negative.
Questioner: Is it possible for you to use as an example our General Patton and tell me the effect that war had on him in his development?
Ra: The one of whom you speak, known as George, was one in whom the programming of previous incarnations had created a pattern or inertia which was irresistible in its incarnation in your time/space. This entity was of a strong yellow ray activation with frequent green ray openings and occasional blue ray openings. However, it did not find itself able to break the mold of previous traumatic experiences of a bellicose nature. This entity polarized somewhat towards the positive in its incarnation due to its singleness of belief in truth and beauty. This entity was quite sensitive. It felt a great honor/duty to the preservation of that which was felt by the entity to be true, beautiful, and in need of defense. This entity perceived itself a gallant figure. It polarized somewhat towards the negative in its lack of understanding the green ray it carried with it, rejecting the forgiveness principle which is implicit in universal love. The sum total of this incarnation vibrationally was a slight increase in positive polarity but a decrease in harvestability due to the rejection of the Law or Way of Responsibility; that is, seeing universal love, yet still it fought on.
Questioner: Do we have enough time for me to ask if the death, almost immediately after the cessation of war, of this entity could have been so that it could have immediately been reincarnated so that it could make harvest?
Ra: This is precisely correct.
#35
Questioner: I thought that in this session it might be helpful to inspect the effect of the rays of different wellknown figures in history to aid in understanding how the catalyst of the illusion creates spiritual growth. I was making a list that I thought we might use to hit the high points on the workings of the catalysts on these individuals starting with the one we know as Franklin D. Roosevelt. Could you say something about that entity?
Ra: It is to be noted that in discussing those who are well-known among your peoples there is the possibility that information may be seen to be specific to one entity whereas in actuality the great design of experience is much the same for each entity. It is with this in mind that we would discuss the experiential forces which offered catalyst to an individual. It is further to be noted that in the case of those entities lately incarnate much distortion may have taken place in regard to misinformation and misinterpretation of an entity’s thoughts or behaviors. We shall now proceed to, shall we say, speak of the basic parameters of the one known as Franklin. When any entity comes into third-density incarnation, each of its energy centers is potentiated but must be activated by the self using experience. The one known as Franklin developed very quickly up through red, orange, yellow, and green and began to work in the blue ray energy center at a tender age, as you would say. This rapid growth was due, firstly, to previous achievements in the activation of the rays, secondly, to the relative comfort and leisure of its early existence, thirdly, due to the strong desire upon the part of the entity to progress. This entity mated with an entity whose blue ray vibrations were of a strength more than equal to its own thus acquiring catalyst for further growth in that area that was to persist throughout the incarnation. This entity had some difficulty with continued green ray activity due to the excessive energy which was put into the activities regarding other-selves in the distortion towards acquiring power. This was to have its toll upon the physical vehicle, as you may call it. The limitation of the nonmovement of a portion of the physical vehicle opened once again, for this entity, the opportunity for concentration upon the more, shall we say, universal or idealistic aspects of power; that is, the nonabusive use of power. Thus at the outset of a bellicose action this entity had lost some positive polarity due to excessive use of the orange and yellow ray energies at the expense of green and blue ray energies, then had regained the polarity due to the catalytic effects of a painful limitation upon the physical complex. This entity was not of a bellicose nature but rather during the conflict continued to vibrate in green ray working with the blue ray energies. The entity who was the one known as Franklin’s teacher also functioned greatly during this period as blue ray activator, not only for its mate but also in a more universal expression. This entity polarized continuously in a positive fashion in the universal sense while, in a less universal sense, developing a pattern of what may be called karma; this karma having to do with inharmonious relationship distortions with the mate/teacher.
Questioner: Two things I would like to clear up. First, then Franklin’s teacher was his wife? Is this correct?
Ra: This is correct.
Questioner: Secondly, did Franklin place the physical limitation on his body himself?
Ra: This is partially correct. The basic guidelines for the lessons and purposes of incarnation had been carefully set forth before incarnation by the {person} totality. If the one known as Franklin had avoided the excessive enjoyment of or attachment to the competitiveness which may be seen to be inherent in the processes of its occupation, this entity would not have had the limitation. However, the desire to serve and to grow was strong in this programming and when the opportunities began to cease due to these distortions towards love of power the entity’s limiting factor was activated.
Questioner: I would now like to ask for the same type of information with respect to Adolf Hitler. You have given a little of this already. It is not necessary for you to recover what you have already given. Could you complete that information?
Ra: In speaking of the one you call Adolf we have some difficulty due to the intense amount of confusion present in this entity’s life patterns as well as the great confusion which greets any discussion of this entity. Here we see an example of one who, in attempting activation of the highest rays of energy while lacking the green ray key, canceled itself out as far as polarization either towards positive or negative. This entity was basically negative. However, its confusion was such that the personality disintegrated, thus leaving the {person} unharvestable and much in need of healing. This entity followed the pattern of negative polarization which suggests the elite and the enslaved, this being seen by the entity to be of an helpful nature for the societal structure. However, in drifting from the conscious polarization into what you may call a twilight world where dream took the place of events in your space/time continuum, this entity failed in its attempt to serve the Creator in an harvestable degree along the path of service to self. Thus we see the so-called insanity which may often arise when an entity attempts to polarize more quickly than experience may be integrated. We have advised and suggested caution and patience in previous communications and do so again, using this entity as an example of the over-hasty opening of polarization without due attention to the synthesized and integrated {person}. To know your self is to have the foundation upon firm ground.
Questioner: Thank you. That is an important example I believe. I was wondering if any of those who were subordinate to Adolf at that time were able to polarize in a harvestable nature on the negative path?
Ra: We can speak only of two entities who may be harvestable in a negative sense, others still being in the physical incarnation: one known to you as Hermann; the other known, as it preferred to be called, Himmler.
Questioner: Thank you. Earlier we discussed Abraham Lincoln as a rather unique case. is it possible for you to tell us why the fourth-density being used Abraham Lincoln’s body, what its orientation was, and when this took place with respect to the activities that were occurring in our society at that time?
Questioner: I would like to know the motivation for this use of Abraham Lincoln’s body at that time?
Ra: The one known as Abraham had an extreme difficulty in many ways and, due to physical, mental, and spiritual pain, was weary of life but without the orientation to self-destruction. In your time, 1853, this entity was contacted in sleep by a fourth-density being. This being was concerned with the battles between the forces of light and the forces of darkness which have been waged in fourth-density for many of your years. This entity accepted the honor/duty of completing the one known as Abraham’s karmic patterns and the one known as Abraham discovered that this entity would attempt those things which the one known as Abraham desired to do but felt it could not. Thus the exchange was made. The entity, Abraham, was taken to a plane of suspension until the cessation of its physical vehicle much as though we of Ra would arrange with this instrument to remain in the vehicle, come out of the trance state, and function as this instrument, leaving this instrument’s mind and spirit complex in its suspended state. The planetary energies at this time were at what seemed to this entity to be at a critical point, for that which you know as freedom had gained in acceptance as a possibility among many peoples. This entity saw the work done by those beginning the democratic concept of freedom, as you call it, in danger of being abridged or abrogated by the rising belief and use of the principle of the enslavement of entities. This is a negative concept of a fairly serious nature in your density. This entity, therefore, went forward into what it saw as the battle for the light, for healing of a rupture in the concept of freedom. This entity did not gain or lose karma by these activities due to its detachment from any outcome. Its attitude throughout was one of service to others, more especially to the downtrodden or enslaved. The polarity of the individual was somewhat, but not severely, lessened by the cumulative feelings and thought forms which were created due to large numbers of entities leaving the physical plane due to trauma of battle.
#81 – OCTAVE DEVELOPMENT
Questioner: You stated earlier that toward the center of this galaxy is what, to use a poor term, you could call the older portion where you would find no service-to-self polarization. Am I correct in assuming that this is true with the other galaxies with which Wanderers from Ra have experience? At the center of these galaxies only the service-to-others polarity exists and the experiment started farther out toward the rim of the galaxy?
Ra: Various Logoi and sub-Logoi had various methods of arriving at the discovery of the efficiency of free will in intensifying the experience of the Creator by the Creator. However, in each case this has been a pattern. The pattern is that the service-to-self polarization appeared farther out from the center of the galactic spiral
Questioner: From this I will assume that from the beginning of the octave we had the core of many galactic spirals forming, and I know that this is incorrect in the sense of timelessness, but as the spiral formed then I am assuming that in this particular octave the experiment of the veiling and the extending of free will must have started, roughly, simultaneously in many, many of the budding or building galactic systems. Am I in any way correct with this assumption?
Ra: You are precisely correct.
Questioner: Actually, I don’t have much more on this except to make the assumption that there must have been some type of communication throughout the octave so that, when the first experiment became effective, knowledge of this spread rapidly through the octave and was picked up by other budding galactic spirals, you might say. Is this correct?
Ra: This is correct. To be aware of the nature of this communication is to be aware of the nature of the Logos. Much of what you call creation has never separated from the One Logos of this octave and resides within the one infinite Creator. Communication in such an environment is the communication of cells of the body. That which is learned by one is known to all. The sub-Logoi, then, have been in the position of refining the discoveries of what might be called the earlier sub-Logoi.
Questioner: I would like to consider the condition at a time or position just prior to the beginning of this octave of experience. I am assuming that, just prior to the beginning of this octave, intelligent infinity had created and already experienced one or more previous octaves. Is this correct?
Ra: You assume correctly. However, the phrase would more informatively read, infinite intelligence had experienced previous octaves.
Questioner: Does Ra have any knowledge of the number of previous octaves; if so, how many?
Ra: As far as we are aware we are in an infinite creation. There is no counting.
Questioner: That’s what I thought you might say. Am I correct in assuming that at the beginning of this octave, out of what I would call a void of space, seeds of an infinite number of galactic systems such as the Milky Way Galaxy appeared and grew in spiral fashion simultaneously?
Ra: There are duple areas of potential confusion. Firstly, let us say that the basic concept is reasonably well-stated. Now we address the confusions. The nature of true simultaneity is such that, indeed, all is simultaneous. However, in your modes of perception you would perhaps more properly view the seeding of the creation as that of growth from the center or core outward. The second confusion lies in the term, ‘void’. We would substitute the noun, ‘plenum’.
Questioner: Then, if I were observing the beginning of the octave at that time through a telescope, say from this position, would I see the center of many, many galaxies appearing and each of them then spreading outward in a spiraling fashion over what we would consider billions of years, but the spirals spreading outward in approximately what we would consider the same rate so that all these galaxies began as the first speck of light at the same time and then spread out at roughly the same rate? Is this correct?
Ra: The query has confusing elements. There is a center to infinity. From this center all spreads. Therefore, there are centers to the creation, to the galaxies, to star systems, to planetary systems, and to consciousness. In each case you may see growth from the center outward. Thus you may see your query as being over-general in concept.
Questioner: Considering only our Milky Way Galaxy at its beginnings, I will assume that the first occurrence that we could find with our physical apparatus was the appearance of a star of the nature of our sun. Is this correct?
Ra: In the case of the galactic systems the first manifestation of the Logos is a cluster of central systems which generate the outward swirling energies producing, in their turn, further energy centers for the Logos or what you would call stars.
Questioner: Are these central original creations or clusters what we call stars?
Ra: This is correct. However, the closer to the, shall we say, beginning of the manifestation of the Logos the star is, the more it partakes in the one original thought.
Questioner: Why does this partaking in the original thought have a gradient radially outward? That’s the way I understand your statement.
Ra: This is the plan of the one infinite Creator. The One Original Thought is the harvest of all previous, if you would use this term, experience of the Creator by the Creator. As It decides to know Itself It generates Itself, into that plenum full of the glory and the power of the one infinite Creator which is manifested to your perceptions as space or outer space. Each generation of this knowing begets a knowing which has the capacity, through free will, to choose methods of knowing Itself. Therefore, gradually, step by step, the Creator becomes that which may know Itself, and the portions of the Creator partake less purely in the power of the original word or thought. The Creator does not properly create as much as It experiences Itself.
Questioner: What was the form, condition, or experience of the first division of consciousness that occurred at the beginning of this octave at the beginning of this galactic experience?
Ra: We touch upon previous material. The harvest of the previous octave, was the Creator of Love manifested in mind, body, and spirit. This form of the Creator experiencing Itself may perhaps be said to be the first division.
Questioner: I was interested specifically in how this very first division showed up in this octave. I was interested to know if it made the transition through first, second, third, fourth, etc. densities? I would like to take the first {people} and trace their experience from the very start to the present so that I could better understand the condition that we are in now by comparing it with this original growth. Could you please tell me precisely how this came about as to the formation of the planets and growth through the densities, if that is the way it happened, please?
Ra: Your queries seem more confused than your basic mental distortions in this area. Let us speak in general and perhaps you may find a less confused and more simple method of eliciting information in this area. A very great deal of creation was manifested without the use of the concepts involved in consciousness, as you know it. The creation itself is a form of consciousness which is unified, the Logos being the one great heart of creation. The process of evolution through this period, which may be seen to be timeless, is most valuable to take into consideration, for it is against the background of this essential unity of the fabric of creation that we find the ultimate development of the Logoi which chose to use that portion of the harvested consciousness of the Creator to move forward with the process of knowledge of self. As it had been found to be efficient to use the various densities, which are fixed in each octave, in order to create conditions in which self-conscious sub-Logoi could exist, this was carried out throughout the growing flower-strewn field, as your simile suggests, of the one infinite creation. The first beings of mind, body, and spirit were not complex. The experience of mind/body/spirits at the beginning of this octave of experience was singular. There was no third-density forgetting. There was no veil. The lessons of third density are predestined by the very nature of the vibratory rates experienced during this particular density and by the nature of the quantum jump to the vibratory experiences of fourth density.
Questioner: Am I correct, then, in assuming the first mind/body/spirit experiences, as this galaxy progressed in growth, were those that moved through the densities; that is, the process we have discussed coming out of second density. For instance, let us take a particular planet, one of the very early planets formed near the center of the galaxy. I will assume that the planet solidified during the first density, that life appeared in second density, and that all of the {people} of third density progressed out of second-density on that planet and evolved in third density. Is this correct?
Ra: This is hypothetically correct.
Questioner: Did this in fact happen on some of the planets or on a large percentage of the planets near the center of this galaxy in this way?
Ra: Our knowledge is limited. We know of the beginning but cannot asseverate to the precise experiences of those things occurring before us. You know the nature of historical teaching. At our level of learn/teaching we may expect little distortion. However, we cannot, with surety, say there is no distortion as we speak of specific occurrences of which we were not consciously a part. It is our understanding that your supposition is correct. Thus we so hypothesize.
Questioner: Specifically, I am trying to grasp an understanding of the process of experience in third density before the veil so that I can better understand the present process. As I understand, it the mind/body/spirits went through the process of what we call physical incarnation in this density but there was no forgetting. What was the benefit or purpose of the physical incarnation when there was no forgetting?
Ra: The purpose of incarnation in third density is to learn the ways of love.
Questioner: I guess I didn’t state that exactly right. What I mean is, since there was no forgetting, since the mind/body/spirits had, in what we call the physical incarnation, their full consciousness, they knew the same thing that they would know while not in the physical incarnation. What was the mechanism of teaching that taught the ways of love in the third-density physical prior to the forgetting process?
Ra: We ask your permission to answer this query in an oblique fashion as we perceive an area in which we might be of aid.
Questioner: Certainly.
Ra: Your queries seem to be pursuing the possibility/probability that the mechanisms of experience in third density are different if a mind/body/spirit is attempting them rather than a {person}. The nature of third density is constant. Its ways are to be learned the same now and ever. Thusly, no matter what form the entity facing these lessons, the lessons and mechanisms are the same. The Creator will learn from Itself. Each entity has unmanifest portions of learning and, most importantly, learning which is involved with other-selves.
Questioner: Then prior to the forgetting process there was no concept of anything but service-to-others polarization. What sort of societies and experiences in third-density were created and evolved in this condition?
Ra: It is our perception that such conditions created the situation of a most pallid experiential nexus in which lessons were garnered with the relative speed of the turtle to the cheetah.
Questioner: Did such societies evolve with technologies of a complex nature, or did they remain quite simple? Can you give me a general idea of the evolvement that would be a function of what we would call intellectual activity?
Ra: There is infinite diversity in societies under any circumstances. There were many highly technologically advanced societies which grew due to the ease of producing any desired result. When one dwells within what might be seen to be a state of constant potential inspiration, that which even the most highly sophisticated, in your terms, societal structure lacked, given the noncomplex nature of its entities, was what you might call will or, to use a more plebeian term, gusto, or élan vital.
Questioner: Did such technological societies evolve travel through what we call space to other planets or other planetary systems? Did some of them do this?
Ra: This is correct.
Questioner: Then even though, from our point of view, there was great evolutionary experience it was deemed at some point by the evolving Logos that an experiment to create a greater experience was appropriate. Is this correct?
Ra: This is correct and may benefit from comment. The Logos is aware of the nature of the third-density requirement for what you have called graduation. All the previous, if you would use this term, experiments, although resulting in many experiences, lacked what was considered the crucial ingredient; that is, polarization. There was little enough tendency for experience to polarize entities that entities repeated habitually the third-density cycles many times over. It was desired that the potential for polarization be made more available.
Questioner: Then since the only possibility at this particular time, as I see it, was a polarization for service to others, I must assume from what you said that even though all were aware of this service-to-others necessity they were unable to achieve it. What was the configuration of mind of the mind/body/spirits at that time? Why did they have such a difficult time serving others to the extent necessary for graduation since this was the only polarity possible?
Ra: Consider, if you will, the tendency of those who are divinely happy, as you call this distortion, to have little urge to alter or better their condition. Such is the result of the mind/body/spirit which is not complex. There is the possibility of love of other-selves and service to other-selves, but there is the overwhelming awareness of the Creator in the self. The connection with the Creator is that of the umbilical cord. The security is total. Therefore, no love is terribly important; no pain terribly frightening; no effort, therefore, is made to serve for love or to benefit from fear.
Questioner: It seems that you might make an analogy in our present illusion of those who are born into extreme wealth and security. Is this correct?
Ra: Within the strict bounds of the simile, you are perceptive.
Questioner: We have presently an activity between physical incarnations called the healing and review of the incarnation. Was anything of this nature occurring prior to the veil?
Ra: The inchoate structure of this process was always in place, but where there has been no harm there need be no healing. This too may be seen to have been of concern to Logoi which were aware that without the need to understand, understanding would forever be left undone. We ask your forgiveness for the use of this misnomer, but your language has a paucity of {names} for this general concept.
Questioner: I don’t grasp too well the condition of incarnation and the time in between incarnations prior to the veil. I do not understand what was the difference other than the manifestation of the third-density, yellow-ray body. Was there any mental difference upon what we call death? I don’t see the necessity for what we call the review of the incarnation if the consciousness was uninterrupted. Could you clear up that point for me?
Ra: No portion of the Creator audits the course, to use your experiential terms. Each incarnation is intended to be a course in the Creator knowing Itself. A review or, shall we say, to continue the metaphor, each test is an integral portion of the process of the Creator knowing Itself. Each incarnation will end with such a test. This is so that the portion of the Creator may assimilate the experiences in yellow, physical, third density, may evaluate the biases gained, and may then choose, either by means of automatically provided aid or by the self, the conditions of the next incarnation.
Questioner: Before the veil, during the review of the incarnation, entities at that time aware that what they were trying to do was sufficiently polarize for graduation.
Questioner: Before the veil there was an awareness of the need for polarization towards service to others in third density by all entities, whether incarnate in third-density, yellow-ray bodies or in between incarnations. I assume, then, that the condition of which we earlier spoke, one of wealth you might say, was present through the entire spectrum of experience whether it might be between incarnations or during incarnations and the entities just simply could not manifest the desire to create this polarization necessary for graduation. Is this correct?
Ra: You begin to grasp the situation. Let us continue the metaphor of the schooling but consider the scholar as being an entity in your younger years of the schooling process. The entity is fed, clothed, and protected regardless of whether or not the schoolwork is accomplished. Therefore, the entity does not do the homework but rather enjoys playtime, mealtime, and vacation. It is not until there is a reason to wish to excel that most entities will attempt to excel.
Questioner: You have stated in a much earlier session that it is necessary to polarize more than 50% service-to-others to be harvestable fourth-density positive. Was this condition the same at the time before the veil?
Ra: The query is not answered easily, for the concept of service to self did not hold sway previous to what we have been calling the veiling process. The necessity for graduation to fourth density is an ability to use, welcome, and enjoy a certain intensity of the white light of the one infinite Creator. In your own terms at your space/time nexus this ability may be measured by your previously stated percentages of service. Prior to the veiling process the measurement would be that of an entity walking up a set of your stairs, each of which was imbued with a certain quality of light. The stair upon which an entity stopped would be either third-density light or fourth-density light. Between the two stairs lies the threshold. To cross that threshold is difficult. There is resistance at the edge, shall we say, of each density. The faculty of faith or will needs to be understood, nourished, and developed in order to have an entity which seeks past the boundary of third density. Those entities which do not do their homework, be they ever so amiable, shall not cross. It was this situation which faced the Logoi prior to the veiling process being introduced into the experiential continuum of third density.
Questioner: I’m going to ask a rather long, complex question and I would request that the answer to each portion of this question be given if there was a significant difference prior to the veil than following the veil so that I can get an idea of how what we experience now is used for better polarization. What was the difference before the veil in the following while incarnate in third density: sleep, dreams, physical pain, mental pain, sex, disease, catalyst programming, random catalyst, relationships, and communication with the higher self or with the mind/body/spirit totality or any other mind, body, or spirit functions before the veil that would be significant with respect to their difference after the veil?
Ra: Firstly, let us establish that both before and after the veil the same conditions existed in time/space; that is, the veiling process is a space/time phenomenon. Secondly, the character of experience was altered drastically by the veiling process. In some cases such as the dreaming and the contact with the higher self, the experience was quantitatively different due to the fact that the veiling is a primary cause of the value of dreams and is also the single door against which the higher self must stand awaiting entry. Before veiling, dreams were not for the purpose of using the so-called unconscious to further utilize catalyst but were used to learn/teach from teach/learners within the inner planes as well as those of outer origins of higher density. As you deal with each subject of which you spoke you may observe, during the veiling process, not a quantitative change in the experience but a qualitative one. Let us, as an example, choose your sexual activities of energy transfer. If you have a desire to treat other subjects in detail please query forthwith. In the instance of the sexual activity of those not dwelling within the veiling each activity was a transfer. There were some transfers of strength. Most were rather attenuated in the strength of the transfer due to the lack of veiling. In the third density entities are attempting to learn the ways of love. If it can be seen that all are one being it becomes much more difficult for the undisciplined personality to choose one mate and, thereby, initiate itself into a program of service. It is much more likely that the sexual energy will be dissipated more randomly without either great joy or great sorrow depending from these experiences. Therefore, the green-ray energy transfer, being almost without exception the case in sexual energy transfer prior to veiling, remains weakened and without significant crystallization. The sexual energy transfers and blockages after veiling have been discussed previously. It may be seen to be a more complex study but one far more efficient in crystallizing those who seek the green-ray energy center.
Questioner: Let’s take, then, since we are on the subject of sex, the relationship before and after the veil of disease, in this particular case venereal disease. Was this type of disease in existence prior to the veil?
Ra: There has been that which is called disease, both of this type and others, before and after this great experiment. However, since the venereal disease is in large part a function of the thought-forms of a distorted nature which are associated with sexual energy blockage the venereal disease is almost entirely the product of {people}’ interaction after the veiling.
Questioner: You mentioned that it existed in a small way prior to the veil. What was the source of its development prior to the veiling process?
Ra: The source was as random as the nature of disease distortions are, at heart, in general. Each portion of the body complex is in a state of growth at all times. The reversal of this is seen as disease and has the benign function of ending an incarnation at the appropriate space/time nexus. This was the nature of disease, including that which you call venereal.
Questioner: I’ll make this statement and you can correct me. As I see the nature of the action of disease before the veil, it seems to me that the Logos had decided upon a program where an individual mind/body/spirit would continue to grow in mind and the body would be the third-density analog of this mind. The growth would be continual unless there was an inability, for some reason, for the mind to continue along the growth patterns. If this growth decelerated or stopped, what we call disease would then act in a way so as to eventually terminate this physical experience so that a new physical experience would be started, after a review of the entire process had taken place between incarnations. Would you clear up my thinking on that, please?
Ra: Your thinking is sufficiently clear on this subject.
Questioner: The thing I don’t understand is why, if there was no veil, the review of the incarnation after the incarnation would help the process since it seems to me that the entity should already be aware of what was happening. Possibly this has to do with the nature of space/time and time/space. Could you clear that up, please?
Ra: It is true that the nature of time/space is such that a lifetime may be seen whole as a book or record, the pages studied, riffled through, and re-read. However, the value of review is that of the testing as opposed to the studying. At the testing, when the test is true, the distillations of all study are made clear. During the process of study, which you may call the incarnation, regardless of an entity’s awareness of the process taking place, the material is diffused and over-attention is almost inevitably placed upon detail. The testing upon the cessation of the incarnative state is not that testing which involves the correct memorization of many details. This testing is, rather, the observing of self by self, often with aid as we have said. In this observation one sees the sum of all the detailed study; that being an attitude or complex of attitudes which bias the consciousness of the mind/body/spirit.
Questioner: Now before the veil an entity would be aware that he was experiencing a disease. As an analogy would you give me, if you are aware of a case, a disease an entity might experience prior to the veil and how he would react to this and think about it and what effect it would have on him?
Ra: Inasmuch as the universe is composed of an infinite array of entities, there is also an infinity of response to stimulus. If you will observe your peoples you will discover greatly variant responses to the same distortion towards disease. Consequently, we cannot answer your query with any hope of making any true statements since the over-generalizations required are too capacious.
Questioner: Was there any uniformity or like functions of societies or social organizations prior to the veil?
Ra: The third density is, by its very fiber, a societal one. There are societies wherever there are entities conscious of the self and conscious of other-selves and possessed with intelligence adequate to process information indicating the benefits of communal blending of energies. The structures of society before as after veiling were various. However, the societies before veiling did not depend in any case upon the intentional enslavement of some for the benefit of others, this not being seen to be a possibility when all are seen as one. There was, however, the requisite amount of disharmony to produce various experiments in what you may call governmental or societal structures.
Questioner: Then you say that there are no cases where those who are of a service-to-others orientation are using techniques of enslavement that have grown as a result of the evolution of our social structures? Is this what you mean?
Ra: It was our understanding that your query concerned conditions before the veiling. There was no unconscious slavery, as you call this condition, at that period. At the present space/time the conditions of well-meant and unintentional slavery are so numerous that it beggars our ability to enumerate them. For a service-to-others oriented entity at this time meditation upon the nature of these little-expected forms of slavery might be productive in polarization I would think.
Questioner: I would say that a very high percentage of the laws and restrictions within what we call our legal system are of a nature of enslavement of which I just spoke. Would you agree with this?
Ra: It is a necessary balance to the intention of law, which is to protect, that the result would encompass an equal distortion towards imprisonment. Therefore, we may say that your supposition is correct. This is not to denigrate those who, in green and blue-ray energies, sought to free a peaceable people from the bonds of chaos but only to point out the inevitable consequences of codification of response which does not recognize the uniqueness of each and every situation within your experience.
Questioner: Is the veil supposed to be what I would call semi-permeable?
Ra: The veil is indeed so.
Questioner: What techniques and methods of penetration of the veil were planned and are there any others that have occurred other that those planned?
Ra: There were none planned by the first great experiment. As all experiments, this rested upon the nakedness of hypothesis. The outcome was unknown. It was discovered, experientially and empirically, that there were as many ways to penetrate the veil as the imagination of {people} could provide. The desire of {people} to know that which was unknown drew to them the dreaming and the gradual opening to the seeker of all of the balancing mechanisms leading to adepthood and communication with teach/learners which could pierce this veil. The various unmanifested activities of the self were found to be productive in some degree of penetration of the veil. In general, we may say that by far the most vivid and even extravagant opportunities for the piercing of the veil are a result of the interaction of polarized entities.
Questioner: Could you expand on what you mean by that interaction of polarized entities in piercing the veil?
Ra: We shall state two items of note. The first is the extreme potential for polarization in the relationship of two polarized entities which have embarked upon the service-to-others path or, in some few cases, the service-to-self path. Secondly, we would note that effect which we have learned to call the doubling effect. Those of like mind which together seek shall far more surely find.
Questioner: Specifically, by what process would, in the first case, two polarized entities attempt to penetrate the veil, whether they be positively or negatively polarized? By what technique would they penetrate the veil?
Ra: The penetration of the veil may be seen to begin to have its roots in the gestation of green-ray activity, that all-compassionate love which demands no return. If this path is followed the higher energy centers shall be activated and crystallized until the adept is born. Within the adept is the potential for dismantling the veil to a greater or lesser extent that all may be seen again as one. The other-self is primary catalyst in this particular path to the piercing of the veil, if you would call it that.
Questioner: What was the mechanism of the very first veiling process? I don’t know if you can answer that. Would you try to answer that?
Ra: The mechanism of the veiling between the conscious and unconscious portions of the mind was a declaration that the mind was complex. This, in turn, caused the body and the spirit to become complex.
Questioner: Would you give me an example of a complex activity of the body that we have now and how it was not complex prior to the veil?
Ra: Prior to the great experiment a mind/body/spirit was capable of controlling the pressure of blood in the veins, the beating of the organ you call the heart, the intensity of the sensation known to you as pain, and all the functions now understood to be involuntary or unconscious.
Ra: There were many experiments whereby various of the functions or distortions of the body complex were veiled and others not. A large number of these experiments resulted in nonviable body complexes or those only marginally viable. For instance, it is not a survival-oriented mechanism for the nerve receptors to blank out unconsciously any distortions towards pain.
Questioner: Before the veil the mind could blank out pain. I assume then, that the function of the pain at that time was to signal the body to assume a different configuration so that the source of the pain would leave, and then the pain could be eliminated mentally. Is that correct, and was there another function for the pain prior to the veiling?
Ra: Your assumption is correct. The function of pain at that time was as the warning of the fire alarm to those not smelling the smoke.
Questioner: Then let’s say that an entity at that time burned its hand due to carelessness. It would immediately remove its hand from the burning object and then, in order to not feel the pain any more, its mind would cut the pain off until healing had taken place. Is this correct?
Ra: This is correct.
Questioner: We would look at this in our present illusion as an elimination of a certain amount of catalyst that would produce an acceleration in our evolution. Is this correct?
Ra: The attitude towards pain varies from {person} to {person}. Your verbalization of attitude towards the distortion known as pain is one productive of helpful distortions as regards the process of evolution.
Questioner: The plan of the Logos in veiling the conscious from the unconscious mind in such a way that pain could not so easily be controlled would have created a system of catalyst that was not previously usable.
Questioner: In some cases it seems that this use of catalyst is almost in a runaway condition for some entities in that they are experiencing much more pain than they can make good use of as far as catalytic nature would be considered. Could you comment on that?
Ra: You may see, in some cases, an entity which, either by preincarnative choice or by constant reprogramming while in incarnation, has developed an esurient program of catalyst. Such an entity is quite desirous of using the catalyst and has determined to its own satisfaction that what you may call the large board needs to be applied to the forehead in order to obtain the attention of the self. In these cases it may indeed seem a great waste of the catalyst of pain and a distortion towards feeling the tragedy of so much pain may be experienced by the other-self. However, it is well to hope that the other-self is grasping that which it has gone to some trouble to offer itself; that is, the catalyst which it desires to use for the purpose of evolution.
Questioner: Since our fifth-density companion has been monitoring our communication with Ra it has been made aware of the veiling process of which we have been speaking. It seems to me that conscious knowledge and acceptance of the fact that this veiling process was used for the purpose for which it was used would make it difficult to maintain high negative polarization. Could you clear up my thinking on that, please?
Ra: We are unsure as to our success in realigning your modes of mentation. We may, however, comment.
The polarization process, as it enters fourth density, is one which occurs with full knowledge of the veiling process which has taken place in third density. This veiling process is that which is a portion of the third-density experience. The knowledge and memory of the outcome of this and all portions of the third-density experience informs the higher-density polarized entity. It, however, does not influence the choice which has been made and which is the basis for further work past third density in polarization. Those which have chosen the service-to-self path have simply used the veiling process in order to potentiate that which is not. This is an entirely acceptable method of self-knowledge of and by the Creator. If you see the energy centers in their various colors completing the spectrum you may see that the service-to- self choice is one which denies the very center of the spectrum; that being universal love. Therefore, all that is built upon the penetration of the light of harvestable quality by such entities is based upon an omission. This omission shall manifest in fourth density as the love of self; that is, the fullest expression of the orange and yellow energy centers which then are used to potentiate communication and adepthood. When fifth-density refinement has been achieved that which is not is carried further, the wisdom density being explored by entities which have no compassion, no universal love. They experience that which they wish by free choice, being of the earnest opinion that green-ray energy is folly. That which is not may be seen as a self-imposed darkness in which harmony is turned into an eternal disharmony. However, that which is not cannot endure throughout the octave of third density and, as darkness eventually calls the light, so does that which is not eventually call that which is.
Questioner: I have a question here from {name}. It states: “As we see compassion developing in ourselves is it more appropriate to balance this compassion with wisdom or to allow the compassion to develop as much as possible without being balanced”?
Ra: This query borders upon that type of question to which answers are unavailable due to the free-will prohibitions upon information from teach/learners. To the student of the balancing process we may suggest that the most stringent honesty be applied. As compassion is perceived it is suggested that, in balancing, this perception be analyzed. It may take many, many essays into compassion before true universal love is the product of the attempted opening and crystallization of this all-important springboard energy center. Thus the student may discover many other components to what may seem to be all-embracing love. Each of these components may be balanced and accepted as part of the self and as transitional material as the entity’s seat of learn/teaching moves ever more clearly into the green ray.
When it is perceived that universal love has been achieved the next balancing may or may not be wisdom. If the adept is balancing manifestations it is indeed appropriate to balance universal love and wisdom. If the balancing is of mind or spirit there are many subtleties to which the adept may give careful consideration. Love and wisdom, like love and light, are not black and white, shall we say, but faces of the same coin, if you will. Therefore, it is not, in all cases, that balancing consists of a movement from compassion to wisdom. We may suggest at all times the constant remembrance of the density from which each adept desires to move. This density learns the lessons of love. In the case of Wanderers there are half-forgotten overlays of other lessons and other densities. We shall leave these considerations with the questioner and invite observations which we shall then be most happy to respond to in what may seem to be a more effectual manner.
Questioner: After the veiling process certain veiled functions or activities must have been paramount in creating evolution in the desired polarized directions. I was just wondering which of these had the greatest effect on polarization?
Ra: The most effectual veiling was that of the mind.
Questioner: I would like to carry that on to find out what specific functions of the mind were most effectual and the three or four most effective changes brought about to create the polarization.
Ra: This is an interesting query. The primary veiling was of such significance that it may be seen to be analogous to the mantling of the Earth over all the jewels within the Earth’s crust; whereas previously all facets of the Creator were consciously known. After the veiling, almost no facets of the Creator were known to the mind. Almost all was buried beneath the veil. If one were to attempt to list those functions of mind most significant in that they might be of aid in polarization, one would need to begin with the faculty of visioning, envisioning, or far-seeing. Without the veil the mind was not caught in your illusory time. With the veil space/time is the only obvious possibility for experience. Also upon the list of significant veiled functions of the mind would be that of dreaming. The so-called dreaming contains a great deal which, if made available to the conscious mind and used, shall aid it in polarization to a great extent. The third function of the mind which is significant and which has been veiled is that of the knowing of the body. The knowledge of and control over the body, having been lost to a great extent in the veiling process, is thusly lost from the experience of the seeker. Its knowledge before the veiling is of small use. Its knowledge after the veiling, and in the face of what is now a dense illusion of separation of body complex from mind complex, is quite significant. Perhaps the most important and significant function that occurred due to the veiling of the mind from itself is not in itself a function of mind but rather is a product of the potential created by this veiling. This is the faculty of will or pure desire.
Questioner: In the last session you had mentioned the properties precipitating from the veiling of the mind; the first being envisioning or far-seeing. Would you explain the meaning of that?
Ra: Your language is not overstrewn with non-emotional terms for the functional qualities of what is now termed unconscious mind. The nature of mind is something which we have requested that you ponder. However, it is, shall we say, clear enough to the casual observer that we may share some thoughts with you without infringing upon your free learn/teaching experiences. The nature of the unconscious is of the nature of concept rather than word. Consequently, before the veiling the use of the deeper mind was that of the use of unspoken concept. You may consider the emotive and connotative aspects of a melody. One could call out, in some stylized fashion, the terms for the notes of the melody. One could say, quarter note A, quarter note A, quarter note A, whole note F. This bears little resemblance to the beginning of the melody of one of your composer’s most influential melodies, that known to you as a symbol of victory. This is the nature of the deeper mind. There are only stylized methods with which to discuss its functions. Thusly our descriptions of this portion of the mind, as well as the same portions of body and spirit, were given terms such as “far-seeing,” indicating that the nature of penetration of the veiled portion of the mind may be likened unto the journey too rich and exotic to contemplate adequate describing thereof.
#38 – BALANCED RAYS
Ra: In a particular entity, let us use as an example a Wanderer; the rays may be viewed as extremely even, red, orange, yellow. The green ray is extremely bright. This is, shall we say, balanced by a dimmer indigo. Between these two the point of balance resides, the blue ray of the communicator sparkling in strength above the ordinary. In the violet ray we see this unique spectrograph, if you will, and at the same time the pure violet surrounding the whole; this in turn, surrounded by that which mixes the red and violet ray, indicating the integration of mind, body, and spirit; this surrounded in turn by the vibratory pattern of this entity’s true density. This description may be seen to be both unbalanced and in perfect balance. The latter understanding is extremely helpful in dealing with other-selves. The ability to feel blockages is useful only to the healer. There is not properly a tiny fraction of judgment when viewing a balance in colors. Of course when we see many of the energy plexi weakened and blocked, we may understand that an entity has not yet grasped the baton and begun the race. However, the potentials are always there. All the rays fully balanced are there in waiting to be activated. Perhaps another way to address your query is this: In the fully potentiated entity the rays mount one upon the other with equal vibratory brilliance and scintillating sheen until the surrounding color is white. This is what you may call potentiated balance in third-density.
#36
Questioner: Out of the Seth Material we have a statement in which Seth says that each entity here on Earth is one part of or aspect of a higher self or Oversoul which has many aspects or parts in many dimensions all of which learn lessons which allow the higher self to progress in a balanced manner. Am I to understand from this that there are many experiences similar to the one which we experience in the third-density which are governed by a single higher self?
Ra: The correctness of this statement is variable. The more in balance an entity becomes, the less the possibility/probability vortices may need to be explored in parallel experiences.
Questioner: Do I understand from this then that the higher self or Oversoul may break down into numerous units if the experience is required to what we would call simultaneously experience different types of catalysts and then oversee these experiences?
Ra: This is a statement we cannot say to be correct or incorrect due to the confusions of what you call time. True simultaneity is available only when all things are seen to be occurring at once. This overshadows the concept of which you speak. The concept of various parts of the being living experiences of varying natures simultaneously is not precisely accurate due to your understanding that this would indicate that this was occurring with true simultaneity. This is not the case. The case is from universe to universe and parallel existences can then be programmed by the higher self, given the information available from the {person} totality regarding the probability/possibility vortices at any crux.
Questioner: Could you give an example of how this programming by the higher self would then bring about education through parallel experiences?
Ra: Perhaps the simplest example of this apparent simultaneity of existence of two selves, which are in truth one self at the same time/space, is this: the Oversoul, as you call it, or higher self, seems to exist simultaneously with the {person} which it aids. This is not actually simultaneous, for the higher self is moving to the {person} as needed from a position in development of the entity which would be considered in the future of this entity.
Questioner: Then the higher self operates from the future as we understand things. In other words my higher self would operate from what I consider to be my future? Is this correct?
Ra: From the standpoint of your space/time, this is correct.
Questioner: In that case my higher self would have a very large advantage in knowing what was needed since it would know, as far as I am concerned, what was going to happen. Is this correct?
Ra: This is incorrect, in that this would be an abrogation of free will. The higher self aspect is aware of the lessons learned through the sixthdensity. The progress rate is fairly well understood. The choices which must be made to achieve the higher self as it is are in the provenance of the {person} itself. Thus the higher self is like the map in which the destination is known; the roads are very well known, these roads being designed by intelligent infinity working through intelligent energy. However, the higher self aspect can program only for the lessons and certain predisposing limitations if it wishes. The remainder is completely the free choice of each entity. There is the perfect balance between the known and the unknown.
Questioner: I’m sorry for having so much trouble with these concepts, but they are very difficult I am sure to translate into our understanding and language. Some of my questions may be rather ridiculous, but does this higher self have some type of vehicle like our physical vehicle? Does it have a bodily complex?
Ra: This is correct. The higher self is of a certain advancement within sixth-density going into the seventh. After the seventh has been well entered the {person} becomes so totally a {person} totality that it begins to gather spiritual mass and approach the octave density. Thus the looking backwards is finished at that point.
Questioner: Is the higher self of every entity of a sixth-density nature?
Ra: This is correct. This is an honor/duty of self to self as one approaches seventh density.
Questioner: Let me be sure that I understand this then. We have spoken of certain particular individuals. For instance we were speaking of George Patton in a previous communication. Then his higher self at the time of his incarnation here as George Patton about forty years ago was of sixthdensity?
is this correct?
Ra: This is correct. We make note at this time that each entity has several beings upon which to call for inner support. Any of these may be taken by an entity to be the {person} totality. However, this is not the case. The {person} totality is a nebulous collection of all that may occur held in understanding; the higher self itself a projection or manifestation of {person} totality which then may communicate with the mind/body/spirit during the discarnate part of a cycle of rebirth or during the incarnation; may communicate if the proper pathways or channels through the roots of mind are opened.
Questioner: These channels would then be opened by meditation and I am assuming that the intense polarization would help in this. Is this correct?
Ra: This is partially correct. Intense polarization does not necessarily develop, in the {person}, the will or need to contact the Oversoul. Each path of life experience is unique. However, given the polarization, the will is greatly enhanced and visa-versa.
Questioner: Let me take as an example the one that you said was called Himmler. We are assuming from this that his higher self was of the sixthdensity and it was stated that Himmler had selected the negative path. Would his higher self then dwell in a sixth-density negative type of situation? Can you expand on this concept?
Ra: There are no negative beings which have attained the Oversoul manifestation, which is the honor/duty of the {person} totality, of late sixth-density as you would term it in your time measurements. These negatively oriented {people} have a difficulty which to our knowledge has never been overcome, for after fifthdensity graduation wisdom is available but must be matched with an equal amount of love. This love/light is very, very difficult to achieve in unity when following the negative path and during the earlier part of the sixthdensity, society complexes of the negative orientation will choose to release the potential and leap into the sixth-density positive. Therefore, the Oversoul which makes its understanding available to all who are ready for such aid is towards the positive. However, the free will of the individual is paramount, and any guidance given by the higher self may be seen in either the positive or negative polarity depending upon the choice of a {person}.
Questioner: Then using Himmler as an example, was his higher self at the time he was incarnate in the 1940s a sixth-density positively oriented higher self?
Ra: This is correct.
Questioner: Was Himmler in any way in contact with his higher self at that time when he was incarnate during the 1940s?
Ra: We remind you that the negative path is one of separation. What is the first separation: the self from the self. The one known as Himmler did not choose to use its abilities of will and polarization to seek guidance from any source but its conscious drives, self-chosen in the life experience and nourished by previous biases created in other life experiences.
Questioner: Well then let’s say that when Himmler reaches sixth-density negative, would he realize that his higher self was positively oriented and for that reason make the jump from negative to positive orientation?
Ra: This is incorrect. The sixth-density negative entity is extremely wise. It observes the spiritual entropy occurring due to the lack of ability to express the unity of sixth-density. Thus, loving the Creator and realizing at some point that the Creator is not only self but other-self as self, this entity consciously chooses an instantaneous energy reorientation so that it may continue its evolution.
Questioner: Then the sixth-density entity who has reached that point in positive orientation may choose to become what we call a Wanderer and move back. I am wondering if this ever occurs with a negatively oriented sixth-density entity? Do any ever move back as Wanderers?
Ra: Once the negatively polarized entity has reached a certain point in the wisdom density it becomes extremely unlikely that it will choose to risk the forgetting, for this polarization is not selfless but selfish and with wisdom realizes the jeopardy of such “Wandering.” Occasionally a sixth-density negative becomes a Wanderer in an effort to continue to polarize towards the negative. This is extremely unusual.
Questioner: Then what is the mechanism that this unusual sixth-density entity would wish to gain to polarize more negatively through Wandering?
Ra: The Wanderer has the potential of greatly accelerating the density whence it comes in its progress in evolution. This is due to the intensive life experiences and opportunities of the third-density. Thusly the positively oriented Wanderer chooses to hazard the danger of the forgetting in order to be of service to others by radiating love of others. If the forgetting is penetrated the amount of catalyst in third-density will polarize the Wanderer with much greater efficiency than shall be expected in the higher and more harmonious densities. Similarly, the negatively oriented Wanderer dares to hazard the forgetting in order that it might accelerate its progress in evolution in its own density by serving itself in third-density by offering to other-selves the opportunity to hear the information having to do with negative polarization.
Questioner: Are there any examples of sixth-density negatively polarized Wanderers in our historical past?
Ra: This information could be harmful. We withhold it. Please attempt to view the entities about you as part of the Creator. We can explain no further.
Questioner: It is very difficult at times for us to get more than a small percentage of under-standing of some of these concepts because of our limitation of awareness, but I think that some meditation on the information from today will help us in formulating some questions about these concepts. what percentage of the Wanderers on Earth today have been successful in penetrating the memory block and have become aware of who they are?
Ra: We can approximate the percentage of those penetrating intelligently their status. This is between eight and one-half and nine and three-quarters percent. There is a larger percentile group of those who have a fairly well defined, shall we say, symptomology indicating to them that they are not of this, shall we say, “insanity.” This amounts to a bit over fifty percent of the remainder. Nearly one-third of the remainder are aware that something about them is different, so you see there are many gradations of awakening to the knowledge of being a Wanderer. We may add that it is to the middle and first of these groups that this information will, shall we say, make sense.
#37
Questioner: You said that each third-density entity has an higher self in the sixth-density which is moving to the {person} of the entity as needed. Does this higher self also evolve in growth through the densities beginning with the first-density, and does each higher self have a corresponding higher self advanced in densities beyond it?
Ra: To simplify this concept is our intent. The higher self is a manifestation given to the late sixth-density {person} as a gift from its future selfness. The mid-seventh density’s last action before turning towards the allness of the Creator and gaining spiritual mass is to give this resource to the sixth-density self, moving as you measure time in the stream of time. This self, the {person} of late sixth-density, has then the honor/duty of using both the experiences of its total living bank of memory of experience, thoughts, and actions, and using the resource of the {person} totality left behind as a type of infinitely complex thought-form. In this way you may see your self, your higher self or Oversoul, and your {person} totality as three points in a circle. The only distinction is that of your time/space continuum. All are the same being.
Questioner: Does each entity have an individual {person} totality or do a number of entities share the same {person} totality?
Ra: Both of these statements are correct given the appropriate time/space conditions. Each entity has its totality and at the point at which a planetary entity becomes a social memory complex the totality of this union of entities also has its Oversoul and its social memory complex totality as resource. As always, the sum, spiritually speaking, is greater than the sum of its parts so that the Oversoul of a social memory complex is not the sum of the Oversouls of its member entities but operates upon the way of what we have called squares and what we grasp you prefer to call doubling.
Questioner: Thank you. And thank you for that explanation of the mathematics too. Could you define spiritual mass? Spiritual mass is that which begins to attract the out-moving and on-going vibratory oscillations of being-ness into the gravity, speaking in a spiritual sense, well of the great central sun, core, or Creator of the infinite universes.
#38
Questioner: Is it possible for a third-density planet to form a social memory complex which operates in third-density?
Ra: It is possible only in the latter or seventh portion of such a density when entities are harmoniously readying for graduation.
Questioner: Could you give me an example of a planet of this nature, both a third-density service-to-others type and a third-density service-to-self type at this level of attainment?
Ra: As far as we are aware there are no negatively oriented third density social memory complexes. Positively oriented social memory complexes of third-density are not unheard of but quite rare. However, an entity from the star Sirius’ planetary body has approached this planetary body twice. This entity is late third-density and is part of a third-density social memory complex. This has been referred to in the previous material. The social memory complex is properly a fourth-density phenomenon.
Questioner: I was wondering if that particular social memory complex from the Sirius star evolved from trees?
Ra: This approaches correctness. Those second-density vegetation forms which graduated into third-density upon this planet bearing the name of Dog were close to the tree as you know it.
Questioner: I was also wondering, since action of a bellicose nature is impossible as far as I understand vegetation, would they not have the advantage as they move into third-density from second to not carry a racial memory of a bellicose nature and therefore develop a more harmonious society and accelerate their evolution in this nature?
Ra: This is correct. However, to become balanced and begin to polarize properly it is then necessary to investigate movements of all kinds, especially bellicosity.
Questioner: I am assuming, then, that their investigations of bellicosity were primarily of the type that they extracted from Hixson’s memory rather than warfare among themselves?
Ra: This is correct. Entities of this heritage would find it nearly impossible to fight. Indeed, their studies of movements of all kinds is their form of meditation due to the fact that their activity is upon the level of what you would call meditation and thus must be balanced, just as your entities need constant moments of meditation to balance your activities.
Questioner: I believe that this is an important point for us in understanding the balancing aspect of meditation since we have here its antithesis in another type of evolution. These entities moved, we are told by Charlie Hixson, without moving their legs. I am assuming that they used a principle that is somewhat similar to the principle of movement of your crystal bells in the movement of their physical vehicles. Is this correct?
Ra: This is partially incorrect.
Questioner: I am assuming that their method of movement is not a function of mechanical leverage such as ours, but a direct function of the mind somehow connected with the magnetic action of a planet. Is this right?
Ra: This is largely correct. It is an electromagnetic phenomenon which is controlled by thought impulses of a weak electrical nature.
Questioner: Would their craft have been visible to anyone on our planet in that area at that time? Is it of a third-density material like this chair?
Ra: This is correct.
Questioner: Could you give me some idea of what conditions are like on a fourth-density negative or service to self planet?
Ra: The graduation into fourth-density negative is achieved by those beings who have consciously contacted intelligent infinity through the use of red, orange, and yellow rays of energy. Therefore, the planetary conditions of fourth-density negative include the constant alignment and realignment of entities in efforts to form dominant patterns of combined energy. The early fourth-density is one of the most intensive struggle. When the order of authority has been established and all have fought until convinced that each is in the proper placement for power structure, the social memory complex begins. Always the fourth-density effect of telepathy and the transparency of thought are attempted to be used for the sake of those at the apex of the power structure. This, as you may see, is often quite damaging to the further polarization of fourth-density negative entities, for the further negative polarization can come about only through group effort. As the fourth-density entities manage to combine, they then polarize through such services to self as those offered by the crusaders of Orion.
#42 – PARENTING
Questioner: Can you mention some exercises for helping to increase the attention span?
Ra: Such exercises are common among the many mystical traditions of your entities. The visualization of a shape and color which is of personal inspirational quality to the meditator is the heart of what you would call the religious aspects of this sort of visualization. The visualization of simple shapes and colors which have no innate inspirational quality to the entity form the basis for what you may call your magical traditions. Whether you image the rose or the circle is not important. However, it is suggested that one or the other path towards visualization be chosen in order to exercise this faculty. This is due to the careful arrangement of shapes and colors which have been described as visualizations by those steeped in the magical tradition.
Questioner: As a youth I was trained in the engineering sciences which include the necessity for three dimensional visualization for the processes of design. Would this be helpful as a foundation for the type of visualization which you are speaking of, or would it be of no value?
Ra: To you, the questioner, this experience was valuable. To a less sensitized entity it would not gain the proper increase of concentrative energy.
Questioner: Then the less sensitized entity should use … What should he use for the proper energy?
Ra: In the less sensitized individual the choosing of personally inspirational images is appropriate whether this inspiration be the rose which is of perfect beauty, the cross which is of perfect sacrifice, the Buddha which is the All-being in One, or whatever else may inspire the individual.
Questioner: Using the teach/learning relationship of parent to child, what type of actions would demonstrate the activation of the energy centers in sequence from red to violet?
Ra: The entity, child or adult, as you call it, is not an instrument to be played. The appropriate teach/learning device of parent to child is the open-hearted being-ness of the parent and the total acceptance of the beingness of the child. This will encompass whatever material the child entity has brought into the life experience in this plane. There are two things especially important in this relationship other than the basic acceptance of the child by the parent. Firstly, the experience of whatever means the parent uses to worship and give thanksgiving to the one infinite Creator, should if possible be shared with the child entity upon a daily basis, as you would say. Secondly, the compassion of parent to child may well be tempered by the understanding that the child entity shall learn the biases of service-to-others or service-to-self from the parental other-self. This is the reason that some discipline is appropriate in the teach/learning. This does not apply to the activation of any one energy center for each entity is unique and each relationship with self and other-self doubly unique. The guidelines given are only general for this reason.
#51 – BODIES we have seven bodies each corresponding to one of the seven colors of the spectrum and that energy that creates these seven bodies is a universal type of energy that streams into our planetary environment and comes in through the seven energy centers that we have called chakras to develop and perfect these bodies. Each of these bodies is somehow related to the mental configuration that we have and the perfection of these bodies and the total in-streaming of this energy is a function of this mental configuration, and through this mental configuration we may block, to some extent, the in-streamings of energy that created these seven bodies. Could you comment on where I am wrong and correct that which I have stated?
Ra: Your statement is substantially correct. To use the term “mental configuration” is to oversimplify the manners of blockage of instreaming which occur in your density. The mind complex has a relationship to the spirit and body complexes which is not fixed. Thus blockages may occur betwixt spirit and mind, or body and mind, upon many different levels. We reiterate that each energy center has seven subcolors, let us say, for convenience. Thus spiritual/mental blockages combined with mental/bodily blockages may affect each of the energy centers in several differing ways. Thus you may see the subtle nature of the balancing and evolutionary process.
#64 – ADEPT CYCLES
Questioner: In a previous session you mentioned the gateway of magic for the adept occurring in eighteen-day cycles. Could you expand on that information please?
Ra:
The {person}
is born under a series of influences, both lunar, planetary, cosmic, and in
some cases, karmic. The moment of the birthing into this illusion begins the
cycles we have mentioned. The spiritual or adept’s cycle is an eighteen-day
cycle and operates with the qualities of the sine wave. Thus there are a few
excellent days on the positive side of the curve, that being the first nine
days of the cycle—precisely the fourth, the fifth, and the sixth—when workings
are most appropriately undertaken, given that the entity is still without total
conscious control of its mind/body/spirit distortion/reality. The most
interesting portion of this information, like that of each cycle, is the noting
of the critical point wherein passing from the ninth to the tenth and from the
eighteenth to the first days the adept will experience some difficulty
especially when there is a transition occurring in another cycle at the same
time. At the nadir of each cycle the adept will be at its least
powerful but will not be open to difficulties in nearly the degree that it
experiences at critical times.
Questioner: Then to find the cycles we would take the instant of birth and the emerging of the infant from the mother into this density and start the cycle at that instant and continue it through the life. Is this correct?
Ra: This is mostly correct. It is not necessary to identify the instant of birthing. The {day} upon which this event occurs is satisfactory for all but the most fine workings.
Questioner: Am I correct in assuming that whatever magic the adept would perform at this time would be more successful or, shall we say, more to his design than that performed at less opportune times in the cycle?
Ra: This cycle is an helpful tool to the adept but as we said, as the adept becomes more balanced the workings designed will be dependent less and less upon these cycles of opportunity and more and more even in their efficacy.
Questioner: I have no ability to judge at what point the level of abilities of the adept would be reached to be independent of this cyclical action. Can you give me an indication of what level of “adeptness” that would be necessary in order to be so independent?
Ra: We are fettered from speaking specifically due to this group’s work, for to speak would seem to be to judge. However, we may say that you may consider this cycle in the same light as the so-called astrological balances within your group; that is, they are interesting but not critical.
Questioner: Have I properly analyzed the condition that creates the possibility of greater service as follows: Seniority by vibration of incarnation has greatly polarized those upon the surface of the planet now, and the influx of Wanderers has greatly increased the mental configuration toward things of a more spiritual nature. This would be, I assume, one of the factors creating a better atmosphere for service. Is this correct?
Ra: This is correct.
Questioner: Would the coming changes as we progress into fourth-density such as changes in the physical third-density planet due to the heating effect and changes such as the ability of people to perform what we term paranormal activities act as catalyst to create a greater seeking?
Ra: This is partially correct. The paranormal events occurring are not designed to increase seeking but are manifestations of those whose vibratory configuration enables these entities to contact the gateway to intelligent infinity. These entities capable of paranormal service may determine to be of such service on a conscious level. This, however, is a function of the entity and its free will and not the paranormal ability. The correct portion of your statements is the greater opportunity for service due to the many changes which will offer many challenges, difficulties, and seeming distresses within your illusion to many who then will seek to understand, if we may use this misnomer, the reason for the malfunctioning of the physical rhythms of their planet. Moreover, there exists probability/possibility vortices which spiral towards your bellicose actions. Many of these vortices are not of the nuclear war but of the less annihilatory but more lengthy so-called “conventional” war. This situation, if formed in your illusion, would offer many opportunities for seeking and for service.
Questioner: How would conventional warfare offer the opportunities for seeking and service?
Ra: The possibility/probabilities exist for situations in which great portions of your continent and the globe in general might be involved in the type of warfare which you might liken to guerrilla warfare. The ideal of freedom from the so-called invading force of either the controlled fascism or the equally controlled social common ownership of all things would stimulate great quantities of contemplation upon the great polarization implicit in the contrast between freedom and control. In this scenario which is being considered at this time/space nexus the idea of obliterating valuable sites and personnel would not be considered an useful one. Other weapons would be used which do not destroy as your nuclear arms would. In this ongoing struggle the light of freedom would burn within the mind/body/spirit complexes capable of such polarization. Lacking the opportunity for overt expression of the love of freedom, the seeking for inner knowledge would take root aided by those of the Brothers and Sisters of Sorrow which remember their calling upon this sphere.
Questioner: We would seem to have dual catalysts operating, and the question is which one is going to act first. The prophecies, I will call them, made by Edgar Cayce indicated many Earth changes and I am wondering about the mechanics describing the future. Ra, it has been stated, is not a part of time and yet we concern ourselves with possibility/probability vortices. It is very difficult for me to understand how the mechanism of prophecy operates. What is the value of such a prophesy such as Cayce made with respect to Earth changes and all of these scenarios?
Ra: Consider the shopper entering the store to purchase food with which to furnish the table for the time period you call a week. Some stores have some items, others a variant set of offerings. We speak of these possibility/probability vortices when asked with the understanding that such are as a can, jar, or portion of goods in your store. It is unknown to us as we scan your time/space whether your peoples will shop hither or yon. We can only name some of the items available for the choosing. The, shall we say, record which the one you call Edgar read from is useful in that same manner. There is less knowledge in this material of other possibility/probability vortices and more attention paid to the strongest vortex. We see the same vortex but also see many others. Edgar’s material could be likened unto one hundred boxes of your cold cereal, another vortex likened unto three, or six, or fifty of another product which is eaten by your peoples for breakfast. That you will breakfast is close to certain. The menu is your own choosing. The value of prophecy must be realized to be only that of expressing possibilities. Moreover, it must be, in our humble opinion, carefully taken into consideration that any time/space viewing, whether by one of your time/space or by one such as we who view the time/space from a dimension, shall we say, exterior to it will have a quite difficult time expressing time measurement values. Thus prophesy given in specific terms is more interesting for the content or type of possibility predicted than for the space/time nexus of its supposed occurrence.
Questioner: So we have the distinct possibility of two different types of catalyst creating an atmosphere of seeking that is greater than that which we experience at present. There will be much confusion, especially in the scenario of Earth changes simply because there have been many predictions of these changes by many groups giving many and sundry reasons for the changes. Can you comment on the effectiveness of this type of catalyst and the rather wide pre-knowledge of the coming changes but also the wide variation in explanation for these changes?
Ra: Given the amount of strength of the possibility/probability vortex which posits the expression by the planet itself of the difficult birthing of the planetary self into fourth-density, it would be greatly surprising were not many which have some access to space/time able to perceive this vortex. The amount of this cold cereal in the grocery, to use our previous analogy, is disproportionately large. Each which prophesies does so from an unique level, position, or vibratory configuration. Thus biases and distortions will accompany much prophecy.
Questioner: This entire scenario for the next twenty years seems to be aimed at producing an increase in seeking and an increase in the awareness of the natural creation, but also a terrific amount of confusion. Was it the preincarnative objective of many of the Wanderers to attempt to reduce this confusion?
Ra: It was the aim of Wanderers to serve the entities of this planet in whatever way was requested and it was also the aim of Wanderers that their vibratory patterns might lighten the planetary vibration as a whole, thus ameliorating the effects of planetary disharmony and palliating any results of this disharmony. Specific intentions such as aiding in a situation not yet manifest are not the aim of Wanderers. Light and love go where they are sought and needed, and their direction is not planned aforetimes.
Questioner: Then each of the Wanderers here acts as a function of the biases he has developed in any way he sees fit to communicate or simply be in his polarity to aid the total consciousness of the planet. Is there any physical way in which he aids, perhaps by his vibrations somehow just adding to the planet just as electrical polarity or charging a battery? Does that also aid the planet, just the physical presence of the Wanderers?
Ra: This is correct and the mechanism is precisely as you state. We intended this meaning in the second portion of our previous answer. You may, at this time, note that as with any entities, each Wanderer has its unique abilities, biases, and specialities so that from each portion of each density represented among the Wanderers come an array of preincarnative talents which then may be expressed upon this plane which you now experience so that each Wanderer, in offering itself before incarnation, has some special service to offer in addition to the doubling effect of planetary love and light and the basic function of serving as beacon or shepherd. Thus there are those of fifth-density whose abilities to express wisdom are great. There are fourth and sixth-density Wanderers whose ability to serve as, shall we say, passive radiators or broadcasters of love and love/light are immense. There are many others whose talents brought into this density are quite varied. Thus Wanderers have three basic functions once the forgetting is penetrated, the first two being basic, the tertiary one being unique to that particular {person}. We may note at this point while you ponder the possibility/probability vortices that although you have many, many items which cause distress and thus offer seeking and service opportunities, there is always one container in that store of peace, love, light, and joy. This vortex may be very small, but to turn one’s back upon it is to forget the infinite possibilities of the present moment. Could your planet polarize towards harmony in one fine, strong, moment of inspiration? Yes, my friends. It is not probable; but it is ever possible.
Questioner: How common in the universe is a mixed harvest from a planet of both positively and negatively oriented {people}?
Ra: Among planetary harvests which yield an harvest of {people} approximately 10% are negative; approximately 60% are positive; and approximately 30% are mixed with nearly all harvest being positive. In the event of mixed harvest it is almost unknown for the majority of the harvest to be negative. When a planet moves strongly towards the negative there is almost no opportunity for harvestable positive polarization.
Questioner: why there is almost no opportunity in that case?
Ra: The ability to polarize positively requires a certain degree of self determination.
Questioner: Then as these final days of the cycle transpire if the harvest were to occur now, today, it would have a certain number harvested positively and negatively and a certain number of repeaters. I am going to assume that because of the catalyst that will be experienced between now and the actual harvesting time these numbers of harvestable entities will increase. Generally speaking, not particularly with respect to this planet but with respect to general experience in harvesting, how big an increase in harvestable entities can you logically assume will occur because of the catalyst that occurs in the final period such as this one, or am I making a mistake in assuming that other planets have added catalyst at the end of a harvesting period when they have a mixed harvest?
Ra: In the event of mixed harvest there is nearly always disharmony and, therefore, added catalyst in the form of your so-called “Earth changes.” In this assumption you are correct. It is the Confederation’s desire to serve those who may indeed seek more intensely because of this added catalyst. We do not choose to attempt to project the success of added numbers to the harvest for this would not be appropriate. We are servants. If we are called, we shall serve with all our strength. To count the numbers is without virtue.
Questioner: Now the added catalyst at the end of the cycle is a function specifically of the orientation of the consciousness that inhabits the planet. The consciousness has provided the catalyst for itself in orienting its thinking in the way it has oriented it, thus acting upon itself the same as catalyst of bodily pain and disease act upon the single mind/body/spirit complex. I made this analogy once before but reiterate it at this time to clarify my own thinking in seeing the planetary entity as somewhat of a single entity made up of billions of {people}. Is my viewpoint correct?
Ra: You are quite correct.
Questioner: Then we deal with an entity that has not yet formed a social memory but is yet an entity just as one of us can be called a single entity. Can we continue this observation of the conglomerate entity through the galactic entity, or shall I say, planetary system type of entity? Let me try to phrase it this way. Could I look at a single sun in its planetary system as an entity and then look at a major galaxy with its billions of stars as an entity? Can I continue this extrapolation in this way?
Ra: You can but not within the framework of third-density space/time. Let us attempt to speak upon this interesting subject. In your space/time you and your peoples are the parents of that which is in the womb. The Earth, as you call it, is ready to be born and the delivery is not going smoothly. When this entity has become born it will be instinct with the social memory complex of its parents which have become fourth-density positive. In this density there is a broader view. You may begin to see your relationship to the Logos or sun with which you are most intimately associated. This is not the relationship of parent to child but of Creator, that is Logos, to Creator that is the mind/body/spirit complex, as Logos. When this realization occurs you may then widen the field of “eyeshot,” if you will, infinitely recognizing parts of the Logos throughout the one infinite creation and feeling, with the roots of Mind informing the intuition, the parents aiding their planets in evolution in reaches vast and unknown in the creation, for this process occurs many, many times in the evolution of the creation as an whole.
#65 – WANDERERS AND FORGETTING
Questioner: Thank you. The forgetting process was puzzling me because you said that the fourth-density activated people who were here who had been harvested did not have the same forgetting problem. Could you tell me why the Wanderer loses his memory?
Ra: The reason is twofold. First, the genetic properties of the connection between the {person} and the cellular structure of the body is different for third-density than for third/fourth density. Secondly, the free will of third-density entities needs be preserved. Thus Wanderers volunteer for third-density genetic or DNA connections to the {person}. The forgetting process can be penetrated to the extent of the Wanderer remembering what it is and why it is upon the planetary sphere. However, it would be an infringement if Wanderers penetrated the forgetting so far as to activate the more dense bodies and thus be able to live, shall we say, in a god-like manner. This would not be proper for those who have chosen to serve. The new fourth-density entities which are becoming able to demonstrate various newer abilities are doing so as a result of the present experience, not as a result of memory. There are always a few exceptions, and we ask your forgiveness for constant barrages of over-generalization.
#90 - SIMILARITIES IN BODIES BETWEEN DENSITIES
Questioner: Correctly the process of evolution would normally be that of third density resembling that from which evolved in second density and refining it in fourth and then again in fifth density, becoming what the population of this looks like in the third density. It seems to me that this planet is ahead of itself by the way that its mind/body/spirit complex or body complex looks. What is the reason for this?
Ra: I am Ra. Your query is based upon a misconception. Do you wish us to comment or do you wish to requestion?
Questioner: Please comment on my misconception if that is possible.
Ra: I am Ra. In fifth density the manifestation of the physical complex is more and more under the control of the conscious mind complex. Therefore, the fifth-density entity may dissolve one manifestation and create another. Consequently, the choice of a fifth-density entity or complex of entities wishing to communicate with your peoples would be to resemble your peoples’ physical-complex, chemical, yellow-ray vehicles.
Questioner: I see. Very roughly, if you were to move a third-density entity from some other planet to this planet, what percentage of all of those within the knowledge of Ra would look enough like entities of Earth so that they would go unnoticed in a crowd?
Ra: I am Ra. Perhaps five percent.
Questioner: Then there is an extreme variation in the form of the physical vehicle in third density in the universe. I assume that this is also true of fourth density. Is this correct?
Ra:. This is so. We remind you that it is a great theoretical distance between demanding that the creatures of an infinite creation be unnoticeably similar to one’s self and observing those signs which may be called human which denote the third-density characteristics of self-consciousness, the grouping into pairs, societal groups, and races, and the further characteristic means of using self-consciousness to refine and search for the meaning of the milieu.
Questioner: Within Ra’s knowledge of the third-density physical forms, what percentage would be similar enough to this planet’s physical forms that we would assume the entities to be human even though they were a bit different? This would have to be very rough because of my definition’s being very rough.
Ra: I am Ra. This percentage is still small; perhaps thirteen to fifteen percent due to the capabilities of various second-density life forms to carry out each necessary function for third-density work. Thusly to be observed would be behavior indicating self-consciousness and purposeful interaction with a sentient ambiance about the entity rather than those characteristics which familiarly connote to your peoples the humanity of your third-density form.
MIND/BODY/SPIRIT, DEVELOPMENT AND DEATH
#30
Questioner: Creation is a single entity or unity. If only a single entity exists, then the only concept of service is the concept of service to self. If this single entity subdivides, then the concept of service of one of its parts to one of its other parts is born. From this springs the equality of service to self or to others. It would seem that as the Logos subdivided, parts would select each orientation. As individualized entities emerge in space/time then I would assume that they have polarity. Is this statement correct?
Ra: This statement is quite perceptive and correct until the final phrase in which we note that the polarities begin to be explored only at the point when a third density entity becomes aware of the possibility of choice between the concept or distortion of service to self or service to others. This marks the end of what you may call the unself-conscious or innocent phase of conscious awareness.
Questioner: Upon our physical death, as we call it, from this particular density and this particular incarnative experience, we lose this chemical body. Immediately after the loss of this chemical body do we maintain a different type of body? Is there still a {person} at that point?
Ra: This is correct. The {person} is quite intact; the physical body complex you now associate with the term body being but manifestation of a more dense and intelligently informed and powerful body complex.
Questioner: Is there any loss to the mind or spirit after this transition which we call death or any impairment of either because of the loss of this chemical body which we now have?
Ra: In your terms there is a great loss of mind complex due to the fact that much of the activity of the mental nature of which you are aware during the experience of this space/time continuum is as much of a surface illusion as is the chemical body complex. In other terms nothing whatever of importance is lost; the character or, shall we say, pure distortion of emotions and biases or distortions and wisdoms, if you will, becoming obvious for the first time, shall we say; these pure emotions and wisdoms and bias/distortions being, for the most part, either ignored or underestimated during physical life experience. In terms of the spiritual, this channel is then much opened due to the lack of necessity for the forgetting characteristic of third density.
Questioner: I would like to know how the {people} originate, going as far back as necessary. How does the origination occur? Do they originate by spirit forming mind and mind forming body?
Ra: We ask you to consider that you are attempting to trace evolution. This evolution is as we have previously described, the consciousness being first, in first density, without movement, a random thing. Whether you may call this mind or body complex is a semantic problem. We call it mind/body complex recognizing always that in the simplest iota of this complex exists in its entirety the one infinite Creator; this mind/body complex then in second density discovering the growing and turning towards the light, thus awakening what you may call the spirit complex, that which intensifies the upward spiraling towards the love and light of the infinite Creator. The addition of this spirit complex, though apparent rather than real, it having existed potentially from the beginning of space/time, perfects itself by graduation into third density, When the {person} becomes aware of the possibility of service to self or other-self, then the {person} is activated.
#36 – {PERSON} TOTALITY
Questioner: In previous communications you have spoken of the {person} totality. Would you please give us a definition of the {person} totality?
Ra: There is a dimension in which time does not have sway. In this dimension, the mind/body/spirit in its eternal dance of the present may be seen in totality, and before the {person} which then becomes a part of the social memory complex is willingly absorbed into the allness of the one Creator, the entity knows itself in its totality. This {person} totality functions as, shall we say, a resource for what you perhaps would call the higher self. The higher self, in turn, is a resource for examining the distillations of third-density experience and programming further experience. This is also true of densities four, five, and six with the {person} totality coming into consciousness in the course of seventh density. The higher self, as you call it, that is, that self which exists with full understanding of the accumulation of experiences of the entity, aids the entity in achieving healing of the experiences which have not been learned properly and assists as you have indicated in further life experience programming, as you may call it. The {person} totality is that which may be called upon by the higher self aspect just as the {person} calls upon the higher self. In the one case you have a structured situation within the space/time continuum with the higher self having available to it the totality of experiences which have been collected by an entity and a very firm grasp of the lessons to be learned in this density. The {person} totality is as the shifting sands and is in some part a collection of parallel developments of the same entity. This information is made available to the higher self aspect. This aspect may then use these projected probability/possibility vortices in order to better aid in what you would call future life programming.
#42 – BALANCING
Ra: The exercise of first experiencing feelings and then consciously discovering their antitheses within the being has as its objective not the smooth flow of feelings both positive and negative while remaining unswayed but rather the objective of becoming unswayed. This is a simpler result and takes much practice, shall we say. The catalyst of experience works in order for the learn/teachings of this density to occur. However, if there is seen in the being a response, even if it is simply observed, the entity is still using the catalyst for learn/teaching. The end result is that the catalyst is no longer needed. Thus this density is no longer needed. This is not indifference or objectivity but a finely tuned compassion and love which sees all things as love. This seeing elicits no response due to catalytic reactions. Thus the entity is now able to become co-Creator of experiential occurrences. This is the truer balance.
Questioner: I will attempt to make an analogy. If an animal, shall I say, a bull, in a pen attacks you because you have wandered into his pen, you get out of his way rapidly but you do not blame him. You do not have much of an emotional response other than the response that he might damage you. However, if you encounter another self in his territory and he attacks you, your response may be more of an emotional nature creating physical bodily responses. Am I correct in assuming that when your response to the animal and to the other-self is that of seeing both as Creator and loving both and understanding their action in attacking you is the action of their free will then you have balanced yourself correctly in this area? Is this correct?
Ra: This is basically correct. However, the balanced entity will see in the seeming attack of an other-self the causes of this action which are, in most cases, of a more complex nature than the cause of the attack of the second-density bull as was your example. Thus this balanced entity would be open to many more opportunities for service to a third-density other-self.
Questioner: Would a perfectly balanced entity feel any emotional response in being attacked by the other-self?
Ra: This is correct. The response is love.
Questioner: In the illusion that we now experience it is difficult to maintain this response especially if the attack results in physical pain, but I assume that this response should be maintained even through physical pain or loss of life. Is this correct?
Ra: This is correct and further is of a major or principle importance in understanding, shall we say, the principle of balance. Balance is not indifference but rather the observer not blinded by any feelings of separation but rather fully imbued with love.
Questioner: In the last session you made the statement that “We, that is Ra, spent much time/space in the fifth-density balancing the intense compassion that we had gained in the fourth-density.” Could you expand on this concept with respect to the material you just discussed?
Ra: The fourth-density, as we have said, abounds in compassion. This compassion is folly when seen through the eyes of wisdom. It is the salvation of third-density but creates a mismatch in the ultimate balance of the entity. Thus we, as a social memory complex of fourth-density, had the tendency towards compassion even to martyrdom in aid of other-selves. When the fifth-density harvest was achieved we found that in this vibratory level flaws could be seen in the efficacy of such unrelieved compassion. We spent much time/space in contemplation of those ways of the Creator which imbue love with wisdom.
Questioner: I would like to try to make an analogy for third-density of this concept. Many entities here feel great compassion for relieving the physical problems of third-density other-selves by administering to them in many ways, with food if there is hunger as there is now in the African nations, by bringing them medicine if they feel that there is a need to minister to them medically, and being selfless in all of these services to a very great extent. This is creating a vibration that is in harmony with green-ray or fourthdensity but it is not balanced with the understanding of fifth-density that these entities are experiencing catalysts and a more balanced administration to their needs would be to provide them with the learning necessary to reach the state of awareness of fourth-density than it would be to minister to their physical needs at this time. Is this correct?
Ra: This is incorrect. To a {person} which is starving, the appropriate response is the feeding of the body. You may extrapolate from this. On the other hand, however, you are correct in your assumption that the green ray response is not as refined as that which has been imbued with wisdom. This wisdom enables the entity to appreciate its contributions to the planetary consciousness by the quality of its being without regard to activity or behavior which expects results upon visible planes.
Questioner: Then why do we have the extreme starvation problem in, generally, the area of Africa at this time? Is there any metaphysical reason for this, or is it purely random?
Ra: Your previous assumption was correct as to the catalytic action of this starvation and ill health. However, it is within the free will of an entity to respond to this plight of otherselves, and the offering of the needed foodstuffs and substances is an appropriate response within the framework of your learn/teachings at this time which involve the growing sense of love for and service to other-selves.
Questioner: What is the difference in terms of energy center activation between a person who represses emotional responses to emotionally charged situations and the person who is balanced and, therefore, truly unswayed by emotionally charged situations?
Ra: This query contains an incorrect assumption. To the truly balanced entity no situation would be emotionally charged. With this understood, we may say the following: The repression of emotions depolarizes the entity in so far as it then chooses not to use the catalytic action of the space/time present in a spontaneous manner, thus dimming the energy centers. There is, however, some polarization towards positive if the cause of this repression is consideration for other-selves. The entity which has worked long enough with the catalyst to be able to feel the catalyst but not find it necessary to express reactions is not yet balanced but suffers no depolarization due to the transparency of its experiential continuum. Thus the gradual increase in the ability to observe one’s reaction and to know the self will bring the self ever closer to a true balance. Patience is requested and suggested, for the catalyst is intense upon your plane and its use must be appreciated over a period of consistent learn/teaching.
Questioner: How can a person know when he is unswayed by an emotionally charged situation or if he is repressing the flow of emotions, or if he is in balance and truly unswayed?
Ra: We have spoken to this point. Therefore, we shall briefly iterate that to the balanced entity no situation has an emotional charge but is simply a situation like any other in which the entity may or may not observe an opportunity to be of service. The closer an entity comes to this attitude the closer an entity is to balance. You may note that it is not our recommendation that reactions to catalyst be repressed or suppressed unless such reactions would be a stumbling block not consonant with the Law of One to an other-self. It is far, far better to allow the experience to express itself in order that the entity may then make fuller use of this catalyst.
Questioner: How can an individual assess what energy centers within its being are activated and in no immediate need of attention and which energy centers are not activated and are in need of immediate attention?
Ra: The thoughts of an entity, its feelings or emotions, and least of all its behavior are the signposts for the teaching/learning of self by self. In the analysis of one’s experiences of a {day} an entity may assess what it considers to be inappropriate thoughts, behaviors, feelings, and emotions. In examining these inappropriate activities of mind, body, and spirit complexes the entity may then place these distortions in the proper vibrational ray and thus see where work is needed.
#43 – DENSITY PROPERTIES
Questioner: When the Creator’s light is split or divided into colors and energy centers for experience, then in order to reunite with the Creator the energy centers must be balanced exactly the same as the split light was as it originated from the Creator. Is this correct?
Ra: To give this query a simple answer would be nearly impossible. We shall simplify by concentrating upon what we consider to be the central idea towards which you are striving. We have, many times now, spoken about the relative importance of balancing as opposed to the relative unimportance of maximal activation of each energy center. The reason is as you have correctly surmised. Thusly the entity is concerned, if it be upon the path of positive harvestability, with the regularizing of the various energies of experience. Thus the most fragile entity may be more balanced than one with extreme energy and activity in service-to-others due to the fastidiousness with which the will is focused upon the use of experience in knowing the self. The densities beyond your own give the minimally balanced individual much time/space and space/time with which to continue to refine these inner balances.
Questioner: In the next density, the fourth density, is the catalyst of physical pain used as a mechanism for experiential balancing?
Ra: The use of physical pain is minimal, having only to do with the end of the fourth-density incarnation. This physical pain would not be considered severe enough to treat, shall we say, in third density. The catalysts of mental and spiritual pain are used in fourth density.
Questioner: Why is physical pain a part of the end of fourth density?
Ra: You would call this variety of pain weariness.
Questioner: Can you state the average lifespan in the fourth density of space/time incarnation?
Ra: The space/time incarnation typical of harmonious fourth density is approximately 90,000 of your years as you measure time.
Questioner: Are there multiple incarnations in fourth density with time/space experiences in between incarnations?
Ra: This is correct.
Questioner: How long is a cycle of experience in fourth density in our years?
Ra: The cycle of experience is approximately 30 million of your years if the entities are not capable of being harvested sooner. There is in this density a harvest which is completely the function of the readiness of the social memory complex. It is not structured as is your own, for it deals with a more transparent distortion of the one infinite Creator.
Questioner: Then the big difference in harvestability between third and fourth density is that at the end of the third density the individual is harvested as a function of individual violet ray, but it is the violet-ray for the entire social memory complex that must be of a harvestable nature to graduate to the fifth density. Is this correct?
Ra: This is correct although in fifth density entities may choose to learn as a social memory complex or as {people} and may graduate to sixth density under these conditions, for the wisdom density is an extremely free density whereas the lessons of compassion leading to wisdom necessarily have to do with other-selves.
Questioner: Then is sixth-density harvest strictly of a social memory complex nature because again we have wisdom and compassion blended back using wisdom?
Ra: This is quite correct.
Questioner: The physical vehicle that is used in fourth-density space/time is, I am assuming, quite similar to the one that is now used in third density. Is this correct?
Ra: The chemical elements used are not the same. However, the appearance is similar.
Questioner: Is it necessary to eat food in fourth density?
Ra: This is correct.
The fourth-density being desires to serve and the preparation of foodstuffs is extremely simple due to increased communion between entity and living foodstuff. Therefore, this is not a significant catalyst but rather a simple precondition of the space/time experience. The catalyst involved is the necessity for the ingestion of foodstuffs. This is not considered to be of importance by fourth-density entities and it, therefore, aids in the teach/learning of patience.
To stop the functioning of service-to-others long enough to ingest foodstuffs is to invoke patience.
Questioner: Ingest foodstuffs in fifthdensity.
Ra: The vehicle needs food which may be prepared by thought.
You would call this type of food, nectar or ambrosia, or a light broth of golden white hue.
Questioner: What is the purpose of ingesting food in fifth density?
Ra: This is a somewhat central point. The purpose of space/time is the increase in catalytic action appropriate to the density. One of the preconditions for space/time existence is some form of body complex. Such a body complex must be fueled in some way.
Questioner: In third density the fueling of our bodily complex is not only simply fueling of the bodily complex but gives us opportunities to learn service. In fourth density it not only fuels the complex but gives us opportunities to learn patience. In fifth density it fuels the complex but does it teach?
Ra: In fifth density it is comfort for those of like mind gathered together to share in this broth, thus becoming one in light and wisdom while joining hearts and hands in physical activity. Thus in this density it becomes a solace rather than a catalyst for learning.
Questioner: I am simply trying to trace the evolution of this catalyst that then, as you say, changes in fifth density. I might as well complete this and ask if there is any ingestion of food in sixth density?
Ra: This is correct. However, the nature of this food is that of light and is impossible to describe to you in any meaningful way as regards the thrust of your query.
Questioner: On this planet after the harvest is complete, will fourth-density beings be incarnate on the surface as we know it now?
Ra: The probability/possibility vortices indicate this to be most likely.
Questioner: Then will there be at that time any fifth-density or sixthdensity beings on the surface of the planet?
Ra: Not for a fairly long measure of your time as fourth-density beings need to spend their learn/teaching space/time with their own density’s entities.
Questioner: Would the new fourth density beings then need to evolve in their thinking to reach a point where fifth-density lessons would be of value?
Ra: We grasp the thrust of your query. Although it is true that as fourth-density beings progress they have more and more need for other density teachings, it is also true that just as we speak to you due to the calling, so the information called is always available. It is simply that fifthdensity beings will not live upon the surface of the planetary sphere until the planet reaches fifth-density vibratory level.
For experience in fourth density is emphatically not the same as third-density experience. However, it is correct that the same mechanism of calling predisposes the information received in a way consonant with free will.
Questioner: You stated that the key to strengthening the will is concentration. The relative importance of the following aids to concentration? I have listed: silence, temperature control, comfort of body, screening as a Faraday cage would screen electromagnetic radiation, visible light screening, and a constant smell such as the use of incense. In other words, an isolation-type of situation. You mentioned that this was one of the functions of the pyramid.
Ra: The analogies of body complex to mind and spirit complex activities have been discussed previously. You may consider all of these aforementioned aids as those helpful to the stimulation of that which in actuality aids concentration, that being the will of the entity. This free will may be focused at any object or goal.
Ra: The nature of the densities above your own is that a purpose may be said to be shared by both positive and negative polarities.
This purpose is the acquisition of the ability to welcome more and more the less and less distorted love/light and light/love of the one infinite Creator. Upon the negative path the wisdom density is one in which power over others has been refined until it is approaching absolute power. Any force such as the force your group and those of Ra offer which cannot be controlled by the power of such a negative fifth-density {person} then depolarizes the entity which has not controlled other-self. It is not within your conscious selves to stand against such refined power but rather it has been through the harmony, the mutual love, and the honest calling for aid from the forces of light which have given you the shield and buckler.
Questioner: What is the environmental situation of this particular fifth-density entity, and how does he work with fourth-density negative entities in order to establish power and control; what is his particular philosophy with respect to himself as Creator and with respect to the use of the first distortion and the extension of the first distortion to the fourth-density negative? I hope that this isn’t too complex a question.
Ra: The environment of your companion is that of the rock, the cave, the place of barrenness, for this is the density of wisdom and that which is needed may be thought and received. To this entity very little is necessary upon the physical, if you will, or space/time complex of distortions. Such an entity spends its consciousness within the realms of time/space in an attempt to learn the ways of wisdom through the utmost use of the powers and resources of the self. Since the self is the Creator, the wisdom density provides many informative and fascinating experiences for the negatively polarized entity. In some respects one may see a more lucid early attachment to wisdom from those of negative polarity as the nexus of positions of consciousness upon which wisdom is laid is simpler. The relationship of such an entity to fourth-density negative entities is one of the more powerful and the less powerful. The negative path posits slavery of the less powerful as a means of learning the desire to serve the self to the extent that the will is brought to bear. It is in this way that polarity is increased in the negative sense. Thus fourth-density entities are willing slaves of such a fifth-density entity, there being no doubt whatsoever of the relative power of each.
Questioner: A reflection of this could be seen in our density in many of those leaders who instigate war and have followers who support, in total conviction that the direction of conquest is correct. Is this correct?
Ra: Any organization which demands obedience without question upon the basis of relative power is functioning according to the above described plan.
Questioner: One point that I am not clear on is the understanding and use of the first distortion by fifth and fourth-density negative entities in manipulating third-density entities. I would like to know how the first distortion affects the attempts to carry out the conquest of third-density entities and the attempt to add them, under the premise of the first distortion, to their social memory complexes. Would you expand on that concept, please?
Ra: This latter plan is not one of which fourth-density negative social memory complexes are capable. The fourth-density habit is that of offering temptations and of energizing preexisting distortions. Fourth-density entities lack the subtlety and magical practice which the fifth-density experience offers.
Questioner: It seems though that in the case of many UFO contacts that have occurred on this planet that there must be some knowledge of and use of the first distortion. The fourth-density entities have carefully remained aloof and anonymous, you might say, for the most part, so that no proof in a concrete way of their existence is available. How are they oriented with respect to this type of contact?
Ra: We misperceived your query, thinking it was directed towards this particular type of contact. The nature of the fourth-density’s observance of the free will distortion, while pursuing the seeding of the third-density thought patterns, is material which has already been covered. That which can be offered of the negatively oriented information is offered. It is altered to the extent that the entity receiving such negative information is of positive orientation. Thus many such contacts are of a mixed nature.
Questioner: I’m sorry for getting confused on my question here in not asking it correctly. There is a philosophical point of central importance that I am trying to clear up here. It has to do with the fact that fourth-density negative seems to be aware of the first distortion. They are in a nonveiled condition, and they seem to use this knowledge of the first distortion to maintain the situation that they maintain in contacts with this planet. I am trying to extract their ability to understand the mechanism of the first distortion and the consequences of the veiling process and still remain in a mental configuration of separation on the negative path. I hope that I have made myself clear there. I have had a hard time asking this question.
Ra: The answer may still not satisfy the questioner. We ask that you pursue it until you are satisfied. The fourth-density negative entity has made the choice available to each at third-density harvest. It is aware of the full array of possible methods of viewing the universe of the one Creator and it is convinced that the ignoring and non-use of the green-ray energy center will be the method most efficient in providing harvestability of fourth density. Its operations among those of third density which have not yet made this choice are designed to offer to each the opportunity to consider the self-serving polarity and its possible attractiveness.
Questioner: It seems to me that this is a service-to-others action in offering the possibility of the self-serving path. What is the relative effect of polarization in this action? I don’t understand that.
Ra: In your armed bands a large group marauds and pillages successfully. The success of the privates is claimed by the corporals, the success of corporals by sergeants, then lieutenants, captains, majors, and finally the commanding general. Each successful temptation, each successful harvestable entity is a strengthener of the power and polarity of the fourth-density social memory complex which has had this success.
Questioner: If one {person} is harvested from third density to a fourth-density social memory complex is the total power of the social memory complex before the absorption of this single entity doubled when this entity is absorbed?
Ra: No.
Questioner: The Law of Doubling, then, does not work in this way. How much does the power of the social memory complex increase relative to this single entity that is harvested and absorbed into it?
Ra: If one entity in the social memory complex is responsible for this addition to its being, that {person} will absorb, in linear fashion, the power contained in the, shall we say, recruit. If a sub-group is responsible, the power is then this sub-group’s. Only very rarely is the social memory complex of negative polarity capable of acting totally as one being. The loss of polarity due to this difficulty, to which we have previously referred as of kind of spiritual entropy, is quite large.
Questioner: Then assuming that a single negatively oriented entity is responsible for the recruiting of a harvested third-density entity and adds its polarity to his negative polarity and power, what type of ability or what type of benefit is this and how is it used by the entity?
Ra: The so-called pecking order is immediately challenged and the entity with increased power exercises that power to control more other-selves and to advance within the social memory complex structure.
Questioner: How is this power measured? How is it obvious that this entity has gained this additional power?
Ra: In some cases there is a kind of battle. This is a battle of wills and the weapons consist of the light that can be formed by each contender. In most cases where the shift of power has been obvious it simply is acknowledged and those seeing benefit from associating with this newly more powerful entity aid it in rising within the structure.
#46 – CATALYST
Questioner: If an entity polarizes toward the service-to-self path, would anger have the same physical effect that it would have on the entity polarizing on the service-to-others path? Would it also cause cancer, or is it just a catalytic effect working in the positively polarizing entity?
Ra: The catalytic mechanisms are dependent, not upon the chosen polarity of a {person}, but upon the use or purpose to which this catalyst is put. Thus the entity which uses the experience of anger to polarize consciously positively or negatively does not experience the bodily catalyst but rather uses the catalyst in mental configuration.
Questioner: I am not sure that I understand that. Let’s take some examples:
an entity polarizing toward the negative path becomes angry. Let’s take the condition where he develops a cancer. What is the principle that is at work for him?
Ra: We see the thrust of your query and will respond at variance with the specific query if that meets with your approval.
Questioner: Certainly.
Ra: The entity polarizing positively perceives the anger. This entity, if using this catalyst mentally, blesses and loves this anger in itself. It then intensifies this anger consciously in mind alone until the folly of this red-ray energy is perceived not as folly in itself but as energy subject to spiritual entropy due to the randomness of energy being used. Positive orientation then provides the will and faith to continue this mentally intense experience of letting the anger be understood, accepted, and integrated with the {person}. The other-self which is the object of anger is thus transformed into an object of acceptance, understanding, and accommodation, all being reintegrated using the great energy which anger began. The negatively oriented {person} will use this anger in a similarly conscious fashion, refusing to accept the undirected or random energy of anger and instead, through will and faith, funneling this energy into a practical means of venting the negative aspect of this emotion so as to obtain control over other-self, or otherwise control the situation causing anger. Control is the key to negatively polarized use of catalyst. Acceptance is the key to positively polarized use of catalyst. Between these polarities lies the potential for this random and undirected energy creating a bodily complex analog of what you call the cancerous growth of tissue.
Questioner: Then as I understand it you are saying that if the positively polarizing entity fails to accept the other-self or if the negatively polarizing entity fails to control the other-self, either of these conditions will cause cancer, possibly. Is this correct?
Ra: This is partially correct. The first acceptance, or control depending upon polarity, is of the self. Anger is one of many things to be accepted and loved as a part of self or controlled as a part of self, if the entity is to do work.
Questioner: Then are you saying that if a negatively polarizing entity is unable to control his own anger or unable to control himself in anger that he may cause cancer? Is this correct?
Ra: This is quite correct. The negative polarization contains a great requirement for control and repression.
Questioner: A repression of what?
Ra: Any mind complex distortion which you may call emotional which is of itself disorganized, needs, in order to be useful to the negatively oriented entity, to be repressed and then brought to the surface in an organized use. Thus you may find for instance, negatively polarized entities controlling and repressing such basic bodily complex needs as the sexual desire in order that in the practice thereof the will may be used to enforce itself upon the other-self with greater efficiency when the sexual behavior is allowed.
Questioner: Then the positively oriented entity, rather than attempting repression of emotion, would balance the emotion as stated in an earlier contact. Is this correct?
Ra: This is correct and illustrates the path of unity.
Questioner: Then cancer is a training catalyst operating for both polarities in approximately the same way but creating or attempting to create polarization in both directions, positive and negative, depending upon the orientation of the entity experiencing the catalyst. Is this correct?
Ra: This is incorrect in that catalyst is unconscious and does not work with intelligence but rather is part of the, shall we say, mechanism of learn/teaching set up by the sub-Logos before the beginning of your space/time.
Questioner: How does cancer do this learn/teaching when the entity developing cancer has no conscious idea of what is happening to him when he develops cancer?
Ra: In many cases catalyst is not used.
Questioner: What is the plan for use of the catalyst of cancer?
Ra: The catalyst, and all catalyst, is designed to offer experience. This experience in your density may be loved and accepted or it may be controlled. These are the two paths. When neither path is chosen the catalyst fails in its design and the entity proceeds until catalyst strikes it which causes it to form a bias towards acceptance and love or separation and control. There is no lack of space/time in which this catalyst may work.
#47
Of what value to evolution or experience with respect to the Creator knowing Itself are the positive and negative social memory complexes that form starting in fourth density, and why was this planned by the Logos?
Ra: There are inherent incorrectness in your query. However, we may answer the main point of it. The incorrectness lies in the consideration that social memory complexes were planned by the Logos or sub-Logos. This is incorrect, as the unity of the Creator exists within the smallest portion of any material created by Love, much less in a self-aware being. However, the distortion of free will causes the social memory complex to appear as a possibility at a certain stage of evolution of mind. The purpose, or consideration which causes entities to form such complexes, of these social memory complexes, is a very simple extension of the basic distortion towards the Creator’s knowing of Itself, for when a group of mind/body/spirits becomes able to form a social memory complex, all experience of each entity is available to the whole of the complex. Thus the Creator knows more of Its creation in each entity partaking of this communion of entities.
Questioner: You gave the values of better than 50% service-to-others for fourth-density positive and better than 95% service-to-self for fourth-density negative social memory complexes. Do these two values correspond to the same rate, shall I say, of vibration?
Ra: I perceive you have difficulty in expressing your query. We shall respond in an attempt to clarify your query. The vibratory rates are not to be understood as the same in positive and negative orientations. They are to be understood as having the power to accept and work with intelligent infinity to a certain degree or intensity. Due to the fact that the primary color, shall we say, or energy blue is missing from the negatively oriented system of power, the green/blue vibratory energies are not seen in the vibratory schedules or patterns of negative fourth and fifth rates of vibration. The positive on the other hand, shall we say, has the full spectrum of true color time/space vibratory patterns and thus contains a variant vibratory pattern or schedule. Each is capable of doing fourth-density work. This is the criterion for harvest.
Questioner: Did you say that blue was missing from fourth-density negative?
Ra: Let us clarify further. As we have previously stated, all beings have the potential for all possible vibratory rates. Thus the potential of the green and blue energy center activation is, of course, precisely where it must be in a creation of Love. However, the negatively polarized entity will have achieved harvest due to extremely efficient use of red and yellow/orange, moving directly to the gateway indigo bringing through this intelligent energy channel the in-streamings of intelligent infinity.
Questioner: Then at fourth-density graduation into fifth is there anything like that which you gave as the percentages necessary for third-density graduation into fourth in polarization?
Ra: There are, in your modes of thinking, responses we can make, which we shall make. However, the important point is that the graduations from density to density do occur. The positive/negative polarity is a thing which will, at the sixth level, simply become history. Therefore, we speak in an illusory time continuum when we discuss statistics of positive versus negative harvest into fifth. A large percentage of fourth-density negative entities continue the negative path from fourth to fifth-density experience, for without wisdom the compassion and desire to aid other-self is not extremely well informed. Thus though one loses approximately two percent moving from negative to positive during the fourth-density experience we find approximately eight percent of graduations into fifth density those of the negative.
Questioner: What I was actually asking was if 50% is required for graduation from third to fourth in the positive sense and 95% was required for graduation in the negative sense, does this have to more closely approach 100% for graduation in both cases for graduation from fourth to fifth density? Does an entity have to be 99% polarized for negative and maybe 80% polarized positive for graduation?
Ra: We perceive the query now. To give this in your terms is misleading for there are, shall we say, visual aids or training aids available in fourth density which automatically aid the entity in polarization while cutting down extremely upon the quick effect of catalyst. Thus the density above yours must take up more space/time. The percentage of service-to-others of positively oriented entities will harmoniously approach 98% in intention. The qualifications for fifth density, however, involve understanding. This then, becomes the primary qualification for graduation from fourth to fifth density. To achieve this graduation the entity must be able to understand the actions, the movements, and the dance. There is no percentage describable which measures this understanding. It is a measure of efficiency of perception. It may be measured by light. The ability to love, accept, and use a certain intensity of light thus creates the requirement for both positive and negative fourth to fifth harvesting.
#47 – BODY CHARACTERISTICS
Questioner: Can you define what you mean by a “crystallized entity”?
Ra: We have used this particular term because it has a fairly precise meaning in your language. When a crystalline structure is formed of your physical material the elements present in each molecule are bonded in a regularized fashion with elements in each other molecule. Thus the structure is regular and, when fully and perfectly crystallized, has certain properties. It will not splinter or break; it is very strong without effort; and it is radiant, traducing light into a beautiful refraction giving pleasure of the eye to many.
Questioner: In our esoteric literature numerous bodies are listed. I have listed here the physical body, the etheric, the emotional, the astral. if this listing is the proper number, and the uses and purposes and effects etc. of each of these and any other bodies that may be in our {person}?
Ra: To answer your query fully would be the work of many sessions such as this one, for the interrelationships of the various bodies and each body’s effects in various situations is an enormous study. However, we shall begin by referring your minds back to the spectrum of true colors and the usage of this understanding in grasping the various densities of your octave. We have the number seven repeated from the macrocosm to the microcosm in structure and experience. Therefore, it would only be expected that there would be seven basic bodies which we would perhaps be most lucid by stating as red-ray body, etc. However, we are aware that you wish to correspond these bodies mentioned with the color rays. This will be confusing, for various teachers have offered their teach/learning understanding in various terms. Thus one may name a subtle body one thing and another find a different name. The red-ray body is your chemical body. However, it is not the body which you have as clothing in the physical. It is the unconstructed material of the body, the elemental body without form. This basic unformed material body is important to understand for there are healings which may be carried out by the simple understanding of the elements present in the physical vehicle. The orange-ray body is the physical body complex. This body complex is still not the body you inhabit but rather the body formed without selfawareness, the body in the womb before the spirit/mind complex enters. This body may live without the inhabitation of the mind and spirit complexes. However, it seldom does so. The yellow-ray body is your physical vehicle which you know of at this time and in which you experience catalyst. This body has the mind/body/spirit characteristics and is equal to the physical illusion, as you have called it. The green-ray body is that body which may be seen in séance when what you call ectoplasm is furnished. This is a lighter body packed more densely with life. You may call this the astral body following some other teachings. Others have called this same body the etheric body. However, this is not correct in the sense that the etheric body is that body of gateway wherein intelligent energy is able to mold the {person}. The light body or blue-ray body may be called the devachanic body. There are many other names for this body especially in your so-called Indian Sutras or writings, for there are those among these peoples which have explored these regions and understand the various types of devachanic bodies. There are many, many types of bodies in each density, much like your own. The indigo-ray body which we choose to call the etheric body is, as we have said, the gateway body. In this body form is substance and you may only see this body as that of light as it may mold itself as it desires. The violet-ray body may perhaps be understood as what you might call the Buddha body or that body which is complete. Each of these bodies has an effect upon your {person} in your life being-ness. The interrelationships, as we have said, are many and complex Perhaps one suggestion that may be indicated is this: The indigo-ray body may be used by the healer once the healer becomes able to place its consciousness in this etheric state. The violet-ray or Buddhic body is of equal efficacy to the healer for within it lies a sense of wholeness which is extremely close to unity with all that there is. These bodies are part of each entity and the proper use of them and understanding of them is, though far advanced from the standpoint of third-density harvest, nevertheless useful to the adept.
Questioner: Which bodies do we have immediately after physical death from this yellow-ray body that I now am in?
Ra: You have all bodies in potentiation.
Questioner: Then the yellow-ray body in potentiation is used to create this chemical arrangement that I have as a physical body now. Is this correct?
Ra: This is incorrect only in that in your present incarnation the yellow-ray body is not in potentiation but in activation, it being that body which is manifest.
Questioner: Then after death from this incarnation we still have the yellowray body in potentiation, but then in the general case of our planetary population after death, would they then normally have the green-ray body manifested?
Ra: Not immediately. The first body which activates itself upon death is the “form-maker” or the indigo-ray body. This body remains—you have called it the “ka”—until etherea has been penetrated and understanding has been gained by the mind/body/spirit totality. Once this is achieved, if the proper body to be activated is green-ray, then this will occur.
Questioner: Let me make a statement and you tell me if I am correct. After death then, if an entity is unaware, he may become what is called an Earthbound spirit until he is able to achieve the required awareness for activation of one of his bodies. Would it be possible then to activate any of the bodies from red through violet?
Ra: Given the proper stimulus, this is correct.
Questioner: What stimulus would create what we call an Earth-bound spirit or a lingering ghost?
Ra: The stimulus for this is the faculty of the will. If the will of yellow-ray mind/body/spirit is that which is stronger than the progressive impetus of the physical death towards realization of that which comes, that is, if the will is concentrated enough upon the previous experience, the entity’s shell of yellow-ray, though no longer activated, cannot either be completely deactivated and, until the will is released, the mind/body/spirit complex is caught. This often occurs, as we see you are aware, in the case of sudden death as well as in the case of extreme concern for a thing or an other-self.
Questioner: Well then, does orange-ray activation after death occur very frequently with this planet?
Ra: Quite infrequently, due to the fact that this particular manifestation is without will. Occasionally an other-self will so demand the form of the one passing through the physical death that some semblance of the being will remain. This is orange-ray. This is rare, for normally if one entity desires another enough to call it, the entity will have the corresponding desire to be called. Thus the manifestation would be the shell of yellow-ray.
Questioner: What does the large percentage of the Earth’s population, as they pass through the physical, activate?
Ra:The normal procedure, given an harmonious passage from yellow-ray bodily manifestation, is for the mind and spirit complex to rest in the etheric or indigo body until such time as the entity begins its preparation for experience in an incarnated place which has a manifestation formed by the etheric energy molding it into activation and manifestation. This indigo body, being intelligent energy, is able to offer the newly dead, as you would term it, soul a perspective and a place from which to view the experience most recently manifested.
#48 – FOURTH AND FITH DENSITY how positive and negative polarizations in fourth and fifth density are used to cause working in consciousness?
Ra: There is very little work in consciousness in fourth and in fifth densities compared to the work done in third density. The work that is accomplished in positive fourth is that work whereby the positive social memory complex, having, through slow stages, harmoniously integrated itself, goes forth to aid those of less positive orientation which seek their aid. Thus their service is their work and through this dynamic between the societal self and the other-self, which is the object of love, greater and greater intensities of understanding or compassion are attained. This intensity continues until the appropriate intensity of the light may be welcomed. This is fourth-density harvest. Within fourth-density positive there are minor amounts of catalyst of a spiritual and mental complex distortion. This occurs during the process of harmonizing to the extent of forming the social memory complex. This causes some small catalyst and work to occur, but the great work of fourth density lies in the contact betwixt the societal self and less polarized otherself. In fourth-density negative much work is accomplished during the fighting for position which precedes the period of the social memory complex. There are opportunities to polarize negatively by control of other-selves. During the social memory complex period of fourth-density negative the situation is the same. The work takes place through the societal reaching out to less polarized otherself in order to aid in negative polarization. In fifth-density positive and negative the concept of work done through a potential difference is not particularly helpful as fifth-density entities are, again, intensifying rather than potentiating. In positive, the fifth-density complex uses sixth-density teach/learners to study the more illuminated understandings of unity thus becoming more and more wise. Fifth-density positive social memory complexes will choose to divide their service to others in two ways: first, the beaming of light to creation; second, the sending of groups to be of aid as instruments of light such as those whom you are familiar with through channels. In fifth-density negative, service to self has become extremely intense and the self has shrunk or compacted so that the dialogues with the teach/learners are used exclusively in order to intensify wisdom. There are very, very few fifth-density negative Wanderers for they fear the forgetting. There are very, very few fifth-density Orion members for they do not any longer perceive any virtue in other-selves.
#48 – DEVELOPMENT
Questioner: Thank you. I would like to take as an example an entity, starting before birth, who is roughly high on the seniority list for positive polarization and possible harvestability at the end of this cycle and follow a full cycle of his experience starting before his incarnation—which body is activated, the process of becoming incarnate, the activation of the third density physical body, the process as the body moves through this density and is acted upon by catalysts, the process of death, and the activation of the various bodies so that we make a full circuit from a point prior to incarnation back around through incarnation and death; you might say one cycle of incarnation in this density. Could you do that for me?
Ra: Your query is most distorted for it assumes that creations are alike. Each {person} has its own patterns of activation and its own rhythms of awakening. The important thing for harvest is the harmonious balance between the various energy centers of the {person}. This is to be noted as of relative import. We grasp the thrust of your query and will make a most general answer stressing the unimportance of such arbitrary generalizations. The entity, before incarnation, dwells in the appropriate, shall we say, place in time/space. The true color type of this location will be dependent upon the entity’s needs. Those entities for instance which, being Wanderers, have the green, blue, or indigo true color core of {person} will have rested therein. Entrance into incarnation requires the investment or activation of the indigo-ray or etheric body for this is the “formmaker.” The young or small physical {person} has the seven energy centers potentiated before the birthing process. There are also analogs in time/space of these energy centers corresponding to the seven energy centers in each of the seven true color densities. Thus in the microcosm exists all the experience that is prepared. It is as though the infant contains the universe. The patterns of activation of an entity of high seniority will undoubtedly move with some rapidity to the green-ray level which is the springboard to primary blue. There is always some difficulty in penetrating blue primary energy for it requires that which your people have in great paucity; that is, honesty. Blue ray is the ray of free communication with self and with other self. Having accepted that an harvestable or nearly harvestable entity will be working from this green-ray springboard one may then posit that the experiences in the remainder of the incarnation will be focused upon activation of the primary blue-ray of freely given communication, of indigo ray, that of freely shared intelligent energy, and if possible, moving through this gateway, the penetration of violet-ray intelligent infinity. This may be seen to be manifested by a sense of the consecrate or hallowed nature of everyday creations and activities. Upon the bodily complex death, as you call this transition, the entity will immediately, upon realization of its state, return to the indigo form-maker body and rest therein until the proper future placement is made. Here we have the anomaly of harvest. In harvest the entity will then transfer its indigo body into violet-ray manifestation as seen in true color yellow. This is for the purpose of gauging the harvestability of the entity. After this anomalous activity has been carefully completed, the entity will move into indigo body again and be placed in the correct true color locus in space/time and time/space at which time the healings and learn/teachings necessary shall be completed and further incarnation needs determined.
Questioner: Who supervises the determination of further incarnation needs and sets up the seniority list for incarnation?
Ra: This is a query with two answers. Firstly, there are those directly under the Guardians who are responsible for the incarnation patterns of those incarnating automatically, that is, without conscious self-awareness of the process of spiritual evolution. You may call these beings angelic if you prefer. They are, shall we say, “local” or of your planetary sphere. The seniority of vibration is to be likened unto placing various grades of liquids in the same glass. Some will rise to the top; others will sink to the bottom. Layers and layers of entities will ensue. As harvest draws near, those filled with the most light and love will naturally, and without supervision, be in line, shall we say, for the experience of incarnation. When the entity becomes aware in its {person} totality of the mechanism for spiritual evolution it, itself, will arrange and place those lessons and entities necessary for maximum growth and expression of polarity in the incarnative experience before the forgetting process occurs. The only disadvantage of this total free will of those senior entities choosing the manner of incarnation experiences is that some entities attempt to learn so much during one incarnative experience that the intensity of catalyst disarranges the polarized entity and the experience thus is not maximally useful as intended.
Questioner: An analogy to that would be a student in college signing up for more courses than he could possibly assimilate in the time they were given. Is this correct?
Ra: This is correct.
Questioner: Could you tell me how the various bodies, red through violet, are linked to the energy centers, red through violet? Are they linked in some way?
Ra: As we have noted, each of the true color densities has the seven energy centers and each entity contains all this in potentiation. The activation, while in yellow-ray, of violet-ray intelligent infinity is a passport to the next octave of experience. There are adepts who have penetrated many, many of the energy centers and several of the true colors. This must be done with utmost care while in the physical body for as we noted when speaking of the dangers of linking red/orange/yellow circuitry with true color blue circuitry the potential for disarrangement of the {person} is great. However, the entity who penetrates intelligent infinity is basically capable of walking the universe with unfettered tread.
#49 – MEDITATION
Questioner: in a previous session you had mentioned the left and right ear tones, the left and the right brain somehow being related to the polarities of service-to-self and service-to-others. Could you comment on this?
Ra: We may comment on this.
Questioner: Will you go ahead and comment on this?
Ra: The lobes of your physical complex brain are alike in their use of weak electrical energy. The entity ruled by intuition and impulse is equal to the entity governed by rational analysis when polarity is considered. The lobes may both be used for service to self or service-to-others. It may seem that the rational or analytical mind might have more of a possibility of successfully pursuing the negative orientation due to the fact that in our understanding too much order is by its essence negative. However, this same ability to structure abstract concepts and to analyze experiential data may be the key to rapid positive polarization. It may be said that those whose analytical capacities are predominant have somewhat more to work with in polarizing. The function of intuition is to inform intelligence. In your illusion the unbridled predominance of intuition will tend to keep an entity from the greater polarizations due to the vagaries of intuitive perception. As you may see, these two types of brain structure need to be balanced in order that the net sum of experiential catalyst will be polarization and illumination, for without the acceptance by the rational mind of the worth of the intuitive faculty the creative aspects which aid in illumination will be stifled. There is one correspondence between right and left and positive and negative. The web of energy which surrounds your bodies contains somewhat complex polarizations. The left area of the head and upper shoulder is most generally seen to be of a negative polarization whereas the right is of positive polarization, magnetically speaking. This is the cause of the tone’s meaning for you.
Questioner: Will you expand on the positive and negative polarizations in general and how they apply to individuals and planets, etc.? I think there is a correlation here, but I’m not sure.
Ra: It is correct that there is a correlation between the energy field of an entity of your nature and planetary bodies, for all material is constructed by means of the dynamic tension of the magnetic field. The lines of force in both cases may be seen to be much like the interweaving spirals of the braided hair. Thus positive and negative wind and interweave forming geometric relationships in the energy fields of both persons, as you would call a {person}, and planets. The negative pole is the south pole or the lower pole. The north or upper pole is positive. The crisscrossing of these spiraling energies form primary, secondary, and tertiary energy centers. You are familiar with the primary energy centers of the physical, mental, and spiritual body complex. Secondary points of the crisscrossing of positive and negative center orientation revolve about several of your centers. The yellow-ray center may be seen to have secondary energy centers in elbow, in knee, and in the subtle bodies at a slight spacing from the physical vehicle at points describing diamonds about the entity’s navel area surrounding the body. One may examine each of the energy centers for such secondary centers. Some of your peoples work with these energy centers, and you call this acupuncture. However, it is to be noted that there are most often anomalies in the placement of the energy centers so that the scientific precision of this practice is brought into question. Like most scientific attempts at precision, it fails to take into account the unique qualities of each creation. The most important concept to grasp about the energy field is that the lower or negative pole will draw the universal energy into itself from the cosmos. Therefrom it will move upward to be met and reacted to by the positive spiraling energy moving downward from within. The measure of an entity’s level of ray activity is the locus wherein the south pole outer energy has been met by the inner spiraling positive energy. As an entity grows more polarized this locus will move upwards. This phenomenon has been called by your peoples the kundalini. However, it may better be thought of as the meeting place of cosmic and inner, shall we say, vibratory understanding. To attempt to raise the locus of this meeting without realizing the metaphysical principles of magnetism upon which this depends is to invite great imbalance.
Questioner: What process would be the recommended process for correctly awakening the kundalini and of what value would that be?
Ra: The metaphor of the coiled serpent being called upwards is vastly appropriate for consideration by your peoples. This is what you are attempting when you seek. There are, as we have stated, great misapprehensions concerning this metaphor and the nature of pursuing its goal. We must generalize and ask that you grasp the fact that this in effect renders far less useful that which we share. However, as each entity is unique, generalities are our lot when communicating for your possible edification. We have two types of energy. We are attempting then, as entities in any true color of this octave, to move the meeting place of inner and outer natures further and further along or upward along the energy centers. The two methods of approaching this with sensible method are first, the seating within one’s self of those experiences which are attracted to the entity through the south pole. Each experience will need to be observed, experienced, balanced, accepted, and seated within the individual. As the entity grows in self-acceptance and awareness of catalyst the location of the comfortable seating of these experiences will rise to the new true color entity. The experience, whatever it may be, will be seated in red ray and considered as to its survival content and so forth. Each experience will be sequentially understood by the growing and seeking {person} in terms of survival, then in terms of personal identity, then in terms of social relations, then in terms of universal love, then in terms of how the experience may beget free communication, then in terms of how the experience may be linked to universal energies, and finally in terms of the sacramental nature of each experience. Meanwhile the Creator lies within. In the north pole the crown is already upon the head and the entity is potentially a god. This energy is brought into being by the humble and trusting acceptance of this energy through meditation and contemplation of the self and of the Creator. Where these energies meet is where the serpent will have achieved its height. When this uncoiled energy approaches universal love and radiant being the entity is in a state whereby the harvestability of the entity comes nigh.
Questioner: Will you recommend a technique of meditation?
Ra: No.
Questioner: Is it better, or shall I say, does it produce more useable results in meditation to leave the mind as blank as possible and let it run down, so to speak, or is it better to focus in meditation on some object or some thing for concentration?
Ra: Each of the two types of meditation is useful for a particular reason. The passive meditation involving the clearing of the mind, the emptying of the mental jumble which is characteristic of mind complex activity among your peoples, is efficacious for those whose goal is to achieve an inner silence as a base from which to listen to the Creator. This is an useful and helpful tool and is by far the most generally useful type of meditation as opposed to contemplation or prayer. The type of meditation which may be called visualization has as its goal not that which is contained in the meditation itself. Visualization is the tool of the adept. Those who learn to hold visual images in mind are developing an inner concentrative power that can transcend boredom and discomfort. When this ability has become crystallized in an adept the adept may then do polarizing in consciousness without external action which can effect the planetary consciousness. This is the reason for the existence of the so-called White Magician. Only those wishing to pursue the conscious raising of planetary vibration will find visualization to be a particularly satisfying type of meditation. Contemplation or the consideration in a meditative state of an in 1spiring image or text is extremely useful also among your peoples, and the faculty of will called praying is also of a potentially helpful nature. Whether it is indeed an helpful activity depends quite totally upon the intentions and objects of the one who prays.
#66
Questioner: Is a vertical positioning of the spine useful or helpful in the meditative procedure?
Ra: It is somewhat helpful.
Questioner: Would you please list the polarities within the body which are related to the balancing of the energy centers of the various bodies of the unmanifested entity?
Ra: In this question there lies a great deal of thought which we appreciate. It is possible that the question itself may serve to aid meditations upon this particular subject. Each unmanifested self is unique. The basic polarities have to do with the balanced vibratory rates and relationships between the first three energy centers and to a lesser extent, each of the other energy centers?
Questioner: What are the structure and contents of the archetypical mind, and how does the archetypical mind function in informing the intuition and conscious mind of an individual {person}.
Ra: You must realize that we offered these concepts to you so that you might grow in your own knowledge of the self through the consideration of them. We would prefer, especially for this latter query, to listen to the observations upon this subject which the student of these exercises may make and then suggest further avenues of the refinement of these inquiries. We feel we might be of more aid in this way.
Questioner: You mentioned that an energizing spiral is emitted from the top of any pyramid and that you could benefit by placing this under the head for a period of thirty minutes or less. how this third spiral is helpful and what help it gives the entity who is receiving it?
Ra: There are substances which you may ingest which cause the physical vehicle to experience distortions towards an increase of energy. These substances are crude, working rather roughly upon the body complex increasing the flow of adrenaline. The vibration offered by the energizing spiral of the pyramid is such that each cell, both in space/time and in time/space, is charged as if hooked to your electricity. The keenness of mind, the physical and sexual energy of body, and the attunement of will of spirit are all touched by this energizing influence. It may be used in any of these ways. It is possible to over-charge a battery, and this is the cause of our cautioning any who use such pyramidal energies to remove the pyramid after a charge has been received.
Questioner: Is there a best material or an optimal size for this small pyramid to go beneath the head?
Ra: Given that the proportions are such as to develop the spirals in the Giza pyramid, the most appropriate size for use beneath the head is an overall height small enough to make placing it under the cushion of the head a comfortable thing.
Questioner: There’s no best material?
Ra: There are better materials which are, in your system of barter, quite dear. They are not that much better than substances which we have mentioned before. The only incorrect substances would be the baser metals.
#69
Questioner: A question which I didn’t get to ask at the previous session and which I will be forced to ask at this time is, is the trance state the only state in which a mind/body/spirit positive entity may be lured by a negative entity or adept to negative time/space configuration?
Ra: This is a misperceived concept. The {person} which freely leaves the third-density physical complex is vulnerable when the appropriate protection is not at hand. You may perceive carefully that very few entities which choose to leave their physical complexes are doing work of such a nature as to attract the polarized attention of negatively oriented entities. The danger to most in trance state, as you term the physical complex being left, is the touching of the physical complex in such a manner as to attract the {person} back thereunto or to damage the means by which that which you call ectoplasm is being recalled. This instrument is an anomaly in that it is well that the instrument not be touched or artificial light thrown upon it while in the trance state. However, the ectoplasmic activity is interiorized. The main difficulty, as you are aware, is then the previously discussed negative removal of the entity under its free will. That this can happen only in the trance state is not completely certain, but it is highly probable that in another out-of-body experience such as death the entity here examined would, as most positively polarized entities, have a great deal of protection from comrades, guides, and portions of the self which would be aware of the transfer you call the physical death.
Questioner: Then you are saying that the protective friends, we will call them, would be available in every condition except for what we call the trance state which seems to be anomalistic with respect to the others. Is this correct?
Ra: This is correct.
Questioner: Why is this trance state, as we call it, different? Why are there not entities available in this particular state?
Ra: The uniqueness of this situation is not the lack of friends, for this, as all entities, has its guides or angelic presences and, due to polarization, teachers and friends also. The unique characteristic of the workings which the social memory complex Ra and your group have begun is the intent to serve others with the highest attempt at near purity which we as comrades may achieve. This has alerted a much more determined friend of negative polarity which is interested in removing this particular opportunity. We may say once again two notes: Firstly, we searched long to find an appropriate channel or instrument and an appropriate support group. If this opportunity is ended we shall be grateful for that which has been done, but the possibility/probability vortices indicating the location of this configuration again are slight. Secondly, we thank you for we know what you sacrifice in order to do that which you as a group wish to do. In the present situation we express thanks to the entities who call themselves Latwii
#50- TECHNIQUE
Questioner: In the last session you made the statement that experiences are attracted into the entity through the south pole. Could you expand on that and give us a definition of what you mean?
Ra: It takes some consideration to accomplish the proper perspective for grasping the sense of the above information. The south or negative pole is one which attracts. It pulls unto itself those things magnetized to it. So with the {person}. The in-flow of experience is of the south pole influx. You may consider this a simplistic statement. The only specific part of this correctness is that the red-ray or foundation energy center, being the lowest or root energy center of the physical vehicle, will have the first opportunity to react to any experience. In this way only, you may see a physical locus of the south pole being identified with the root energy center. In every facet of mind and body the root or foundation will be given the opportunity to function first. What is this opportunity but survival? This is the root possibility of response and may be found to be characteristic of the basic functions of both mind and body. You will find this instinct the strongest, and once this is balanced much is open to the seeker. The south pole then ceases blocking the experiential data and higher energy centers of mind and body become availed of the opportunity to use the experience drawn to it.
Questioner: Why do you say the experience is drawn to or attracted to the entity?
Ra: We say this due to our understanding that this is the nature of the phenomenon of experiential catalyst and its entry into the {person}’s awareness.
Questioner: Could you give an example of how an entity sets up a condition for attracting a particular experiential catalyst and how that catalyst then is provided or is learned.
Ra: Such an example may be given.
Questioner: Will you give that?
Ra: We paused to scan (name’s) consciousness to use its experiential catalyst as example. We may proceed. This is one instance and extrapolation may be made to other entities which are aware of the process of evolution. This entity chose, before incarnation, the means whereby catalyst had great probability of being obtained. This entity desired the process of expressing love and light without expecting any return. This entity programmed also to endeavor to accomplish spiritual work and to comfort itself with companionship in the doing of this work. Agreements were made prior to incarnation; the first, with the so-called parents and siblings of this entity. This provided the experiential catalyst for the situation of offering radiance of being without expectation of return. The second program involved agreements with several entities. These agreements provided and will provide, in your time/space and space/time continuum, opportunities for the experiential catalyst of work and comradeship. There are events which were part of a program for this entity only in that they were possibility/probability vortices having to do with your societal culture. These events include the nature of the living or standard of living, the type of relationships entered into in your legal framework, and the social climate during the incarnation. The incarnation was understood to be one which would take place at harvest. These givens, shall we say, apply to millions of your peoples. Those aware of evolution and desirous in the very extreme of attaining the heart of love and the radiance which gives understanding no matter what the lessons programmed: they have to do with other-selves, not with events: they have to do with giving, not receiving, for the lessons of love are of this nature both for positive and negative. Those negatively harvestable will be found at this time endeavoring to share their love of self. There are those whose lessons are more random due to their present inability to comprehend the nature and mechanism of the evolution of mind, body, and spirit. Of these we may say that the process is guarded by those who never cease their watchful expectation of being of service. There is no entity without help, either through self-awareness of the unity of creation or through guardians of the self which protect the less sophisticated mind/body/spirit from any permanent separation from unity while the lessons of your density continue.
Questioner: Could you give an example of negative polarization sharing love of self? It would seem to me that that would deplete negative polarization. Could you expand on the concept?
Ra: We may not use examples of known beings due to the infringement this would cause. Thus we must be general. The negatively oriented being will be one who feels that it has found power that gives meaning to its existence precisely as the positive polarization does feel. This negative entity will strive to offer these understandings to otherselves, most usually by the process of forming the elite, the disciples, and teaching the need and rightness of the enslavement of other-selves for their own good. These other-selves are conceived to be dependent upon the self and in need of the guidance and the wisdom of the self.
Questioner: Thank you. How does the ability to hold visual images in mind allow the adept to do polarization in consciousness without external action?
Ra: This is not a simple query, for the adept is one which will go beyond the green-ray which signals entry into harvestability. The adept will not simply be tapping into intelligent energy as a means of readiness for harvest but tapping into both intelligent energy and intelligent infinity for the purpose of transmuting planetary harvestability and consciousness. The means of this working lie within. The key is first, silence, and secondly, singleness of thought. Thusly a visualization which can be held steady to the inward eye for several of your minutes, as you measure time, will signal the adept’s increase in singleness of thought. This singleness of thought then can be used by the positive adept to work in group ritual visualizations for the raising of positive energy, by negative adepts for the increase in personal power.
Questioner: what the adept, after being able to hold the image for several minutes, does to affect planetary consciousness or affect positive polarity?
Ra: When the positive adept touches intelligent infinity from within, this is the most powerful of connections for it is the connection of the whole {person} microcosm with the macrocosm. This connection enables the, shall we say, green-ray true color in time/space to manifest in your space/time. In green ray thoughts are beings. In your illusion this is normally not so. The adepts then become living channels for love and light and are able to channel this radiance directly into the planetary web of energy nexi. The ritual will always end by the grounding of this energy in praise and thanksgiving and the release of this energy into the planetary whole.
Questioner: Could you give me more information on the energy fields of the body as related to the right and left brain and if this is somehow related to the pyramid shape as far as energy focusing goes? I am at a loss as to how to get into this line of questioning, so I will ask that question.
Ra: We are similarly at a loss at this line of answering. We may say that the pyramid shape is but one which focuses the in-streamings of energy for use by entities which may become aware of these in-streamings. We may say further that the shape of your physical brain is not significant as a shape for concentrating in-streamings of energy. Please ask more specifically if you may that which you seek.
Questioner: Each of us feels, in meditation, energy upon the head in various places. Could you tell me what this is, what it signifies, and what the various places in which we feel it signify?
Ra: Forgetting the pyramid will be of aid to you in the study of these experiences. The in-streamings of energy are felt by the energy centers which need, and are prepared for, activation. Thus those who feel the stimulation at violet-ray level are getting just that. Those feeling it within the forehead between the brows are experiencing indigo ray and so forth. Those experiencing tingling and visual images are having some blockage in the energy center being activated and thus the electrical body spreads this energy out and its effect is diffused. Those not truly sincerely requesting this energy may yet feel it if the entities are not well-trained in psychic defense. Those not desirous of experiencing these sensations and activations and changes even upon the subconscious level will not experience anything due to their abilities at defense and armoring against change.
Questioner: Is it normal to get two simultaneous stimulations at once?
Ra: The most normal for the adept is the following: the indigo stimulation activating that great gateway into healing, magical work, prayerful attention, and the radiance of being; and the stimulation of the violet ray which is the spiritual giving and taking from and to Creator, from Creator to Creator. This is a desirable configuration. Please ask one more full query at this working.
Questioner: Can you expand on the concept which is that it is necessary for an entity, during incarnation in the physical as we know it, to become polarized or interact properly with other entities and why this isn’t possible in between incarnations when the entity is aware of what he wants to do. Why must he come into an incarnation and lose conscious memory of what he wants to do and then act in a way in which he hopes to act?
Ra: Let us give the example of the man who sees all the poker hands. He then knows the game. It is but child’s play to gamble, for it is no risk. The other hands are known. The possibilities are known and the hand will be played correctly but with no interest. In time/space and in the true color green density, the hands of all are open to the eye. The thoughts, the feelings, the troubles, all these may be seen. There is no deception and no desire for deception. Thus much may be accomplished in harmony but the mind/body/spirit gains little polarity from this interaction. Let us re-examine this metaphor and multiply it into the longest poker game you can imagine, a lifetime. The cards are love, dislike, limitation, unhappiness, pleasure, etc. They are dealt and re-dealt and re-dealt continuously. You may, during this incarnation begin—and we stress begin—to know your own cards. You may begin to find the love within you. You may begin to balance your pleasure, your limitations, etc. However, your only indication of other-selves’ cards is to look into the eyes. You cannot remember your hand, their hands, perhaps even the rules of this game. This game can only be won by those who lose their cards in the melting influence of love, can only be won by those who lay their pleasures, their limitations, their all upon the table face up and say inwardly: “All, all of you players, each other-self, whatever your hand, I love you.” This is the game: to know, to accept, to forgive, to balance, and to open the self in love. This cannot be done without the forgetting, for it would carry no weight in the life of the mind/body/spirit being-ness totality.
#52
Questioner: Is there then, from the point of view of an individual who wishes to follow the service-to-others path, anything of importance other than disciplines of personality, knowledge of self, and strengthening of will?
Ra: This is technique. This is not the heart. Let us examine the heart of evolution. Let us remember that we are all one. This is the great learning/teaching. In this unity lies love. This is a great learn/teaching. In this unity lies light. This is the fundamental teaching of all planes of existence in materialization. Unity, love, light, and joy; this is the heart of evolution of the spirit. The second-ranking lessons are learn/taught in meditation and in service. At some point the {person} is so smoothly activated and balanced by these central thoughts or distortions that the techniques you have mentioned become quite significant. However, the universe, its mystery unbroken, is one. Always begin and end in the Creator, not in technique.
#96
Questioner: The instrument asks if the house which is to be our new location is capable of being transformed by painting and cleaning? We don’t plan to put down all new carpets. Would cleaning the carpets that are there now be acceptable?
I want to bring this particular house up to acceptable limits so that it is neutral after we do the salting. I have a concern only for the conditions for our work there. The physical location isn’t that important. In fact I don’t consider that important at all. Could Ra comment on this?
Ra: It is, of course, the preference of this group which is the only consideration in the situation for the contact with Ra. The domicile in question has already been offered a small amount of blessing by this group through its presence and, as we have previously stated, each of your days spent in love, harmony, and thanksgiving will continue transforming the dwelling. It is correct, as we have previously stated, that physical cleanliness is most important. Therefore, the efforts shall be made to most thoroughly cleanse the dwelling. In this regard it is to be noted that neither in the dwelling as a whole wherein you now reside or in the chamber of this working is there an absence of your dust, earth, and other detritus which is in toto called dirt. If the intention is to clean, as much as is physically possible, the location, the requirements for physical cleanliness are fulfilled. It is only when a lower astral entity has, shall we say, placed portions of itself in the so-called dirt that care should be taken to remove the sentient being. These instructions we have given. May we note that just as each entity strives in each moment to become more nearly one with the Creator but falls short, just so is physical spotlessness striven for but not achieved. In each case the purity of intention and thoroughness of manifestation are appreciated. The variance between the attempt and the goal is never noted and may be considered unimportant.
Questioner: The sequence of events that I am considering is first the painting and then the cleaning, then the moving in of the furniture, then the salting and use of garlic. Is this as good as any other sequence or would another sequence be better?
Ra: Any sequence which results in the cleansing is acceptable. It is to be noted that the thresholds are not to be crossed during the cleansing. Since such stricture upon use of the limen may affect your considerations we make note of this.
Questioner: Would Ra comment on the technique of blessing the water that we will use to sprinkle the salt? I assume that we just sprinkle the water directly off of our finger tips onto the line of salt. How much water, in general, should be sprinkled on the salt? How wet should we get it? I would like to get this done right.
Ra: The blessing of the water may be that one we have previously given, or it may be that one which is written within the liturgy of this instrument’s distortion of the worship of the one Creator, or it may simply be obtained from what you call your Catholic Church in the form of holy water. The intention of blessing is the notable feature of blessed water. The water may be sprinkled not so that all salt is soaked but so that a goodly portion has been dampened. This is not a physical working. The substances need to be seen in their ideal state so that water may be seen to be enabling the salt.
#51 – HARVEST I was wondering if there is a supervision over the harvest and if so, why this supervision is necessary and how it works since an entity’s harvestability is determined by the violet ray? Is it necessary for entities to supervise the harvest, or is it automatic?
Ra: In time of harvest there are always harvesters. The fruit is formed as it will be, but there is some supervision necessary to ensure that this bounty is placed as it should be without the bruise or the blemish. There are those of three levels watching over harvest. The first level is planetary and that which may be called angelic. This type of guardian includes the {person} totality or higher self of an entity and those inner plane entities which have been attracted to this entity through its inner seeking. The second class of those who ward this process are those of the Confederation who have the honor/duty of standing in the small places at the edge of the steps of light/love so that those entities being harvested will not, no matter how confused or unable to make contact with their higher self, stumble and fall away for any reason other than the strength of the light. These Confederation entities catch those who stumble and set them aright so that they may continue into the light. The third group watching over this process is that group you call the Guardians. This group is from the octave above our own and serves in this manner as light bringers. These Guardians provide the precise emissions of light/love in exquisitely fastidious disseminations of discrimination so that the precise light/love vibration of each entity may be ascertained. Thus the harvest is automatic in that those harvested will respond according to that which is unchangeable during harvest. That is the violet ray emanation. However, these helpers are around to ensure a proper harvesting so that each entity may have the fullest opportunity to express its violet ray selfhood.
#51 – DEATH
Questioner: On the back of the book, Secrets of the Great Pyramid, there are several reproductions of Egyptian drawings or works, some showing birds flying over horizontal entities. Could you tell me what this is and if it has any relationship to Ra?
Ra: These drawings of which you speak are some of many which distort the teaching of our perception of death as the gateway to further experience. The distortions concern those considerations of specific nature as to processes of the so-called “dead” {person}. This may be termed, in your philosophy, the distortion of Gnosticism: that is, the belief that one may achieve knowledge and a proper position by means of carefully perceived and accentuated movements, concepts, and symbols. In fact, the process of the physical death is as we have described before: one in which there is aid available and the only need at death is the releasing of that entity from its body by those around it and the praising of the process by those who grieve. By these means may the mind/body/spirit which has experienced physical death be aided, not by the various perceptions of careful and repeated rituals.
Questioner: Immediately after the death of the physical body you have stated that the primary activated body is the indigo, and you stated that it is the form-maker. Why is this so?
Ra: The indigo body may be seen to be an analog for intelligent energy. It is, in microcosm, the Logos. The intelligent energy of the mind/body/spirit complex totality draws its existence from intelligent infinity or the Creator. This Creator is to be understood, both in macrocosm and microcosm, to have, as we have said, two natures: the unpotentiated infinity which is intelligent; this is all that there is. Free will has potentiated, both the Creator of us all and our selves as co-
Creators with intelligent infinity which has will. This will may be drawn upon by the indigo or form-making body and its wisdom used to then choose the appropriate locus and type of experience which this co-Creator or sub-sub-Logos you call so carelessly a person will take.
Questioner: You spoke at an earlier time of rotational speeds of energy centers. Am I correct in assuming that this is a function of the blockage of the energy center so that when it is less blocked, the speed of rotation is higher and the energy instreaming is greater?
Ra: You are partially correct. In the first three energy centers a full unblocking of this energy will create speeds of rotation. As the entity develops the higher energy centers, however, these centers will then begin to express their nature by forming crystal structures. This is the higher or more balanced form of activation of energy centers as the space/time nature of this energy is transmuted to the time/space nature of regularization and balance.
#51 – CHAKRA CRYSTALINE STRUCTURE
Questioner: What do you mean by crystal structures?
Ra: Each of the energy centers of the physical complex may be seen to have a distinctive crystalline structure in the more developed entity. Each will be somewhat different just as in your world no two snowflakes are alike. However, each is regular. The red energy center often is in the shape of the spoked wheel. The orange energy center in the flower shape containing three petals. The yellow center again in a rounded shape, many faceted, as a star. The green energy center sometimes called the lotus-shape, the number of points of crystalline structure dependent upon the strength of this center. The blue energy center capable of having perhaps one hundred facets and capable of great flashing brilliance. The indigo center a more quiet center which has the basic triangular or three-petalled shape in many, although some adepts who have balanced the lower energies may create more faceted forms. The violet energy center is the least variable and is sometimes described in your philosophy as thousand-petalled as it is the sum of the {person} distortion totality.
Questioner: Right now I feel a feeling at the indigo center. If this center were totally activated and not blocked at all, would I then feel nothing there?
Ra: This query, if answered, would infringe upon the Law of Confusion.
#52 – 5TH & 6TH DENSITY, WANDERERS
Questioner: Is there any difference close to the end of fifth-density in the disciplines of personality between positive and negative orientation?
Ra: There are patent differences between the polarities but no difference whatsoever in the completion of the knowledge of the self necessary to accomplish this discipline.
Questioner: Am I correct, then, in assuming that discipline of the personality, knowledge of self, and control in strengthening of the will would be what any fifth-density entity would see as those things of importance?
Ra: In actuality these things are of importance in third through early seventh densities. The only correction in nuance that we would make is your use of the word, control. It is paramount that it be understood that it is not desirable or helpful to the growth of the understanding, may we say, of an entity by itself to control thought processes or impulses except where they may result in actions not consonant with the Law of One. Control may seem to be a short-cut to discipline, peace, and illumination. However, this very control potentiates and necessitates the further incarnative experience in order to balance this control or repression of that self which is perfect. Instead, we appreciate and recommend the use of your second verb in regard to the use of the will. Acceptance of self, forgiveness of self, and the direction of the will; this is the path towards the disciplined personality. Your faculty of will is that which is powerful within you as co-Creator. You cannot ascribe to this faculty too much importance. Thus it must be carefully used and directed in service-to-others for those upon the positively oriented path. There is great danger in the use of the will as the personality becomes stronger, for it may be used even subconsciously in ways reducing the polarity of the entity.
Questioner: I sense, possibly, a connection between what you just said and why so many Wanderers have selected the harvest time on this planet to incarnate. Am I correct?
Ra: It is correct that in the chance to remember that which has been lost in the forgetting there is a nimiety of opportunity for positive polarization. We believe this is the specific thrust of your query. Please ask further if it is not.
Questioner: I would just include the question as to why the time of harvest is selected by so many Wanderers as time for incarnation?
Ra: There are several reasons for incarnation during harvest. They may be divided by the terms self and other-self. The overriding reason for the offering of these Brothers and Sisters of Sorrow in incarnative states is the possibility of aiding other-selves by the lightening of the planetary consciousness distortions and the probability of offering catalyst to other-selves which will increase the harvest. There are two other reasons for choosing this service which have to do with the self. The Wanderer, if it remembers and dedicates itself to service, will polarize much more rapidly than is possible in the far more etiolated realms of higher density catalyst. The final reason is within the mind/body/spirit totality or the social memory complex totality which may judge that an entity or members of a societal entity can make use of third-density catalyst to recapitulate a learning/teaching which is adjudged to be less than perfect. This especially applies to those entering into and proceeding through sixth-density wherein the balance between compassion and wisdom is perfected.
#52 – OCTAVE
Questioner: In the previous session you mentioned the light bringers from the octave. Am I to understand that those who provide the light for the graduation are of an octave above the one we experience? Could you tell me more about these light bringers, who they are, etc.?
Ra: This octave density of which we have spoken is both omega and alpha, the spiritual mass of the infinite universes becoming one central sun or Creator once again. Then is born a new universe, a new infinity, a new Logos which incorporates all that the Creator has experienced of Itself. In this new octave there are also those who wander. We know very little across the boundary of octave except that these beings come to aid our octave in its Logos completion.
#54 DEVELOPMENT OF ENERGY FROM LOGOS
Questioner: I am assuming that the different frequencies are separated, as we have said, into the seven colors, and I am assuming that each of these colors may be the basic frequency for a sub-Logos of our sun Logos and that a sub-Logos or, shall we say, an individual may activate any one of these basic frequencies or colors and use the body that is generated from the activation of the frequency or color. Is this correct?
Ra: If we grasp your query correctly this is not correct in that the sub-sub-Logos resides, not in dimensionalities, but only in co-Creators, or {people}.
Questioner: What I meant was that a {person} can then have any body activated that is one of the seven rays. Is this correct?
Ra: This is correct in the same sense as it is correct to state that any one may play a complex instrument which develops an euphonious harmonic vibration complex such as your piano and can play this so well that it might offer concerts to the public, as you would say. In other words, although it is true that each true color vehicle is available potentially there is skill and discipline needed in order to avail the self of the more advanced or lighter vehicles.
Questioner: I have made these statements to get to the basic question which I wish to ask. It is a difficult question to ask. We have, coming from the sub-Logos we call our sun, intelligent energy. This intelligent energy is somehow modulated or distorted so that it ends up as a {person} with certain distortions of personality which are necessary for the {person} or mental portion of that complex to undistort in order to conform once more with the original intelligent energy. First, I want to know if my statement on that is correct, and, secondly, I want to know why this is the way that it is and if there is any answer other than the first distortion of the Law of One for this?
Ra: This statement is substantially correct. If you will penetrate the nature of the first distortion in its application of self knowing self, you may begin to distinguish the hallmark of an infinite Creator, variety. Were there no potentials for misunderstanding and, therefore, understanding, there would be no experience.
Questioner: OK. Once a {person} becomes aware of this process it then decides that in order to have the full abilities of the Creator it is necessary to reharmonize its thinking with the Original Creative Thought in precise vibration or frequency of vibration. In order to do this it is necessary to discipline the personality so that it precisely conforms to the Original Thought, and this is broken into seven areas of discipline each corresponding to one of the colors of the spectrum. Is this correct?
Ra: This statement, though correct, bears great potential for being misunderstood. The precision with which each energy center matches the Original Thought lies not in the systematic placement of each energy nexus but rather in the fluid and plastic placement of the balanced blending of these energy centers in such a way that intelligent energy is able to channel itself with minimal distortion. The {person} is not a machine. It is rather what you might call a tone poem.
Questioner: Do all {people} in the entire creation have seven energy centers?
Ra: These energy centers are in potential in macrocosm from the beginning of creation by the Logos. Coming out of timelessness, all is prepared. This is so of the infinite creation.
Questioner: Then I will assume that the Creator in its intelligent appraisal of the ways of knowing Itself, created the concept of the seven areas of knowing. Is this correct?
Ra: This is partially incorrect. The Logos creates light. The nature of this light thus creates the nature of the catalytic and energetic levels of experience in the creation. Thus it is that the highest of all honor/duties, that given to those of the next octave, is the supervision of light in its manifestations during the experiential times, if you will, of your cycles.
Questioner: I will make another statement. The {person} may choose, because of the first distortion, the mental configuration that is sufficiently displaced from the configuration of the intelligent energy in a particular frequency or color of in-streaming energy so as to block a portion of instreaming energy in that particular frequency or color. Is this correct?
Ra: Yes.
Questioner: Can you give me an idea of the maximum percentage of this energy it is possible to block in any one color?
Ra: There may be, in an entity’s pattern of in-streaming energy, a complete blockage in any energy or color or combination of energies or colors.
Questioner: OK. Then I assume that the first distortion is the motivator or what allows this blockage. Is this correct?
Ra: We wish no quibbling but prefer to avoid the use of terms such as the verb, to allow. Free will does not allow, nor would predetermination disallow, experiential distortions. Rather the Law of Confusion offers a free reach for the energies of each mind/body/spirit complex. The verb, to allow, would be considered pejorative in that it suggests a polarity between right and wrong or allowed and not allowed. This may seem a minuscule point. However, to our best way of thinking it bears some weight.
Questioner: Thank you. It bears weight to my own way of thinking also. I appreciate what you have told me. Now, I would like to then consider the origin of catalyst. First we have the condition of {person} which, as a function of the first distortion, has reached a condition of blockage or partial blockage of one or more energy centers. I will assume that catalyst is necessary only if there is at least partial blockage of one energy center. Is this correct?
Ra: No.
Questioner: Could you tell me why?
Ra: While it is a primary priority to activate or unblock each energy center, it is also a primary priority at that point to begin to refine the balances between the energies so that each tone of the chord of total vibratory being-ness resonates in clarity, tune, and harmony with each other energy. This balancing, tuning, and harmonizing of the self is most central to the more advanced or adept {person}. Each energy may be activated without the beauty that is possible through the disciplines and appreciations of personal energies or what you might call the deeper personality or soul identity.
Questioner: Let me make an analogy that I have just thought of. A seven stringed musical instrument may be played by deflecting each string a full deflection and releasing it producing notes. instead of producing the notes this way the individual creative personality could deflect each string the proper amount in the proper sequence producing music. Is this correct?
Ra: This is correct. In the balanced individual the energies lie waiting for the hand of the Creator to pluck harmony.
Questioner: I would like then to trace the evolution of catalyst upon the {people} and how it comes into use and is fully used to create this tuning. I assume that the sub-Logos that formed our tiny part of the creation using the intelligence of the Logos of which it is a part, provides the base catalyst that will act upon mind/body complexes and {people} before they have reached a state of development where they can begin to program their own catalyst. Is this correct?
Ra: This is partially correct. The sub-Logos offers the catalyst at the lower levels of energy, the first triad; these have to do with the survival of the physical complex. The higher centers gain catalyst from the biases of the {person} itself in response to all random and directed experiences. Thus the less developed entity will perceive the catalyst about it in terms of survival of the physical complex with the distortions which are preferred. The more conscious entity being conscious of the catalytic process will begin to transform the catalyst offered by the sub-Logos into catalyst which may act upon the higher energy nexi. Thus the sub-Logos can offer only a basic skeleton, shall we say, of catalyst. The muscles and flesh having to do with the, shall we say, survival of wisdom, love, compassion, and service are brought about by the action of the {person} on basic catalyst so as to create a more complex catalyst which may in turn be used to form distortions within these higher energy centers. The more advanced the entity, the more tenuous the connection between the sub-Logos and the perceived catalyst until, finally, all catalyst is chosen, generated, and manufactured by the self, for the self.
Questioner: Which entities incarnate at this time on this planet would be in that category of manufacturing all of their catalyst?
Ra: We find your query indeterminate but can respond that the number of those which have mastered outer catalyst completely is quite small. Most of those harvestable at this space/time nexus have partial control over the outer illusion and are using the outer catalyst to work upon some bias which is not yet in balance.
Questioner: In the case of service-to-self polarization, what type of catalyst would entities following this path program when they reach the level of programming their own catalyst?
Ra: The negatively oriented entity will program for maximal separation from and control over all those things and conscious entities which it perceives as being other than the self.
Questioner: A positively oriented entity may select a certain narrow path of thinking and activities during an incarnation and program conditions that would create physical pain if this were not followed. Is this correct?
Ra: This is correct.
Questioner: Would a negatively oriented entity do anything like this?
Could you give me an example?
Ra: A negatively oriented individual {person} will ordinarily program for wealth, ease of existence, and the utmost opportunity for power. Thus many negative entities burst with the physical complex distortion you call health. However, a negatively oriented entity may choose a painful condition in order to improve the distortion toward the so-called negative emotive mentations such as anger, hatred, and frustration. Such an entity may use an entire incarnative experience honing a blunt edge of hatred or anger so that it may polarize more towards the negative or separated pole.
Questioner: Prior to incarnation, as an entity becomes more aware of the process of evolution and has selected a path whether it be positive or negative, at some point the entity becomes aware of what it wants to do with respect to unblocking and balancing its energy centers. At that point it is able to program for the life experience those catalytic experiences that will aid it in its process of unblocking and balancing. Is that correct?
Ra: That is correct.
Questioner: The purpose then, of what we call the incarnate physical state, seems to be wholly or almost wholly that of experiencing the programmed catalyst and then evolving as a function of that catalyst. Is that correct?
Ra: We shall restate for clarity the purpose of incarnative existence is evolution of mind, body, and spirit. In order to do this it is not strictly necessary to have catalyst. However, without catalyst the desire to evolve and the faith in the process do not normally manifest and thus evolution occurs not. Therefore, catalyst is programmed and the program is designed for the {person} for its unique requirements. Thus it is desirable that a {person} be aware of and hearken to the voice of its experiential catalyst, gleaning from it that which it incarnated to glean.
Questioner: Then it seems that those upon the positive path as opposed to those on the negative path would have precisely the reciprocal objective in the first three rays; red, orange, and yellow. Each path would be attempting to utilize the rays in precisely the opposite manners. Is this correct?
Ra: It is partially and even substantially correct. There is an energy in each of the centers needed to keep the {person}, which is the vehicle for experience, in correct conformation and composition. Both negative and positive entities do well to reserve this small portion of each center for the maintenance of the integrity of the mind/body/spirit complex. After this point, however, it is correct that the negative will use the three lower centers for separation from and control over others by sexual means, by personal assertion, and by action in your societies. Contrary-wise, the positively oriented entity will be transmuting strong redray sexual energy into green-ray energy transfers and radiation in blue and indigo and will be similarly transmuting selfhood and place in society into energy transfer situations in which the entity may merge with and serve others and then, finally, radiate unto others without expecting any transfer in return.
Questioner: Can you describe the energy that enters these energy centers? Can you describe its path from its origin, its form, and its effect? I don’t know if this is possible.
Ra: This is partially possible.
Questioner: Would you please do that?
Ra: The origin of all energy is the action of free will upon love. The nature of all energy is light. The means of its ingress into the mind/body/spirit complex is duple. Firstly, there is the inner light which is Polaris of the self, the guiding star. This is the birthright and true nature of all entities. This energy dwells within. The second point of ingress is the polar opposite of the North Star, shall we say, and may be seen, if you wish to use the physical body as an analog for the magnetic field, as coming through the feet from the earth and through the lower point of the spine. This point of ingress of the universal light energy is undifferentiated until it begins its filtering process through the energy centers. The requirements of each center and the efficiency with which the individual has learned to tap into the inner light determine the nature of the use made by the entity of these in-streamings.
Questioner: Does experiential catalyst follow the same path? This may be a dumb question.
Ra: This is not a pointless question, for catalyst and the requirements or distortions of the energy centers are two concepts linked as tightly as two strands of rope.
Questioner: You mentioned in an earlier session that the experiential catalyst was first experienced by the south pole and appraised with respect to its survival value. That’s why I asked the question. Would you expand on this concept?
Ra: We have addressed the filtering process by which in-coming energies are pulled upwards according to the distortions of each energy center and the strength of will or desire emanating from the awareness of inner light. If we may be more specific, please query with specificity.
Questioner: I’ll make this statement which may be somewhat distorted and then let you correct it. We have, coming through the feet and base of the spine, the total energy that the {person} will receive in the way of what we call light. Each energy center then filters out and uses a portion of this energy, red through violet. Is this correct?
Ra: This is largely correct. The exceptions are as follows: The energy ingress ends with indigo. The violet ray is a thermometer or indicator of the whole.
Questioner: As this energy is absorbed by the energy centers at some point it is not only absorbed into the being but radiates through the energy center outwardly. I believe this begins at the blue center and also occurs in the indigo and violet? Is this correct?
Ra: Firstly, we would state that we had not finished answering the previous query and may thus answer both in part by stating that in the fully activated entity, only that small portion of in-streaming light needed to tune the energy center is used, the great remainder being free to be channeled and attracted upwards. To answer your second question more fully we may say that it is correct that radiation without the necessity of response begins with blue ray although the green ray, being the great transitional ray, must be given all careful consideration, for until transfer of energy of all types has been experienced and mastered to a great extent, there will be blockages in the blue and indigo radiations. Again, the violet emanation is, in this context, a resource from which, through indigo, intelligent infinity may be contacted. The radiation thereof will not be violet ray but rather green, blue, or indigo depending upon the nature of the type of intelligence which infinity has brought through into discernible energy. The green ray type of radiation in this case is the healing, the blue ray the communication and inspiration, the indigo that energy of the adept which has its place in faith.
Questioner: What if a {person} feels a feeling in meditation at the indigo center, what is he feeling?
Ra: One who feels this activation is one experiencing in-streamings at that energy center to be used either for the unblocking of this center, for its tuning to match the harmonics of its other energy centers, or to activate the gateway to intelligent infinity. We cannot be specific for each of these three workings is experienced by the entity which feels this physical complex distortion.
#61 –
Questioner: I would like to ask questions about healing exercises. The first is, in the healing exercises concerning the body, what do you mean by the disciplines of the body having to do with the balance between love and wisdom in the use of the body in its natural functions?
Ra: The body complex has natural functions. Many of these have to do with the unmanifested self and are normally not subject to the need for balancing. There are natural functions which have to do with other-self. Among these are touching, loving, the sexual life, and those times when the company of another is craved to combat the type of loneliness which is the natural function of the body as opposed to those types of loneliness which are of the mind/emotion complex or of the spirit. When these natural functions may be observed in the daily life they may be examined in order that the love of self and love of other-self versus the wisdom regarding the use of natural functions may be observed. There are many fantasies and stray thoughts which may be examined in most of your peoples in this balancing process. Equally to be balanced is the withdrawal from the need for these natural functions with regard to other-self. On the one hand there is an excess of love. It must be determined whether this is love of self or other-self or both. On the other hand there is an over-balance towards wisdom. It is well to know the body complex so that it is an ally, balanced and ready to be clearly used as a tool, for each bodily function may be used in higher and higher, if you will, complexes of energy with other-self. No matter what the behavior, the important balancing is the understanding of each interaction on this level with other-selves so that whether the balance may be love/wisdom or wisdom/love, the other-self is seen by the self in a balanced configuration and the self is thus freed for further work.
Questioner: Then the second question is, could you give an example of how feelings affect portions of the body and the sensations of the body?
Ra: It is nearly impossible to speak generally of these mechanisms, for each entity of proper seniority has its own programming. Of the less aware entities we may say that the connection will often seem random as the higher self continues producing catalyst until a bias occurs. In each programmed individual the sensitivities are far more active and, as we have said, that catalyst not used fully by the mind and spirit is given to the body. Thus you may see in this entity the numbing of the arms and the hands signifying this entity’s failure to surrender to the loss of control over the life. Thus this drama is enacted in the physical distortion complex. In the questioner we may see the desire not to be carrying the load it carries given as physical manifestation of the soreness of those muscles for carrying used. That which is truly needed to be carried is a preincarnative responsibility which seems highly inconvenient. In the case of the scribe we see a weariness and numbness of feelings ensuing from lack of using catalyst designed to sensitize this entity to quite significant influxes of unfamiliar distortion complexes of the mental, emotional, and spiritual level. As the numbness removes itself from the higher or more responsive complexes the bodily complex distortions will vanish. This is true also of the other examples. We would note at this time that the totally efficient use of catalyst upon your plane is extremely rare.
Questioner: Could you tell me how you are able to give us information like this with respect to the first distortion or Law of Confusion?
Ra: Each of those is already aware of this information. Any other reader may extract the heart of meaning from this discussion without interest as to the examples’ sources. If each was not fully aware of these answers we could not speak. It is interesting that in many of your queries you ask for confirmation rather information. This is acceptable to us.
Questioner: This brings out the point of the purpose of the physical incarnation, I believe. And that is to reach a conviction through your own thought processes as to a solution to problems and understandings in a totally free situation with no proof at all or anything that you would consider proof, proof being a very poor word in itself. Can you expand on my concept?
Ra: Your opinion is an eloquent one although somewhat confused in its connections between the freedom expressed by subjective knowing and the freedom expressed by subjective acceptance. There is a significant distinction between the two. This is not a dimension of knowing, even subjectively, due to the lack of overview of cosmic and other in-pourings which affect each and every situation which produces catalyst. The subjective acceptance of that which is at the moment and the finding of love within that moment is the greater freedom. That known as the subjective knowing without proof is, in some degree, a poor friend for there will be anomalies no matter how much information is garnered due to the distortions which form third-density.
Questioner: The third question that I have here is, could you give examples of bodily polarity?
Ra: Within the body there are many polarities which relate to the balancing of the energy centers of the various bodies of the unmanifested entity. It is well to explore these polarities for work in healing. Each entity is, of course, a potential polarized portion of an other-self.
Questioner: The last question here says that it would seem the proper balancing exercises for all the sensations of the body would be some sort of inactivity such as meditation or contemplation. Is this correct?
Ra: This is largely incorrect. The balancing requires a meditative state in order for the work to be done. However, the balancing of sensation has to do with an analysis of the sensation with especial respect to any unbalanced leaning between the love and the wisdom or the positive and the negative. Then whatever is lacking in the balanced sensation is, as in all balancing, allowed to come into the being after the sensation is remembered and recalled in such detail as to overwhelm the senses.
Questioner: Could you tell me why it is important for the appurtenances and other things to be so carefully aligned with respect to the instrument and why just a small ruffle in the sheet by the instrument causes a problem with the reception of Ra?
Ra: We may attempt an explanation. This contact is narrow-band. The instrument is highly sensitive. Thus we have good entry into it and can use it to an increasingly satisfactory level. However, the trance condition is, shall we say, not one which is without toll upon this instrument. Therefore, the area above the entrance into the physical complex of this instrument must be kept clear to avoid discomfort to the instrument especially as it re-enters the body complex. The appurtenances give to the instrument’s sensory input mental visualizations which aid in the trance beginning. The careful alignment of these is important for the energizing group in that it is a reminder to that support group that it is time for a working. The ritualistic behaviors are triggers for many energies of the support group. You may have noticed more energy being used in workings as the number has increased due to the long-term, shall we say, effect of such ritualistic actions. This would not aid another group as it was designed for this particular system of {people} and especially the instrument. There is enough energy transferred for one more long query. We do not wish to deplete this instrument.
Questioner: Then I will ask this question. Could you tell us the purpose of the frontal lobes of the brain and the conditions necessary for their activation?
Ra: The frontal lobes of the brain will, shall we say, have much more use in fourth density. The primary mental/emotive condition of this large area of the so-called brain is joy or love in its creative sense. Thus the energies which we have discussed in relationship to the pyramids: all of the healing, the learning, the building, and the energizing are to be found in this area. This is the area tapped by the adept. This is the area which, working through the trunk and root of mind, makes contact with intelligent energy and through this gateway, intelligent infinity.
#62
I understand that the first-density is composed of core atomic vibrations that are in the red spectrum, second in the orange, etc. Am I to understand that the core vibrations of our planet are still in the red and that second-density beings are still in the orange at this space/time right now and that each density as it exists on our planet right now has a different core vibration, or is this incorrect?
Ra: This is precisely correct.
Questioner: Then as the fourth-density vibrations come in this means that the planet can support entities of fourth-density core vibration. Will the planet then still be first-density core vibration and will there be second-density entities on it with second-density vibrations, and will there be third-density entities on it with third-density vibrations?
Ra: You must see the Earth, as you call it, as being seven Earths. There is red, orange, yellow, and there will soon be a completed green color vibratory locus for fourth-density entities which they will call Earth. During the fourth-density experience, due to the lack of development of fourth-density entities, the third-density planetary sphere is not useful for habitation since the early fourth-density entity will not know precisely how to maintain the illusion that fourth-density cannot be seen or determined from any instrumentation available to any third-density. Thus in fourth-density the red, orange, and green energy nexi of your planet will be activated while the yellow is in potentiation along with the blue and the indigo. .
Questioner: Do I understand, then, that death, whether it is by natural means or accidental means or suicide, that all deaths of this type would create the same after-death condition which would avail the entity to its protection from friends? Is this correct?
Ra: We presume you mean to inquire whether in the death experience, no matter what the cause, the negative friends are not able to remove an entity. This is correct largely because the entity without the attachment to the space/time physical complex is far more aware and without the gullibility which is somewhat the hallmark of those who love wholeheartedly. However, the death, if natural, would undoubtedly be the more harmonious; the death by murder being confused and the entity needing some time/space in which to get its bearings, so to speak; the death by suicide causing the necessity for much healing work and, shall we say, the making of a dedication to the third-density for the renewed opportunity of learning the lessons set by the higher self.
Questioner: Is this also true of unconscious conditions due to accident, or medical anesthetic, or drugs?
Ra: Given that the entity is not attempting to be of service in this particular way which is proceeding now, the entities of negative orientation would not find it possible to remove the mind/body/spirit. The unique characteristic, as we have said, which is, shall we say, dangerous is the willing of the {person} outward from the physical complex of third-density for the purpose of service-to-others. In any other situation this circumstance would not be in effect. The free will of the instrument is indeed a necessary part of the opportunity afforded the Orion group. However, this free will and the first distortion applies only to the instrument. The entire hope of the Orion group is to infringe upon free will without losing polarity. Thus this group, if represented by a wise entity, attempts to be clever.
Questioner: Has a Wanderer ever been so infringed upon by a negative adept and then placed in negative time/space?
Ra: This is correct.
Questioner: the situation that the Wanderer finds himself in and the path back, why that path could not be the simple moving back into positive time/space?
Ra: The path back revolves, firstly, about the higher self’s reluctance to enter negative space/time. This may be a significant part of the length of that path. Secondly, when a positively oriented entity incarnates in a thoroughly negative environment it must needs learn/teach the lessons of the love of self thus becoming one with its other-selves. When this has been accomplished the entity may then choose to release the potential difference and change polarities. However, the process of learning the accumulated lessons of love of self may be quite lengthy. Also the entity, in learning these lessons, may lose much positive orientation during the process and the choice of reversing polarities may be delayed until the mid-sixth-density. All of this is, in your way of measurement, time-consuming although the end result is well.
#70
Questioner: I have an extra little question that I want to throw in at this time. Is regressive hypnosis on an individual past birth in this incarnation to reveal memories to it of previous incarnations a service or a disservice to it?
Ra: We scan your query and find you shall apply the answer to your future. This causes us to be concerned with the first distortion. However, the query is also general and contains an opportunity for us to express a significant point. Therefore, we shall speak. There is an infinite range of possibility of service/disservice in the situation of time regression hypnosis, as you term this means of aiding memory. It has nothing to do with the hypnotist. It has only to do with the use which the entity so hypnotized makes of the information so gleaned. If the hypnotist desires to serve and if such a service is performed only upon sincere request, the hypnotist is attempting to be of service.
Questioner: In the last session Ra stated that “the path back from sixth density negative time/space revolves, firstly, about the higher self’s reluctance to enter negative time/space.” Could you explain the higher self’s position with respect to positive and negative time/space and why it is so reluctant to enter negative time/space that it is necessary for the {person} to incarnate in negative space/time to find its path back?
Ra: In brief, you have answered your own query. Please question further for more precise information.
Questioner: Why is the higher self reluctant to enter negative time/space?
Ra: The higher self is reluctant to allow its mind/body/spirit complex to enter negative time/space for the same basic reason an entity of your societal complex would be reluctant to enter a prison.
Questioner: What I am trying to understand here is more about the higher self and its relationship with the {person}. Does the higher self have a sixth-density {person} that is a separate unit from the {person} that is, in this case, displaced to negative time/space?
Ra: This is correct. The higher self is the entity of mid-sixthdensity which, turning back, offers this service to its self.
Questioner: I think I have an erroneous concept of the mind/body/spirit complex that, for instance, I represent here in this density and my higher self. This probably comes from my concept of space and time. I am going to try to unscramble this. The way I see it right now is that I am existing in two different locations, here and in mid-sixth-density, simultaneously. Is this correct?
Ra: You are existing at all levels simultaneously. It is specifically correct that your higher self is you in mid-sixth-density and, in your way of measuring what you know of as time, your higher self is your self in your future.
Questioner: Am I correct in assuming that all of the mind/body/spirit complexes that exist below levels of mid-sixth-density have a higher self at the level of mid-sixth-density? Is this correct?
Ra: This is correct.
Questioner: Would an analogy for this situation be that an individual’s higher self is manipulating, to some extent shall I say, the mind/body/spirit complex that is its analog to move it through the lower densities for the purposes of gaining experience and finally transferring that experience or amalgamating it in mid-sixth-density with the higher self?
Ra: This is incorrect. The higher self does not manipulate its past selves. It protects when possible and guides when asked, but the force of free will is paramount. The seeming contradictions of determinism and free will melt when it is accepted that there is such a thing as true simultaneity. The higher self is the end result of all the development experienced by the {person} to that point.
Questioner: Then what we are looking at is a long path of experience through the densities up to mid-sixth-density which is a function totally of free will and results in the awareness of the higher self in mid-sixth-density, but since time is illusory and there is a, shall I say, unification of time and space or an eradication of what we think of as time, then, all of this experience that results in the higher self, the cause of evolution through the densities, is existing while the evolution takes place. It is all simultaneous. Is this correct?
Ra: We refrain from speaking of correctness due to our understanding of the immense difficulty of absorbing the concepts of metaphysical existence. In time/space, which is precisely as much of your self as is space/time, all times are simultaneous just as, in your geography, your cities and villages are all functioning, bustling, and alive with entities going about their business at once. So it is in time/space with the self.
Questioner: If a positive entity is displaced to negative time/space I understand that the higher self is reluctant to enter the negative time/space. For some reason it makes it necessary for the {person} to incarnate in negative space/time. Why is it necessary for this incarnation in negative space/time?
Ra: Firstly, let us remove the concept of reluctance from the equation and then secondly, address your query more to the point. Each time/space is an analog of a particular sort or vibration of space/time. When a negative time/space is entered by an entity the next experience will be that of the appropriate space/time. This is normally done by the form-making body of a {person} which places the entity in the proper time/space for incarnation.
Questioner: I think that to clear up this point I will ask a few questions that are related that will possibly help me to understand this better because I am really confused about this and I think it is a very important point in understanding the creation and the Creator in general, you might say. If a Wanderer of fourth, fifth, or sixth-density dies from this third-density state in which we presently find ourselves, does he then find himself in the thirddensity time/space after death?
Ra: This will depend upon the plan which has been approved by the Council of Nine. Some Wanderers offer themselves for but one incarnation while others offer themselves for varying lengths of your time up to and including the last two cycles of 25,000 years. If the agreed-upon mission is completed the Wanderer’s {person} will go to the home vibration.
Questioner: Have there been any Wanderers on this planet for the past 50,000 years now?
Ra: There have been a few. There have been many more which chose to join this last cycle of 25,000 years and many, many more which have come for harvest.
Questioner: Now here is the point of my confusion. If, after physical death, a Wanderer would return to his home planet why cannot the same entity be extracted from negative time/space to the home planet rather than incarnating in negative space/time?
Ra: As we stated, the position in negative time/space, of which we previously were speaking, is that position which is preincarnative. After the death of the physical complex in yellow-ray activation the mind/body/spirit complex moves to a far different portion of time/space in which the indigo body will allow much healing and review to take place before any movement is made towards another incarnative experience. I perceive a basic miscalculation upon your part in that time/space is no more homogenous than space/time. It is as complex and complete a system of illusions, dances, and pattern as is space/time and has as structured a system of what you may call natural laws.
#70
Questioner: Attempt to get a slight understanding of what you meant by this statement that potential difference may be released and polarity changed after the above step. I am very interested in knowing, if placed in a negative time/space, why it is necessary to incarnate in negative space/time and learn/teach love of self and develop—I guess—a sixth-density level of polarity before you can release that potential difference. Could you speak on that subject?
Ra:
The entity which
incarnates into negative space/time will not find it possible to maintain any
significant positive polarity as negativity, when pure, is a type of gravity
well, shall we say, pulling all into it. Thus the entity, while remembering its
learned and preferred polarity, must needs make use of the catalyst given and
recapitulate the lessons of service to self in order to build up enough
polarity in order to cause the potential to occur for reversal.
#71
Questioner: I would first ask if it is possible to increase polarity without increasing harvestability?
Ra: The connection between polarization and harvestability is most important in third-density harvest. In this density an increase in the serving of others or the serving of self will almost inevitably increase the ability of an entity to enjoy an higher intensity of light. Thus in this density, we may say, it is hardly possible to polarize without increasing in harvestability.
Questioner: This would probably be possible in the higher densities such as the fifth-density. Is this correct?
Ra: In fifth-density harvest, polarization has very little do to with harvestability.
Questioner: Would you explain the concept of working with the unmanifested being in third-density to accelerate evolution?
Ra: This is a many-layered question and which stria we wish to expose is questionable. Please restate giving any further depth of information requested, if possible.
Questioner: As an entity goes through the death process in third-density it finds itself in time/space. It finds itself in a different set of circumstances. Would you please describe the circumstances or properties of time/space and then the process of healing of incarnative experiences that some entities encounter?
Ra: Although this query is difficult to answer adequately, due to the limitations of your space/time {words}, we shall respond to the best of our ability. The hallmark of time/space is the inequity between time and space. In your space/time the spatial orientation of material causes a tangible framework for illusion. In time/space the inequity is upon the shoulders of that property known to you as time. This property renders entities and experiences intangible in a relative sense. In your framework each particle or core vibration moves at a velocity which approaches what you call the speed of light from the direction of supraluminal velocities. Thus the time/space or metaphysical experience is that which is very finely tuned and, although an analog of space/time, lacking in its tangible characteristics. In these metaphysical planes there is a great deal of what you call time which is used to review and re-review the biases and learn/teachings of a prior, as you would call it, space/time incarnation. The extreme fluidity of these regions makes it possible for much to be penetrated which must needs be absorbed before the process of healing of an entity may be accomplished. Each entity is located in a somewhat immobile state much as you are located in space/time in a somewhat immobile state in time. In this immobile space the entity has been placed by the form-maker and higher self so that it may be in the proper configuration for learn/teaching that which it has received in the space/time incarnation. Depending upon this time/space locus there will be certain helpers which assist in this healing process. The process involves seeing in full the experience, seeing it against the backdrop of the {person} total experience, forgiving the self for all missteps as regards the missed guideposts during the incarnation and, finally, the careful assessment of the next necessities for learning. This is done entirely by the higher self until an entity has become conscious in space/time of the process and means of spiritual evolution at which time the entity will consciously take part in all decisions.
Questioner: Is the process in positive time/space identical with the process in negative time/space for this healing?
Ra: The process in space/time of the forgiveness and acceptance is much like that in time/space in that the qualities of the process are analogous. However, while in space/time it is not possible to determine the course of events beyond the incarnation but only to correct present imbalances. In time/space, upon the other hand, it is not possible to correct any unbalanced actions but rather to perceive the imbalances and thusly forgive the self for that which is. The decisions then are made to set up the possibility/probabilities of correcting these imbalances in what you call future space/time experiences. The advantage of time/space is that of the fluidity of the grand overview. The advantage of space/time is that, working in darkness with a tiny candle, one may correct imbalances.
Questioner: If an entity has chosen the negative polarization are the processes of healing and review similar for the negative path?
Ra: This is correct.
Questioner: Are the processes that we are talking about processes that occur on many planets in our Milky Way Galaxy, or do they occur on all planets, or what percentage?
Ra: These processes occur upon all planets which have given birth to sub-Logoi such as yourselves. The percentage of inhabited planets is approximately 10%.
Questioner: What percentage of stars, roughly, have planetary systems?
Ra: This is unimportant information, but harmless. Approximately 32% of stars have planets as you know them while another 6% have some sort of clustering material which upon some densities might be inhabitable.
Questioner: This would tell me that roughly 3% of all stars have inhabited planets. This process of evolution is in effect throughout the known universe then. Is this correct?
RA; I am Ra. This octave of infinite knowledge of the one Creator is as it is throughout the One Infinite Creation, with variations programmed by sub-Logoi of what you call major galaxies and minor galaxies. These variations are not significant but may be compared to various regions of geographical location sporting various ways of pronouncing the same {name} or concept.
Questioner: It seems to me from this that the sub-Logos such as our sun uses free will to modify only slightly a much more general idea of created evolution so that the general plan of created evolution then seems to be uniform throughout the One Infinite Creation. The process is for the sub-Logoi to grow through the densities and, under the first distortion, find their way back to the original thought. Is this correct?
Ra: This is correct.
Questioner: Then each entity is of a path that leads to one destination. This is like many, many roads that travel through many, many places but eventually merge into one large center. Is this correct?
Ra: This is correct but somewhat wanting in depth of description. More applicable would be the thought that each entity contains within it all of the densities and sub-densities of the octave so that in each entity, no matter whither its choices lead it, its great internal blueprint is one with all others. Thusly its experiences will fall into the patterns of the journey back to the original Logos. This is done through free will but the materials from which choices can be made are one blueprint.
Questioner: You have made the statement that pure negativity acts as a gravity well pulling all into it. I was wondering first if pure positivity has precisely the same effect? Could you answer that please?
Ra: This is incorrect. Positivity has a much weaker effect due to the strong element of recognition of free will in any positivity approaching purity. Thus although the negatively oriented entity may find it difficult to polarize negatively in the midst of such resounding harmony it will not find it impossible. Upon the other hand, the negative polarization is one which does not accept the concept of the free will of other-selves. Thusly in a social complex whose negativity approaches purity the pull upon other-selves is constant. A positively oriented entity in such a situation would desire for other-selves to have their free will and thusly would find itself removed from its ability to exercise its own free will, for the free will of negatively oriented entities is bent upon conquest.
Questioner: Could you please comment on the accuracy of these statements. I am going to talk in general about the concept of magic and first define it as the ability to create changes in consciousness at will. Is this an acceptable definition?
Ra: This definition is acceptable in that it places upon the adept the burden it shall bear. It may be better understood by referring back to an earlier query, in your measurement, within this working having to do with the unmanifested self. In magic one is working with one’s unmanifested self in body, in mind, and in spirit; the mixture depending upon the nature of the working. These workings are facilitated by the enhancement of the activation of the indigo-ray energy center. The indigo-ray energy center is fed, as are all energy centers, by experience but far more than the others is fed by what we have called the disciplines of the personality.
Questioner: I will state that the objective of the white magical ritual is to create a change in consciousness of a group. Is this correct?
Ra: Not necessarily. It is possible for what you term white magic to be worked for the purpose of altering only the self or the place of working. This is done in the knowledge that to aid the self in polarization towards love and light is to aid the planetary vibration.
Questioner: The change in consciousness should result in a greater distortion towards service-to-others, towards unity with all, and towards knowing in order to serve. Is this correct, and are there any other desired results?
Ra: These are commendable phrases. The heart of white magic is the experience of the joy of union with the Creator. This joy will of necessity radiate throughout the life experience of the positive adept. It is for this reason that sexual magic is not restricted solely to the negatively oriented polarizing adepts but when most carefully used has its place in high magic as it, when correctly pursued, joins body, mind, and spirit with the one infinite Creator. Any purpose which you may frame should, we suggest, take into consideration this basic union with the one infinite Creator, for this union will result in service-to-others of necessity.
Questioner: There are, shall I say, certain rules of white magic. I will read these few and I would like you to comment on the philosophical content or basis of these and add to this list any of importance that I have neglected. First, a special place of working preferably constructed by the practitioners;
second, a special signal or key such as a ring to summon the magical personality; third, special clothing worn only for the workings; fourth, a specific time of day; fifth, a series of ritual sound vibratory complexes designed to create the desired mental distortion; sixth, a group objective for each session. Could you comment on this list please?
Ra: To comment upon this list is to play the mechanic which views the instruments of the orchestra and adjusts and tunes the instruments. You will note these are mechanical details. The art does not lie herein. The one item of least import is what you call the time of day. This is important in those experiential nexi wherein the entities search for the metaphysical experience without conscious control over the search. The repetition of workings gives this search structure. In this particular group the structure is available without the need for inevitable sameness of times of working. We may note that this regularity is always helpful.
Questioner: You stated in a previous session that Ra searched for some time to find a group such as this one. I would assume that this search was for the purpose of communicating the Law of One. Is this correct?
Ra: This is partially correct. We also, as we have said, wished to attempt to make reparation for distortions of this law set in motion by our naive actions of your past.
Questioner: if we have covered the necessary material at this point to, if published, make the necessary reparations for the naive actions?
Ra: We mean no disrespect for your service, but we do not expect to make full reparations for these distortions. We may, however, offer our thoughts in the attempt. The attempt is far more important to us than the completeness of the result. The nature of your language is such that what is distorted cannot, to our knowledge, be fully undistorted but only illuminated somewhat. In response to your desire to see the relationship betwixt space/time and time/space may we say that we conducted this search in time/space for in this illusion one may quite readily see entities as vibratory complexes and groups as harmonics within vibratory complexes.
Questioner: I see the most important aspect of this communication as being a vehicle of partial enlightenment for those incarnate now who have become aware of their part in their own evolutionary process. Am I correct in this assumption?
Ra: You are correct. We may note that this is the goal of all artifacts and experiences which entities may come into contact with and is not only the property of Ra or this contact.
#73
Ra: There are two concepts with which you deal. The first is the great way of the development of the light in the microcosmic mind/body/spirit. It is assumed that an adept will have its energy centers functioning smoothly and in a balanced manner to its best effort before a magical working. All magical workings are based upon evocation and/or invocation. The first invocation of any magical working is that invocation of the magical personality as you are familiar with this term. In the working of which you speak the first station is the beginning of the invocation of this magical personality which is invoked by the motion of putting on something. Since you do not have an item of apparel or talisman the gesture which you have made is appropriate. The second station is the evocation of the great cross of life. This is an extension of the magical personality to become the Creator. Again, all invocations and evocations are drawn through the violet energy center. This may then be continued towards whatever energy centers are desired to be used.
Questioner: Then will you speak of the difference between the spiraling light that enters through the feet and the light invoked through the crown chakra?
Ra: The action of the upward spiraling light drawn by the will to meet the inner light of the one infinite Creator may be likened to the beating of the heart and the movement of the muscles surrounding the lungs and all the other functions of the parasympathetic nervous system. The calling of the adept may be likened to those nerve and muscle actions over which the {person} has conscious control.
Questioner: Previously you stated that where the two directions meet you have a measure of the development of the particular mind/body/spirit complex. Am I correct?
Ra: This is correct.
Questioner: It would seem to me that the visualization of the invocation would be dependent upon what the use was to be of the light. The use could be for healing, communication, or for the general awareness of the creation and the Creator. Would you please speak on this process and my correctness in making this assumption?
Ra: We shall offer some thoughts though it is doubtful that we may exhaust this subject. Each visualization, regardless of the point of the working, begins with some work within the indigo-ray. As you may be aware, the ritual which you have begun is completely working within the indigo-ray. This is well for it is the gateway. From this beginning light may be invoked for communication or for healing. You may note that in the ritual which we offered you to properly begin the Ra workings the first focus is upon the Creator. We would further note a point which is both subtile and of some interest. The upward spiraling light developed in its path by the will, and ultimately reaching an high place of mating with the inward fire of the one Creator, still is only preparation for the work upon the mind/body/spirit which may be done by the adept. There is some crystallization of the energy centers used during each working so that the magician becomes more and more that which it seeks. More importantly, the time/space mind/body/spirit analog, which is evoked as the magical personality, has its only opportunity to gain rapidly from the experience of the catalytic action available to the third-density space/time mind/body/spirit. Thus the adept is aiding the Creator greatly by offering great catalyst to a greater portion of the creation which is identified as the mind/body/spirit totality of an entity.
Questioner: Desire and will are the factors in this process. Is this correct?
Ra: We would add one quality. In the magical personality desire, will, and polarity are the keys.
Questioner: Many so-called evangelists which we have in our society at present have great desire and very great will, and possibly great polarity, but it seems to me that in many cases that there is a lack of awareness that creates a less than effective working in the magical sense. Am I correct in this analysis?
Ra: You are partially correct. In examining the polarity of a service-to-others working the free will must be seen as paramount. Those entities of which you speak are attempting to generate positive changes in consciousness while abridging free will. This causes the blockage of the magical nature of the working except in those cases wherein an entity freely desires to accept the working of the evangelist, as you have called it.
Questioner: An observation of the working itself by another entity would seem to me to partially abridge free will in that a seemingly magical occurrence had taken place as the result of the working of an adept. This could be extended to any phenomenon which is other than normal or acceptable. Could you speak on this paradox that is immediately the problem of anyone doing healing?
Ra: We are humble messengers of the Law of One. To us there are no paradoxes. The workings which seem magical and, therefore, seem to infringe upon free will do not, in themselves, do so, for the distortions of perception are as many as the witnesses and each witness sees what it desires to see. Infringement upon free will occurs in this circumstance only if the entity doing the working ascribes the authorship of this event to its self or its own skills. He who states that no working comes from it but only through it is not infringing upon free will.
#74
Questioner: Let me see if I have a wrong opinion here of the effect of disciplines of the personality. I was assuming that the discipline of the personality to, shall we say, have a balanced attitude toward a single fellow entity would properly clear and balance, to some extent, the orange-ray energy center. Is this correct?
Ra: We cannot say that you speak incorrectly but merely less than completely. The disciplined personality, when faced with an other-self, has all centers balanced according to its unique balance. Thusly the other-self looks in a mirror seeing its self.
Questioner: The disciplines of the personality are the paramount work of any who have become consciously aware of the process of evolution. Am I correct on that statement?
Ra: Quite.
Questioner: What I am trying to get at is how these disciplines affect the energy centers and the power of the white magician. Will you tell me how that works?
Ra: The heart of the discipline of the personality is threefold. One, know your self. Two, accept your self. Three, become the Creator. The third step is that step which, when accomplished, renders one the most humble servant of all, transparent in personality and completely able to know and accept other-selves. In relation to the pursuit of the magical working the continuing discipline of the personality involves the adept in knowing its self, accepting its self, and thus clearing the path towards the great indigo gateway to the Creator. To become the Creator is to become all that there is. There is, then, no personality in the sense with which the adept begins its learn/teaching. As the consciousness of the indigo ray becomes more crystalline, more work may be done; more may be expressed from intelligent infinity.
Questioner: You stated that a working of service to others has the potential of alerting a great mass of light strength. Could you describe just exactly how this works and what the uses of this would be?
Ra: There are sound vibratory complexes which act much like the dialing of your telephone. When they are appropriately vibrated with accompanying will and concentration it is as though many upon your metaphysical or inner planes received a telephone call. This call they answer by their attention to your working.
Questioner: There are many of these. The ones most obvious in our society are those used in the church rather than those used by the magical adept. What is the difference in the effect in those used in our various churches and those specifically magical incantations used by the adept?
Ra: If all in your churches were adepts consciously full of will, of seeking, of concentration, of conscious knowledge of the calling, there would be no difference. The efficacy of the calling is a function of the magical qualities of those who call; that is, their desire to seek the altered state of consciousness desired.
Questioner: In selecting the protective ritual we finally agreed upon the Banishing Ritual of the Lesser Pentagram. I assume that these sound vibratory complexes are of the type of which you speak for the alerting of those on the inner planes. Is this correct?
Ra: This is correct.
Questioner: If we had constructed a ritual of our own with words used for the first time in this sequence of protection what would have been the relative merit of this with respect to the ritual that we chose?
Ra: It would be less. In constructing ritual it is well to study the body of written work which is available for names of positive or service to others power are available.
Questioner: I will make an analogy to the loudness of the ringing of the telephone in using the ritual as the efficiency of the practitioners using the ritual. I see several things affecting the efficiency of the ritual: first, the desire of the practitioners to serve, their ability to invoke the magical personality, their ability to visualize while performing the ritual, and let me ask you as to the relative importance of those items and how each may be intensified?
Ra: This query borders upon over-specificity. It is most important for the adept to feel its own growth as teach/learner. We may only say that you correctly surmise the paramount import of the magical personality. This is a study in itself. With the appropriate emotional will, polarity, and purity, work may be done with or without proper {names}. However, there is no need for the blunt instrument when the scalpel is available.
Questioner: I assume that the reason that the rituals that have been used previously are of effect is that these words have built a bias in consciousness of those who have worked in these areas so that those who are of a distortion of mind that we seek will respond to imprint in consciousness of this series of words. Is this correct?
Ra: This is, to a great extent, correct. The exception is the sounding of some of what you call your Hebrew and some of what you call you Sanskrit vowels. These sound vibration complexes have power before time and space and represent configurations of light which built all that there is.
Questioner: Why do these sounds have this property?
Ra: The correspondence in vibratory complex is mathematical.
Questioner: How did the users of these sounds, Sanskrit and Hebrew, determine what these sounds were?
Ra: In the case of the Hebrew that entity known as Yahweh aided this knowledge through impression upon the material of genetic coding which became language, as you call it. In the case of Sanskrit the sound vibrations are pure due to the lack of previous, what you call, alphabet or letter-naming. Thus the sound vibration complexes seemed to fall into place as from the Logos. This was a more, shall we say, natural or unaided situation or process.
#75
Questioner: You spoke in a previous session about certain Hebrew and Sanskrit sound vibratory complexes being powerful because they were mathematically related to that which was the creation. Could you expand on this understanding as to how these are linked?
Ra: As we previously stated the linkage is mathematical or that of the ratio you may consider musical. There are those whose mind complex activities would attempt to resolve this mathematical ratio but at present the coloration of the intoned vowel is part of the vibration which cannot be accurately measured. However, it is equivalent to types of rotation of your primary material particles.
Questioner: If these sounds are precisely vibrated then what effect or use, with respect to the purposes of the adept, would they have?
Ra: You may consider the concept of sympathetic resonance. When certain sounds are correctly vibrated, the creation sings.
Questioner: Would these sounds, then, be of a musical nature in that there would be a musical arrangement of many different sound vibrations, or would this apply to just one single note? Which would it apply more to?
Ra: This query is not easily answered. In some cases only the intoned vowel has effect. In other cases, most notably Sanskrit combinations, the selection of harmonic intervals is also of resonant nature.
Questioner: Then would the adept use this resonant quality to become more one with the creation and, therefore, attain his objective in that way?
Ra: It would be perhaps more accurate to state that in this circumstance the creation becomes more and more contained within the practitioner. The balance of your query is correct.
Questioner: Could you tell me the musical name of the notes to be intoned that are of this quality?
Ra: We may not.
Questioner: I didn’t think that you could, but I thought it wouldn’t hurt to ask. Then I assume that these must be sought out and determined by empirical observation of their effect by the seeker. Is this correct?
Ra: This is partially correct. As your seeking continues there will be added to empirical data that acuity of sensibility which continued working in the ways of the adept offers.
#75 - HAIR
Questioner: You mentioned in an earlier session that the hair was an antennae. Could you expand on that statement as to how that works?
Ra: It is difficult to so do due to the metaphysical nature of this antennae-effect. Your physics are concerned with measurements in your physical complex of experience. The metaphysical nature of the contact of those in time/space is such that the hair, as it has significant length, becomes as a type of electrical battery which stays charged and tuned and is then able to aid contact even when there are small anomalies in the contact.
Questioner: Is there an optimum length of hair for this aid?
Ra: There is no outer limit on length but the, shall we say, inner limit is approximately four to four and one-half inches depending upon the strength of the contact and the nature of the instrument.
Questioner: May anyone in third density accomplish some degree of healing if they have the proper will, desire, and polarity, or is there a minimal balance of the energy centers of the healer that is also necessary?
Ra: Any entity may at any time instantaneously clear and balance its energy centers. Thus in many cases those normally quite blocked, weakened, and distorted may, through love and strength of will, become healers momentarily. To be a healer by nature one must indeed train its self in the disciplines of the personality.
Questioner: How does the use of the magical ritual invoking the magical personality aid the {person} totality? Could you expand on the answer that you gave in the last session with respect to that?
Ra: When the magical personality is properly and efficaciously invoked the self has invoked its higher self. Thus a bridge betwixt space/time and time/space is made and the sixth-density magical personality experiences directly the third-density catalyst for the duration of the working. It is most central to deliberately take off the magical personality after the working in order that the higher self resume its appropriate configuration as analog to the space/time mind/body/spirit.
Questioner: Then you are saying that the act, signal, or key for the invoking of the magical personality which is the putting of something on or a gesture should also be as carefully taken off to reverse the gesture perhaps at the end of the invocation. Is this correct?
Ra: This is correct. It should be fastidiously accomplished either in mind or by gesture as well if this is of significant aid.
Questioner: Now in the invocation of the magical personality it is not necessarily effective for the neophyte. Is there a point at which there is a definite quantum change and that then the magical personality does reside in the neophyte, or can it be done in small degrees or percentages of magical personality as the neophyte becomes more adept?
Ra: The latter is correct.
Questioner: The three aspects of the magical personality are stated to be power, love, and wisdom. Is this correct and are these the only primary aspects of the magical personality?
Ra: The three aspects of the magical personality, power, love, and wisdom, are so called in order that attention be paid to each aspect in developing the basic tool of the adept; that is, its self. It is by no means a personality of three aspects. It is a being of unity, a being of sixth density, and equivalent to what you call your higher self and at the same time is a personality enormously rich in variety of experience and subtlety of emotion. The three aspects are given that the neophyte not abuse the tools of its trade but rather approach those tools balanced in the center of love and wisdom and thus seeking power in order to serve.
Questioner: Then is it correct that a good sequence for the developing of the magical personality would be alternate meditations first on power, and then a meditation on love, and then a meditation on wisdom and then to continue cycling that way?
Ra: This is indeed an appropriate technique. In this particular group there is an additional aid in that each entity manifests one of these qualities in a manner which approaches the archetype. Thusly visualization may be personalized and much love and support within the group generated.
Questioner: You made the statement in a previous session that the true adept lives more and more as it is. Will you explain and expand more upon that statement?
Ra:
Each entity is the
Creator. The entity, as it becomes more and more conscious of its self,
gradually comes to the turning point at which it determines to seek either in
service to others or in service to self. The seeker becomes the adept when it
has balanced with minimal adequacy the energy centers red, orange, yellow, and
blue with the addition of the green for the positive, thus moving into indigo
work. The adept then begins to do less of the preliminary or outer work, having
to do with function, and begins to effect the inner work which has to do with
being. As the adept becomes a more and more consciously crystallized entity it
gradually manifests more and more of that which it always has been since before
time; that is, the one infinite Creator.
#31
You speak of various types of energy blockages and transfers, positive and negative, that may take place due to participation in our sexual reproductive complex of actions. Could you please explain these blockages and energy transfers with emphasis upon what an individual who is seeking to be in accordance with the Law of One may positively do in this area? Is it possible for you to answer this question?
Ra: It is partially possible, given the background we have laid. This is properly a more advanced question. Due to the specificity of the question we may give a general answer. The first energy transfer is red ray. It is a random transfer having to do only with your reproductive system. The orange and the yellow ray attempts to have sexual intercourse create, firstly, a blockage if only one entity vibrates in this area, thus causing the entity vibrating sexually in this area to have a never-ending appetite for this activity. What these vibratory levels are seeking is green ray activity. There is the possibility of orange or yellow ray energy transfer; this being polarizing towards the negative: one being seen as object rather than otherself; the other seeing itself as plunderer or master of the situation. In green ray there are two possibilities. Firstly, if both vibrate in green ray there will be a mutually strengthening energy transfer, the negative or female, as you call it, drawing the energy from the roots of the being-ness through the energy centers, thus being physically revitalized; the positive, or male polarity, as it is deemed in your illusion, finding in its energy transfer an inspiration which satisfies and feeds the spirit portion of the body/mind/spirit complex, thus both being polarized and releasing the excess of that which each has in abundance by nature of intelligent energy, that is, negative/intuitive, positive/physical energies as you may call them; this energy transfer being blocked only if one or both entities have fear of possession or of being possessed, of desiring possession or desiring being possessed. The other green ray possibility is that of one entity offering green ray energy, the other not offering energy of the universal love energy, this resulting in a blockage of energy for the one not green ray thus increasing frustration or appetite; the green ray being polarizing slightly towards service to others. The blue ray energy transfer is somewhat rare among your people at this time but is of great aid due to energy transfers involved in becoming able to express the self without reservation or fear. The indigo ray transfer is extremely rare among your people. This is the sacramental portion of the body complex whereby contact may be made through violet ray with intelligent infinity. No blockages may occur at these latter two levels due to the fact that if both entities are not ready for this energy it is not visible and neither transfer nor blockage may take place. It is as though the distributor were removed from a powerful engine.
Questioner: Could you define sexual energy transfer and expand upon its meaning, please?
Ra: Energy transfer implies the release of potential energies across, shall we say, a potentiated space. The sexual energy transfers occur due to the polarizations of two {people}, each of which have some potential difference one to the other. The nature of the transfer of energy or of the blockage of this energy is then a function of the interaction of these two potentials. In the cases where transfer takes place, you may liken this to a circuit being closed. You may also see this activity, as all experiential activities, as the Creator experiencing Itself.
Questioner: Could this then be the primal mechanism for the Creator to experience Itself?
Ra: This is not a proper term. Perhaps the adjectives would be “one appropriate” way of the Creator knowing Itself, for in each interaction, no matter what the distortion, the Creator is experiencing Itself. The bisexual knowing of the Creator by Itself has the potential for two advantages. Firstly, in the green ray activated being there is the potential for a direct and simple analog of what you may call joy, the spiritual or metaphysical nature which exists in intelligent energy. This is a great aid to comprehension of a truer nature of being-ness. The other potential advantage of bisexual reproductive acts is the possibility of a sacramental understanding or connection, shall we say, with the gateway to intelligent infinity, for with appropriate preparation, work in what you may call magic may be done and experiences of intelligent infinity may be had. The positively oriented individuals concentrating upon this method of reaching intelligent infinity, then, through the seeking or the act of will, are able to direct this infinite intelligence to the work these entities desire to do, whether it be knowledge of service or ability to heal or whatever service to others is desired . These are two advantages of this particular method of the Creator experiencing Itself. As we have said before, the corollary of the strength of this particular energy transfer is that it opens the door, shall we say, to the individual {person’s} desire to serve in an infinite number of ways an other self, thus polarizing towards positive.
Questioner: Can you expand somewhat on the concept that this action not only allows the Creator to know Itself better but also creates, in our density, an offspring or makes available the pathway for another entity to enter this density?
Ra: As we have previously said, the sexual energy transfers include the red ray transfer which is random and which is a function of the second density attempt to grow, to survive, shall we say. This is a proper function of the sexual interaction. The offspring, as you call the incarnated entity, takes on the mind/body complex opportunity offered by this random act or event called the fertilization of egg by seed which causes an entity to have the opportunity to then enter this density as an incarnate entity. This gives the two who were engaged in this bisexual reproductive energy transfer the potential for great service in this area of the nurturing of the small-experienced entity as it gains in experience. It shall be of interest at this point to note that there is always the possibility of using these opportunities to polarize towards the negative, and this has been aided by the gradual building up over many thousands of your years of social complex distortions which create a tendency towards confusion, shall we say, or baffling of the service to others aspect of this energy transfer and subsequent opportunities for service to other selves.
Questioner: If a sexual energy transfer occurs in green ray—and I am assuming in this case that there is no red ray energy transfer—does this mean it is impossible for this particular transfer to include fertilization and the birthing of an entity?
Ra: This is incorrect. There is always the red ray energy transfer due to the nature of the body complex. The random result of this energy transfer will be as it will be, as a function of the possibility of fertilization at a given time in a given pairing of entities each entity being undistorted in any vital sense by the yellow or orange ray energies; thus the gift, shall we say, being given freely, no payment being requested either of the body, of the mind, or of the spirit. The green ray is one of complete universality of love. This is a giving without expectation of return.
Questioner: I was wondering if there was some principle behind the fact that a sexual union does not necessarily lead to fertilization. I’m not interested in the chemical or physical principles of it. I’m interested in whether or not there is some metaphysical principle that leads to the couple having a child or not, or is it purely random?
Ra: This is random within certain limits. If an entity has reached the seniority whereby it chooses the basic structure of the life experience, this entity may then choose to incarnate in a physical complex which is not capable of reproduction. Thus we find some entities which have chosen to be unfertile. Other entities, through free will, make use of various devices to insure nonfertility. Except for these conditions, the condition is random.
Questioner: Thank you. In the previous material you mentioned “magnetic attraction.” Would you define and expand upon that term?
Ra: We used the term to indicate that in your bisexual natures there is that which is of polarity. This polarity may be seen to be variable according to the, shall we say, male/female polarization of each entity, be each entity biologically male or female. Thus you may see the magnetism which two entities with the appropriate balance, male/female versus female/male polarity, meeting and thus feeling the attraction which polarized forces will exert, one upon the other. This is the strength of the bisexual mechanism. It does not take an act of will to decide to feel attraction for one who is oppositely polarized sexually. It will occur in an inevitable sense giving the free flow of energy a proper, shall we say, avenue. This avenue may be blocked by some distortion toward a belief/condition stating to the entity that this attraction is not desired. However, the basic mechanism functions as simply as would, shall we say, the magnet and the iron.
Questioner: We have what seems to be an increasing number of entities incarnate here now who have what is called a homosexual orientation. Could you explain and expand upon that concept?
Ra: Entities of this condition experience a great deal of distortion due to the fact that they have experienced many incarnations as biological male and as biological female. This would not suggest what you call homosexuality in an active phase were it not for the difficult vibratory condition of your planetary sphere. There is what you may call great aura infringement among your crowded urban areas in your more populous countries, as you call portions of your planetary surface. Under these conditions the confusions will occur.
Questioner: Why does density of population create these confusions?
Ra: The bisexual reproductive urge has as its goal, not only the simple reproductive function, but more especially the desire to serve others being awakened by this activity. In an over-crowded situation where each {person} is under constant bombardment from other-selves it is understandable that those who are especially sensitive would not feel the desire to be of service to otherselves. This would also increase the probability of a lack of desire or a blockage of the red ray reproductive energy. In an uncrowded atmosphere this same entity would, through the stimulus of feeling the solitude about it, then have much more desire to seek out someone to whom it may be of service thus regularizing the sexual reproductive function.
Questioner: Roughly how many previous incarnations would a male entity in this incarnation have had to have had in the past as a female to have a highly homosexual orientation in this incarnation?
Ra: If an entity has had roughly 65% of its incarnations in the sexual/biological body complex, the opposite polarity to its present body complex, this entity is vulnerable to infringement of your urban areas and may perhaps become of what you call an homosexual nature. It is to be noted at this juncture that although it is much more difficult, it is possible in this type of association for an entity to be of great service to another in fidelity and sincere green ray love of a nonsexual nature thus adjusting or lessening the distortions of its sexual impairment.
Questioner: Is there an imprint occurring on the DNA coding of an entity so that sexual biases are imprinted due to early sexual experiences?
Ra: This is partially correct. Due to the nature of solitary sexual experiences, it is in most cases unlikely that what you call masturbation has an imprinting effect upon later experiences. This is similarly true with some of the encounters which might be seen as homosexual among those of this age group. These are often, instead, innocent exercises in curiosity. However, it is quite accurate that the first experience in which the {person} is intensely involved will indeed imprint upon the entity for that life experience a set of preferences.
Questioner: Does the Orion group use this as a gateway to impress upon entities preferences which could be of a negative polarization?
Ra: Just as we of the Confederation attempt to beam our love and light whenever given the opportunity, including sexual opportunities, so the Orion group will use an opportunity if it is negatively oriented or if the individual is negatively oriented.
Questioner: Is there any emotional bias that has nothing to do with male/female sexual polarity that can create sexual energy buildup in an entity?
Ra: The sexual energy buildup is extremely unlikely to occur without sexual bias upon the part of the entity. Perhaps we did not understand your question, but it seems obvious that it would take an entity with the potential for sexual activity to experience a sexual energy buildup.
Questioner: I was thinking more of the possibility of the Orion group influencing certain members of the Third Reich who I have read reports of having sexual gratification from the observation of the gassing and killing of entities in the gas chambers.
Ra: We shall repeat these entities had the potential for sexual energy buildup. The choice of stimulus is certainly the choice of the entity. In the case of which you speak, these entities were strongly polarized orange ray, thus finding the energy blockage of power over others, the putting to death being the ultimate power over others; this then being expressed in a sexual manner, though solitary. In this case the desire would continue unabated and be virtually unquenchable. You will find, if you observe the entire spectrum of sexual practices among your peoples, that there are those who experience such gratification from domination over others either from rape or from other means of domination. In each case this is an example of energy blockage which is sexual in its nature.
Questioner: Would the Orion group be able, then, to impress on entities this orange ray effect? Is this the way that this came about? If we go back to the beginning of third-density there must be a primal cause of this.
Ra: The cause of this is not Orion. It is the free choice of your peoples. This is somewhat difficult to explain. We shall attempt. The sexual energy transfers and blockages are more a manifestation or example of that which is more fundamental than the other way about. Therefore, as your peoples became open to the concepts of bellicosity and the greed of ownership, these various distortions then began to filter down through the tree of mind into body complex expressions, the sexual expression being basic to that complex. Thus these sexual energy blockages, though Orion influenced and intensified, are basically the product of the being-ness chosen freely by your peoples.
Questioner: I just need to know then if this works through the racial memory and infects the entire population in some way?
Ra: The racial memory contains all that has been experienced. Thus there is some, shall we say, contamination even of the sexual, this showing mostly in your own culture as the various predispositions to adversary relationships, or, as you call them, marriages, rather than the free giving one to another in the love and the light of the infinite Creator.
#84 - SEX BEFORE THE VEILING
Questioner: Going back to the previous session, you stated that each sexual activity was a transfer before the veil. Would you trace the flow of energy that is transferred and tell me if that was the planned activity or a planned transfer by the designing Logos?
Ra: The path of energy transfer before the veiling during the sexual intercourse was that of the two entities possessed of green-ray capability. The awareness of all as Creator is that which opens the green energy center. Thusly there was no possibility of blockage due to the sure knowledge of each by each that each was the Creator. The transfers were weak due to the ease with which such transfers could take place between any two polarized entities during sexual intercourse.
Questioner: What I was getting at, precisely, was, for example, when we close an electrical circuit it is easy to trace the path of current. It goes along the conductor. I am trying to determine whether this transfer is between the green energy centers (the heart chakras). I am trying to trace the physical flow of the energy to try to get an idea of blockages after the veil. I may be off on the wrong track here, but if I am wrong we’ll just drop it. something about that?
Ra: In such a drawing or schematic representation of the circuitry of two mind/body/spirits or {people} in sexual or other energy transfer the circuit opens always at the red or base center and moves as possible through the intervening energy centers. If baffled it will stop at orange. If not, it shall proceed to yellow. If still unbaffled it shall proceed to green. It is well to remember in the case of the mind/body/spirit that the chakras or energy centers could well be functioning without crystallization.
Questioner: In other words, they would be functioning but it would be equivalent in an electrical circuitry to having a high resistance, shall we say, and although the circuit would be complete, red through green, the total quantity of energy transferred would be less. Is this correct?
Ra: We might most closely associate your query with the concept of voltage. The uncrystallized, lower centers cannot deliver the higher voltage. The crystallized centers may become quite remarkable in the high voltage characteristics of the energy transfer as it reaches green ray and indeed as green ray is crystallized this also applies to the higher energy centers until such energy transfers become an honestation { n. adornment; grace} for the Creator.
Questioner: Would you please correct me on this statement. I am guessing that what happens is that when a transfer takes place the energy is that light energy that comes in through the feet of the entity and the voltage or potential difference is measured between the red energy center and, in the case of the green ray transfer, the green energy center and then must leap or flow from the green energy center of one entity to the green energy center of the other, and then something happens to it. Could you clarify my thinking on that?
Ra: The energy transfer occurs in one releasing of the potential difference. This does not leap between green and green energy centers but is the sharing of the energies of each from red ray upwards. In this context it may be seen to be at its most efficient when both entities have orgasm simultaneously. However, it functions as transfer if either has the orgasm and indeed in the case of the physically expressed love between a mated pair which does not have the conclusion you call orgasm there is, nonetheless, a considerable amount of energy transferred due to the potential difference which has been raised as long as both entities are aware of this potential and release its strength to each other by desire of the will in a mental or mind complex dedication. You may see this practice as being used to generate energy transfers in some of your practices of what you may call other than Christian religious distortion systems of the Law of One.
Questioner: Could you give me an example of that last statement?
Ra: We preface this example with the reminder that each system is quite distorted and its teachings always half-lost. However, one such system is that called the Tantric Yoga.
Questioner: I am trying to determine whether the direction of energy transfer is a function of orgasm. Which entity gets the transferred energy? I know it’s a dumb question, but I want to be sure that I have it cleared up.
Ra: If both entities are well polarized and vibrating in green-ray love any orgasm shall offer equal energy to both.
Questioner: I see. Before the veil can you describe any other physical difference that we haven’t talked about yet with respect to the sexual energy transfers or relationships or anything prior to veiling?
Ra: Perhaps the most critical difference of the veiling, before and after, was that before the mind, body, and spirit were veiled, entities were aware that each energy transfer and, indeed, very nearly all that proceeds from any intercourse, social or sexual, between two entities has its character and substance in time/space rather than space/time. The energies transferred during the sexual activity are not, properly speaking, of space/ time. There is a great component of what you may call metaphysical energy transferred. Indeed, the body complex as a whole is greatly misunderstood due to the post-veiling assumption that the physical manifestation called the body is subject only to physical stimuli. This is emphatically not so.
Questioner: Did most Logoi plan, before the veil, to create a system of random sexual activity or the specific pairing of entities for specific periods of time, or did they have an objective in this respect?
Ra: The harvest from the previous creation was that which included the male and female mind/body/spirit. It was the intention of the original Logoi that entities mate with one another in any fashion which caused a greater polarization. It was determined, after observation of the process of many Logoi, that polarization increased many fold if the mating were not indiscriminate. Consequent Logoi thusly preserved a bias towards the mated relationship which is more characteristic of more disciplined personalities and of what you may call higher densities. The free will of each entity, however, was always paramount and a bias only could be offered.
Questioner:. In the last session you made the statement that before the veiling, sexual energy transfer was always possible. I would like to know what you meant by “it was always possible” and why it was not always possible after the veiling, just to clear up that point?
Ra: We believe that we grasp your query and will use the analogy in your culture of the battery which lights the flashlight bulb. Two working batteries placed in series always offer the potential of the bulb’s illumination. After the veiling, to continue this gross analogy, the two batteries being placed not in series would then offer no possible illumination of the bulb. Many {people} after the veiling have, through blockages, done the equivalent of reversing the battery.
Questioner: What was the primary source of the blockages that caused the battery reversal?
Ra: Please query more specifically as to the mind/body/spirits or {people} about which you request information.
Questioner: Before the veil there was knowledge of the bulb-lighting technique, shall we say. After the veil some experiments created a bulb lighting; some resulted in no bulb lighting. Other than the fact that information was not available on methods of lighting the bulb, was there some root cause of the experiments that resulted in no bulb lighting?
Ra: This is correct.
Questioner: What was this root cause?
Ra: The root cause of blockage is the lack of the ability to see the other-self as the Creator, or to phrase this differently, the lack of love.
Questioner: What was this ratio before the veil?
Ra: The ratio of male to female orgasms before the veil was closer to one-to-one by a great deal as the metaphysical value of the female orgasm was clear and without shadow
Questioner: After the veil, in our particular case now, we have, in the circuitry of which we were speaking, what you call blockages. Could you describe what occurs with the first blockage and what its effects are on each of the entities assuming that one blocks and the other does not or if both are blocked?
Ra: This material has been covered previously. If both entities are blocked both will have an increased hunger for the same activity, seeking to unblock the baffled flow of energy. If one entity is blocked and the other vibrates in love, the entity baffled will hunger still but have a tendency to attempt to continue the procedure of satiating the increasing hunger with the one vibrating green ray due to an impression that this entity might prove helpful in this endeavor. The green-ray active individual shall polarize slightly in the direction of service to others but have only the energy with which it began.
Questioner: I didn’t mean to cover previously covered material. What I was actually attempting to do was discover something new in asking the question, so please if I ask any questions in the future that have already been covered don’t bother to repeat the material. I am just searching the same area for the possibility of greater enlightenment with respect to this particular area since it seems to be one of the major areas of experience in our present condition of veiling that produces a very large amount of catalyst and I am trying to understand, to use a poor term, how this veiling process created a greater experience and how this experience evolved. These questions are very difficult to ask. It occurs to me that many statues or drawings of the one known as Lucifer or the Devil are shown with an erection. Is this a function of orange-ray blockage, and was this known in a minimal way by those who devised these statues and drawings?
Ra: There is, of course, much other distortion involved in a discussion of any mythic archetypical form. However, we may answer in the affirmative and note that you are perceptive.
Questioner: With respect to the green, blue, and indigo transfers of energy, how would the mechanism for these transfers differ from the orange-ray mechanism in making them possible or setting the groundwork for them? I know this is very difficult to ask and I may not be making any sense, but what I am trying to do is gain an understanding of the foundation for the transfers in each of the rays and the preparations for the transfers or the fundamental requirements or biases and potentials for these transfers. Could you expand on that for me please? I am sorry for the poor question.
Ra: We would take a moment to state in reply to a previous comment that we shall answer each query whether or not it has been previously covered for not to do so would be to baffle the flow of quite another transfer of energy. To respond to your query we firstly wish to agree with your supposition that the subject you now query upon is a large one, for in it lies an entire system of opening the gateway to intelligent infinity. You may see that some information is necessarily shrouded in mystery by our desire to preserve the free will of the adept. The great key to blue, indigo, and finally, that great capital of the column of sexual energy transfer, violet energy, transfers, is the metaphysical bond or distortion which has the name among your peoples of unconditional love. In the blue-ray energy transfer the quality of this love is refined in the fire of honest communication and clarity; this, shall we say, normally speaking in general, takes a substantial portion of your space/time to accomplish although there are instances of matings so well refined in previous incarnations and so well remembered that the blue-ray may be penetrated at once. This energy transfer is of great benefit to the seeker in that all communication from this seeker is, thereby, refined and the eyes of honesty and clarity look upon a new world. Such is the nature of blue-ray energy and such is one mechanism of potentiating and crystallizing it. As we approach indigo-ray transfer we find ourselves in a shadowland. We cannot give you information straight out or plain, for this is seen by us to be an infringement. We cannot speak at all of violet ray transfer as we do not, again, desire to break the Law of Confusion. We may say that these jewels, though dearly bought, are beyond price for the seeker and might suggest that just as each awareness is arrived at through a process of analysis, synthesis, and inspiration, so should the seeker approach its mate and evaluate each experience, seeking the jewel.
Questioner: Is there any way to tell which ray the transfer was for an individual after the experience?
Ra: There is only a subjective yardstick or measure of such. If the energies have flowed so that love is made whole, green-ray transfer has taken place. If, by the same entities’ exchange, greater ease in communication and greater sight has been experienced, the energy has been refined to the blue-ray energy center. If the polarized entities, by this same energy transfer experience, find that the faculties of will and faith have been stimulated, not for a brief while but for a great duration of what you call time, you may perceive the indigo-ray transfer. We may not speak of the violet-ray transfer except to note that it is an opening to the gateway of intelligent infinity. Indeed, the indigo-ray transfer is also this but, shall we say, the veil has not yet been lifted.
Questioner: In our particular illusion the sexual potential for the male seems to peak somewhere prior to the age twenty and the female’s peak is some ten years later. What is the cause of this difference in peaking sexual energy?
Ra: We must make clear distinction between the yellow-ray, third-density, chemical bodily complex and the body complex which is a portion of the {person}. The male, as you call this polarity, has an extremely active yellow-ray desire at the space/time in its incarnation when its sperm is the most viable and full of the life-giving spermato. Thusly the red ray seeks to reproduce most thickly at the time when this body is most able to fulfill the red-ray requirements. The yellow-ray, chemical body complex of the female, as you call this polarity, must needs have a continued and increasing desire for the sexual intercourse for it can only conceive once in one fifteen to eighteen month period, given that it carries the conceived body complex, bears it, and suckles it. This is draining to the physical body of yellow ray. To compensate for this the desire increases so that the yellow-ray body is predisposed to continue in sexual congress, thus fulfilling its red-ray requirement to reproduce as thickly as possible. The more, shall we say, integral sexuality or polarity of the body complex, which is a portion of the {person}, does not concern itself with these yellow-ray manifestations but rather follows the ways of the seeking of energy transfer and the furthering of aid and service to others or to the self.
Questioner: In addition, why is the ratio of male to female orgasms so heavily loaded on the side of the male?
Ra: We refer now to the yellow-ray, physical body or, if you will, body complex. At this level the distinction is unimportant. The male orgasm which motivates the sperm forward to meet its ovum is essential for the completion of the red-ray desire to propagate the species. The female orgasm is unnecessary. Again, as {people} begin to use the sexual energy transfer to learn, to serve, and to glorify the one infinite Creator the function of the female orgasm becomes more clear. .
Questioner: Is it meaningful to give this ratio in early fourth density and, if so, would you do that?
Ra: In many ways it is quite meaningless to speak of orgasm of male and female in higher densities as the character and nature of orgasm becomes more and more naturally a function of the {person} as an unit. It may be said that the veil in fourth density is lifted and the choice has been made. In positive polarities true sharing is almost universal. In negative polarities true blockage so that the conqueror obtains orgasm, the conquered almost never, is almost universal. In each case you may see the function of the sexual portion of experience as being a most efficient means of polarization.
Questioner: In our illusion we have physical definitions for possible transfers of energy. We label them as the conversion of potential to kinetic or kinetic to heat and examine this with respect to the increasing entropy. When we speak of sexual energy transfers and other more basic forms of energy I am always at a loss to properly use, you might say, the terms since I am not understanding—and possibly can’t understand—the basic form of energy that we speak of. However, I intuit that this is the energy of pure vibration; that is, at the basic level of our illusion, that vibration between the space and time portion of the space/time continuum and yet somehow is transferred into our illusion in a more basic form than that. Could you expand on this area for me, please?
Ra:
You are correct in
assuming that the energy of which we speak in discussing sexual energy
transfers is a form of vibratory bridge between space/time and time/space.
Although this distinction is not apart from that which follows, that which
follows may shed light upon that basic statement. Due to the veiling process
the energy transferred from male to female is different than that transferred
from female to male. Due to the polarity difference of the {people} of male and
female the male stores physical energy, the female mental and mental/emotional
energy. When third-density sexual energy transfer is completed the male will
have offered the discharge of physical energy. The female is, thereby,
refreshed, having far less physical vitality. At the same time, if you will use
this term, the female discharges the efflux of its stored mental and
mental/emotional energy, thereby offering inspiration, healing, and blessing to
the male which by nature is less vital in this area.
OTHER EXTRATERRESTRIAL CONTACTS
#14
Questioner: who was responsible for transmitting the book Oahspe?
Ra: This was transmitted by one of Confederation social memory complex status whose idea, as offered to the Council, was to use some of the known physical history of the so-called religions or religious distortions of your cycle in order to veil and partially unveil aspects or primal distortions of the Law of One. All names can be taken to be created for their vibrational characteristics. The information buried within has to do with a deeper understanding of love and light, and the attempts of infinite intelligence through many messengers to teach/learn those entities of your sphere.
Questioner: Have there been any other books that you can name that are available for this purpose that have been given by the Confederation?
Ra: We cannot share this information, for it would distort your discernment patterns in your future. You may ask about a particular volume.
Questioner: Who transmitted the Urantia Book?
Ra: This was given by a series of discarnate entities of your own Earth planes, the so-called inner planes. This material is not passed by the Council.
Questioner: Who spoke through Edgar Cayce?
Ra: No entity spoke through Edgar Cayce.
Questioner: Where did the information come from that Edgar Cayce channeled?
Ra: We have explained before that the intelligent infinity is brought into intelligent energy from eighth density or octave. The one called Edgar used this gateway to view the present, which is not the continuum you experience but the potential social memory complex of this planetary sphere. The term your peoples have used for this is the “Akashic Record” or the “Hall of Records.”
#16
Questioner: I would like to ask, considering the free will distortion of the Law of One, how can the Guardians quarantine the Earth? Is this quarantine within free will?
Ra: The Guardians guard the free will distortion of the {people} of third density on this planetary sphere. The events which required activation of quarantine were interfering with the free will distortion of {people}.
Questioner: I may be wrong, but it seems to me that it would be the free will of, say the Orion group, to interfere. How is this balanced with the information which you just gave?
Ra: The balancing is from dimension to dimension. The attempts of the so-called Crusaders to interfere with free will are acceptable upon the dimension of their understanding. However, the mind/body/spirit complexes of this dimension you call third form a dimension of free will which is not able to, shall we say, recognize in full, the distortions towards manipulation. Thus, in order to balance the dimensional variances in vibration, a quarantine, this being a balancing situation whereby the free will of the Orion group is not stopped but given a challenge. Meanwhile, the third group is not hindered from free choice.
Questioner: Could these “windows” that occur to let the Orion group come through once in a while have anything to do with this free will balancing?
Ra: This is correct.
Questioner: Could you tell me how that works?
Ra: The closest analogy would be a random number generator within certain limits.
Questioner: What is the source of this random number generator? Is it created by the Guardians to balance their guarding? Or is it a source other than the Guardians?
Ra: All sources are one. However, we understand your query. The window phenomenon is an other-self phenomenon from the Guardians. It operates from the dimensions beyond space/time in what you may call the area of intelligent energy. Like your cycles, such balancing, such rhythms are as a clock striking. In the case of the windows, no entities have the clock. Therefore, it seems random. It is not random in the dimension which produces this balance. That is why we stated the analogy was within certain limits.
Questioner: Then this window balancing prevents the Guardians from reducing their positive polarization by totally eliminating the Orion contact through shielding. Is this correct?
Ra: This is partially correct. In effect, the balancing allows an equal amount of positive and negative influx, this balanced by the mind/body/spirit distortions of the social complex. Thus in your particular planetary sphere, less negative, as you would call it, information or stimulus is necessary than positive due to the somewhat negative orientation of your social complex distortion.
Questioner: In this way, total free will is balanced so that individuals may have an equal opportunity to choose service to others or service to self. Is this correct?
Ra: This is correct.
Questioner: This is a profound revelation, I believe, in the Law of Free Will. Thank you. This is a minor question further to make an example of this principle, but if the Confederation landed on Earth, they would be taken as gods, breaking the Law of Free Will and thus reducing their polarization of service to all. I assume that the same thing would happen if the Orion group landed. How would this affect their polarization of service to self if they were able to land and became known as gods?
Ra: In the event of mass landing of the Orion group, the effect of polarization would be strongly toward an increase in the service to self, precisely the opposite of the former opportunity which you mentioned.
Questioner: If the Orion group was able to land, would this increase their polarization? What I am trying to get at is, is it better for them to work behind the scenes to get recruits, shall we say, from our planet, the person from our planet going strictly on his own using free will, or is it just as good for the Orion group to land on our planet and demonstrate remarkable powers and get people like that?
Ra: This first instance is, in the long run, shall we put it, more salubrious for the Orion group in that it does not infringe upon the Law of One by landing and, thus, does its work through those of this planet. In the second circumstance, a mass landing would create a loss of polarization due to the infringement upon the free will of the planet. However, it would be a gamble. If the planet were then conquered and became part of the Empire, the free will would then be re-established. This is restrained in action due to the desire of the Orion group to progress towards the one Creator. This desire to progress inhibits the group from breaking the Law of Confusion.
Questioner: You mentioned the word “Empire” in relation to the Orion group. I have thought for some time that the movie Star Wars was somehow an allegory for what is actually happening. Is this correct?
Ra: This is correct in the same way that a simple children’s story is an allegory for physical/philosophical/social complex distortion/understanding.
Questioner: Is there a harvest of entities oriented toward service to self like there is a harvest of those oriented toward service to others?
Ra: There is one harvest. Those able to enter fourth density through vibrational complex levels may choose the manner of their further seeking of the one Creator.
Questioner: Then as we enter the fourth density there will be a split, shall we say, and part of the individuals who go into the fourth density will go into planets or places where there is service to others and part will go into places where there is service to self. Is this correct?
Ra: This is correct.
#17- not in order The one known to you as Jesus of Nazareth did not have a name. This entity was a member of fourth density of the highest level of that sub-octave. {the highest level of fourth density going into the fifth} This entity was desirous of entering this planetary sphere in order to share the love vibration in as pure a manner as possible. Thus, this entity received permission to perform this mission. This entity was then a Wanderer of no name, of Confederation origins, of fourth density, representing the fourth-density understanding of the vibration of understanding or love. This entity could have gone on to the fifth but chose instead to return to third for this particular mission. This entity was of the highest sub-octave of the vibration of love. This is fourth density. The technique was that of building upon other negatively oriented information. This information had been given by the one whom your peoples called “Yahweh.” This information involved many strictures upon behavior and promised power of the third-density, service-to-self nature. These two types of distortions were impressed upon those already oriented to think these thought-forms. This eventually led to many challenges of the entity known as Jesus. It eventually led to one, {name} “Judas,” as you call this entity, who believed that it was doing the appropriate thing in bringing about or forcing upon the one you call Jesus the necessity for bringing in the third-density planetary power distortion of third-density rule over others. This entity, Judas, felt that, if pushed into a corner, the entity you call Jesus would then be able to see the wisdom of using the power of intelligent infinity in order to rule others. The one you call Judas was mistaken in this estimation of the reaction of the entity, Jesus, whose teach/learning was not oriented towards this distortion. This resulted in the destruction of the bodily complex of the one known as Jesus. This entity learned the ability by a natural kind of remembering at a very young age. Unfortunately, this entity first discovered his ability to penetrate intelligent infinity by becoming the distortion you call “angry” at a playmate. This entity was touched by the entity known as Jesus and was fatally wounded. Thus the one known as Jesus became aware that there dwelt in him a terrible potential. This entity determined to discover how to use this energy for the good, not for the negative. This entity was extremely positively polarized and remembered more than most Wanderers do.
Questioner: How did this aggressive action against a playmate affect Jesus in his spiritual growth? Where did he go after his physical death?
Ra: The entity you call Jesus was galvanized by this experience and began a lifetime of seeking and searching. This entity studied first day and night in its own religious constructs which you call Judaism and was learned enough to be a rabbi, as you call teach/learners of this particular rhythm or distortion of understanding, at a very young age. At the age of approximately thirteen and one-half of your years, this entity left the dwelling place of its earthly family, as you would call it, and walked into many other places seeking further information. This went on sporadically until the entity was approximately twenty-five, at which time it returned to its family dwelling, and learned and practiced the art of its earthly father. When the entity had become able to integrate or synthesize all experiences, the entity began to speak to other-selves and teach/learn what it had felt during the preceding years to be of a worthwhile nature. The entity was absolved karmically of the destruction of another-self when it was in the last portion of lifetime and spoke upon what you would call a cross saying, “Father, forgive them for they know not what they do.” In forgiveness lies the stoppage of the wheel of action, or what you call karma.
Questioner: What density is the entity known as Jesus in now?
Ra: This information is harmless though unimportant. This entity studies now the lessons of the wisdom vibration, the fifth-density, also called the light vibration.
Questioner: In our culture there is a saying that he will return. if this is planned?
Ra: I will attempt to sort out this question. It is difficult. This entity became aware that it was not an entity of itself but operated as a messenger of the one Creator whom this entity saw as love. This entity was aware that this cycle was in its last portion and spoke to the effect that those of its consciousness would return at the harvest. The particular {person} you call Jesus is, as what you would call an entity, not to return except as a member of the Confederation speaking through a channel. However, there are others of the identical congruency of consciousness that will welcome those to the fourth-density. This is the meaning of the returning.
#84
Questioner: The instrument asked the following question: Ra has implied that the instrument is on the path of martyrdom, but since we all die are we not all martyred to something, and when, if ever, does martyrdom partake of wisdom?
Ra: This is a thoughtful query. Let us use as exemplar the one known as Jehoshua. This entity incarnated with the plan of martyrdom. There is no wisdom in this plan but rather understanding and compassion extended to its fullest perfection. The one known as Jehoshua would have been less than fully understanding of its course had it chosen to follow its will at any space/time during its teachings. Several times, as you call this measure, this entity had the possibility of moving towards the martyr’s place which was, for that martyr, Jerusalem. Yet in meditation this entity stated, time and again, “It is not yet the hour.” The entity could also have, when the hour came, walked another path. Its incarnation would then have been prolonged but the path for which it incarnated somewhat confused. Thusly, one may observe the greatest amount of understanding, of which this entity was indeed capable, taking place as the entity in meditation felt and knew that the hour had come for that to be fulfilled which was its incarnation. It is indeed so that all {people} shall die to the third-density illusion; that is, that each yellow-ray physical-complex body shall cease to be viable. It is a misnomer to, for this reason alone, call each {person} a martyr, for this term is reserved for those who lay down their lives for the service they may provide to others. We may encourage meditation upon the functions of the will.
#17
The fourth density is a vibrational spectrum. Your time/space continuum has spiraled your planetary sphere and your, what we would call galaxy, what you call star, into this vibration. This will cause the planetary sphere itself to electromagnetically realign its vortices of reception of the instreaming of cosmic forces expressing themselves as vibrational webs so that the Earth thus be fourth-density magnetized, as you may call it. This is going to occur with some inconvenience, as we have said before, due to the energies of the thought-forms of your peoples which disturb the orderly constructs of energy patterns within your Earth spirals of energy which increases entropy and unusable heat. This will cause your planetary sphere to have some ruptures in its outer garment while making itself appropriately magnetized for fourth density. This is the planetary adjustment. You will find a sharp increase in the number of people, as you call {people}, whose vibrational potentials include the potential for fourth-vibrational distortions. Thus, there will seem to be, shall we say, a new breed. These are those incarnating for fourth-density work. There will also be a sharp increase in the short run of negatively oriented or polarized {people} and social complexes, due to the polarizing conditions of the sharp delineation between fourth-density characteristics and third-density self-service orientation. Those who remain in fourth density upon this plane will be of the so-called positive orientation. Many will come from elsewhere, for it would appear that with all the best efforts of the Confederation, which includes those from your peoples’ inner planes, inner civilizations, and those from other dimensions, the harvest will still be much less than this planetary sphere is capable of comfortably supporting in service.
Questioner: Is it possible by the use of some technique or other to help an entity to reach fourth-density level in these last days?
Ra: It is impossible to help another being directly. It is only possible to make catalyst available in whatever form, the most important being the radiation of realization of oneness with the Creator from the self, less important being information such as we share with you. We, ourselves, do not feel an urgency for this information to be widely disseminated. It is enough that we have made it available to three, four, or five. This is extremely ample reward, for if one of these obtains fourthdensity understanding due to this catalyst then we shall have fulfilled the Law of One in the distortion of service. We encourage a dispassionate attempt to share information without concern for numbers or quick growth among others. That you attempt to make this information available is, in your terms, your service. The attempt, if it reaches one, reaches all. We cannot offer shortcuts to enlightenment. Enlightenment is, of the moment, an opening to intelligent infinity. It can only be accomplished by the self, for the self. Another self cannot teach/learn enlightenment, but only teach/learn information, inspiration, or a sharing of love, of mystery, of the unknown that makes the other-self reach out and begin the seeking process that ends in a moment, but who can know when an entity will open the gate to the present?
#89
Questioner: I have two questions, the first of which is: during the last intensive meditation here the instrument experienced very strong conditioning from an entity which did not identify itself and which did not leave when she asked it to. Would you tell us what was occurring then?
Ra: We find the instrument to have been given the opportunity to become a channel for a previously known friend. This entity was not able to answer the questioning of spirits in the name of Christ as is this instrument’s distortion of the means of differentiating betwixt those of positive and those of negative orientation. Therefore, after some resistance, the entity found the need to take its leave.
Questioner: Was this particular entity the fifth-density visitor that we have had quite often previously?
Ra: This is correct.
Questioner: Is he back with us at this time?
Ra: No. The attempt to speak was due to the vigilant eye of the minions of this entity which noted what one may call a surge of natural telepathic ability upon the part of the instrument. This ability is cyclical, of the eighteen-diurnal period cycle, as we have mentioned aforetimes. Thusly, this entity determined to attempt another means of access to the instrument by free will.
Questioner: Was this what I would refer to as an increased ability to receive telepathically over a broader range of basic frequencies so as to include not only the Confederation but also this entity?
Ra: This is incorrect. The high point of the cycle sharpens the ability to pick up the signal but does not change the basic nature of the carrier wave. Shall we say, there is greater power in the receiving antennae.
Questioner: This question may be meaningless but would a fifth-density entity of the Confederation who was positively polarized transmit on the same frequency as our negatively polarized fifth-density companion?
Ra: This is correct and is the reason that the questioning of all contacts is welcomed by the Confederation of Planets in the Service of the Infinite Creator.
Questioner: Question two: {name} has also felt some conditioning which was unbidden while channeling Latwii recently and in his personal meditations. Could you also tell us what occurred in these cases?
Ra: The entity which has been companion has a vibratory frequency but a small amount lesser than that of the social memory complex known as Latwii. Also, Latwii is the primary Comforter of the Confederation for entities seeking at the vibratory complex level of the one known as {name}. Therefore, this same companion has been attempting the contact of this instrument also, although this instrument would have great difficulty in distinguishing the actual contact due to the lack of experience of your companion at this type of service. Nevertheless, it is well that this instrument also choose some manner of the challenging of contacts.
#6
Questioner: The disc-shaped craft that we call UFOs—some have been said to have come from the planet Venus. Would any of these be your craft?
Ra: We have used crystals for many purposes. The craft of which you speak have not been used by us in your space/time present memory complex. However, we have used crystals and the bell-shape in the past of your illusion.
Questioner: How many years in the past did you use the bell-shaped craft to come to earth?
Ra: We visited your peoples 18,000 of your years ago and did not land; again, 11,000 years ago.
Questioner: Photographs of bell-shaped craft and reports of contact of such from Venus exist from less than thirty years ago. Do you have any knowledge of these reports?
Ra: We have knowledge of Oneness with these forays of your time/space present. We are no longer of Venus. However, there are thought-forms created among your peoples from our time of walking among you. The memory and thought-forms created, therefore, are a part of your society-memory complex. This mass consciousness, as you may call it, creates the experience once more for those who request such experience. The present Venus population is no longer sixth-density.
Questioner: Do any of the UFOs presently reported at this time come from other planets, or do you have this knowledge?
Ra: I am one of the members of the Confederation of Planets in the Service of the Infinite Creator. There are approximately fifty-three civilizations, comprising approximately five hundred planetary consciousness complexes in this Confederation. This Confederation contains those from your own planet who have attained dimensions beyond your third. It contains planetary entities within your solar system, and it contains planetary entities from other galaxies.1 It is a true Confederation in that its members are not alike, but allied in service according to the Law of One.
Questioner: Do any of them come here at this time in spacecraft? In the past, say, thirty years?
Ra: We must state that this information is unimportant. If you will understand this, we feel that the information may be acceptably offered. The Law of One is what we are here to express. However, we will speak upon this subject. Each planetary entity which wishes to appear within your third dimension of space/time distortion requests permission to break quarantine, as you may call it, and appear to your peoples. The reason and purpose for this appearance is understood and either accepted or rejected. There have been as many as fifteen of the Confederation entities in your skies at any one time. The others are available to you through thought. At present there are seven which are operating with craft in your density. Their purposes are very simple: to allow those entities of your planet to become aware of infinity which is often best expressed to the uninformed as the mysterious or unknown.
#7
Questioner: I am interested in the application of the Law of One as it pertains to free will with respect to what I would call the advertising done by UFO contacts with the planet Earth. The Council seems to have allowed the quarantine to be lifted many times over the past thirty years. This seems to me to be a form of advertising for what we are doing right now, so that more people will be awakened. Am I correct?
Ra: It will take a certain amount of untangling of conceptualization of your mental complex to reform your query into an appropriate response. Please bear with us. The Council of Saturn has not allowed the breaking of quarantine in the time/space continuum you mentioned. There is a certain amount of landing taking place. Some are of the entities known to you as the group of Orion. Secondly, there is permission granted, not to break quarantine by dwelling among you, but to appear in thought form capacity for those who have eyes to see. Thirdly, you are correct in assuming that permission was granted at the time/space in which your first nuclear device was developed and used for Confederation members to minister to your peoples in such a way as to cause mystery to occur. This is what you mean by advertising and is correct. The mystery and unknown quality of the occurrences we are allowed to offer have the hoped-for intention of making your peoples aware of infinite possibility. When your peoples grasp infinity, then and only then, can the gateway be opened to the Law of One.
Questioner: You said that Orion was the source of some of these contacts with UFOs. something of that contact, its purpose?
Ra: Consider, if you will, a simple example of intentions which are bad/good. This example is Adolf. This is your {name}. The intention is to presumably unify by choosing the distortion complex called elite from a social memory complex and then enslaving, by various effects, those who are seen by the distortion as not-elite. There is then the concept of taking the social memory complex thus weeded and adding it to a distortion thought of by the so-called Orion group as an empire. The problem facing them is that they face a great deal of random energy released by the concept of separation. This causes them to be vulnerable as the distortions amongst their own members are not harmonized.
Questioner: What is the density of the Orion group?
Ra: Like the Confederation, the densities of the mass consciousnesses which comprise that group are varied. There are a very few third density, a larger number of fourth density, a similarly large number of fifth density, and very few sixth-density entities comprising this organization. Their numbers are perhaps one-tenth ours at any point in the space/time continuum as the problem of spiritual entropy causes them to experience constant disintegration of their social memory complexes. Their power is the same as ours. The Law of One blinks neither at the light nor the darkness, but is available for service to others and service to self. However, service to others results in service to self, thus preserving and further harmonizing the distortions of those entities seeking intelligent infinity through these disciplines. Those seeking intelligent infinity through the use of service to self create the same amount of power but, as we said, have constant difficulty because of the concept of separation which is implicit in the manifestations of the service to self which involve power over others. This weakens and eventually disintegrates the energy collected by such {people} who call the Orion group and the social memory complexes which comprise the Orion group. It should be noted, carefully pondered, and accepted, that the Law of One is available to any social memory complex which has decided to strive together for any seeking of purpose, be it service to others or service to self. The laws, which are the primal distortions of the Law of One, then are placed into operation and the illusion of space/time is used as a medium for the development of the results of those choices freely made. Thus all entities learn, no matter what they seek. All learn the same, some rapidly, some slowly.
Questioner: Using as an example the fifth density concerning the social memory complex of the Orion group, what was their previous density before they became fifth density?
Ra: The progress through densities is sequential. A fifth-density social memory complex would be comprised of {people}harvested from fourth density. Then the conglomerate or mass {person} does its melding and the results are due to the infinitely various possibilities of combinations of distortions.
Questioner: I’m trying to understand how a group such as the Orion group would progress. How it would be possible, if you were in the Orion group, and pointed toward self-service, to progress from our third density to the fourth. What learning would be necessary for that?
Ra: You will recall that we went into some detail as to how those not oriented towards seeking service for others yet, nevertheless, found and could use the gateway to intelligent infinity. This is true at all densities in our octave. We cannot speak for those above us, as you would say, in the next quantum or octave of beingness. This is, however, true of this octave of density. The beings are harvested because they can see and enjoy the light/love of the appropriate density. Those who have found this light/love, love/light without benefit of a desire for service to others nevertheless, by the Law of Free Will, have the right to the use of that light/love for whatever purpose. Also, it may be inserted that there are systems of study which enable the seeker of separation to gain these gateways. This study is as difficult as the one which we have described to you, but there are those with the perseverance to pursue the study just as you desire to pursue the difficult path of seeking to know in order to serve. The distortion lies in the effect that those who seek to serve the self are seen by the Law of One as precisely the same as those who seek to serve others, for are all not one? To serve yourself and to serve others is a dual method of saying the same thing, if you can understand the essence of the Law of One.
#8
Consider, if you will, the path your life-experience complex has taken. Consider the coincidences and odd circumstances by which one thing flowed to the next. Consider this well. Each entity will receive the opportunity that each needs. This information source-beingness does not have uses in the life-experience complex of each of those among your peoples who seek. Thus the advertisement is general and not designed to indicate the searching out of any particular material, but only to suggest the noumenal aspect of the illusion.
Questioner: You said that some of the landings at this time were of the Orion group. Why did the Orion group land here? What is their purpose?
Ra: Their purpose is conquest, unlike those of the Confederation who wait for the calling. The so-called Orion group calls itself to conquest. As we have said previously, their objective is to locate certain {people} which vibrate in resonance with their own vibrational complex, then to enslave the un-elite, as you may call those who are not of the Orion vibration.
Questioner: Was the landing at Pascagoula in 1973 when Charlie Hixson was taken aboard this type of landing?
Ra: The landing of which you speak was what you would call an anomaly. It was neither the Orion influence nor our peoples in thought form, but rather a planetary entity of your own vibration which came through quarantine in all innocence in a random landing.
Questioner: What did they do to Charlie Hixson when they took him on board?
Ra: They used his {person}’s life experience, concentrating upon the experience of the complexes of what you call war.
Questioner: How did they use them?
Ra: The use of experience is to learn. Consider a race who watches a movie. It experiences a story and identifies with the feelings, perceptions, and experiences of the hero.
Questioner: Was Charlie Hixson originally of the same social memory complex of the ones who picked him up?
Ra: This entity of {name} did not have a connection with those who used him.
Questioner: Did those who used him use his war experiences to learn more of the Law of One?
Ra: This is correct.
Questioner: Did the entities who picked him up have the normal configuration? His description of them was rather unusual.
Ra: The configuration of their beings is their normal configuration. The unusualness is not remarkable. We ourselves, when we chose a mission among your peoples, needed to study your peoples for had we arrived in no other form than our own, we would have been perceived as light.
Questioner: What density were the entities who picked up Charlie Hixson from?
Ra: The entities in whom you show such interest are third-density beings of a fairly advanced order. We should express the understanding to you that these entities would not have used the {person}, Charlie, except for the resolve of this entity before incarnation to be of service.
Questioner: What was the home or origin of the entities who picked up Charlie?
Ra: These entities are of the Sirius galaxy.
Questioner: Would it be possible for any of us to have contact with the Confederation in a more direct way?
Ra: In observing the distortions of those who underwent this experiential sequence we decided to gradually back off, shall I say, from direct contact in thought-form. The least distortion seems to be available in mind-to-mind communication. Therefore, the request to be taken aboard is not one we care to comply with. You are most valuable in your present orientation.
#12
The shape of the Orion craft is one of the following: firstly, the elongated, ovoid shape which is of a darker nature than silver but which has a metallic appearance if seen in the light. In the absence of light, it appears to be red or fiery in some manner. Other craft include disc-shaped objects of a small nature approximately twelve feet in your measurement in diameter, the box-like shape approximately forty feet to a side in your measurement. Other craft can take on a desired shape through the use of thought control mechanisms. There are various civilization complexes which work within this group. Some are more able to use intelligent infinity than others. The information is very seldom shared; therefore, the chariots vary greatly in shape and appearance.
Questioner: Is there any effort on the part of the Confederation to stop the Orion chariots from arriving here?
Ra: Every effort is made to quarantine this planet. However, the network of guardians, much like any other pattern of patrols on whatever level, does not hinder each and every entity from penetrating quarantine, for if request is made in light/love, the Law of One will be met with acquiescence. If the request is not made, due to the slipping through the net, then there is penetration of this net.
Questioner: Who makes this request?
Ra: Your query is unclear. Please restate.
Questioner: I don’t understand how the Confederation stops the Orion chariots from coming through the quarantine?
Ra: There is contact at the level of light-form or lightbody-being depending upon the vibratory level of the guardian. These guardians sweep reaches of your Earth’s energy fields to be aware of any entities approaching. An entity which is approaching is hailed in the name of the one Creator. Any entity thus hailed is bathed in love/light and will of free will obey the quarantine due to the power of the Law of One.
Questioner: What would happen to the entity if he did not obey the quarantine after being hailed?
Ra: To not obey quarantine after being hailed on the level of which we speak would be equivalent to your not stopping upon walking into a solid brick wall.
Questioner: What would happen to the entity if he did this? What would happen to his chariot?
Ra: The Creator is one being. The vibratory level of those able to breach the quarantine boundaries is such that upon seeing the love/light net it is impossible to break this Law. Therefore, nothing happens. No attempt is made. There is no confrontation. The only beings who are able to penetrate the quarantine are those who discover windows or distortions in the space/time continua surrounding your planet’s energy fields. Through these windows they come. These windows are rare and unpredictable.
Questioner: Does this account for what we call “UFO Flaps” where a large number of UFOs show up like in 1973?
Ra: This is correct.
Questioner: Are most of the UFOs which are seen in our skies from the Orion group?
Ra: Many of those seen in your skies are of the Orion group. They send out messages. Some are received by those who are oriented toward service to others. These messages then are altered to be acceptable to those entities while warning of difficulties ahead. This is the most that self-serving entities can do when faced with those whose wish is to serve others. The contacts which the group finds most helpful to their cause are those contacts made with entities whose orientation is towards service to self. There are many thought-form entities in your skies which are of a positive nature and are the projections of the Confederation.
#12
Questioner: You mentioned that the Orion crusaders, when they get through the net, give both technical and non-technical information. I think I know what you mean by technical information, but what type of nontechnical information do they give? And am I right in assuming that this is done by telepathic contact?
Ra: This is correct. Through telepathy the philosophy of the Law of One with the distortion of service to self is promulgated. In advanced groups there are rituals and exercises given and these have been written down just as the service-to-others oriented entities have written down the promulgated philosophy of their teachers. The philosophy concerns the service of manipulating others that they may experience service towards the other self, thus through this experience becoming able to appreciate service to self. These entities would become oriented towards service to self and in turn manipulate yet others so that they in turn might experience the service towards the other self.
Questioner: Would this be the origin of what we call black magic?
Ra: This is correct in one sense, incorrect in another. The Orion group has aided the so-called negatively oriented among your {people}. These same entities would be concerning themselves with service to self in any case and there are many upon your so called inner planes which are negatively oriented and thus available as inner teachers or guides and so-called possessors of certain souls who seek this distortion of service to self.
Questioner: Is it possible for an entity here on Earth to be so confused as to call both the Confederation and the Orion group in an alternating way, first one, then the other, and then back to the first again?
Ra: It is entirely possible for the untuned channel, as you call that service, to receive both positive and negative communications. If the entity at the base of its confusion is oriented toward service to others, the entity will begin to receive messages of doom. If the entity at the base of the complex of beingness is oriented towards service to self, the crusaders, who in this case, do not find it necessary to lie, will simply begin to give the philosophy they are here to give. Many of your so-called contacts among your people have been confused and self-destructive because the channels were oriented towards service to others but, in the desire for proof, were open to the lying information of the crusaders who then were able to neutralize the effectiveness of the channel.
Questioner: Are most of these crusaders fourth-density?
Ra: There is a majority of fourth-density. That is correct.
Questioner: Is an entity in the fourth density normally invisible to us?
Ra: The use of the word “normal” is one which befuddles the meaning of the question. Let us rephrase for clarity. The fourth density is, by choice, not visible to third density. It is possible for fourth density to be visible. However, it is not the choice of the fourth-density entity to be visible due to the necessity for concentration upon a rather difficult vibrational complex which is the third density you experience.
Questioner: Are there any Confederation or Orion entities living upon the Earth and operating visibly among us in our society at this time?
Ra: There are no entities of either group walking among you at this time. However, the crusaders of Orion use two types of entities to do their bidding, shall we say. The first type is the thought-form; the second, a kind of robot.
Questioner: Could you describe the robot?
Ra: The robot may look like any other being. It is a construct.
Questioner: Who are the Men in Black?
Ra: The Men in Black are a thought-form type of entity which have some beingness to their make-up. They have certain physical characteristics given them. However, their true vibrational nature is without third-density vibrational characteristics and, therefore, they are able to materialize and dematerialize when necessary.
Questioner: Are all of these Men in Black then used by the Orion crusaders?
Ra: This is correct.
Questioner: You spoke of Wanderers. Who are Wanderers? Where do they come from?
Ra: Imagine, if you will, the sands of your shores. As countless as the grains of sand are the sources of intelligent infinity. When a social memory complex has achieved its complete understanding of its desire, it may conclude that its desire is service to others with the distortion towards reaching their hand, figuratively, to any entities who call for aid. These entities whom you may call the Brothers and Sisters of Sorrow move toward this calling of sorrow. These entities are from all reaches of the infinite creation and are bound together by the desire to serve in this distortion.
Questioner: How many of them are incarnate on Earth now?
Ra: The number is approximate due to an heavy influx of those birthed at this time due to an intensive need to lighten the planetary vibration and thus aid in harvest. The number approaches sixty-five million.
#12
Questioner: Are most of these from the fourth density? Or what density do they come from?
Ra: Few there are of fourth density. The largest number of Wanderers, as you call them, are of the sixth density. The desire to serve must be distorted towards a great deal of purity of mind and what you may call foolhardiness or bravery, depending upon your distortion complex judgment. The challenge/danger of the Wanderer is that it will forget its mission, become karmically involved, and thus be swept into the maelstrom of which it had incarnated to avert the destruction.
Questioner: What could one of these entities do to become karmically involved? Could you give an example of that?
Ra: An entity which acts in a consciously unloving manner in action with other beings can become karmically involved.
Questioner: Do many of these Wanderers have physical ailments in this third-density situation?
Ra: Due to the extreme variance between the vibratory distortions of third density and those of the more dense densities, if you will, Wanderers have as a general rule some form of handicap, difficulty, or feeling of alienation which is severe. The most common of these difficulties are alienation, the reaction against the planetary vibration by personality disorders, as you would call them, and body complex ailments indicating difficulty in adjustment to the planetary vibrations such as allergies, as you would call them.
#26
Questioner: Thank you. In the recent past of the last thirty to forty years the UFO phenomena have become known to our population. What was the original reason for the increase in what we call UFO activity in the past forty years?
Ra: Information which Confederation sources had offered to your entity, Albert [Einstein], became perverted, and instruments of destruction began to be created, examples of this being the Manhattan Project and its product. Information offered through Wanderer, sound vibration, Nikola, also was experimented with for potential destruction: example, your so-called Philadelphia Experiment. Thus, we felt a strong need to involve our thought-forms in whatever way we of the Confederation could be of service in order to balance these distortions of information meant to aid your planetary sphere.
Questioner: Then what you did, I am assuming, is to create an air of mystery with the UFO phenomenon, as we call it, and then by telepathy send many messages which could be accepted or rejected under the Law of One so that the population would start thinking seriously about the consequences of what it was doing. Is this correct?
Ra: This is partially correct. There are other services we may perform. Firstly, the integration of souls or spirits, if you will, in the event of use of these nuclear devices in your space/time continuum. This the Confederation has already done.
Questioner: I don’t fully understand what you mean by that. Could you expand on that a little bit?
Ra: The use of intelligent energy transforming matter into energy is of such a nature among these weapons that the transition from space/time third density to time/space third density or what you may call your heaven worlds is interrupted in many cases. Therefore, we are offering ourselves as those who continue the integration of soul or spirit complex during transition from space/time to time/space.
Questioner: Could you give us an example from Hiroshima or Nagasaki of how this is done?
Ra: Those who were destroyed, not by radiation, but by the trauma of the energy release, found not only the body/mind/spirit complex made unviable, but also a disarrangement of that unique vibratory complex you have called the spirit complex, which we understand as a {person}, to be completely disarranged without possibility of re-integration. This would be the loss to the Creator of part of the Creator and thus we were given permission, not to stop the events, but to ensure the survival of the, shall we say, disembodied mind/body/spirit complex. This we did in those events which you mention, losing no spirit or portion or holograph or microcosm of the macrocosmic Infinite One.
Questioner: Could you tell me just vaguely how you accomplished this?
Ra: This is accomplished through our understanding of dimensional fields of energy. The higher or more dense energy field will control the less dense.
Questioner: Then you are saying that, in general, you will allow the population of this planet to have a nuclear war and many deaths from that war, but you will be able to create a condition where these deaths will be no more traumatic than entrance to what we call the heaven worlds or the astral world due to death by a bullet or by the normal means of dying by old age. Is this correct?
Ra: This is incorrect. It would be more traumatic. However, the entity would remain an entity.
Questioner: the condition of the entities who were killed in Nagasaki and Hiroshima at this time?
Ra: They of this trauma have not yet fully begun the healing process. They are being helped as much as is possible.
Questioner: When the healing process is complete with these entities, will this experience of death due to nuclear bomb cause them to be regressed in their climb towards fourth density?
Ra: Such actions as nuclear destruction affect the entire planet. There are no differences at this level of destruction, and the planet will need to be healed.
Questioner: I was thinking specifically if an entity was in Hiroshima or Nagasaki at that time and he was reaching harvestability at the end of our cycle, would this death by nuclear bomb create such trauma that he would not be harvestable at the end of the cycle?
Ra: This is incorrect. Once the healing has taken place the harvest may go forth unimpeded. However, the entire planet will undergo healing for this action, no distinction being made betwixt victim and aggressor, this due to damage done to the planet.
Questioner: Can you describe the mechanism of the planetary healing?
Ra: Healing is a process of acceptance, forgiveness, and, if possible, restitution. The restitution not being available in time/space, there are many among your peoples now attempting restitution while in the physical.
Questioner: How do these people attempt this restitution in the physical?
Ra: These attempt feelings of love towards the planetary sphere and comfort and healing of the scars and the imbalances of these actions.
Questioner: Then as the UFO phenomenon was made obvious to many of the population, many groups of people were reporting contact and telepathic contact with UFO entities and recorded the results of what they considered telepathic communication. Was the Confederation oriented to impressing telepathic communication on groups that were interested in UFOs?
Ra: This is correct although some of our members have removed themselves from the time/space using thought-form projections into your space/time, and have chosen, from time to time, with permission of the Council, to appear in your skies without landing.
Questioner: Then are all of the landings that have occurred with the exception of the landing that occurred when {name} was contacted of the Orion group or similar groups?
Ra: Except for isolated instances of those of, shall we say, no affiliation, this is correct.
Questioner: Is it necessary in each case of these landings for the entities involved to be calling the Orion group, or do some of these entities come in contact with the Orion group even though they are not calling that group?
Ra: You must plumb the depths of fourth-density negative understanding. This is difficult for you. Once having reached third-density space/time continuum through your so-called windows, these crusaders may plunder as they will, the results completely a function of the polarity of the, shall we say, witness/subject or victim. This is due to the sincere belief of fourth-density negative that to love self is to love all. Each other-self which is thus either taught or enslaved thus has a teacher which teaches love of self. Exposed to this teaching, it is intended there be brought to fruition an harvest of fourth-density negative or self serving {people}. (The following material, from Session 53, May 25, 1981, was added for clarity.)
Questioner: of the various techniques used by the service-to-others positively oriented Confederation contacts with the people of this planet, the various forms and techniques of making contact?
Ra: The most efficient mode of contact is that which you experience at this space/time. The infringement upon free will is greatly undesired. Therefore, those entities which are Wanderers upon your plane of illusion will be the only subjects for the thought projections which make up the so-called “Close Encounters” and meetings between positively oriented social memory complexes and Wanderers.
Questioner: Could you give me an example of one of these meetings between a social memory complex and a Wanderer as to what the Wanderer would experience?
Ra: One such example of which you are familiar is that of the one known as Morris3. In this case the previous contact which other entities in this entity’s circle of friends experienced was negatively oriented. However, you will recall that the entity, Morris, was impervious to this contact and could not see with the physical optical apparatus, this contact. However, the inner voice alerted the one known as Morris to go by itself to another place and there an entity with the thought-form shape and appearance of the other contact appeared and gazed at this entity, thus awakening in it the desire to seek the truth of this occurrence and of the experiences of its incarnation in general. The feeling of being awakened or activated is the goal of this type of contact. The duration and imagery used varies depending upon the subconscious expectations of the Wanderer which is experiencing this opportunity for activation.
Questioner: In a “Close Encounter” by a Confederation type of craft I am assuming that this “Close Encounter” is with a thought-form type of craft. Do Wanderers within the past few years have “Close Encounters” with landed thought-form type of craft?
Ra: This has occurred although it is much less common than the Orion type of so-called “Close Encounter.” We may note that in a universe of unending unity the concept of a “Close Encounter” is humorous, for are not all encounters of a nature of self with self? Therefore, how can any encounter be less than very, very close?
Questioner: Well, talking about this type of encounter of self to self, do any Wanderers of a positive polarization ever have a so-called “Close Encounter” with the Orion or negatively oriented polarization?
Ra: This is correct. This refers to CASE #1 in Secrets of the UFO by D. T. Elkins with Carla L. Rueckert, Louisville, L/L Research, 1976, pp 10-11.
Questioner: Why does this occur?
Ra: When it occurs it is quite rare and occurs either due to the Orion entities’ lack of perception of the depth of positivity to be encountered or due to the Orion entities’ desire to, shall we say, attempt to remove this positivity from this plane of existence. Orion tactics normally are those which choose the simple distortions of mind which indicate less mental and spiritual complex activity.
Questioner: I have become aware of a very large variation in the contact with individuals. Could you give me general examples of the methods used by the Confederation to awaken or partially awaken the Wanderers they contact?
Ra: The methods used to awaken Wanderers are varied. The center of each approach is the entrance into the conscious and subconscious in such a way as to avoid causing fear and to maximize the potential for an understandable subjective experience which has meaning for the entity. Many such occur in sleep, others in the midst of many activities during the waking hours. The approach is flexible and does not necessarily include the “Close Encounter” syndrome, as you are aware.
Questioner: What about the physical examination syndrome? How does that relate to Wanderers and Confederation and Orion contacts?
Ra: The subconscious expectations of entities cause the nature and detail of thought-form experience offered by Confederation thought-form entities. Thus, if a Wanderer expects a physical examination, it will, perforce, be experienced with as little distortion towards alarm or discomfort as is allowable by the nature of the expectations of the subconscious distortions of the Wanderer.
Questioner: Well, are those who are taken on both Confederation and Orion craft then experiencing a seeming physical examination?
Ra: Your query indicates incorrect thinking. The Orion group uses the physical examination as a means of terrifying the individual and causing it to feel the feelings of an advanced second-density being such as a laboratory animal. The sexual experiences of some are a sub-type of this experience. The intent is to demonstrate the control of the Orion entities over the Terran inhabitant. The thought-form experiences are subjective and, for the most part, do not occur in this density.
Questioner: Then both Confederation and Orion contacts are being made and “Close Encounters” are of a dual nature as I understand it. They can either be of the Confederation or of the Orion type of contact. Is this correct?
Ra: This is correct, although the preponderance of contacts is Orion-oriented.
Questioner: Well, we have a large spectrum of entities on Earth with respect to harvestability, both positively oriented and negatively oriented. Would the Orion group target in on the ends of this spectrum, both positively and negatively oriented, for contact with Earth entities?
Ra: This query is somewhat difficult to accurately answer. However, we shall attempt to do so. The most typical approach of Orion entities is to choose what you might call the weaker-minded entity that it might suggest a greater amount of Orion philosophy to be disseminated. Some few Orion entities are called by more highly polarized negative entities of your space/time nexus. In this case they share information just as we are now doing. However, this is a risk for the Orion entities due to the frequency with which the harvestable negative planetary entities then attempt to bid and order the Orion contact just as these entities bid planetary negative contacts. The resulting struggle for mastery, if lost, is damaging to the polarity of the Orion group. Similarly, a mistaken Orion contact with highly polarized positive entities can wreak havoc with Orion troops unless these crusaders are able to depolarize the entity mistakenly contacted. This occurrence is almost unheardof. Therefore, the Orion group prefers to make physical contact only with the weaker-minded entity.
Questioner: Then in general we could say that if an individual has a “Close Encounter” with a UFO or any other type of experience that seems to be UFO-related, he must look to the heart of the encounter and the effect upon him to determine whether it was Orion or Confederation contact. Is this correct?
Ra: This is correct. If there is fear and doom, the contact was quite likely of a negative nature. If the result is hope, friendly feelings, and the awakening of a positive feeling of purposeful service to others, the marks of Confederation contact are evident.
Questioner: Then I am assuming all of the groups getting telepathic contact from the Confederation are high-priority targets for the Orion crusaders, and I would assume that a large percentage of them are having their messages polluted by the Orion group. What percentage of them had their information polluted by the Orion group and if any of them were able to remain purely a Confederation channel?
Ra: To give you this information would be to infringe upon the free will or confusion of some living. We can only ask each group to consider the relative effect of philosophy and your so-called specific information. It is not the specificity of the information which attracts negative influences. It is the importance placed upon it. This is why we iterate quite often, when asked for specific information, that it pales to insignificance, just as the grass withers and dies while the love and the light of the one infinite Creator redounds to the very infinite realms of creation forever and ever, creating and creating itself in perpetuity. Why then be concerned with the grass that blooms, withers and dies in its season only to grow once again due to the infinite love and light of the one Creator? This is the message we bring. Each entity is only superficially that which blooms and dies. In the deeper sense there is no end to being-ness.
#43 – MUTILATIONS
Questioner: I don’t know if it is of any importance, but it occurred to me that the parts removed from the cattle mutilations are the same every time, and I wondered if this is related to the energy centers and why they were important if that was so?
Ra: This is basically correct if you may understand that there is a link between energy centers and various thought-forms. Thus the fears of the mass consciousness create the climate for the concentration upon the removal of bodily parts which symbolize areas of concern or fear in the mass consciousness.
Questioner: Are you saying, then, that these parts that are removed are related to the mass consciousness of the third-density human form and that this fear is being used in some way by the thought-form entities in these mutilations?
Ra: This is correct. The thought-form entities feed upon fear; thus they are able to do precise damage according to systems of symbology. The other second-density types of which you speak need the, what you call, blood.
Questioner: These other second-density types need the blood to remain in the physical? Do they come in and out of our physical from one of the lower astral planes?
Ra: These entities are, shall we say, creatures of the Orion group. They do not exist in astral planes as do the thought-forms but wait within the Earth’s surface. We, as always, remind you that it is our impression that this type of information is unimportant.
#48 – ORION
Questioner: My lecture yesterday was attended by only a few. If this had occurred during a UFO flap many more would have attended. Since Orion entities cause the flaps, what is Orion’s reward for visibility in that they actually create greater opportunities for the dissemination of information such as this information at those times?
Ra: This assumption is incorrect. The flaps cause many fears among your peoples, many speakings, understandings concerning plots, cover-ups, mutilations, killings, and other negative impressions. Even those supposedly positive reports which gain public awareness speak of doom. You may understand yourself as one who will be in the minority due to the understandings which you wish to share, if we may use that misnomer. We perceive there is a further point we may posit at this time. The audience brought about by Orion-type publicity is not seeded by seniority of vibration to a great extent. The audiences receiving teach/learnings without stimulus from publicity will be more greatly oriented towards illumination. Therefore, forget you the counting.
#51 – SPACECRAFT
Questioner: how it is possible for the craft of the fourth-density to get here since it seems that as you approach the velocity of light the mass approaches infinity. My question would be why craft would be necessary at all?
Ra: You have asked several questions. We shall respond in turn. Firstly, we agree that this material is transient. Secondly, those for the most part coming from distant points, as you term them, do not need craft as you know them. The query itself requires understanding which you do not possess. We shall attempt to state what may be stated. Firstly, there are a few third-density entities who have learned how to use craft to travel between star systems while experiencing the limitations you now understand. However, such entities have learned to use hydrogen in a way different from your understanding now. These entities still take quite long durations of time, as you measure it, to move about. However, these entities are able to use hypothermia to slow the physical and mental complex processes in order to withstand the duration of flight. Those such as are from Sirius are of this type. There are two other types. One is the type which, coming from fourth, fifth, or sixth density in your own galaxy, has access to a type of energy system which uses the speed of light as a slingshot and thus arrives where it wishes without any perceptible time elapsed in your view. The other type of experience is that of fourth, fifth, and sixth densities of other {star systems} and some within your own {star system} which have learned the necessary disciplines of personality to view the universe as one being and, therefore, are able to proceed from locus to locus by thought alone, materializing the necessary craft, if you will, to enclose the light body of the entity.
Questioner: I assume that that latter type is the type we experience with the landings of the Orion group. Is this correct?
Ra: The Orion group is mixed between the penultimate and the latter groups.
Questioner: Why is a vehicle necessary for this transition? When you, as Ra, went to Egypt earlier you used bell-shaped craft, but you did this by thought. why you used a vehicle rather than just materializing the body?
Ra: The vehicle or craft is that thought-form upon which our concentration may function as motivator. We would not choose to use our {people} as the focus for such a working.
#52 – SPACE TRAVEL
Questioner: Thank you. I think that possibly I am on an important point here because it seems to me that the great work in evolution is the discipline of personality, and it seems that we have two types of entities moving around the universe, one stemming from disciplines of personality, and the other stemming from what you call the slingshot effect. I won’t even get into the sub-light speeds because I don’t consider that too important. I only consider this material important because of the fact that we are considering disciplines of the personality. Is the use of the slingshot effect for travel what you might call an intellectual or a left brain type of involvement of understanding rather than a right brain type?
Ra: Your perception on this point is extensive. You penetrate the outer teaching. We prefer not to utilize the terminology of right and left brain due to the inaccuracies of this terminology. Some functions are repetitive or redundant in both lobes, and further, to some entities the functions of the right and left are reversed. However, the heart of the query is worth some consideration. The technology of which you, as a social complex, are so enamored at this time is but the birthing of the manipulation of the intelligent energy of the sub-Logos which, when carried much further, may evolve into technology capable of using the gravitic effects of which we spoke. We note that this term is not accurate but there is no closer term. Therefore, the use of technology to manipulate that outside the self is far, far less of an aid to personal evolution than the disciplines of the {person} resulting in the whole knowledge of the self in the microcosm and macrocosm. To the disciplined entity, all things are open and free. The discipline which opens the universes opens also the gateways to evolution. The difference is that of choosing either to hitchhike to a place where beauty may be seen or to walk, step by step, independent and free in this independence to praise the strength to walk and the opportunity for the awareness of beauty. The hitchhiker, instead, is distracted by conversation and the vagaries of the road and, dependent upon the whims of others, is concerned to make the appointment in time. The hitchhiker sees the same beauty but has not prepared itself for the establishment, in the roots of mind, of the experience.
Questioner: I would ask this question in order to understand the mental disciplines and how they evolve. Does fourth, fifth, and sixth-density positive or service-to-others orientation of social memory complexes use both the slingshot and the personality disciplines type of effect for travel or do they use only one?
Ra: The positively oriented social memory complex will be attempting to learn the disciplines of mind, body, and spirit. However, there are some which, having the technology available to use intelligent energy forces to accomplish travel, do so while learning the more appropriate disciplines.
Questioner: Then I am assuming that in the more positively oriented social memory complexes a much higher percentage of them use the personality disciplines for this travel. Is this correct?
Ra: This is correct. As positive fifth-density moves into sixth there are virtually no entities which any longer use outer technology for travel or communication.
Questioner: Could you give me the same information on the negatively oriented social memory complexes as to the ratios and as to how they use the slingshot effect or the disciplines of the personality for travel?
Ra: The fourth-density negative uses the slingshot gravitic light effect, perhaps 80% of its membership being unable to master the disciplines necessary for alternate methods of travel. In fifth-density negative approximately 50% at some point gain the necessary discipline to use thought to accomplish travel. As the sixth-density approaches, the negative orientation is thrown into confusion and little travel is attempted. What travel is done is perhaps 73% of light/thought.
Questioner: Thank you. Just as something that I am a little inquisitive about, but which is not of much importance, I would like to make a statement which I intuitively hunch. I may be wrong. You were speaking of the slingshot effect and that term has puzzled me. The only thing that I can see is that you must put energy into a craft until it approaches the velocity of light and this of course requires more and more energy. The time dilation occurs and it seems to me that it would be possible to, by moving at 90° to the direction of travel, somehow change this stored energy in its application of direction or sense so that you move out of space/time into time/space with a 90° deflection. Then the energy would be taken out in time/space and you would re-enter space/time at the end of this energy burst. Am I in any way correct on this?
Ra: You are quite correct as far as your language may take you and, due to your training, more able than we to express the concept. Our only correction, if you will, would be to suggest that the 90° of which you speak are an angle which may best be understood as a portion of a tesseract.
#53 – WANDERERS AND ATTACKERS
Questioner: of the various techniques used by the service-to-others positively oriented Confederation contacts with the people of this planet, the various forms and techniques of making contact?
Ra: The most efficient mode of contact is that which you experience at this space/time. The infringement upon free will is greatly undesired. Therefore, those entities which are Wanderers upon your plane of illusion will be the only subjects for the thought projections which make up the so-called “close encounters” and meetings between positively oriented social memory complexes and Wanderers.
Questioner: Could you give me an example of one of these meetings between a social memory complex and a Wanderer as to what the Wanderer would experience?
Ra: One such example of which you are familiar is that of the one known as Morris.(This refers to Case #1 in Secrets of the UFO by D. T. Elkins with Carla L. Rueckert, Louisville, KY., L/L Research, 1976, p. 10-11.)
In this case the previous contact which other entities in this entity’s circle of friends experienced was negatively oriented. However, you will recall that the entity, Morris, was impervious to this contact and could not see, with the physical optical apparatus, this contact. However, the inner voice alerted the one known as Morris to go by itself to another place and there an entity with the thought-form shape and appearance of the other contact appeared and gazed at this entity, thus awakening in it the desire to seek the truth of this occurrence and of the experiences of its incarnation in general. The feeling of being awakened or activated is the goal of this type of contact. The duration and imagery used varies depending upon the subconscious expectations of the Wanderer which is experiencing this opportunity for activation.
Questioner: In a “close encounter” by a Confederation type of craft I am assuming that this “close encounter” is with a thought-form type of craft. Have Wanderers within the past few years had “close encounters” with landed thought-form type of craft?
Ra: This has occurred although it is much less common than the Orion type of so-called “close encounter.” We may note that in a universe of unending unity the concept of a “close encounter” is humorous, for are not all encounters of a nature of self with self? Therefore, how can any encounter be less than very, very close?
Questioner: Well, talking about this type of encounter of self to self, have any Wanderers of a positive polarization ever had a so-called “close encounter” with the Orion or negatively oriented polarization?
Ra: This is correct.
Questioner: Why does this occur?
Ra: When it occurs it is quite rare and occurs either due to the Orion entities’ lack of perception of the depth of positivity to be encountered or due to the Orion entities’ desire to, shall we say, attempt to remove this positivity from this plane of existence. Orion tactics normally are those which choose the simple distortions of mind which indicate less mental and spiritual complex activity.
Questioner: I have become aware of a very large variation in the contact with individuals. Could you give me general examples of the methods used by the Confederation to awaken or partially awaken the Wanderers they contact?
Ra: The methods used to awaken Wanderers are varied. The center of each approach is the entrance into the conscious and subconscious in such a way as to avoid causing fear and to maximize the potential for an understandable subjective experience which has meaning for the entity. Many such occur in sleep; others in the midst of many activities during the waking hours. The approach is flexible and does not necessarily include the “close encounter” syndrome as you are aware.
Questioner: What about the physical examination syndrome. How does that relate to Wanderers and Confederation and Orion contacts?
Ra: The subconscious expectations of entities cause the nature and detail of thought-form experience offered by Confederation thought-form entities. Thus if a Wanderer expects a physical examination, it will perforce be experienced with as little distortion towards alarm or discomfort as is allowable by the nature of the expectations of the subconscious distortions of the Wanderer.
Questioner: Well, are those who are taken on both Confederation and Orion craft then experiencing a seeming physical examination?
Ra: Your query indicates incorrect thinking. The Orion group uses the physical examination as a means of terrifying the individual and causing it to feel the feelings of an advanced second-density being such as a laboratory animal. The sexual experiences of some are a sub-type of this experience. The intent is to demonstrate the control of the Orion entities over the Terran inhabitant. The thought-form experiences are subjective and, for the most part, do not occur in this density.
Questioner: Well, we have a large spectrum of entities on Earth with respect to harvestability, both positively oriented and negatively oriented. Would the Orion group target in on the ends of this spectrum, both positively and negatively oriented, for contact with Earth entities?
Ra: This query is somewhat difficult to accurately answer. However, we shall attempt to do so. The most typical approach of Orion entities is to choose what you might call the weaker-minded entity that it might suggest a greater amount of Orion philosophy to be disseminated. Some few Orion entities are called by more highly polarized negative entities of your space/time nexus. In this case they share information just as we are now doing. However, this is a risk for the Orion entities due to the frequency with which the harvestable negative planetary entities then attempt to bid and order the Orion contact just as these entities bid planetary negative contacts. The resulting struggle for mastery, if lost, is damaging to the polarity of the Orion group. Similarly, a mistaken Orion contact with highly polarized positive entities can wreak havoc with Orion troops unless these Crusaders are able to depolarize the entity mistakenly contacted. This occurrence is almost unheard of. Therefore, the Orion group prefers to make physical contact only with the weaker-minded entity.
Questioner: Then in general we could say that if an individual has a “close encounter” with a UFO or any other type experience that seems to be UFO-related, he must look to the heart of the encounter and the effect upon him to determine whether it was Orion or Confederation contact. Is this correct?
Ra: This is correct. If there is fear and doom, the contact was quite likely of a negative nature. If the result is hope, friendly feelings, and the awakening of a positive feeling of purposeful service-to-others, the marks of Confederation contact are evident.
Questioner: Thank you. I did not wish to create the wrong impression with the material that we are including in Book One. I may find it necessary to add some of this material. As I say, I know that it is transient, but I believe it is necessary for a full understanding or, shall I say, a correct approach to the material. I’ll ask a few questions here, but if you do not care to answer them we’ll save them. I would like to ask, however, if you can tell me what, for the most part, the Confederation entities look like?
Ra: The fourth-density Confederation entity looks variously depending upon the, shall we say, derivation of its physical vehicle.
Questioner: Do some of them look just like us? Could they pass for Earth people?
Ra: Those of this nature are most often fifth-density.
Questioner: I assume that the same answer would apply to the Orion group. Is this correct?
Ra: This is correct.
#55 – ORION GROUP
Questioner: In the session before last you stated, “However, this is a risk for the Orion entities due to the frequency with which the harvestable negative planetary entities attempt to bid and order the Orion contact just as these entities bid planetary negative contacts.” Can you explain the mechanisms that affect polarization in consciousness with respect to this statement?
Ra: The negative polarization is greatly aided by the subjugation or enslavement of other-selves. The potential between two negatively polarized entities is such that the entity which enslaves the other or bids the other gains in negative polarity. The entity so bidden or enslaved, in serving an other-self, will necessarily lose negative polarity although it will gain in desire for further negative polarization. This desire will then tend to create opportunities to regain negative polarity.
Questioner: Am I to understand then that just the fact that the third density entity calls or bids an Orion Crusader is a polarizing type of action that affects both entities?
Ra: This is incorrect. The calling mechanism is not congruent in the slightest degree with the bidding mechanism. In the calling, the entity which calls is a suppliant neophyte asking for aid in negative understanding, if you may excuse this misnomer. The Orion response increases its negative polarity as it is disseminating the negative philosophy, thereby enslaving or bidding the entity calling. There are instances, however, when the contact becomes contest which is prototypical of negativity. In this contest, the caller will attempt, not to ask for aid, but to demand results. Since the third-density negatively oriented harvestable entity has at its disposal an incarnative experiential nexus and since Orion Crusaders are, in a great extent, bound by the first distortion in order to progress, the Orion entity is vulnerable to such bidding if properly done. In this case, the third-density entity becomes master and the Orion Crusader becomes entrapped and can be bid. This is rare. However, when it has occurred, the Orion entity or social memory complex involved has experienced loss of negative polarity in proportion to the strength of the bidding third-density entity.
Questioner: You mentioned that this will work when the bidding is properly done. What did you mean by “when the bidding is properly done”?
Ra: To properly bid is to be properly negative. The percentage of thought and behavior involving service to self must approach 99% in order for a third-density negative entity to be properly configured for such a contest of bidding.
Questioner: What method of communication with the Orion entity would a bidder of this type use?
Ra: The two most usual types of bidding are: One, the use of perversions of sexual magic; two, the use of perversions of ritual magic. In each case the key to success is the purity of the will of the bidder. The concentration upon victory over the servant must be nearly perfect.
#70 RA’S CRAFT
Questioner: I’ll ask this question to inform me a little about what you just stated. When you came to this planet in craft 18,000 and 11,000 years ago, these craft have been called bell craft and were photographed by George Adamski. If I am correct these craft looked somewhat like a bell; they had portholes around them in the upper portions; and they had three hemispheres at 120° apart underneath. Is this correct?
Ra: This is correct.
Questioner: Were these constructed in time/space or in space/time?
Ra: We ask your persistent patience, for our answer must be complex. A construct of thought was formed in time/space. This portion of time/space is that which approaches the speed of light. In time/space, at this approach, the conditions are such that time becomes infinite and mass ceases so that one which is able to skim the, shall we say, boundary strength of this time/space is able to become placed where it will. When we were where we wished to be we then clothed the construct of light with that which would appear as the crystal bell. This was formed through the boundary into space/time. Thus there were two constructs, the time/space or immaterial construct, and the space/time or materialized construct.
Questioner: Was there a reason for the particular shape that you chose, in particular a reason for the three hemispheres on the bottom?
Ra: It seemed an aesthetically pleasing form and one well suited to those limited uses which we must needs make of your space/time motivating requirements.
Questioner: Was there a principle of motivation contained within the three hemispheres on the bottom, or were they just aesthetic, or were they landing gear?
Ra: These were aesthetic and part of a system of propulsion. These hemispheres were not landing gear.
#67 ARCHTYPES In general, the archetypical mind is a representation of facets of the One Infinite Creation. The Father archetype corresponds to the male or positive aspect of electromagnetic energy and is active, creative, and radiant as is our local sun. The Mother archetype corresponds to the female or negative aspect of electromagnetic energy and is receptive or magnetic as is our Earth as it receives the sun’s rays and brings forth life via third-density fertility. The Prodigal Son or the Fool archetype corresponds to every entity who seems to have strayed from unity and seeks to return to the one infinite Creator. The Devil archetype represents the illusion of the material world and the appearance of evil but is more accurately the provider of catalyst for the growth of each entity within the third-density illusion. The Magician, Saint, Healer, or Adept corresponds to the higher self and, because of the balance within its energy centers, pierces the illusion to contact intelligent infinity and thereby demonstrates mastery of the catalyst of third-density. The archetype of Death symbolizes the transition of an entity from the yellow-ray body to the green-ray body either temporarily between incarnations or, more permanently, at harvest. Each archetype presents an aspect of the One Infinite Creation to teach the individual {person} according to the calling or the electromagnetic configuration of mind of the entity. Teaching is done via the intuition. With the proper seeking or mind configuration, the power of will uses the spirit as a shuttle to contact the appropriate archetypical aspect necessary for the teach/learning. In the same way each of the other informers of intuition are contacted. They are hierarchical and proceed from the entity’s own subconscious mind to group or planetary mind, to guides, to higher self, to archetypical mind, to cosmic mind or intelligent infinity. Each is contacted by the spirit serving as shuttle according to the harmonized electromagnetic configuration of the seeker’s mind and the information sought. Would you please comment on the accuracy of these observations and correct any errors and fill in any omissions?
Ra: Perhaps the first item we shall address is the concept of the spirit used as a shuttle between the roots and the trunk of mind. This is a misapprehension and we shall allow the questioner to consider the function of the spirit further, for in working with the mind we are working within one complex and have not yet attempted to penetrate intelligent infinity. It is well said that archetypes are portions of the one infinite Creator or aspects of its face. It is, however, far better to realize that the archetypes, while constant in the complex of generative energies offered, do not give the same yield of these complexes to any two seekers. Each seeker will experience each archetype in the characteristics within the complex of the archetype which are most important to it. An example of this would be the observation of the questioner that the Fool is described in such and such a way. One great aspect of this archetype is the aspect of faith, the walking into space without regard for what is to come next. This is, of course, foolish but is part of the characteristic of the spiritual neophyte. That this aspect was not seen may be pondered by the questioner.
#74
The archetypical mind may be defined as that mind which is peculiar to the Logos of this planetary sphere. Thusly unlike the great cosmic all-mind, it contains the material which it pleased the Logos to offer as refinements to the great cosmic being-ness. The archetypical mind, then, is that which contains all facets which may affect mind or experience. The Magician was named as a significant archetype. However, it was not recognized that this portion of the archetypical mind represents not a portion of the deep subconscious but the conscious mind and more especially the will. The archetype called by some the High Priestess, then, is the corresponding intuitive or subconscious faculty. Let us observe the entity as it is in relationship to the archetypical mind. You may consider the possibilities of utilizing the correspondences between the mind/body/spirit in microcosm and the archetypical mind/body/spirit closely approaching the Creator. For instance, in your ritual performed to purify this place you use the term “Ve Geburah.” It is a correct assumption that this is a portion or aspect of the one infinite Creator. However, there are various correspondences with the archetypical mind which may be more and more refined by the adept. “Ve Geburah” is the correspondence of Michael, of Mars, of the positive, of maleness. “Ve Gedulah” has correspondences to Jupiter, to femaleness, to the negative, to that portion of the Tree of Life concerned with Auriel. We could go forward with more and more refinements of these two entries into the archetypical mind. We could discuss color correspondences, relationships with other archetypes, and so forth. This is the work of the adept, not the teach/learner. We may only suggest that there are systems of study which may address themselves to the aspects of the archetypical mind and it is well to choose one and study carefully. It is more nearly well if the adept go beyond whatever has been written and make such correspondences that the archetype can be called upon at will.
Ra: The indigo center is indeed most important for the work of the adept. However, it cannot, no matter how crystallized, correct to any extent whatsoever imbalances or blockages in other energy centers. They must needs be cleared seriatim from red upwards.
Questioner: How do disciplines of the personality feed the indigo-ray energy center and affect the power of the white magician?
Ra: The indigo ray is the ray of the adept. There is an identification between the crystallization of that energy center and the improvement of the working of the mind/body/spirit as it begins to transcend space/time balancing and to enter the combined realms of space/time and time/space.
Forward Book 4: One of the primary discoveries in Book Four is the concept and purpose of the “veil of forgetting” which exists between the conscious and unconscious minds in our present third-density experience. Third densities closer to the center of our galaxy apparently did not have such a veil and, therefore, did not forget any event in any incarnation. This condition simplified each entity’s experience and also the nature of that archetypical mind. Readers, therefore, should be aware that the questioning focuses on both pre-veil and post-veiling experiences and the archetypical minds of both types of experience in order to get a better understanding of our current veiled experience in the third-density of this octave of creation. Could you please tell me the origin of the tarot?
Ra: The origin of this system of study and divination is twofold: firstly, there is that influence which, coming in a distorted fashion from those who were priests attempting to teach the Law of One in Egypt, gave form to the understanding, if you will pardon the misnomer, which they had received. These forms were then made a regular portion of the learn/teachings of an initiate. The second influence is that of those entities in the lands you call Ur, Chaldea, and Mesopotamia who, from old, had received the, shall we say, data for which they called having to do with the heavens. Thusly we find two methods of divination being melded into one with uneven results; the, as you call it, astrology and the form being combined to suggest what you might call the correspondences which are typical of the distortions you may see as attempts to view archetypes. The priests of Egypt, in attempting to convert knowledge that they had received initially from Ra into understandable symbology, constructed and initiated the concept of the tarot with the addition of the Sumerian influence.
Questioner: Were Ra’s teachings focusing on the archetypes for this Logos and the methods of achieving a very close approach to the archetypical configuration? Is this correct?
Ra: This is correct without being true. We, of Ra, are humble messengers of the Law of One. We seek to teach/learn this single law. During the space/time of the Egyptian teach/learning we worked to bring the mind complex, the body complex, and the spirit complex into an initiated state in which the entity could contact intelligent energy and so become teach/learner itself so that healing and the fruits of study could be offered to all. The study of the roots of mind is a portion of the vivification of the mind complex and, as we have noted, the thorough study of the portion of the roots of mind called archetypical is an interesting and necessary portion of the process as a whole.
Questioner: Is there, in Ra’s opinion, any present day value for the use of the tarot as an aid in the evolutionary process?
Ra: We shall repeat information. It is appropriate to study one form of constructed and organized distortion of the archetypical mind in depth in order to arrive at the position of being able to become and to experience archetypes at will. You have three basic choices. You may choose astrology, the twelve signs, as you call these portions of your planet’s energy web, and what has been called the ten planets. You may choose the tarot with its twenty-two so-called Major Arcana. You may choose the study of the so-called Tree of Life with its ten Sephiroth and the twenty-two relationships between the stations. It is well to investigate each discipline, not as a dilettante, but as one who seeks the touchstone, one who wishes to feel the pull of the magnet. One of these studies will be more attractive to the seeker. Let the seeker, then, investigate the archetypical mind using, basically, one of these three disciplines. After a period of study, the discipline mastered sufficiently, the seeker may then complete the more important step: that is, the moving beyond the written in order to express in an unique fashion its understanding, if you may again pardon the noun, of the archetypical mind.
#76
Questioner: Would I be correct in saying that the archetypes of this particular Logos are somewhat unique with respect to the rest of the creation? The systems of study that we have just talked about would not translate quickly or easily in other parts of the creation.
Ra: The archetypical mind is that mind which is peculiar to the Logos under which influence you are at this space/time distorting your experiences. There is no other Logos the archetypical mind of which would be the same any more than the stars would appear the same from another planet in another galaxy. You may correctly infer that the closer Logoi are indeed closer in archetypes.
Questioner: Since Ra evolved initially on Venus Ra is of the same archetypical origin as that which we experience here. Is this correct?
Ra: This is correct.
Questioner: But I am assuming that the concepts of the tarot and the magical concepts of the Tree of Life, etc. were not in use by Ra. I suspect, possibly, some form of astrology was a previous Ra concept. This is just a guess. Am I correct?
Ra: To express Ra’s methods of study of the archetypical mind under the system of distortions which we enjoyed would be to skew your own judgment of that which is appropriate for the system of distortions forming the conditions in which you learn/teach. Therefore, we must invoke the Law of Confusion.
#77
Questioner: I would like to go back to the plan of this Logos for Its creation and examine the philosophical basis that is the foundation for what was created in this local creation and the philosophy of the plan for experience. I am assuming that I am correct in stating that the foundation for this, as has been stated many times before, is the first distortion. After that, what was the plan in the philosophical sense? I am asking with respect to this particular sub-Logos, our sun.
Ra: This query has substance. We shall begin by turning to an observation of a series of concept complexes of which you are familiar as the tarot. The philosophy was to create a foundation, first of mind, then of body, and then of spiritual complex. Those concept complexes you call the tarot lie then in three groups of seven: the mind cycle, one through seven; the physical complex cycle, eight through fourteen; the spiritual complex cycle, fifteen through twenty-one. The last concept complex may best be termed The Choice. Upon the foundation of the transformation of each complex, with free will guided by the root concepts offered in these cycles, the Logos offered this density the basic architecture of a building and the constructing and synthesizing of data culminating in The Choice.
Questioner: Then to condense your statement, I see it meaning that there are seven basic philosophical foundations for mental experience, seven for bodily, seven for spiritual, and that these produce the polarization that we experience sometime during the third-density cycle. Am I correct?
Ra: You are correct in that you perceive the content of our prior statement with accuracy. You are incorrect in that you have no mention of the, shall we say, location of all of these concept complexes; that is, they exist within the roots of the mind and it is from this resource that their guiding influence and leitmotifs 1 may be traced. You may further note that each foundation is itself not single but a complex of concepts. Furthermore, there are relationships betwixt mind, body, and spirit of the same location in octave, for instance: one, eight, fifteen, and relationships within each octave which are helpful in the pursuit of The Choice by the {person}. The Logos under which these foundations stand 1 leitmotif: Lit: leading motive. In music: A distinguishing theme or melodic phrase representing and recurring with a given character, situation, or emotion in an opera. is one of free will. Thusly the foundations may be seen to have unique facets and relationships for each {person}. Only twenty-two, The Choice, is relatively fixed and single.
These philosophical foundations are those of third density. Above this density there remains the recognition of the architecture of the Logos but without the veils which are so integral a part of the process of making the choice in third density.
The intensity of fourth density is that of the refining of the rough-hewn sculpture. This is, indeed, in its own way, quite intense causing the {person} to move ever inward and onward in its quest for fuller expression. However, in third density the statue is forged in the fire. This is a type of intensity which is not the property of fourth, fifth, sixth, or seventh densities.
Questioner: What I am really attempting to understand, since all of these twenty-one philosophical bases result in the twenty-second which is The Choice, is why this choice is so important, why the Logos seems to put so much emphasis on this choice, and what function this choice of polarity has, precisely, in the evolution or the experience of that which is created by the Logos?
Ra: The polarization or choosing of each mind/body/spirit is necessary for harvestability from third density. The higher densities do their work due to the polarity gained in this choice.
Questioner: Would it be possible for this work of our density to be performed if all of the sub-Logoi chose the same polarity in any particular expression or evolution of a Logos? Let us make the assumption that our sun created nothing but, through the first distortion, positive polarity. There was no product except positive polarity. Would work then be done in fourth density and higher as a function of only the positive polarization evolving from the original creation of our sub-Logos?
Ra: Elements of this query illustrate the reason I was unable to answer your previous question without knowledge of the Logos involved. To turn to your question, there were Logoi which chose to set the plan for the activation of {people} through each true color body without recourse to the prior application of free will. It is, to our knowledge, only in an absence of free will that the conditions of which you speak obtain. In such a procession of densities you find an extraordinarily long, as you measure time, third-density; likewise, fourth density. Then, as the entities begin to see the Creator, there is a very rapid, as you measure time, procession towards the eighth density. This is due to the fact that one who knows not, cares not.
Let us illustrate by observing the relative harmony and unchanging quality of existence in one of your, as you call it, primitive tribes. The entities have the concepts of lawful and taboo, but the law is inexorable and all events occur as predestined. There is no concept of right and wrong, good or bad. It is a culture in monochrome. In this context you may see the one you call Lucifer as the true light-bringer in that the knowledge of good and evil both precipitated the mind/body/spirits of this Logos from the Edenic conditions of constant contentment and also provided the impetus to move, to work and to learn. Those Logoi whose creations have been set up without free will have not, in the feeling of those Logoi, given the Creator the quality and variety of experience of Itself as have those Logoi which have incorporated free will as paramount. Thusly you find those Logoi moving through the timeless states at what you would see as a later space/time to choose the free will character when elucidating the foundations of each Logos. Under the first distortion, it was the free will of the Logos to choose to evolve without free will.
Questioner: Do the Logoi that choose this type of evolution choose both the service-to-self and the service-to-others path for different Logoi, or do they choose just one of the paths?
Ra: Those, what you would call, early Logoi which chose lack of free will foundations, to all extents with no exceptions, founded Logoi of the service-to-others path. The, shall we say, saga of polarity, its consequences and limits, were unimagined until experienced.
Questioner: Originally the Logoi that did not choose this free will path did not choose it simply because they had not conceived of it and that later Logoi, extending the first distortion farther down through their evolution, experienced it as an outcropping or growth from that extension of the first distortion. This particular Logos that we experience planed for this polarity and know all about it prior to its plan. As a Logos, you would have an advantage of selecting the form of acceleration, you might say, of spiritual evolution by planning what we call the major archetypical philosophical foundations and planning these as a function of the polarity that would be gained in third density.
RA: This is exquisitely correct.
Questioner: A thorough knowledge of the precise nature of these philosophical foundations would be of primary importance to the study of evolution of mind, body, and spirit, and I would like to carefully go through each, starting with the mind. Is this agreeable with Ra?
Ra: This is agreeable with two requests which must be made. Firstly, that an attempt be made to state the student’s grasp of each archetype. We may then comment. We cannot teach/learn to the extent of learn/teaching. Secondly, we request that it be constantly kept before the mind, as the candle before the eye, that each {person} shall and should and, indeed, must perceive each archetype, if you use this convenient term, in its own way. Therefore, you may see that precision is not the goal; rather the quality of general concept complex perception is the goal.
Questioner: Now, there are several general concepts that I would like to be sure that we have clear before going into this process and I will certainly adhere to the requests that you have just stated. When our Logos designed this particular evolution of experience It decided to use a system of which we spoke allowing for polarization through total free will. How is this different from the Logos that does not do this? I see the Logos creating the possibility of increase in vibration through the densities. How are the densities provided for and set by the Logos, if you can answer this?
Ra: Let us observe your second density. Many come more rapidly to third density than others not because of an innate efficiency of catalysis but because of unusual opportunities for investment. In just such a way those of fourth density may invest third, those of fifth density may invest fourth. When fifth density has been obtained the process takes upon itself a momentum based upon the characteristics of wisdom when applied to circumstance. The Logos Itself, then, in these instances provides investment opportunities, if you wish to use that term.
Questioner: I am going to go back to an earlier time, if you could call it that, in evolution to try to establish a very fundamental base for some of the concepts that seem to be the foundation of everything that we experience so that we can more fully examine the basis of our evolution. Our Milky Way Galaxy (the major galaxy with billions of stars) that the progress of evolution was from the center outward toward the rim and that in the early evolution of this galaxy the first distortion was not extended down past the sub-Logos simply because it was not thought of or conceived of and that this extension of the first distortion, which created polarization, was something that occurred in what we would call a later time as the evolution progressed outward from the center of the galaxy.
Questioner: We have the first, second, and third distortions of the Law of One as free will, love, and light. Am I correct in assuming that the central core of this major galaxy began to form with the third distortion? Was that the origin of our Milky Way Galaxy?
Ra: In the most basic or teleological sense you are incorrect as the one infinite Creator is all that there is. In an undistorted seed-form you are correct in seeing the first manifestation visible to the eye of the body complex which you inhabit as the third distortion, light, or to use a technical term, limitless light.
Questioner: I realize that we are on very difficult ground, you might say, for precise terminology. It is totally displaced from our system of coordinates for evaluation in our present system of language. These early Logoi that formed in the center of the galaxy wished, I assume, to create a system of experience for the one Creator. Did they then start with no previous experience or information about how to do this?
Ra: At the beginning of this creation or, as you may call it, octave there were those things known which were the harvest of the preceding octave. About the preceding creation, we know as little as we do of the octave to come. However, we are aware of those pieces of gathered concept which were the tools which the Creator had in the knowing of the self. These tools were of three kinds. Firstly, there was an awareness of the efficiency for experience of mind, body, and spirit. Secondly, there was an awareness of the most efficacious nature or, if you will, significator of mind, body, and spirit. Thirdly, there was the awareness of two aspects of mind, of body, and of spirit that the significator could use to balance all catalyst. You may call these two the matrix and the potentiator.
Questioner: Could you elaborate please on the nature and quality of the matrix and the potentiator?
Ra: In the mind complex the matrix may be described as consciousness. It has been called the Magician. It is to be noted that of itself consciousness is unmoved. The potentiator of consciousness is the unconscious. This encompasses a vast realm of potential in the mind. In the body the matrix may be seen as Balanced Working or Even Functioning. Note that here the matrix is always active with no means of being inactive. The potentiator of the body complex, then, may be called Wisdom for it is only through judgment that the unceasing activities and proclivities of the body complex may be experienced in useful modes. The Matrix of the Spirit is what you may call the Night of the Soul or Primeval Darkness. Again we have that which is not capable of movement or work. The potential power of this extremely receptive matrix is such that the potentiator may be seen as Lightning. In your archetypical system called the tarot this has been refined into the concept complex of the Lightning Struck Tower. However, the original potentiator was light in its sudden and fiery form; that is, the lightning itself.
Questioner: Would you elucidate with respect to the significator you spoke of?
Ra: The original significators may undifferentiatedly be termed the mind, the body, and the spirit.
Questioner: Then we have, at the beginning of this galactic evolution, an archetypical mind that is the product of the previous octave which this galaxy then used as and acts upon under the first distortion so as to allow for what we experience as polarity. Was there any concept of polarity carried through from the previous octave in the sense of service-to-others or service-to-self polarity?
Ra: There was polarity in the sense of the mover and the moved. There was no polarity in the sense of service-to-self and service-to-others.
Questioner: Then the first experiences, as you say, were in monochrome. Was the concept of the seven densities of vibration with the evolutionary process taking place in discrete densities carried through from the previous octave?
Ra: To the limits of our knowledge, which are narrow, the ways of the octave are without time; that is, there are seven densities in each creation infinitely.
Questioner: Then I am assuming that the central suns of our galaxy, in starting the evolutionary process in this galaxy, provided for, in their plans, the refinement of consciousness through the densities just as we experience it here. However, they did not conceive of the polarization of consciousness with respect to service-to-self and service-to-others. Is this correct?
Ra: This is correct.
Questioner: Why do the densities have the qualities that they have? You have named the densities with respect to their qualities, the next density being that of love and so on. why these qualities exist in that form?
Ra: The nature of the vibratory range peculiar to each quantum of the octave is such that the characteristics of it may be described with the same certainty with which you perceive a color with your optical apparatus if it is functioning properly.
Questioner: So the original evolution then was planned by the Logos but the first distortion was not extended to the product. At some point this first distortion was extended and the first service-to-self polarity emerged. Is this correct and if so, could you tell me the history of this process of emergence?
Ra: As proem let me state that the Logoi always conceived of themselves as offering free will to the sub-Logoi in their care. The sub-Logoi had freedom to experience and experiment with consciousness, the experiences of the body, and the illumination of the spirit. That having been said, we shall speak to the point of your query. The first Logos to instill what you now see as free will, in the full sense, in its sub-Logoi came to this creation due to contemplation in depth of the concepts or possibilities of conceptualizations of what we have called the significators. The Logos posited the possibility of the mind, the body, and the spirit as being complex. In order for the significator to be what it is not, it then must be granted the free will of the Creator. This set in motion a quite lengthy, in your terms, series of Logos’s improving or distilling this seed thought. The key was the significator becoming a complex.
Questioner: Then our particular Logos, when it created Its own particular creation, was at some point far down the evolutionary spiral of the experiment with the significator becoming what it was not and, therefore, I am assuming, was primarily concerned in designing the archetypes in such a way that they would create the acceleration of this polarization. Is this in any way correct?
Ra: We would only comment briefly. It is generally correct. You may fruitfully view each Logos and its design as the Creator experiencing Itself. The seed concept of the significator being a complex introduces two things: firstly, the Creator against Creator in one sub-Logos in what you may call dynamic tension; secondly, the concept of free will, once having been made fuller by its extension into the sub-Logoi known as {people}, creates and re-creates and continues to create as a function of its very nature.
Questioner: You stated previously that The Choice is made in this third-density and is the axis upon which the creation turns. Could you expand on your reason for making that statement?
Ra: This is a statement of the nature of creation as we speak to you.
Questioner: I did not understand that. Could you say that in a different way?
Ra: As you have noted, the creation of which your Logos is a part is a protean entity which grows and learns upon a macrocosmic scale. The Logos is not a part of time. All that is learned from experience in an octave is, therefore, the harvest of that Logos and is further the nature of that Logos.
The original Logos’s experience was, viewed in space/time, small; Its experience now, more. Therefore we say, as we now speak to you at this space/time, the nature of creation is as we have described. This does not deny the process by which this nature has been achieved but merely ratifies the product.
Questioner: What is the value experientially of the formation of positive and negative social memory complexes, of the separation of the polarities at that point rather than the allowing for the mixing of {people} of opposite polarity in the higher densities?
Ra: The purpose of polarity is to develop the potential to do work. This is the great characteristic of those, shall we say, experiments which have evolved since the concept of The Choice was appreciated. Work is done far more efficiently and with greater purity, intensity, and variety by the voluntary searching of {people} for the lessons of third and fourth densities. The action of fifth density is viewed in space/time the same with or without polarity. However, viewed in time/space, the experiences of wisdom are greatly enlarged and deepened due, again, to the voluntary nature of polarized mind/body/spirit action.
Questioner: Then you are saying that as a result of the polarization in consciousness which has occurred later in the galactic evolution, the experiences are much more intense along the two paths. Are these experiences each independent of the other? Must there be action across the potentiated difference between the positive and negative polarity, or is it possible to have this experience simply because of the single polarity? This is difficult to ask.
Ra: We would agree. We shall attempt to pluck the gist of your query from the surrounding verbiage. The fourth and fifth densities are quite independent, the positive polarity functioning with no need of negative and visa-versa. It is to be noted that in attempting to sway third-density {people} in choosing polarity there evolves a good bit of interaction between the two polarities.
In sixth density, the density of unity, the positive and negative paths must needs take in each other for all now must be seen as love/light and light/love. This is not difficult for the positive polarity which sends love and light to all other-selves. It is difficult enough for service-to-self polarized entities that at some point the negative polarity is abandoned.
Questioner: The choice of polarity being unique as a circumstance, shall I say, for the archetypical basis for the evolution of consciousness in our particular experience indicates to me that we have arrived, through a long process of the Creator knowing Itself, at a position of present or maximum efficiency for the design of a process of experience. That design for maximum efficiency is in the roots of consciousness and is the archetypical mind and is a product of everything that has gone before. There are, unquestionably, relatively pure archetypical concepts for the seven concepts for mind, body, and spirit. I feel that the language that we have for these is somewhat inadequate. However, we shall continue to attempt to investigate the foundation for this and I am hoping that I have laid the foundation with some degree of accuracy in attempting to set a background for the development of the archetypes of our Logos.
Questioner: Let me put it this way. Have I made missteps in my analysis of what has led to the construction of the archetypes that we experience?
Ra: We may share with you the observation that judgment is no part of interaction between {people}. We have attempted to answer each query as fully as your language and the extent of your previous information allow. We may suggest that if, in perusing this present material, you have further queries, refining any concept, these queries may be asked and, again, we shall attempt adequate rejoinders.
Questioner: I understand your limitations in answering that. Thank you. Could you tell me how, in the first density, wind and fire teach earth and water?
Ra: You may see the air and fire of that which is chaos as literally illuminating and forming the formless, for earth and water were, in the timeless state, unformed. As the active principles of fire and air blow and burn incandescently about that which nurtures that which is to come, the water learns to become sea, lake, and river offering the opportunity for viable life. The earth learns to be shaped, thus offering the opportunity for viable life.
Questioner: Are the seven archetypes for mind a function of or related to the seven densities that are to be experienced in the octave?
Ra: The relationship is tangential in that no congruency may be seen. However, the progress through the archetypes has some of the characteristics of the progress through the densities. These relationships may be viewed without being, shall we say, pasted one upon the other.
Questioner: How about the seven bodily energy centers? Are they related to archetypes in some way?
Ra: The same may be said of these. It is informative to view the relationships but stifling to insist upon the limitations of congruency. Recall at all times, if you would use this term that the archetypes are a portion of the resources of the mind complex.
Questioner: Is there any relationship between the archetypes and the planets of our solar system?
Ra: This is not a simple query. Properly, the archetypes have some relationship to the planets. However, this relationship is not one which can be expressed in your language. This, however, has not halted those among your people who have become adepts from attempting to name and describe these relationships. To most purely understand, if we may use this misnomer, the archetypes it is well to view the concepts which make up each archetype and reserve the study of planets and other correspondences for meditation.
Questioner: It just seemed to me that since the planets were an outgrowth of the Logos and since the archetypical mind was the foundation of the experience that the planets of this Logos would be somewhat related. We will certainly follow your suggestion. I have been trying to get a foothold into an undistorted perception, you might say, of the archetypical mind. It seems to me that everything that I have read having to do with archetypes has been, to some degree or another, distorted by the writers and by the fact that our language is not really capable of description. You have spoken of the Magician as a basic archetype and that this seems to have been carried through from the previous octave. Would this be in order—if there is an order—the first archetypical concept for this Logos, the concept that we call the Magician?
Ra: We would first respond to your confusion as regards the various writings upon the archetypical mind. You may well consider the very informative difference between a thing in itself and its relationships or functions. There is much study of archetype which is actually the study of functions, relationships, and correspondences. The study of planets, for instance, is an example of archetype seen as function. However, the archetypes are, first and most profoundly, things in themselves and the pondering of them and their purest relationships with each other should be the most useful foundation for the study of the archetypical mind. We now address your query as to the archetype which is the Matrix of the Mind. As to its name, the name of Magician is understandable when you consider that consciousness is the great foundation, mystery, and revelation which makes this particular density possible. The self-conscious entity is full of the magic of that which is to come. It may be considered first, for the mind is the first of the complexes to be developed by the student of spiritual evolution.
Questioner: Would the archetype then that has been called the High Priestess, which represents the intuition, be properly the second of the archetypes?
Ra: This is correct. You see here the recapitulation of the beginning knowledge of this Logos; that is, matrix and potentiator. The unconscious is indeed what may be poetically described as High Priestess, for it is the Potentiator of the Mind and as potentiator for the mind is that principle which potentiates all experience.
Questioner: The third archetype was the Empress and was it correct to say that this archetype had to do with disciplined meditation?
Ra: The third archetype may broadly be grasped as the Catalyst of the Mind. Thus it takes in far more than disciplined meditation. However, it is certainly through this faculty that catalyst is most efficiently used. The Archetype, Three, is perhaps confusedly called Empress although the intention of this number is the understanding that it represents the unconscious or female portion of the mind complex being first, shall we say, used or ennobled by the male or conscious portion of the mind. Thus the noble name.
Questioner: The fourth archetype is called the Emperor and seems to have to do with experience of other-selves and the green-ray energy center with respect to other-selves. Is this correct?
Ra: This is perceptive. The broad name for Archetype Four may be the Experience of the Mind. In the tarot you find the name of Emperor. Again this implies nobility and in this case we may see the suggestion that it is only through the catalyst which has been processed by the potentiated consciousness that experience may ensue. Thusly is the conscious mind ennobled by the use of the vast resources of the unconscious mind.
Questioner: Specifically, in the experience where only the service-to-others polarity in third density evolved, was the veil that was drawn with respect to knowledge of previous incarnations, etc., in effect for those entities?
Ra: No.
Questioner: The reincarnational process like the one that we experience here in which the third-density body is entered and exited numerous times during the cycle. Is it possible to give a time of incarnation with respect to our years and would you do so if it is?
Ra: The optimal incarnative period is somewhere close to a measure you call a millennium. This is, as you may say, a constant regardless of other factors of the third-density experience.
Questioner: Then prior to the first extension of the first distortion the veil or loss of awareness did not occur. From this I will make the assumption that this veil or loss of remembering consciously that which occurred before the incarnation was the primary tool for extending the first distortion. Is this correct?
Ra: Your correctness is limited. This was the first tool. The Logos first devised the tool of separating the unconscious from the conscious during what we call physical incarnations to achieve its objective.
Questioner: Many other tools were conceived and used after the first tool of the so-called veil. Is this correct?
Ra: There have been refinements.
Questioner: Prior to the experiment to extend the first distortion how many archetypes were there at that time?
Ra: There were nine, three of mind, three of body, and three of spirit. The body, the mind, and the spirit each contained and functioned under the aegis of the matrix, the potentiator, and the significator. The significator of the mind, body, and spirit is not identical to the significator of the mind, body, and spirit complexes.
Ra: To be complex is to consist of more than one characteristic element or concept.
Questioner: I would like to try to understand the archetypes of the mind of this Logos prior to the extension of the first distortion. In order to better understand that which we experience now I believe that this is a logical approach. We have, as you have stated, the matrix, the potentiator, and the significator. I understand the matrix as being that which is what we call the conscious mind, but since it is also that from which the mind is made, I am at a loss to fully understand these three terms especially with respect to the time before there was a division in consciousness. Could you expand even more upon the Matrix of the Mind, the Potentiator of the Mind, and the Significator of the Mind, how they differ, and what their relationships are, please?
Ra: The Matrix of Mind is that from which all comes. It is unmoving yet is the activator in potentiation of all mind activity. The Potentiator of the Mind is that great resource which may be seen as the sea into which the consciousness dips ever deeper and more thoroughly in order to create, ideate, and become more self-conscious. The Significator of each mind, body, and spirit may be seen as a simple and unified concept. The Matrix of the Body may be seen to be a reflection in opposites of the mind; that is, unrestricted motion. The Potentiator of the Body then is that which, being informed, regulates activity. The Matrix of the Spirit is difficult to characterize since the nature of spirit is less motile. The energies and movements of the spirit are, by far, the most profound yet, having more close association with time/space, do not have the characteristics of dynamic motion. Thusly one may see the Matrix as the deepest darkness and the Potentiator of Spirit as the most sudden awakening, illuminating, and generative influence. This is the description of Archetypes One through Nine before the onset of influence of the co-Creator or sub-Logos’ realization of free will.
Questioner: The first change made then for this extension of free will was to make the communication between the Matrix and the Potentiator of the Mind relatively unavailable one to the other during the incarnation. Is this correct?
Ra: We would perhaps rather term the condition as relatively more mystery-filled than relatively unavailable.
Questioner: The idea was then to create some type of veil between the Matrix and the Potentiator of the Mind. This veil then occurs between what we now call the unconscious and conscious minds.
Questioner: It was probably the design of the Logos to allow the conscious mind greater freedom under the first distortion by partitioning, you might say, this from the Potentiator or unconscious which had a greater communication with the total mind, therefore, allowing for the birth of uneducated, to use a poor term, portions of consciousness. Is this correct?
Ra: This is roughly correct.
Questioner: Could you de-roughen it or elucidate a bit on that?
Ra: There is intervening material before we may do so.
Questioner: OK. Was then this simple experiment carried out and the product of this experiment observed before greater complexity was attempted?
Ra: As we have said there have been a great number of successive experiments. This seems to be the crux of the experiment, the large breaking point between no extension of the first distortion and the extension of the first distortion, what the result of this original experiment was with respect to that which was created from it. The result of these experiments has been a more vivid, varied, and intense experience of Creator by Creator.
Questioner: When this very first experiment with the veiling process occurred, did it result in service-to-self polarization with the first experiment?
Ra: The early, if we may use this term, Logoi produced service-to-self and service-to-others {people} immediately. The harvestability of these entities was not so immediate and thus refinements of the archetypes began apace .
Questioner: Now we are getting to what I was trying to determine. Then at this point were there still only nine archetypes and the veil had just been drawn between the Matrix and the Potentiator of the Mind?
Ra: There were nine archetypes and many shadows.
Questioner: By shadows do you mean the, what I might refer to as, birthing of small archetypical biases?
Ra: Rather we would describe these shadows as the inchoate thoughts of helpful structures not yet fully conceived.
Questioner: Would The Choice exist at this point during the creation of the first service-to-self polarity?
Ra: Implicit in the veiling or separation of two archetypes is the concept of choice. The refinements to this concept took many experiences.
Questioner: I find it interesting that the very first experiment of veiling the Matrix of the Mind from the Potentiator of the Mind and visa-versa created service-to-self polarity. This seems to be a very important philosophical point in the development of the creation and possibly the beginning of a system of what we would call magic not envisioned previously. Let me ask this question. Prior to the extension of the first distortion was the magical potential of the higher densities as great as it is now when the greatest potential was achieved in consciousness for each density? This is difficult to ask. What I am asking is that at the end of fourth density, prior to the extension of free will, was what we call magical potential as great as it is now at the end of fourth density?
Ra: As you understand, if we may use this misnomer, magic, the magical potential in third and fourth density was then far greater than after the change. However, there was far, far less desire or will to use this potential.
Questioner: Now, to be sure that I understand you: prior to the change and the extension of free will, let’s take specifically the end of fourth density, magical potential for the condition when there was only service-to-others polarization was much greater at the end of fourth density than at the end of fourth density immediately after the split of polarization and the extension of free will. Is that correct?
Ra: Magical ability is the ability to consciously use the so-called unconscious. Therefore, there was maximal ability prior to the innovation of sub-Logoi’s free will.
Questioner: The next archetype, the Empress, is the Catalyst of the Mind, that which acts upon the conscious mind to change it. The fourth archetype is the Emperor, the Experience of the Mind, which is that material stored in the unconscious which creates its continuing bias. Am I correct with those statements?
Ra: Though far too rigid in your statements, you perceive correct relationships. There is a great deal of dynamic interrelationship in these first four archetypes
Questioner: What would be the Hierophant?
Ra: The Hierophant is the Significator of the Mind complex, its very nature. We may note that the characteristics of which you speak do have bearing upon the Significator of the Mind complex but are not the heart. The heart of the mind complex is that dynamic entity which absorbs, seeks, and attempts to learn.
Questioner: Then is the Hierophant that link, you might say, between the mind and the body?
Ra: There is a strong relationship between the significators of the mind, the body, and the spirit. Your statement is too broad.
Questioner: Let me skip over the Hierophant for a minute because I am really not understanding that at all and just ask if the Lovers represent a merging of the conscious and the unconscious or the communication of the conscious and unconscious?
Ra: Again, without being at all unperceptive, you miss the heart of this particular archetype which may be more properly called the Transformation of the Mind.
Questioner: Transformation of the mind into what?
Ra: As you observe Archetype Six you may see the student of the mysteries being transformed by the need to choose betwixt the light and the dark in mind.
Questioner: Would the Conqueror or Chariot then represent the culmination of the action of the first six archetypes into a conquering of the mental processes, even possibly removing the veil?
Ra: This is most perceptive. The Archetype Seven is one difficult to enunciate. We may call it the Path, the Way, or the Great Way of the Mind. Its foundation is a reflection and substantial summary of Archetypes One through Six. One may also see the Way of the Mind as showing the kingdom or fruits of appropriate travel through the mind in that the mind continues to move as majestically through the material it conceives of as a chariot drawn by royal lions or steeds.
Questioner: Then I will just ask about the one of the archetypes which I am the least able to understand at this point if I can use that word at all. I am still very much in the dark, so to speak, in respect to the Hierophant and precisely what it is. Could you give me some other indication of what that is?
Ra: You have been most interested in the Significator which must needs become complex. The Hierophant is the original archetype of mind which has been made complex through the subtile movements of the conscious and unconscious. The complexities of mind were evolved rather than the simple melding of experience from Potentiator to Matrix. The mind itself became an actor possessed of free will and, more especially, will. As the Significator of the mind, the Hierophant has the will to know, but what shall it do with its knowledge, and for what reasons does it seek? The potentials of a complex significator are manifold.
Questioner: The fifteenth archetype is the Matrix of the Spirit and has been called the Devil. Why that is so?
Ra: We do not wish to be facile in such a central query, but we may note that the nature of the spirit is so infinitely subtle that the fructifying influence of light upon the great darkness of the spirit is very often not as apparent as the darkness itself. The progress chosen by many adepts becomes a confused path as each adept attempts to use the Catalyst of the Spirit. Few there are which are successful in grasping the light of the sun. By far, the majority of adepts remain groping in the moonlight and, as we have said, this light can deceive as well as uncover hidden mystery. Therefore, the melody, shall we say, of this matrix often seems to be of a negative and evil, as you would call it, nature. It is also to be noted that an adept is one which has freed itself more and more from the constraints of the thoughts, opinions, and bonds of other-selves. Whether this is done for service to others or service to self, it is a necessary part of the awakening of the adept. This freedom is seen by those not free as what you would call evil or black. The magic is recognized; the nature is often not.
Questioner: Could I say, then, that implicit in the process of becoming adept is the seeming polarization towards service to self because the adept becomes disassociated with many of his kind?
Ra: This is likely to occur. The apparent happening is disassociation whether the truth is service to self and thus true disassociation from other-selves or service-to-others and thus true association with the heart of all other-selves and disassociation only from the illusory husks which prevent the adept from correctly perceiving the self and other-self as one.
Ra: This disassociation from the miasma of illusion and misrepresentation of each and every distortion is a quite necessary portion of an adept’s path. It may be seen by others to be unfortunate.
Questioner: Then is this, from the point of view of the fifteenth archetype, somewhat of an excursion into the Matrix of the Spirit in this process? Does that make any sense?
Ra: The excursion of which you speak and the process of disassociation is most usually linked with that archetype you call Hope which we would prefer to call Faith. This archetype is the Catalyst of the Spirit and, because of the illuminations of the Potentiator of the Spirit, will begin to cause these changes in the adept’s viewpoint.
Questioner: I didn’t intend to get too far ahead of my questioning process here. The positively or negatively polarized adept, then, is building a potential to draw directly on the spirit for power. Is this correct?
Ra: It would be more proper to say that the adept is calling directly through the spirit to the universe for its power, for the spirit is a shuttle.
Questioner: The only obvious significant difference, I believe, between the positive and negative adepts in using this shuttle is the way they polarize. Is there a relationship between the archetypes of the spirit and whether the polarization is either positive or negative? Is, for instance, the positive calling through the sixteenth archetype and the negative calling through the fifteenth archetype? I am very confused about this and I imagine that that question is either poor or meaningless. Can you answer that?
Ra: It is a challenge to answer such a query, for there is some confusion in its construction. However, we shall attempt to speak upon the subject. The adept, whether positive or negative, has the same Matrix. The Potentiator is also identical. Due to the Catalyst of each adept the adept may begin to pick and choose that into which it shall look further. The Experience of the Spirit, that which you have called the Moon, is then, by far, the more manifest of influences upon the polarity of the adept. Even the most unhappy of experiences, shall we say, which seem to occur in the Catalyst of the adept, seen from the viewpoint of the spirit, may, with the discrimination possible in shadow, be worked with until light equaling the light of brightest noon descends upon the adept and positive or service-to-others illumination has occurred. The service-to-self adept will satisfy itself with the shadows and, grasping the light of day, will toss back the head in grim laughter, preferring the darkness. The nineteenth archetype of the spirit would be the Significator of the Spirit. The Significator of the Spirit is that living entity which either radiates or absorbs the love and the light of the one infinite Creator, radiates it to others or absorbs it for the self.
Questioner: Then would this process of radiation or absorption, since we have what I would call a flux or flux rate, be the measure of the adept?
Ra: This may be seen to be a reasonably adequate statement.
Questioner: What the twentieth archetype would be?
Ra: That which you call the Sarcophagus in your system may be seen to be the material world, if you will. This material world is transformed by the spirit into that which is infinite and eternal. The infinity of the spirit is an even greater realization than the infinity of consciousness, for consciousness which has been disciplined by will and faith is that consciousness which may contact intelligent infinity directly. There are many things which fall away in the many, many steps of adepthood. We, of Ra, still walk these steps and praise the one infinite Creator at each transformation.
Questioner: The twenty-first archetype would represent contact with intelligent infinity. Is that correct?
Ra: This is correct, although one may also see the reflection of this contact as well as the contact with intelligent energy which is the Universe or, as you have called it somewhat provincially, the World.
Questioner: Then by this contact also with intelligent energy can you give me an example of what this would be for both the contact with intelligent infinity and the contact with intelligent energy? Could you give me an example of what type of experience this would result in, if that is at all possible?
Ra: We have discussed the possibilities of contact with intelligent energy, for this energy is the energy of the Logos, and thus it is the energy which heals, builds, removes, destroys, and transforms all other-selves as well as the self. The contact with intelligent infinity is most likely to produce an unspeakable joy in the entity experiencing such contact. If you wish to query in more detail upon this subject, we invite you to do so in another working.
Questioner: Picking up on the tenth archetype, which is the Catalyst of the Body, the Wheel of Fortune represents interaction with other-selves. Is this a correct statement?
Ra: This may be seen to be a roughly correct statement in that each catalyst is dealing with the nature of those experiences entering the energy web and vibratory perceptions of the {person}. The most carefully noted addition would be that the outside stimulus of the Wheel of Fortune is that which offers both positive and negative experience.
Questioner: The eleventh archetype would then be the Experience of the Body which represents the catalyst which has been processed by the {person} and is called the Enchantress because it produces further seed for growth.
Questioner: We have already discussed the Significator, so I will skip number thirteen. The Transformation of the Body is called Death, for with death the body is transformed to a higher vibrational body for additional learning. Is this correct?
Ra: This is correct and may be seen to be additionally correct in that each moment and certainly each diurnal period of the bodily incarnation offers death and rebirth to one which is attempting to use the catalyst which is offered it.
Questioner: Finally, the fourteenth, the Way of the Body is called the Alchemist because there is an infinity of time for the various bodies to operate within to learn the lessons necessary for evolution. Is this correct?
Ra: This is less than completely correct as the Great Way of the Body must be seen, as are all the archetypes of the body, to be a mirror image of the thrust of the activity of the mind. The body is the creature of the mind and is the instrument of manifestation for the fruits of mind and spirit. Therefore, you may see the body as providing the athanor through which the Alchemist manifests gold.
Questioner: [START AT] the very beginning of this octave of experience to investigate the conditions of mind, body, and spirit as they evolved in this octave. Ra states that it has knowledge of only this octave, but it seems that Ra has complete knowledge of this octave. Why this is?
Ra: Firstly, we do not have complete knowledge of this octave. There are portions of the seventh density which, although described to us by our teachers, remain mysterious. Secondly, we have experienced a great deal of the available refining catalyst of this octave, and our teachers have worked with us most carefully that we may be one with all, that in turn our eventual returning to the great all-ness of creation shall be complete.
Questioner: Then Ra has knowledge from the first beginnings of this octave through its present experience and what I might call direct or experiential knowledge through communication with those space/times and time/spaces, but has not yet evolved to or penetrated the seventh level. Is this a roughly correct statement?
Ra: Yes.
Questioner: Why does Ra not have any knowledge of that which was prior to the beginning of this octave?
Ra: Let us compare octaves to islands. It may be that the inhabitants of an island are not alone upon a planetary sphere, but if an ocean-going vehicle in which one may survive has not been invented, true knowledge of other islands is possible only if an entity comes among the islanders and says, “I am from elsewhere.” This is a rough analogy. However, we have evidence of this sort, both of previous creation and athanor: an oven; a fire; a digesting furnace, formerly used in alchemy, so constructed as to maintain a uniform and constant heat. creation to be, as we in the stream of space/time and time/space view these apparently non-simultaneous events.
Questioner: We presently find ourselves in the Milky Way Galaxy of some 200 or so billion stars and there are millions and millions of these large galaxies spread out through what we call space. To Ra’s knowledge, can I assume that the number of these galaxies is infinite? Is this correct?
Ra: This is precisely correct and is a significant point.
Questioner: The point being that we have unity. Is that correct?
Ra: You are perceptive.
Questioner: Then what portion of these galaxies is Ra aware of? Has Ra experienced consciousness in many other of these galaxies?
Ra: No.
Questioner: Has Ra experienced or does Ra have any knowledge of any of these other galaxies? Has Ra traveled to, in one form or another, any of these other galaxies?
Ra: Yes.
Questioner: It’s unimportant, but how many other of these galaxies has Ra traveled to?
Ra: We have opened our hearts in radiation of love to the entire creation. Approximately 90 percent of the creation is at some level aware of the sending and able to reply. All of the infinite Logoi are one in the consciousness of love. This is the type of contact which we enjoy rather than travel.
Questioner: So that I can just get a little idea of what I am talking about, what are the limits of Ra’s travel in the sense of directly experiencing or seeing the activities of various places? Is it solely within this galaxy, and if so, how much of this galaxy? Or does it include some other galaxies?
Ra: Although it would be possible for us to move at will throughout the creation within this Logos, that is to say, the Milky Way Galaxy, so-called, we have moved where we were called to service; these locations being, shall we say, local and including Alpha Centauri, planets of your solar system which you call the Sun, Cepheus, and Zeta Reticuli. To these sub-Logoi we have come, having been called.
Questioner: Was the call in each instance from the third-density beings or was this call from other densities?
Ra: In general, the latter supposition is correct. In the particular case of the Sun sub-Logos, third density is the density of calling. Ra then has not moved at any time into one of the other major galaxies
Questioner: Does Ra have knowledge of any other major galaxy or the consciousness of anything in that galaxy?
Ra: We assume you are speaking of the possibility of knowledge of other major galaxies. There are Wanderers from other major galaxies drawn to the specific needs of a single call. There are those among our social memory complex which have become Wanderers in other major galaxies. Thus there has been knowledge of other major galaxies, for to one whose personality or {person} has been crystallized the universe is one place and there is no bar upon travel. However, our interpretation of your query was a query concerning the social memory complex traveling to another major galaxy. We have not done this, nor do we contemplate it, for we can reach in love with our hearts.
Questioner: In this line of questioning I am trying to establish a basis for understanding the foundation for not only the experience that we have now but how the experience was formed and how it is related to all the rest of the experience through the portion of the octave as we understand it. I am assuming, then, that all of these galaxies, this infinite number of galaxies that we can just begin to become aware of with our telescopes, are all of the same octave. Is this correct?
Ra: This is correct.
Questioner: I was wondering if some of the Wanderers from Ra in going to some of the other major galaxies, that is, leaving this system of some 200 billion stars of lenticular shape and going to another cluster of billions of stars and finding their way into some planetary situation there, would encounter the dual polarity that we have here, the service-to-self and the service-to-others polarities?
Ra: This is correct.
#95 - DREAM LANGUAGE
Questioner: Thank you. A question has been asked which I will ask at this time. In processing the catalyst of dreams is there a universal language of the unconscious mind which may be used to interpret dreams, or does each entity have a unique language in its own unconscious mind which it may use to interpret the meaning of dreams?
Ra: There is what might be called a partial vocabulary of the dreams due to the common heritage of all {people}. Due to each entity’s unique incarnational experiences there is an overlay which grows to be a larger and larger proportion of the dream vocabulary as the entity gains experience.
#86 - DREAMING
Questioner: You have stated that dreaming, if made available to the conscious mind, will aid greatly in polarization. Could you define dreaming or tell us what it is and how it aids polarization?
Ra: Dreaming is an activity of communication through the veil of the unconscious mind and the conscious mind. The nature of this activity is wholly dependent upon the situation regarding the energy center blockages, activations, and crystallizations of a given {person}. In one who is blocked at two of the three lower energy centers dreaming will be of value in the polarization process in that there will be a repetition of those portions of recent catalyst as well as deeper held blockages, thereby giving the waking mind clues as to the nature of these blockages and hints as to possible changes in perception which may lead to the unblocking. This type of dreaming or communication through the veiled portions of the mind occurs also with those {people} which are functioning with far less blockage and enjoying the green-ray activation or higher activation at those times at which the {person} experiences catalyst, momentarily reblocking or baffling or otherwise distorting the flow of energy influx. Therefore, in all cases it is useful to a {person} to ponder the content and emotive resonance of dreams. For those whose green-ray energy centers have been activated as well as for those whose green-ray energy centers are offered an unusual unblockage due to extreme catalyst, such as what is termed the physical death of the self or one which is beloved occurring in what you may call your near future, dreaming takes on another activity. This is what may loosely be termed precognition or a knowing which is prior to that which shall occur in physical manifestation in your yellow-ray third-density space/time. This property of the mind depends upon its placement, to a great extent, in time/space so that the terms of present and future and past have no meaning. This will, if made proper use of by the {person}, enable this entity to enter more fully into the all-compassionate love of each and every circumstance including those circumstances against which an entity may have a strong distortion towards what you may call unhappiness. As a {person} consciously chooses the path of the adept and, with each energy balanced to a minimal degree, begins to open the indigo-ray energy center the so-called dreaming becomes the most efficient tool for polarization, for, if it is known by the adept that work may be done in consciousness while the so-called conscious mind rests, this adept may call upon those which guide it, those presences which surround it, and, most of all, the magical personality which is the higher self in space/time analog as it moves into the sleeping mode of consciousness. With these affirmations attended to, the activity of dreaming reaches that potential of learn/teaching which is most helpful to increasing the distortions of the adept towards its chosen polarity. There are other possibilities of the dreaming not so closely aligned with the increase in polarity which we do not cover at this particular space/time.
Questioner: How is the dream designed or programmed? Is it done by the higher self, or who is responsible for this?
Ra: In all cases the {person} makes what use it can of the faculty of the dreaming. It, itself, is responsible for this activity.
Questioner: Then you are saying that the subconscious is responsible for what I will call the design or scriptwriter for the dream. Is this correct?
Ra: This is correct.
Questioner: Is the memory that the individual has upon waking from the dream usually reasonably accurate? Is the dream easily remembered?
Ra: You must realize that we are over-generalizing in order to answer your queries as there are several sorts of dreams. However, in general, it may be noted that it is only for a trained and disciplined observer to have reasonably good recall of the dreaming. This faculty may be learned by virtue of a discipline of the recording immediately upon awakening of each and every detail which can be recalled. This training sharpens one’s ability to recall the dream. The most common perception of a {person} of dreams is muddied, muddled, and quickly lost.
Questioner: In remembering dreams, then, you are saying that the individual can find specific clues to current energy center blockages and may, thereby, reduce or eliminate those blockages. Is this correct?
Ra: This is so.
Questioner: Is there any other function of dreaming that is of value in the evolutionary process?
Ra: Although there are many which are of some value we would choose two to note, since these two, though not of value in polarization, may be of value in a more generalized sense. The activity of dreaming is an activity in which there is made a finely wrought and excellently fashioned bridge from conscious to unconscious. In this state the various distortions which have occurred in the energy web of the body complex, due to the misprision with which energy influxes have been received, are healed. With the proper amount of dreaming comes the healing of these distortions. Continued lack of this possibility can cause seriously distorted {people}. The other function of the dreaming which is of aid is that type of dream which is visionary and which prophets and mystics have experienced from days of old. Their visions come through the roots of mind and speak to a hungry world. Thus the dream is of service without being of a personally polarizing nature. However, in that mystic or prophet who desires to serve, such service will increase the entity’s polarity.
Questioner: There is a portion of sleep that has been called REM. Is this the state of dreaming?
Ra: This is correct.
Questioner: It was noticed that this occurs in small units during the night with gaps in between. Is there any particular reason for this?
Ra: The portions of the dreaming process which are helpful for polarization and also for the vision of the mystic take place in time/space and, consequently, use the bridge from metaphysical to physical for what seems to be a brief period of your space/time. The time/space equivalent is far greater. The bridge remains, however, and traduces each distortion of mind, body, and spirit as it has received the distortions of energy influxes so that healing may take place. This healing process does not occur with the incidence of rapid eye movement but rather occurs largely in the space/time portion of the {person} using the bridge to time/space for the process of healing to be enabled.
Questioner: Why the loss of knowledge and control over the body was helpful?
Ra: The knowledge of the potentials of the physical vehicle before the veiling offered the mind/body/spirit a free range of choices with regard to activities and manifestations of the body but offered little in the way of the development of polarity. When the knowledge of these potentials and functions of the physical vehicle is shrouded from the conscious mind complex, the {person} is often nearly without knowledge of how to best manifest its beingness. However, this state of lack of knowledge offers an opportunity for a desire to grow within the mind complex. This desire is that which seeks to know the possibilities of the body complex. The ramifications of each possibility and the eventual biases thusly built have within them a force which can only be generated by such a desire or will to know.
Questioner: Perhaps you could give examples of the use of the body prior to veiling and after the veiling in the same aspect to help us understand the change in knowledge of and control over the body more clearly. Could you do this, please?
Ra: Yes. Let us deal with the sexual energy transfer. Before the veiling such a transfer was always possible due to there being no shadow upon the grasp of the nature of the body and its relationship to other mind/body/spirits in this particular manifestation. Before the veiling process there was a near total lack of the use of this sexual energy transfer beyond green ray. This also was due to the same unshadowed knowledge each had of each. There was, in third density then, little purpose to be seen in the more intensive relationships of mind, body, and spirit which you may call those of the mating process, since each other-self was seen to be the Creator and no other-self seemed to be more the Creator than another. After the veiling process it became infinitely more difficult to achieve green-ray energy transfer due to the great areas of mystery and unknowing concerning the body complex and its manifestations. However, also due to the great shadowing of the manifestations of the body from the conscious mind complex, when such energy transfer was experienced it was likelier to provide catalyst which caused a bonding of self with other-self in a properly polarized configuration. From this point it was far more likely that higher energy transfers would be sought by this mated pair of {people}, thus allowing the Creator to know Itself with great beauty, solemnity, and wonder. Intelligent infinity having been reached by this sacramental use of this function of the body, each {person} of the mated pair gained greatly in polarization and in ability to serve.
Questioner: Did any of the other aspects of loss of knowledge or control of the body approach, to any degree in efficiency, the description which you have just given?
Ra: Each function of the body complex has some potential after the veiling to provide helpful catalyst. We did choose the example of sexual energy transfer due to its central place in the functionary capabilities of the body complex made more useful by means of the veiling process.
Questioner: I would assume that the veiling of the sexual aspect was of great efficiency because it is an aspect that has to do totally with a relationship with an other-self. It would seem to me that the bodily veilings having to do with other-self interaction would be more efficient when compared with those only related to self, which would be lower in efficiency in producing either positive or negative polarization. Am I correct in this assumption?
Ra: You are correct to a great extent. Perhaps the most notable exception is the attitude of one already strongly polarized negatively towards the appearance of the body complex. There are those entities upon the negative path which take great care in the preservation of the distortion your peoples perceive as fairness/ugliness. This fairness of form is, of course, then used in order to manipulate other-selves.
Questioner: Why is the male and the female nature different?
Ra: When the veiling process was accomplished, to the male polarity was attracted the Matrix of the Mind and to the female, the Potentiator of the Mind, to the male the Potentiator of the Body, to the female the Matrix of the Body.
Questioner: Thank you. I would like to ask you as to the initial production of the tarot, where this concept was first formed and where the tarot was first recorded?
Ra: The concept of the tarot originated within the planetary influence you call Venus.
Questioner: Was the concept given to or devised for a training tool for those inhabiting Venus at that time or was it devised by those of Venus as a training tool for those of Earth?
Ra: The tarot was devised by the third-density population of Venus a great measure of your space/time in your past. As we have noted the third-density experience of those of Venus dealt far more deeply and harmoniously with what you would call relationships with other-selves, sexual energy transfer work, and philosophical or metaphysical research. The product of many, many generations of work upon what we conceived to be the archetypical mind produced the tarot which was used by our peoples as a training aid in developing the magical personality.
Questioner: I’ll make a guess that those of Venus of third density who were the initial ones to partially penetrate the veil gleaned information as to the nature of the archetypical mind and the veiling process and from this designed the tarot as a method of teaching others. Is this correct?
Ra: It is so.
Questioner: I will also assume, and I may not be correct, that the present list that I have of twenty-two names of the tarot cards of the Major Arcana are not in exact agreement with Ra’s original generation of the tarot. Could you describe the original tarot, first telling me if there were twenty-two archetypes? That must have been the same. Were they the same as the list that I read to you in a previous session or were there differences?
Ra: As we have stated previously, each archetype is a concept complex and may be viewed not only by individuals but by those of the same racial and planetary influences in unique ways. Therefore, it is not informative to reconstruct the rather minor differences in descriptive terms between the tarot used by us and that used by those of Egypt and the spiritual descendants of those first students of this system of study. The one great breakthrough which was made after our work in third density was done was the proper emphasis given to the Arcanum Number Twenty-Two which we have called The Choice. In our own experience we were aware that such an unifying archetype existed but did not give that archetype the proper complex of concepts in order to most efficaciously use that archetype in order to promote our evolution.
Questioner: I will make this statement as to my understanding of some of the archetypes and let you correct this statement. It seems to me that the Significators of Mind, Body, and Spirit are acted upon in each of these by the catalyst. This produces Experience which then leads to the Transformation and produces the Great Way. This is the same process for the mind, the body, and spirit. The archetypes are just repeated but act in a different way as catalyst because of the differences of mind, body, and spirit and produce a different type of experience for each because of the difference in the three. The Transformation is slightly different. The Great Way is somewhat different but the archetypes are all basically doing the same thing. They are just acting on three different portions of the {person} so that we can say that in making the Significator a complex basically we have provided a way for Catalyst to create the Transformation more efficiently. Would you correct that statement, please?
Ra: In your statement correctness is so plaited up with tendrils of the most fundamental misunderstanding that correction of your statement is difficult. We shall make comments and from these comments request that you allow a possible realignment of conceptualization to occur. The archetypical mind is a great and fundamental portion of the mind complex, one of its most basic elements and one of the richest sources of information for the seeker of the one infinite Creator. To attempt to condense the archetypes is to make an erroneous attempt. Each archetype is a significant ding an sich, or thing in itself, with its own complex of concepts. While it is informative to survey the relationships of one archetype to another it can be said that this line of inquiry is secondary to the discovery of the purest gestalt or vision or melody which each archetype signifies to both the intellectual and intuitive mind. The Significators of Mind, Body, and Spirit complexes are complex in and of themselves, and the archetypes of Catalyst, Experience, Transformation, and the Great Way are most fruitfully viewed as independent complexes which have their own melodies with which they may inform the mind of its nature. We ask that you consider that the archetypical mind informs those thoughts which then may have bearing upon the mind, the body, or the spirit. The archetypes do not have a direct linkage to body or spirit. All must be drawn up through the higher levels of the subconscious mind to the conscious mind and thence they may flee whither they have been bidden to go. When used in a controlled way they are most helpful. Rather than continue beyond the boundaries of your prior statement we would appreciate the opportunity for your requestioning at this time so that we may answer you more precisely.
Questioner: Did Ra use cards similar to the tarot cards for training in third-density?
Ra: No.
Questioner: What did Ra use in third density?
Ra: You are aware in your attempts at magical visualization of the mental configuration of sometimes rather complex visualizations. These are mental and drawn with the mind. Another example well-known in your culture is the visualization, in your mass, of the distortion of the love of the one infinite Creator called Christianity, wherein a small portion of your foodstuffs is seen to be a mentally configured but entirely real man, the man known to you as Jehoshuah or, as you call this entity now, Jesus. It was by this method of sustained visualization over a period of training that we worked with these concepts. These concepts were occasionally drawn. However, the concept of one visualization per card was not thought of by us.
Questioner: How did the teacher relay information to the student in respect to visualization?
Ra: The process was cabalistic; that is, of the oral tradition of mouth to ear.
Questioner: Then when Ra attempted to teach the Egyptians the concept of the tarot, was the same process used, or a different one.
Ra: The same process was used. However, those which were teach/learners after us first drew these images to the best of their ability within the place of initiation and later began the use of what you call cards bearing these visualizations’ representations.
Questioner: Were the Court Arcana and the Minor Arcana a portion of Ra’s teachings or was this something that came along later?
Ra: Those cards of which you speak were the product of the influence of those of Chaldea and Sumer.
Questioner: You mentioned earlier that the tarot was a method of divination. Would you explain that?
Ra: We must first divorce the tarot as a method of divination from this Major Arcana as representative of twenty-two archetypes of the archetypical mind. The value of that which you call astrology is significant when used by those initiated entities which understand, if you will pardon the misnomer, the sometimes intricate considerations of the Law of Confusion. As each planetary influence enters the energy web of your sphere those upon the sphere are moved much as the moon which moves about your sphere moves the waters upon your deeps. Your own nature is water in that you as {people} are easily impressed and moved. Indeed, this is the very fiber and nature of your journey and vigil in this density: to not only be moved but to instruct yourself as to the preferred manner of your movement in mind, body, and spirit. Therefore, as each entity enters the planetary energy web each entity experiences two major planetary influxes, that of the conception, which has to do with the physical, yellow-ray manifestation of the incarnation, and that of the moment you call birth when the breath is first drawn into the body complex of chemical yellow ray. Thus those who know the stars and their configurations and influences are able to see a rather broadly drawn map of the country through which an entity has traveled, is traveling, or may be expected to travel, be it upon the physical, the mental, or the spiritual level. Such an entity will have developed abilities of the initiate which are normally known among your peoples as psychic or paranormal. When the archetypes are shuffled into the mix of astrologically oriented cards which form the so-called Court Arcana and Minor Arcana these archetypes become magnetized to the psychic impressions of the one working with the cards, and thusly become instruments of a linkage between the practitioner of the astrological determinations and divinations and the one requesting information. Oft times such archetypical representations will appear in such a manner as to have seemingly interesting results, meaningful in configuration to the questioner. In and of themselves, the Major Arcana have no rightful place in divination but, rather, are tools for the further knowledge of the self by the self for the purpose of entering a more profoundly, acutely realized present moment.
Questioner: Ra must have had, shall we say, a lesson plan or course of training for the twenty-two archetypes to be given either to those of third density of Ra or, later on, to those in Egypt. Could you describe this scenario for the training course?
Ra: We find it more nearly appropriate to discuss our plans in acquainting initiates upon your own planet with this particular version of the archetypes of the archetypical mind. Our first stage was the presentation of the images, one after the other, in the following order: one, eight, fifteen; two, nine, sixteen; three, ten, seventeen; four, eleven, eighteen; five, twelve, nineteen; six, thirteen, twenty; seven, fourteen, twenty-one; twenty-two. In this way the fundamental relationships between mind, body, and spirit could begin to be discovered, for as one sees, for instance, the Matrix of the Mind in comparison to the Matrices of Body and Spirit one may draw certain tentative conclusions.
When, at length, the student had mastered these visualizations and had considered each of the seven classifications of archetype, looking at the relationships between mind, body, and spirit, we then suggested consideration of archetypes in pairs: one and two; three and four; five; six and seven. You may continue in this form for the body and spirit archetypes. You will note that the consideration of the Significator was left unpaired, for the Significator shall be paired with Archetype Twenty-Two. At the end of this line of inquiry the student was beginning to grasp more and more deeply the qualities and resonances of each archetype. At this point, using various other aids to spiritual evolution, we encouraged the initiate to learn to become each archetype and, most importantly, to know as best as possible within your illusion when the adoption of the archetype’s persona would be spiritually or metaphysically helpful. As you can see, much work was done creatively by each initiate. We have no dogma to offer. Each perceives that which is needful and helpful to the self.
Questioner: How many of our years ago was Ra’s third density ended?
Ra: The calculations necessary for establishing this point are difficult since so much of what you call time is taken up before and after third density as you see the progress of time from your vantage point. We may say in general that the time of our enjoyment of the choice-making was approximately 2.6 million of your sun-years in your past. However—we correct this instrument. Your term is billion, 2.6 billion of your years in your past. However, this time, as you call it, is not meaningful for our intervening space/time has been experienced in a manner quite unlike your third-density experience of space/time.
Questioner: It appears that the end of Ra’s third density coincided with the beginning of this planet’s second density. Is that correct?
Ra: This is roughly correct.
Questioner: Did the planet Venus become a fourth-density planet at that time?
Ra: This is so.
Questioner: Did it later, then, become a fifth-density planet?
Ra: It later became a fourth/fifth-density planet; then, later a fifth-density planet for a large measure of your time. Both fourth and fifth-density experiences were possible upon the planetary influence of what you call Venus.
Questioner: What is its density at present?
Ra: Its core vibrational frequency is sixth density. However we, as a social memory complex have elected to leave that influence. Therefore, the beings inhabiting this planetary influence at this space/time are fifth-density entities. The planet may be considered a fifth/sixth-density planet.
Questioner: What was your reason for leaving?
Ra: We wished to be of service.
Questioner: I have here a deck of twenty-two tarot cards which have been copied, according to information we have, from the walls of the large pyramid at Giza. If necessary we can duplicate these cards in the book which we are preparing. I would ask Ra if these cards represent an exact replica of that which is in the Great Pyramid?
Ra: The resemblance is substantial.
Questioner: In other words, you might say that these were better than 95% correct as far as representing what is on the walls of the Great Pyramid?
Ra: Yes.
Questioner: The way that I understand this, then, Ra gave these archetypical concepts to the priests of Egypt who then drew them upon the walls of one of the chambers of the Great Pyramid. What was the technique of transmission of this information to the priests? At this time was Ra walking the surface among the Egyptians, or was this done through some form of channeling?
Ra: This was done partially through old teachings and partially through visions.
Questioner: Then at this particular time Ra had long since vacated the planet as far as walking among the Egyptians. Is this correct?
Ra: Yes.
Questioner: I would like to question Ra on each of these cards in order to better understand the archetypes. Is this agreeable?
Ra: As we have previously stated, these archetypical concept complexes are a tool for learn/teaching. Thusly, if we were to offer information that were not a response to observations of the student we would be infringing upon the free will of the learn/teacher by being teach/learner and learn/teacher at once.
Questioner: You stated that Ra used the tarot to develop the magical personality. Was this done to mentally become the essence of each archetype and in this way develop the magical personality?
Ra: This is incorrect. The clothing one’s self within the archetype is an advanced practice of the adept which has long studied this archetypical system. The concept complexes which together are intended to represent the architecture of a significant and rich portion of the mind are intended to be studied as individual concept complexes as Matrix, Potentiator, etc., in viewing mind/body/spirit connections and in pairs with some concentration upon the polarity of the male and the female. If these are studied there comes the moment when the deep threnodies and joyful ditties of the deep mind can successfully be brought forward to intensify, articulate, and heighten some aspect of the magical personality.
Questioner: You stated that each archetype is a concept complex. Would you please define what you mean by that statement?
Ra: Upon the face of it such a definition is without merit, being circular. A concept complex is a complex of concepts just as a molecule is a complex structure made up of more than one type of energy nexus or atom. Each atom within a molecule is its unique identity and, by some means, can be removed from the molecule. The molecule of water can, by chemical means, be caused to separate into hydrogen and oxygen. Separately they cannot be construed to equal water. When formed in the molecular structure which exemplifies water the two are irrefragably water. Just in this way each archetype has within it several root atoms of organizational being. Separately the overall structure of the complex cannot be seen. Together the concept complex is irrefragably one thing. However, just as it is most useful in grasping the potentials in your physical systems of the constituted nature of water, so in grasping the nature of an archetype it is useful to have a sense of its component concepts.
Questioner: In Archetype One, represented by tarot card number one, the Matrix of the Mind seems to have four basic parts to the complex. Looking at the card we have, first and most obvious, the Magician and what seems to be an approaching star. A stork or similar bird seems to be in a cage. On top of the cage seems to be something that seems to be very difficult at (?) discern. Am I in any way correct in this analysis?
Ra: You are competent at viewing pictures. You have not yet grasped the nature of the Matrix of the Mind as fully as is reliably possible upon contemplation. We would note that the representations drawn by priests were somewhat distorted by acquaintance with and dependence upon the astrologically based teachings of the Chaldees.
Questioner: When Ra originally trained or taught the Egyptians about the tarot did Ra act as teach/learners to a degree that Ra became learn/teachers?
Ra: This distortion we were spared.
Questioner: Then could you tell me what information you gave to the Egyptian priests who first were contacted or taught with respect to the first archetype? Is this possible for you to do within the limits of the first distortion?
Ra: It is possible. Our first step, as we have said, was to present the descriptions in verbal form of three images: one, eight, fifteen; then the questions were asked: “What do you feel that a bird might represent?” “What do you feel that a wand might represent?” “What do you feel that the male represents?” and so forth until those studying were working upon a system whereby the images used became evocative of a system of concepts. This is slow work when done for the first time. We may note, with sympathy, that you undoubtedly feel choked by the opposite difficulty, that of a great mass of observation upon this system, all of which has some merit as each student will experience the archetypical mind and its structure in an unique way useful to that student. We suggest that one or more of this group do that which we have suggested in order that we may, without infringement, offer observations on this interesting subject which may be of further aid to those inquiring in this area.
Questioner: Would it be appropriate then for me to answer the questions with what I think is the meaning of the three items that you spoke of for Card Number One and then Card Eight, etc.? Is this what you mean?
Ra: This is very close to our meaning. It was our intention to suggest that one or more of you go through the plan of study which we have suggested. The queries having to do with the archetypes as found in the tarot after this point may take the form of observing what seem to be the characteristics of each archetype, relationships between mind, body, and spiritual archetypes of the same ranking such as Matrix, or archetypes as seen in relationship to polarity, especially when observed in the pairings.
Any observations made by a student which have fulfilled the considerations will receive our comment in return. Our great avoidance of interpreting, for the first time, for the learn/teacher various elements of a picture upon a piece of pasteboard is involved both with the Law of Confusion and with the difficulties of the distortions of the pictures upon the pasteboard. Therefore, we may suggest a conscientious review of that which we have already given concerning this subject as opposed to the major reliance being either upon any rendition of the archetype pictures or any system which has been arranged as a means of studying these pictures.
Questioner: All right; I’ll have to do that. Ra stated that a major breakthrough was made when proper emphasis was put on Arcanum Twenty-Two. This didn’t happen until Ra had completed third density. I assume from this that Ra, being polarized positively, probably had some of the same difficulty that occurred prior to the veil in that the negative polarity was not appreciated. That’s a guess. Is this correct?
Ra: In one way it is precisely correct. Our harvest was overwhelmingly positive and our appreciation of those which were negative was relatively uninformed. However, we were intending to suggest that in the use of the system known to you as the tarot for advancing the spiritual evolution of the self a proper understanding, if we may use this misnomer, of Archetype Twenty-Two is greatly helpful in sharpening the basic view of the Significator of Mind, Body, and Spirit and, further, throws into starker relief the Transformation and Great Way of Mind, Body, and Spirit complexes.
Questioner: Were some of Ra’s population negatively harvested at the end of Ra’ s third density?
Ra: We had no negative harvest as such although there had been two entities which had harvested themselves during the third density in the negative or service-to-self path. There were, however, those upon the planetary surface during third density whose vibratory patterns were in the negative range but were not harvestable.
Questioner: What was Ra’s average total population incarnate on Venus in third density?
Ra: We were a small population which dwelt upon what you would consider difficult conditions. Our harvest was approximately 6 million 500 thousand {people}. There were approximately 32 million {people} repeating third density elsewhere
Questioner: What was the attitude prior to harvest of those harvestable entities of Ra with respect to those who were obviously unharvestable?
Ra: Those of us which had the gift of polarity felt deep compassion for those who seemed to dwell in darkness. This description is most apt as ours was a harshly bright planet in the physical sense. There was every attempt made to reach out with whatever seemed to be needed. However, those upon the positive path have the comfort of companions and we of Ra spent a great deal of our attention upon the possibilities of achieving spiritual or metaphysical adepthood or work in indigo ray through the means of relationships with other-selves. Consequently, the compassion for those in darkness was balanced by the appreciation of the light.
Questioner: Would Ra have the same attitude toward the unharvestable entities or would it be different at this nexus than at the time of harvest from the third density?
Ra: Not substantially. To those who wish to sleep we could only offer those comforts designed for the sleeping. Service is only possible to the extent it is requested. We were ready to serve in whatever way we could. This still seems satisfactory as a means of dealing with other-selves in third density. It is our feeling that to be each entity which one attempts to serve is to simplify the grasp of what service is necessary or possible.
Questioner: What techniques did the two negatively harvested entities use for negative polarization upon such a positively polarized planet?
Ra: The technique of control over others and domination unto the physical death was used in both cases. Upon a planetary influence much unused to slaughter these entities were able to polarize by this means. Upon your third-density environment at the time of your experiencing such entities would merely be considered, shall we say, ruthless despots which waged the holy war.
Questioner: Did these two entities evolve from the second density of the planet Venus along with the rest of the population of Venus that became Ra from second density to third?
Ra: No.
Questioner: What was the origin of the two entities of which you speak?
Ra: These entities were Wanderers from early positive fifth density.
Questioner: And though they had already evolved through a positive fourth density they, shall we say, switched polarity in the reincarnating in third density. Is this correct?
Ra: This is correct.
Questioner: What was the catalyst for their change?
Ra: In our peoples there was what may be considered, from the viewpoint of wisdom, an overabundance of love. These entities looked at those still in darkness and saw that those of a neutral or somewhat negative viewpoint found such harmony, shall we say, sickening. The Wanderers felt that a more wisdom-oriented way of seeking love could be more appealing to those in darkness. First one entity began its work. Quickly the second found the first. These entities had agreed to serve together and so they did, glorifying the one Creator, but not as they intended. About them were soon gathered those who found it easy to believe that a series of specific knowledges and wisdoms would advance one towards the Creator. The end of this was the graduation into fourth-density negative of the Wanderers, which had much power of personality, and some small deepening of the negatively polarized element of those not polarizing positively. There was no negative harvest as such.
Questioner: What was the reason for the wandering of these two Wanderers, and were they male and female?
Ra: All Wanderers come to be of assistance in serving the Creator, each in its own way. The Wanderers of which we have been speaking were indeed incarnated male and female as this is by far the most efficient system of partnership.
Questioner: As a wild guess, one of these entities wouldn’t be the one who has been our companion here for some time would it?
Ra: No.
Questioner: Then from what you say I am guessing that these Wanderers returned or wandered to Ra’s third density possibly to seed greater wisdom in what they saw as an overabundance of compassion in the Ra culture. Is this correct?
Ra: This is incorrect in the sense that before incarnation it was the desire of these Wanderers only to aid in service to others. The query has correctness when seen from the viewpoint of the Wanderers within that incarnation.
Questioner: I just can’t understand why they would think that a planet that was doing as well as the population of Venus was doing as far as I can tell would need Wanderers in order to help with the harvest. Was this at an early point in Ra’s third density?
Ra: It was in the second cycle of 25,000 years. We had a harvest of six out of thirty, to speak roughly, of millions of {people}, less than 20%. Wanderers are always drawn to whatever percentage has not yet polarized, and come when there is a call. There was a call from those which were not positively polarized as such but which sought to be positively polarized and sought wisdom, feeling the compassion of other-selves upon Venus as complacent or pitying towards other-selves.
Questioner: What was the attitude of these two entities after they graduated into-fourth density negative and, the veil being removed, realized that they had switched polarities?
Ra: They were disconcerted.
Questioner: Then did they continue striving to polarize negatively for a fifth-density harvest in the negative sense or did they do something else?
Ra: They worked with the fourth-density negative for some period until, within this framework, the previously learned patterns of the self had been recaptured and the polarity was, with great effort, reversed. There was a great deal of fourth-density positive work then to be retraced.
Questioner: How is Ra aware of this information? By what means does Ra know the precise orientation of these two entities in fourth-density negative, etc?
Ra: These entities joined Ra in fourth-density positive for a portion of the cycle which we experienced.
Questioner: I assume, then, that they came in late. Is this correct?
Ra: Yes.
Questioner: I didn’t mean to get so far off the track of my original direction, but I think that some of these excursions are enlightening and will help in understanding the basic mechanisms that we are so interested in in evolution. Ra stated that archetypes are helpful when used in a controlled way. Would you give me an example of what you mean by using an archetype in a controlled way?
Ra: The controlled use of the archetypes is that which is done within the self for the polarization of the self and to the benefit of the self, if negatively polarized, or others, if positively polarized, upon the most subtle of levels. Keep in mind at all times that the archetypical mind is a portion of the deep mind and informs thought processes. When the archetype is translated without regard for magical propriety into the manifested daily actions of an individual the greatest distortions may take place and great infringement upon the free will of others is possible. This is more nearly acceptable to one negatively polarized. However, the more carefully polarized of negative {people} will also prefer to work with a finely tuned instrument.
Questioner: I’ll just make the statement that I perceive that a negative polarity harvest is possible with less negativity in the environment like Ra’s environment than in the environment such as we have at present and ask if that is correct?
Ra: Firstly, the requirements of harvest are set. It is, however, easier to serve the self completely or nearly so if there is little resistance.
Questioner: Now in this line of questioning I am trying to link to the creations of various Logoi and their original use of a system of archetypes in their creation and I apologize for a lack of efficiency in doing this, but I find this somewhat difficult. For this particular Logos in the beginning, prior to its creation of the first density, did the archetypical system which it had chosen include the forms that would evolve in third density or was this related to the archetypical concept at all?
Ra: The choice of form is prior to the formation of the archetypical mind. As the Logos creates Its plan for evolution, then the chosen form is invested.
Questioner: Was there a reason for choosing the forms that have evolved on this planet and, if so, what was it?
Ra: We are not entirely sure why our Logos and several neighboring Logoi of approximately the same space/time of flowering chose the bipedal, erect form of the second-density apes to invest. It has been our supposition, which we share with you as long as you are aware that this is mere opinion, that our Logos was interested in, shall we say, further intensifying the veiling process by offering to the third-density form the near complete probability for the development of speech taking complete precedence over concept communication or telepathy. We also have the supposition that the so-called opposable thumb was looked upon as an excellent means of intensifying the veiling process so that rather than rediscovering the powers of the mind the third-density entity would, by the form of its physical manifestation, be drawn to the making, holding, and using of physical tools.
Questioner: I will guess that the system of archetypes then was devised to further extend these particular principles. Is this correct?
Ra: The phrasing is faulty. However, it is correct that the images of the archetypical mind are the children of the third-density physical manifestations of form of the Logos which has created the particular evolutionary opportunity.
Questioner: Now, as I understand it the archetypes are the biases of a very fundamental nature that, under free will, generate the experiences of each entity. Is this correct?
Ra: The archetypical mind is part of that mind which informs all experience. Please recall the definition of the archetypical mind as the repository of those refinements to the cosmic or all-mind made by this particular Logos and peculiar only to this Logos. Thus it may be seen as one of the roots of mind, not the deepest but certainly the most informative in some ways. The other root of mind to be recalled is that racial or planetary mind which also informs the conceptualizations of each entity to some degree.
Questioner: At what point in the evolutionary process does the archetypical mind first have effect upon the entity?
Ra: At the point at which an entity, either by accident or design, reflects an archetype, the archetypical mind resonates. Thusly random activation of the archetypical resonances begins almost immediately in third-density experience. The disciplined use of this tool of evolution comes far later in this process.
Questioner: What was the ultimate objective of this Logos in designing the archetypical mind as It did?
Ra: Each Logos desires to create a more eloquent expression of experience of the Creator by the Creator. The archetypical mind is intended to heighten this ability to express the Creator in patterns more like the fanned peacock’s tail, each facet of the Creator vivid, upright, and shining with articulated beauty.
Questioner: Is Ra familiar with the archetypical mind of some other Logos that is not the same as the one we experience?
Ra: There are entities of Ra which have served as far Wanderers to those of another Logos. The experience has been one which staggers the intellectual and intuitive capacities, for each Logos sets up an experiment enough at variance from all others that the subtleties of the archetypical mind of another Logos are most murky to the resonating mind, body, and spirit complexes of this Logos.
Questioner: There seems to have been created by this Logos, to me anyway, a large percentage of entities whose distortion was towards warfare. There have been the Maldek and Mars experiences and now Earth. It seems that Venus was the exception to what we could almost call the rule of warfare. Is this correct and was this envisioned and planned into the construction of the archetypical mind, possibly not with respect to warfare as we have experienced it but as to the extreme action of polarization in consciousness?
Ra: It is correct that the Logos designed Its experiment to attempt to achieve the greatest possible opportunities for polarization in third density. It is incorrect that warfare of the types specific to your experiences was planned by the Logos. This form of expression of hostility is an interesting result which is apparently concomitant with the tool-making ability. The choice of the Logos to use the life-form with the grasping thumb is the decision to which this type of warfare may be traced.
Questioner: Then did our Logos hope to see generated a positive and negative harvest from each density up to the sixth, starting with the third, as being the most efficient form of generating experience known to It at the time of Its construction of this system of evolution?
Ra: Yes.
Questioner: Then built into the basis for the archetypes is possibly the mechanism for creating the polarization in consciousness for service to others and service to self. Is this, in fact, true?
Ra: Yes. You will notice the many inborn biases which hint to the possibility of one path’s being more efficient than the other. This was the design of the Logos.
Questioner: Then what you are saying is that once the path is recognized, either the positive or the negative polarized entity can find hints along his path as to the efficiency of that path. Is this correct?
Ra: That which you say is correct upon its own merits, but is not a repetition of our statement. Our suggestion was that within the experiential nexus of each entity within its second-density environment and within the roots of mind there were placed biases indicating to the watchful eye the more efficient of the two paths. Let us say, for want of a more precise adjective, that this Logos has a bias towards kindness.
Questioner: Then you say that the more efficient of the two paths was suggested in a subliminal way to second density to be the service-to-others path. Am I correct?
Ra: We did not state which was the more efficient path. However, you are correct in your assumption, as you are aware from having examined each path in some detail in previous querying.
Questioner: Could this be the reason for the greater positive harvest? I suspect that it isn’t, but would there be Logoi that have greater negative percentage harvests because of this type of biasing?
Ra: No. There have been Logoi with greater percentages of negative harvests. However, the biasing mechanisms cannot change the requirements for achieving harvestability either in the positive or in the negative sense. There are Logoi which have offered a neutral background against which to polarize. This Logos chose not to do so but instead to allow more of the love and light of the infinite Creator to be both inwardly and outwardly visible and available to the sensations and conceptualizations of {people} undergoing Its care in experimenting.
Questioner: Were there any other circumstances, biases, consequences, or plans set up by the Logos other than those we have discussed for the evolution of Its parts through the densities?
Ra: One more; that is, the permeability of the densities so that there may be communication from density to density and from plane to plane or sub-density to sub-density.
Questioner: Then as I see the plan for the evolution by this Logos it was planned to create as vivid an experience as possible but also one which was somewhat informed with respect to the infinite Creator and able to accelerate the progress as a function of will because of the permeability of densities. Have I covered accurately the general plan of this Logos with respect to Its evolution?
Ra: Excepting the actions of the unmanifested self and the actions of self with other-self, you have been reasonably thorough.
Questioner: Then, is the major mechanism forming the ways and very essence of the experience that we presently experience here the archetypical mind and the archetypes?
Ra: These resources are a part of that which you refer to.
Questioner: What I am really asking is what percentage of a part, roughly, are these responsible for?
Ra: We ask once again that you consider that the archetypical mind is a part of the deep mind. There are several portions to this mind. The mind may serve as a resource. To call the archetypical mind the foundation of experience is to oversimplify the activities of the {person}. To work with your query as to percentages is, therefore, enough misleading in any form of direct answer that we would ask that you requestion.
Questioner: That’s OK. I don’t think that was too good a question anyway. When Ra initially planned for helping the Egyptians with their evolution, what was the primary concept, and also secondary and tertiary if you can name those, that Ra wished to impart to the Egyptians? In other words, what was Ra’s training plan or schedule for making the Egyptians aware of what was necessary for their evolution?
Ra: We came to your peoples to enunciate the Law of One. We wished to impress upon those who wished to learn of unity that in unity all paradoxes are resolved; all that is broken is healed; all that is forgotten is brought to light. We had no teaching plan, as you have called it, in that our intention when we walked among your peoples was to manifest that which was requested by those learn/teachers to which we had come. We are aware that this particular line of querying; that is, the nature and architecture of the archetypical mind, has caused the questioner to attempt, to its own mind unsuccessfully, to determine the relative importance of these concepts. We cannot learn/teach for any, nor would we take this opportunity from the questioner. However, we shall comment. The adept has already worked much, not only within the red, orange, yellow, and green energy centers but also in the opening of blue and indigo. Up through this point the archetypes function as the great base or plinth of a builded structure or statue keeping the mind complex viable, level, and available as a resource whenever it may be evoked. There is a point at which the adept takes up its work. This is the point at which a clear and conscious consideration of the archetypical mind is useful.
Questioner: I have listed the different minds and would like to know if they are applied in this particular aspect: first, we have the cosmic mind which is, I would think, the same for all sub-Logoi like our sun. Is this correct?
Ra: This is correct.
Questioner: A sub-Logos such as our sun, then, in creating Its own particular evolutionary experience, refines the cosmic mind or, shall we say, articulates it by Its own additional bias or biases. Is this the correct observation?
Ra: It is a correct observation with the one exception that concerns the use of the term “addition” which suggests the concept of that which is more than the all-mind. Instead, the archetypical mind is a refinement of the all-mind in a pattern peculiar to the sub-Logo’s choosing.
Questioner: Then the very next refinement that occurs as the cosmic mind is refined is what we call the archetypical mind. Is this correct?
Ra: Yes.
Questioner: Then this creates, I would assume, the planetary or racial mind. Is this correct?
Ra: No.
Questioner: What is the origin of the planetary or racial mind?
Ra: This racial or planetary mind is, for this Logos, a repository of biases remembered by the {people} which have enjoyed the experience of this planetary influence.
Questioner: Now, some entities on this planet evolved from second density into third and some were transferred from other planets to recycle in third density here. Did the ones who were transferred here to recycle in third density add to the planetary or racial mind?
Ra: Not only did each race add to the planetary mind but also each race possesses a racial mind. Thus we made this distinction in discussing this portion of mind. This portion of mind is formed in the series of seemingly non-simultaneous experiences which are chosen in freedom of will by the {people} of the planetary influence. Therefore, although this Akashic, planetary, or racial mind is indeed a root of mind it may be seen in sharp differentiation from the deeper roots of mind which are not a function of altering memory, if you will. , would the different races of this planet be from different planets in our local vicinity or the planets of nearby Logoi which have evolved through their second-density experiences, and would they create the large number of different races that we experience on this planet?
Ra: There are correctnesses to your supposition. However, not all races and sub-races are of various planetary origins. We suggest that in looking at planetary origins one observes not the pigmentation of the integument but the biases concerning interactions with other-selves and definitions regarding the nature of the self.
NUMBER OF PLANETS CREATING 3RD DENSITY PEOPLE FOR EARTH
Questioner: How many different planets have supplied the individuals which now inhabit this planet?
Ra: This is perceived by us to be unimportant information, but harmless. There are three major planetary influences upon your planetary sphere, besides those of your own second-density derivation, and thirteen minor planetary groups in addition to the above.
Questioner: Thank you. One more question before we start on the specific questions in regard to archetypes. Do all Logoi evolving after the veil have twenty-two archetypes?
Ra: No.
Questioner: Is it common for Logoi to have twenty-two archetypes or is this relatively unique to our Logos?
Ra: The system of sevens is the most articulated system yet discovered by any experiment by any Logos in our octave.
Questioner: What is the largest number of archetypes, to Ra’s knowledge, used by a Logos?
Ra: The sevens plus The Choice is the greatest number which has been used, by our knowledge, by Logoi. It is the result of many, many previous experiments in articulation of the one Creator.
Questioner: I assume, then, that twenty-two is the greatest number of archetypes. I also ask is it the minimum number presently in use by any Logos to Ra’s knowledge?
Ra: The fewest are the two systems of five which are completing the cycles or densities of experience. You must grasp the idea that the archetypes were not developed at once but step by step, and not in order as you know the order at this space/time but in various orders. Therefore, the two systems of fives were using two separate ways of viewing the archetypical nature of all experience. Each, of course, used the Matrix, the Potentiator, and the Significator for this is the harvest with which our creation began. One way or system of experimentation had added to these the Catalyst and the Experience. Another system if you will, had added Catalyst and Transformation. In one case the methods whereby experience was processed was further aided but the fruits of experience less aided. In the second case the opposite may be seen to be the case.
Questioner: Thank you. We have some observations on the archetypes which are as follows. First, the Matrix of the Mind is depicted in the Egyptian tarot by a male and this we take as creative energy intelligently directed. Will Ra comment on this?
Ra: This is an extremely thoughtful perception seeing as it does the male not specifically as biological male but as a male principle. You will note that there are very definite sexual biases in the images. They are intended to function both as information as to which biological entity or energy will attract which archetype and also as a more general view which sees polarity as a key to the archetypical mind of third density.
Questioner: The second observation is that we have a wand which has been seen as the power of the will. Will Ra comment?
Ra: The concept of will is indeed pouring forth from each facet of the image of the Matrix of the Mind. The wand as the will, however, is, shall we say, an astrological derivative of the out-reaching hand forming the, shall we say, magical gesture. The excellent portion of the image which may be seen distinctly as separate from the concept of the wand is that sphere which indicates the spiritual nature of the object of the will of one wishing to do magical acts within the manifestation of your density.
Questioner: The hand downward has been seen as seeking from within and not from without and the active dominance over the material world. Would Ra comment on that?
Ra: Look again, O student. Does the hand reach within? Nay. Without potentiation the conscious mind has no inwardness. That hand, O student, reaches towards that which, outside its unpotentiated influence, is locked from it.
Questioner: The square cage represents the material illusion and is an unmagical shape. Can Ra comment on that?
Ra: The square, wherever seen, is the symbol of the third-density illusion and may be seen either as unmagical or, in the proper configuration, as having been manifested within; that is, the material world given life.
Questioner: The dark area around the square, then, would be the darkness of the subconscious mind. Would Ra comment on that?
Ra: There is no further thing to say to the perceptive student.
Questioner: The checkered portion would represent polarity?
Ra: This also is satisfactory.
Questioner: The bird is a messenger which the hand is reaching down to unlock. Can Ra comment on that?
Ra: The winged visions or images in this system are to be noted not so much for their distinct kind as for the position of the wings. All birds are indeed intended to suggest that just as the Matrix figure, the Magician, cannot act without reaching its winged spirit, so neither can the spirit fly lest it be released into conscious manifestation and fructified thereby.
Questioner: The star would represent the potentiating forces of the subconscious mind. Is this correct?
Ra: This particular part of this image is best seen in astrological terms. We would comment at this space/time that Ra did not include the astrological portions of these images in the system of images designed to evoke the archetypical leitmotifs.
Questioner: Are there any other additions to Card Number One other than the star that are of other than the basic archetypical aspects?
Ra: There are details of each image seen through the cultural eye of the time of inscription. This is to be expected. Therefore, when viewing the, shall we say, Egyptian costumes and systems of mythology used in the images it is far better to penetrate to the heart of the costumes’ significance or the creatures’ significance rather than clinging to a culture which is not your own. In each entity the image will resonate slightly differently. Therefore, there is the desire upon Ra’s part to allow for the creative envisioning of each archetype using general guidelines rather than specific and limiting definitions.
Questioner: There is apparently a cup which we have as containing a mixture of positive and negative influences. However, I personally doubt this. Could Ra comment on this, please?
Ra: Doubt not the polarity, O student, but release the cup from its stricture. It is indeed a distortion of the original image.
Questioner: What was the original image?
Ra: The original image had the checkering as the suggestion of polarity.
Questioner: Then was this a representation of the waiting polarity to be tasted by the Matrix of the Mind?
Ra: This is exquisitely perceptive.
Questioner: I have listed here the sword as representing struggle. I am not sure that I even can call anything in this diagram a sword. Would Ra comment on that?
Ra: Doubt not the struggle, O student, but release the sword from its stricture. Observe the struggle of a caged bird to fly.
Questioner: I have listed the coin represents work accomplished. I am also in doubt about the existence of the coin in this diagram. Could Ra comment on that please?
Ra: Again, doubt not that which the coin is called to represent, for does not the Magus strive to achieve through the manifested world? Yet release the coin from its stricture.
Questioner: And finally, the Magician represents the conscious mind. Is this correct?
Ra: We ask the student to consider the concept of the unfed conscious mind, the mind without any resource but consciousness. Do not confuse the unfed conscious mind with that mass of complexities which you as students experience, as you have so many, many times dipped already into the processes of potentiation, catalyst, experience, and transformation.
Questioner: Are these all of the components, then, of this first archetype?
Ra: These are all you, the student, see. Thusly the complement is complete for you. Each student may see some other nuance. We, as we have said, did not offer these images with boundaries but only as guidelines intending to aid the adept and to establish the architecture of the deep, or archetypical, portion of the deep mind.
Questioner: How is the knowledge of the facets of the archetypical mind used by the individual to accelerate his evolution?
Ra: We shall offer an example based upon this first explored archetype or concept complex. The conscious mind of the adept may be full to bursting of the most abstruse and unimaginable of ideas, so that further ideation becomes impossible and work in blue ray or indigo is blocked through over-activation. It is then that the adept would call upon the new mind, untouched and virgin, and dwell within the archetype of the new and unblemished mind without bias, without polarity, full of the magic of the Logos.
Questioner: Then you are saying, if I am correct in understanding what you have just said, that the conscious mind may be filled with an almost infinite number of concepts but there is a set of basic concepts which are what I would call important simply because they are the foundations for the evolution of consciousness, and will, if carefully applied, accelerate the evolution of consciousness, whereas the vast array of concepts, ideas, and experiences that we meet in our daily lives may have little or no bearing upon the evolution of consciousness except in a very indirect way. In other words, what we are attempting to do here is find the motivators of evolution and utilize them to move through our evolutionary track. Is this correct?
Ra: Not entirely. The archetypes are not the foundation for spiritual evolution but rather are the tool for grasping in an undistorted manner the nature of this evolution.
Questioner: So for an individual who wished to consciously augment his own evolution, an ability to recognize and utilize the archetypes would be beneficial in sorting out that which he wishes to seek from that which would be not as efficient a seeking tool. Would this be a good statement?
Ra: This is a fairly adequate statement. The term “efficient” might also fruitfully be replaced by the term “undistorted.” The archetypical mind, when penetrated lucidly, is a blueprint of the builded structure of all energy expenditures and all seeking without distortion. This, as a resource within the deep mind, is of great potential aid to the adept.
Questioner: In the last session we discussed the first tarot card of the Egyptian type. Are there any distortions in the cards that we have that Ra did not originally intend or any additions that Ra did intend in this particular tarot?
Ra: The distortions remaining after the removal of astrological material are those having to do with the mythos of the culture to which Ra offered this teach/learning tool. This is why we have suggested approaching the images looking for the heart of the image rather than being involved overmuch by the costumes and creatures of a culture not familiar to your present incarnation. We have no wish to add to an already distorted group of images, feeling that although distortion is inevitable there is the least amount which can be procured in the present arrangement.
Questioner: Then you are saying that the cards that we have here are the best available cards.
Ra: Your statement is correct in that we consider the so-called Egyptian tarot the most undistorted version of the images which Ra offered. This is not to intimate that other systems may not, in their own way, form an helpful architecture for the adept’s consideration of the archetypical mind.
Questioner: I would like to make an analogy of when a baby is first born. I am assuming that the Matrix of the Mind is new and undistorted and veiled from the Potentiator of the Mind and ready for that which it is to experience in the incarnation. Is this correct?
Ra: Yes.
Questioner: I will read several statements and ask for Ra’s comments. The first is: Until an entity becomes consciously aware of the evolutionary process the Logos or intelligent energy creates the potentials for an entity to gain the experience necessary for polarization. Would Ra comment on that?
Ra: This is so.
Questioner: Then, this occurs because the Potentiator of the Mind is directly connected, through the roots of the tree of mind, to the archetypical mind and to the Logos which created it and because of the veil between the Matrix and Potentiator of the Mind allows for the development of the will. Will Ra comment on that?
Ra: Some untangling may be needed. As the {person} which has not yet reached the point of the conscious awareness of the process of evolution prepares for incarnation it has programmed for it a less than complete, that is to say a partially randomized, system of learnings. The amount of randomness of potential catalyst is proportional to the newness of the {person} to third density. This, then, becomes a portion of that which you may call a potential for incarnational experience. This is indeed carried within that portion of the mind which is of the deep mind, the architecture of which may be envisioned as being represented by that concept complex known as the Potentiator. It is not in the archetypical mind of an entity that the potential for incarnational experience resides but in the {person}’s insertion, shall we say, into the energy web of the physical vehicle and the chosen planetary environment. However, to more deeply articulate this portion of the {person}’s being-ness this archetype, the Potentiator of the Mind, may be evoked with profit to the student of its own evolution.
Questioner: Then are you saying that the source of preincarnatively programmed catalyst is the Potentiator of the Mind?
Ra: No. We are suggesting that the Potentiator of the Mind is an archetype which may aid the adept in grasping the nature of this preincarnative and continuingly incarnative series of choices.
Questioner: The third statement: Just as free will taps intelligent infinity which yields intelligent energy which then focuses and creates the densities of this octave of experience, the Potentiator of the Mind utilizes its connection with intelligent energy and taps or potentiates the Matrix of the Mind which yields the Catalyst of the Mind. Is this correct?
Ra: This is thoughtful but confused. The Matrix of the Mind is that which reaches just as the kinetic phase of intelligent infinity, through free will, reaches for the Logos or, in the case of the {person} the sub-sub-Logos which is the free will potentiated being-ness of the {person}; to intelligent infinity, Love, and all that follows from that Logos; to the Matrix or, shall we say, the conscious, waiting self of each entity, the Love or the sub-sub-Logos spinning through free will all those things which may enrich the experience of the Creator by the Creator. It is indeed so that the biases of the potentials of a {person} cause the catalyst of this entity to be unique and to form a coherent pattern that resembles the dance, full of movement, forming a many-figured tapestry of motion.
Questioner: The fourth statement: When the Catalyst of the Mind is processed by the entity the Experience of the Mind results. Is this correct?
Ra: There are subtle misdirections in this simple statement having to do with the overriding qualities of the Significator. It is so that catalyst yields experience. However, through free will and the faculty of imperfect memory catalyst is most often only partially used and the experience thus correspondingly skewed.
Questioner: Then, the dynamic process between the Matrix, Potentiator, Catalyst, and Experience of the Mind forms the nature of the mind or the Significator of the Mind. Is this correct?
Ra: As our previous response suggests, the Significator of the Mind is both actor and acted upon. With this exception the statement is largely correct.
Questioner: As the entity becomes consciously aware of this process it programs this activity itself before the incarnation. Is this correct?
Ra: This is correct. Please keep in mind that we are discussing, not the archetypical mind, which is a resource available equally to each but unevenly used, but that to which it speaks: the incarnational experiential process of each {person}. We wish to make this distinction clear for it is not the archetypes which live the incarnation but the conscious {person} which may indeed live the incarnation without recourse to the quest for articulation of the processes of potentiation, experience, and transformation.
Questioner: Thank you. And finally, as each energy center becomes activated and balanced, the Transformation of the Mind is called upon more and more frequently. When all of the energy centers are activated and balanced to a minimal degree, contact with intelligent infinity occurs; the veil is removed; and the Great Way of the Mind is called upon. Is this correct?
Ra: No. This is a quite eloquent look at some relationships within the archetypical mind. However, it must be seen once again that the archetypical mind does not equal the acting incarnational {person}’s progression or evolution. Due to the first misperception we hesitate to speak to the second consideration but shall attempt clarity. While studying the archetypical mind we may suggest that the student look at the Great Way of the Mind, not as that which is attained after contact with intelligent infinity, but rather as that portion of the archetypical mind which denotes and configures the particular framework within which the Mind, the Body, or the Spirit archetypes move.
Questioner: Turning, then, to my analogy or example of the newborn infant and its undistorted Matrix of the Mind, this newborn infant has its subconscious mind veiled from the Matrix of the Mind. The second archetype, the Potentiator of the Mind, is going to act at some time through the veil—though I hesitate to say through the veil since I don’t think that is a very good way of stating it—but the Potentiator of the Mind will act to create a condition such as the example I mentioned of the infant touching a hot object. The hot object we could take as random catalyst. The infant can either leave its hand on the hot object or rapidly remove it. My question is, is the Potentiator of the Mind involved at all in this experience and, if so, how?
Ra: The Potentiator of Mind and of Body are both involved in the questing of the infant for new experience. The {person} which is an infant has one highly developed portion which may be best studied by viewing the Significators of Mind and Body. You notice we do not include the spirit. That portion of a {person} is not reliably developed in each and every {person}. Thusly the infant’s significant self, which is the harvest of biases of all previous incarnational experiences, offers to this infant biases with which to meet new experience. However, the portion of the infant which may be articulated by the Matrix of the Mind is indeed unfed by experience and has the bias of reaching for this experience through free will just as intelligent energy in the kinetic phase, through free will, creates the Logos. These sub-sub-Logoi, then, or those portions of the {person} which may be articulated by consideration of the Potentiators of Mind and Body, through free will, choose to make alterations in their experiential continuum. The results of these experiments in novelty are then recorded in the portion of the mind and body articulated by the Matrices thereof.
Questioner: Are all activities that the entity has from the state of infancy a function of the Potentiator of the Mind?
Ra: Firstly, although the functions of the mind are indeed paramount over those of the body, the body being the creature of the mind, certainly not all actions of a {person} could be seen to be due to the potentiating qualities of the mind complex alone as the body and in some cases the spirit also potentiates action. Secondly, as a {person} becomes aware of the process of spiritual evolution, more and more of the activities of the mind and body which precipitate activity are caused by those portions of the {person} which are articulated by the archetypes of Transformation.
Questioner: The Matrix of the Mind is depicted as a male on the card and the Potentiator as female. Could Ra state why this is and how this affects these two archetypes?
Ra: Firstly, as we have said, the Matrix of the Mind is attracted to the biological male and the Potentiator of the Mind to the biological female. Thusly in energy transfer the female is able to potentiate that which may be within the conscious mind of the male so that it may feel enspirited. In a more general sense, that which reaches may be seen as a male principle. That which awaits the reaching may be seen as a female principle. The richness of the male and female system of polarity is interesting and we would not comment further but suggest consideration by the student.
Questioner: In Card #2, the Potentiator of the Mind, we see a female seated on a rectangular block. She is veiled and sitting between two pillars which seem to be identically covered with drawings but one is much darker than the other. I am assuming that the veil represents the veil between the conscious and subconscious or Matrix and Potentiator of the Mind. Is this correct?
Ra: This is quite correct.
Questioner: I am assuming that she sits between the different colored columns, with the dark one on her left, to indicate at this position an equal opportunity for the potentiation of the mind to be of the negative or positive nature. Would Ra comment on this?
Ra: Although this is correct it is not as perceptive as the notice that the Priestess, as this figure has been called, sits within a structure in which polarity, symbolized as you correctly noted by the light and dark pillars, is an integral and necessary part. The unfed mind has no polarity just as intelligent infinity has none. The nature of the sub-sub-sub-Logos which offers the third-density experience is one of polarity, not by choice but by careful design. We perceive an unclear statement. The polarity of Potentiator is there not for the Matrix to choose. It is there for the Matrix to accept as given.
Questioner: In other words, this particular illusion has polarity as its foundation which might be represented by the structural significance of these columns. Is this correct?
Ra: This is correct.
Questioner: It seems to me that the drawings on each of these columns are identical but that the left-hand column, that is the one on the Priestess’s left, has been shaded much darker indicating that the events and the experiences may be identical in the incarnation but may be approached, viewed, and utilized with either polarity. Is this correct?
Ra: This is correct. You will note also, from the symbol denoting spirit in manifestation upon each pillar, that the one infinite Creator is no respecter of polarity but offers Itself in full to all.
Questioner: There seems to be a book on the Priestess’s lap which is half hidden by a robe or material that covers her right shoulder. It would seem that this indicates that knowledge is available if the veil is lifted but is not only hidden by the veil but is hidden partially by her very garment which she must somehow remove to become aware of the knowledge which she has available. Is this correct?
Ra: In that the conceit of the volume was not originated by Ra we ask that you release the volume from its strictured form. Your perceptions are quite correct. The very nature of the feminine principle of mind which, in Ra’s suggestion, was related specifically to what may be termed sanctified sexuality is, itself, without addition, the book which neither the feminine nor the male principle may use until the male principle has reached and penetrated, in a symbolically sexual fashion, the inner secrets of this feminine principle. All robes, in this case indicating the outer garments of custom, shield these principles. Thusly there is great dynamic tension, if you will, betwixt the Matrix and the Potentiator of the Mind.
Questioner: Are there any other parts of this picture that were not given by Ra?
Ra: The astrological symbols offered are not given by Ra.
Questioner: The fact that the Priestess sits atop the rectangular block indicates to me that the Potentiator of the Mind has dominance or is above the material illusion. Is this in any way correct?
Ra: Let us say, rather, that this figure is immanent, near at hand, shall we say, within all manifestation. The opportunities for the reaching to the Potentiator are numerous. However, of itself the Potentiator does not enter manifestation.
Questioner: Would the half moon on the crown represent the receptivity of the subconscious mind?
Ra: This symbol is not given by Ra but it is not distasteful for within your own culture the moon represents the feminine, the sun the masculine. Thusly we accept this portion as a portion of the image, for it seems without significant distortion.
Questioner: Was the symbol on the front of the Priestess’s shirt given by Ra?
Ra: The crux ansata is the correct symbol. The addition and slight distortion of this symbol thereby is astrological and may be released from its stricture.
Questioner: Would this crux ansata then be indicating the sign of life as the spirit enlivening matter?
Ra: This is quite correct. Moreover, it illuminates a concept which is a portion of the archetype which has to do with the continuation of the consciousness which is being potentiated, in incarnation, beyond incarnation.
Questioner: Were the grapes depicted on the cloth over her shoulder of Ra’s communication?
Ra: Yes.
Questioner: We have those as indicating the fertility of the subconscious mind. Is that correct?
Ra: This is correct, O student, but note ye the function of the mantle. There is great protection given by the very character of potentiation. To bear fruit is a protected activity.
Questioner: The protection here seems to be depicted as being on the right-hand side but not the left. Would this indicate that there is protection for the positive path but not for the negative?
Ra: You perceive correctly an inborn bias offering to the seeing eye and listing ear information concerning the choice of the more efficient polarity. We would at this time, as you may call it, suggest one more full query.
Questioner: I will attempt an example of the Potentiator of the Mind acting. As the infant gains time in incarnation would it experience the Potentiator offering both positive and negative potential thoughts, shall I say, for the Matrix to experience which then begin to accumulate in the Matrix and color it one way or the other in polarity depending upon its continuing choice of that polarity? Is this in any way correct?
Ra: Firstly, again may we distinguish between the archetypical mind and the process of incarnational experience of the {person}. Secondly, each potentiation which has been reached for by the Matrix is recorded by the Matrix but experienced by the Significator. The experience of the Significator of this potentiated activity is of course dependent upon the acuity of its processes of Catalyst and Experience.
Questioner: You have stated previously that the foundation of our present illusion is the concept of polarity. I would like to ask, since we have defined the two polarities as service-to-others and service-to-self, is there a more complete or eloquent or enlightening definition of these polarities or any more information that we don’t have at this time that you could give on the two ends of the poles that would give us a better insight into the nature of polarity itself?
Ra: It is unlikely that there is a more pithy or eloquent description of the polarities of third density than service-to-others and service-to-self due to the nature of the {people}’ distortions towards perceiving concepts relating to philosophy in terms of ethics or activity. However, we might consider the polarities using slightly variant terms. In this way a possible enrichment of insight might be achieved for some. One might consider the polarities with the literal nature enjoyed by the physical polarity of the magnet. The negative and positive, with electrical characteristics, may be seen to be just as in the physical sense. It is to be noted in this context that it is quite impossible to judge the polarity of an act or an entity, just as it is impossible to judge the relative goodness of the negative and positive poles of the magnet. Another method of viewing polarities might involve the concept of radiation/absorption. That which is positive is radiant; that which is negative is absorbent.
Ra: The description of polarity as service-to-self and service-to-others, from the beginning of our creation, dwelt within the architecture of the primal Logos. Before the veiling process the impact of actions taken by mind/body/spirits upon their consciousness was not palpable to a significant enough degree to allow the expression of this polarity to be significantly useful. Over the period of what you would call time this expression of polarity did indeed work to alter the biases of mind/body/spirits so that they might eventually be harvested. The veiling process made the polarity far more effective.
Questioner: I might make the analogy, then, in that when a polarization in the atmosphere occurs to create thunderstorms, lightening, and much activity, this more vivid experience could be likened to the polarization in consciousness which creates the more vivid experience. Would this be appropriate as an analogy?
Ra: There is a shallowness to this analogy in that one entity’s attention might be focused upon a storm for the duration of the storm. However, the storm producing conditions are not constant whereas the polarizing conditions are constant. Given this disclaimer, we may agree with your analogy.
Questioner: With the third tarot card we come to the first addition of archetypes after the veiling process, as I understand it. I am assuming that this third archetype is, shall I say, loaded in a way so as to create the possible polarization since that seems to be one of the primary objectives of this particular Logos in the evolutionary process. Am I in any way correct on that?
Ra: Your supposition is correct.
Questioner: There seems to be no large hint of polarity in this drawing except for the possible coloration of the many cups in the wheel. Part of them are colored black and part are colored white. Would this indicate that each experience has within it the possible negative or positive use of that experience that is randomly generated by this seeming wheel of fortune?
Ra: Your supposition is thoughtful. However, it is based upon an addition to the concept complex which is astrological in origin. Therefore, we request that you retain the concept of polarity but release the cups from their strictured form. The element you deal with is not in motion in its original form but is indeed the abiding sun which, from the spirit, shines in protection over all catalyst available from the beginning of complexity to the discerning {person}. Indeed you may, rather, find polarity expressed, firstly, by the many opportunities offered in the material illusion which is imaged by the not-white and not-dark square upon which the entity of the image is seated, secondly, upon the position of that seated entity. It does not meet opportunity straight on but glances off to one side or another. In the image you will note a suggestion that the offering of the illusion will often seem to suggest the opportunities lying upon the left-hand path or, as you might refer to it more simply, the service-to-self path. This is a portion of the nature of the Catalyst of the Mind.
Questioner: The feet of the entity seem to be on an unstable platform that is dark to the rear and light to the front. I am guessing that possibly this indicates that the entity standing on this could sway in either direction, to the left or to the right-hand path. Is this correct?
Ra: This is most perceptive.
Questioner: The bird, I am guessing, might be a messenger of the two paths depicted by the position of the wings bringing catalyst which could be used to polarize on either path. Is this in any way correct?
Ra: It is a correct perception that the position of the winged creature is significant. The more correct perception of this entity and its significance is the realization that the {person} is, having made contact with its potentiated self, now beginning its flight towards that great Logos which is that which is sought by the adept. Further, the nature of the winged creature is echoed both by the female holding it and the symbol of the female upon which the figure’s feet rest; that is, the nature of catalyst is overwhelmingly of an unconsciousness, coming from that which is not of the mind and which has no connection with the intellect, as you call it, which precedes or is concomitant with catalytic action. All uses of catalyst by the mind are those consciously applied to catalyst. Without conscious intent the use of catalyst is never processed through mediation, ideation, and imagination.
Questioner: I would like, if possible, an example of the activity we call Catalyst of the Mind in a particular individual undergoing this process. Could Ra give an example of that?
Ra: All that assaults your senses is catalyst. We, in speaking to this support group through this instrument, offer catalyst. The configurations of each in the group of body offer catalyst through comfort/discomfort. In fact all that is unprocessed that has come before the notice of a {person} is catalyst.
Questioner: Then presently we receive catalyst of the mind as we are aware of Ra’s communication and we receive catalyst of the body as our bodies sense all of the inputs to them, but could Ra then describe catalyst of the spirit, and are we at this time receiving that catalyst and if not, could Ra give an example of that?
Ra: Catalyst being processed by the body is catalyst for the body. Catalyst being processed by the mind is catalyst for the mind. Catalyst being processed by the spirit is catalyst for the spirit. An individual {person} may use any catalyst which comes before its notice, be it through the body and its senses or through mediation or through any other more highly developed source, in its unique way to form an experience unique to it, with its biases.
Questioner: Would I be correct in saying that the archetype for the Catalyst of the Mind is the Logos’s model for its most efficient plan for the activity or use of the catalyst of the mind?
Ra: Yes.
Questioner: Then the adept, in becoming familiar with the Logos’s archetype in each case, would be able to most efficiently use the Logos’s plan for evolution. Is this correct?
Ra: In the archetypical mind one has the resource of not specifically a plan for evolution but rather a blueprint or architecture of the nature of evolution. This may seem to be a small distinction, but it has significance in perceiving more clearly the use of this resource of the deep mind.
Questioner: Then Ra presented the images which we know now as the tarot so that the Egyptian adepts of the time could accelerate their personal evolution. Is this correct, and was there any other reason for the presentation of these images by Ra?
Ra: You are correct.
Questioner: Are there any other uses at all of tarot cards other than the one I just named?
Ra: To the student the tarot images offer a resource for learn/teaching the processes of evolution. To any other entity these images are pictures and no more.
Questioner: I was specifically thinking of the fact that Ra, in an earlier session, spoke of the tarot as a system of divination. Would you tell me what you meant by that?
Ra: Due to the influence of the Chaldees, the system of archetypical images was incorporated by the priests of that period into a system of astrologically based study, learning, and divination. This was not a purpose for which Ra developed the tarot.
Questioner: The third card also shows the wand, I am assuming it is, in the right hand. The ball atop the wand is the round magical shape. Am I in any way correct in guessing that the Catalyst of the Mind suggests the possible eventual use of the magic depicted by this wand?
Ra: The wand is astrological in its origin and as an image may be released from its stricture. The sphere of spiritual power is an indication indeed that each opportunity is pregnant with the most extravagant magical possibilities for the far-seeing adept.
Questioner: I was just wondering if the transparency of the garments on the third card indicates the semi-permeable nature of the veil between the conscious and unconscious mind?
Ra: This is a thoughtful perception and cannot be said to be incorrect. However, the intended suggestion, in general, is an echo of our earlier suggestion that the nature of catalyst is that of the unconscious; that is, outward catalyst comes through the veil. All that you perceive seems to be consciously perceived. This is not the correct supposition. All that you perceive is perceived as catalyst unconsciously. By the, shall we say, time that the mind begins its appreciation of catalyst, that catalyst has been filtered through the veil and in some cases much is veiled in the most apparently clear perception.
Questioner: I’m at a loss to know the significance of the serpents that adorn the head of the entity on this drawing. Are they of Ra and, if so, what do they stand for?
Ra: They are cultural in nature. In the culture to which these images were given the serpent was the symbol of wisdom. Indeed, to the general user of these images perhaps the most accurate connotation of this portion of the concept complexes might be the realization that the serpent is that which is powerful magically. In the positive sense this means that the serpent will appear at the indigo-ray site upon the body of the image figures. When a negative connotation is intended one may find the serpent at the solar plexus center.
Questioner: Is there any significance to the serpent? Is there any polarity to the serpent as we experience it in this illusion?
Ra: We assume that you question the serpent as used in these images rather than the second-density life form which is a portion of your experience. There is a significance to the serpent form in a culture which coexists with your own but which is not your own; that is, the serpent is symbol of that which some call the kundalini and which we have discussed in previous material.
Questioner: Is there any other aspect of this third card that Ra could comment on at this time?
Ra: There may be said to be many aspects which another student might note and ponder in this image. However, it is the nature of teach/learning to avoid trespass into the realms of learn/teaching for the student. We are quite agreed to comment upon all observations that the student may make. We cannot speak further than this for any student. We would add that it is expected that each student shall naturally have an unique experience of perception dealing with each image. Therefore, it is not expected that the questioner ask comprehensively for all students. It is, rather, expected and accepted that the questioner will ask a moiety of questions which build up a series of concepts concerning each archetype which then offer to each succeeding student the opportunity for more informed study of the archetypical mind.
Questioner: I’d like to know the significance of the shape of the crux ansata.
Ra: There are mathematical ratios within this image which may yield informative insights to one fond of riddles. We shall not untangle the riddle. We may indicate that the crux ansata is a part of the concept complexes of the archetypical mind, the circle indicating the magic of the spirit, the cross indicating that nature of manifestation which may only be valued by the losing. Thus the crux ansata is intended to be seen as an image of the eternal in and through manifestation and beyond manifestation through the sacrifice and the transformation of that which is manifest.
Questioner: From the previous session the statement was made that much is veiled to the most apparently clear observation. Would Ra expand on what was meant by that statement? I assume that this means the veiling of all that which is outside of the limits of what we call our physical perception having to do with the spectrum of light, etc., but I also intuit that there is more than that veiled. Would Ra expand on that concept?
Ra: You are perceptive in your supposition. Indeed, we meant not any suggestions that the physical apparatus of your current illusion was limited as part of the veiling process. Your physical limits are as they are. However, because of the unique biases of each {person} there are sometimes quite simple instances of distortion when there is no apparent cause for such distortion. Let us use the example of the virile and immature male who meets and speaks clearly with a young female whose physical form has the appropriate configuration to cause, for this male entity, the activation of the red-ray sexual arousal. The words spoken may be upon a simple subject such as naming, information as to the occupation, and various other common interchanges of sound vibratory complex. The male entity, however, is using almost all the available consciousness it possesses in registering the desirability of the female. Such may also be true of the female. Thusly an entire exchange of information may be meaningless because the actual catalyst is of the body. This is unconsciously controlled and is not a conscious decision. This example is simplistic.
Questioner: I have drawn a small diagram in which I simply show an arrow which represents catalyst penetrating a line at right angles to the arrow, which is the veil, depositing in one of two repositories which I would call the right-hand path and the left-hand path, and I have labeled these two repositories the Experience. Would this be a very rough analogy of the way the catalyst is filtered through the veil to become experience?
Ra: Again, you are partially correct. The deeper biases of a {person} pilot the catalyst around the many isles of positivity and negativity as expressed in the archipelago of the deeper mind. However, the analogy is incorrect in that it does not take into account the further polarization which most certainly is available to the conscious mind after it has perceived the partially polarized catalyst from the deeper mind.
Questioner: It seems to me that the Experience of the Mind would act in such a way as to change the nature of the veil so that catalyst would be filtered so as to be acceptable in the bias that is increasingly chosen by the entity. For instance, if he had chosen the right-hand path the Experience of the Mind would change the permeability of the veil to accept more and more positive catalyst. Also the other would be true for accepting more negative catalyst if the left-hand path were the one that was chosen. Is this correct?
Ra: This is not only correct but there is a further ramification. As the entity increases in experience it shall, more and more, choose positive interpretations of catalyst if it is upon the service-to-others path and negative interpretations of catalyst if its experience has been of the service-to-self path.
Questioner: Then the mechanism designed by the Logos of the action of catalyst resulting in experience was planned to be self-accelerating in that it would create this process of variable permeability. Is this an adequate statement?
Ra: There is no variable permeability involved in the concepts we have just discussed. Except for this, you are quite correct.
Questioner: Now I can understand, to use a poor term again, the necessity for the archetype of Catalyst of the Mind but what is the reason for having a blueprint or model for the Experience of the Mind other than this simple model of dual repositories for negative and positive catalyst? It seems to me that the first distortion of free will would be better served if no model for experience was made. Could you clear that up for me?
Ra: Your question is certainly interesting and your confusion hopefully productive. We cannot learn/teach for the student. We shall simply note, as we have previously, the attraction of various archetypes to male and to female. We suggest that this line of consideration may prove productive.
Questioner: In the fourth archetype the card shows a male whose body faces forward. I assume that this indicates that the Experience of the Mind will reach for catalyst. However, the face is to the left which indicates to me that in reaching for catalyst, negative catalyst will be more apparent in its power and effect. Would Ra comment on this?
Ra: The archetype of Experience of the Mind reaches not, O student, but, with firm authority, grasps what it is given. The remainder of your remarks are perceptive.
Questioner: The Experience is seated upon the square of the material illusion which is colored much darker than in Card Number Three. However, there is a cat inside of this square. I am guessing as experience is gained the second-density nature of the illusion is understood and the negative and positive aspects separate. Would Ra comment on this?
Ra: This interpretation varies markedly from Ra’s intention. We direct the attention to the cultural meaning of the great cat which guards. What, O student, does it guard? And with what oriflamme does it lighten that darkness of manifestation? The polarities are, indeed, present; the separation nonexistent except through the sifting which is the result of cumulative experience. Other impressions were intended by this configuration of the seated image with its milk-white leg and its pointed foot.
Questioner: In Card Number Three the feet of the female entity are upon the unstable platform, signifying the dual polarity by its color. In Card Number Four one foot is pointed so that if the male entity stands on the toe it would be carefully balanced. The other foot is pointed to the left. Would Ra comment on my observation that if the entity stands on this foot it will be very, very carefully balanced?
Ra: This is an important perception, for it is a key to not only this concept complex but to others as well. You may see the T-square which, at times riven as is one foot from secure fundament by the nature of experience yet still by this same nature of experience, is carefully, precisely, and architecturally placed in the foundation of this concept complex and, indeed, in the archetypical mind complex. Experience 7 has the nature of more effectively and poignantly expressing the architecture of experience, both the fragility of structure and the surety of structure.
Questioner: It would seem to me, from the configuration of this male entity in Card Number Four, who looks to the left with the right foot pointed to the left, that this card would indicate you must be in a defensive position with respect to the left-hand path, but there is no need to concern 7 Card Number Four.
yourself about protection with respect to the right-hand path. Would Ra comment on that?
Ra: Again, this is not the suggestion we wished to offer by constructing this image. However, the perception cannot be said to be incorrect.
Questioner: The magical shape is on the right edge of the Card Number Four which indicates to me that the spiritual experience would be on the right-hand path. Could Ra comment on that?
Ra: Yes. The figure is expressing the nature of experience by having its attention caught by what may be termed the left-hand catalyst. Meanwhile, the power, the magic, is available upon the right-hand path. The nature of experience is such that the attention shall be constantly given varieties of experience. Those that are presumed to be negative, or interpreted as negative, may seem in abundance. It is a great challenge to take catalyst and devise the magical, positive experience. That which is magical in the negative experience is much longer coming, shall we say, in the third density.
Questioner: Both the third and fourth archetypes, as I see it, work together for the sole purpose of creating the polarity in the most efficient manner possible. Is this correct?
Ra: This cannot be said to be incorrect. We suggest contemplation of this thought complex.
Questioner: Then prior to the veiling process that which we call catalyst after the veiling was not catalyst simply because it was not efficiently creating polarity, because this loading process, you might say, that I have diagrammed, of catalyst passing through the veil and becoming polarized experience, was not in effect because the viewing of what we call catalyst by the entity was seen much more clearly as the experience of the one Creator and not something that was a function of other {people}. Would Ra comment on that statement?
Ra: The concepts discussed seem without significant distortion.
Questioner: Thank you. Then we’re expecting, in Card Number Four, to see the result of catalytic action and, therefore, a greater definition between the dark and the light areas. In just glancing at this card we notice that it is more definitely darkly colored in some areas and more white in others in a general sense than in Card Number Three, indicating to me that the separation along the two biases has occurred and should occur in order to follow the blueprint for experience. Could Ra comment on that?
Ra: You are perceptive, O student.
Questioner: The bird in Card Number Three now seems to be internalized in the center of the entity in Card Number Four in that it has changed from its flight in Card Number Three. The flight has achieved its objective and has become a part, a central part, of the experience. Could Ra comment on that?
Ra: This perception is correct, O student, but what shall the student find the bird to signify?
Questioner: I would guess that the bird signifies that a communication that comes as catalyst signified in Card Number Three is accepted by the female and, used, becomes a portion of the experience. I’m not sure of that at all. Am I in any way correct?
Ra: That bears little of sense.
Questioner: I’ll have to work on that. Then I am guessing that the crossed legs of the entity in Card Four have a meaning similar to the crux ansata. Is this correct?
Ra: This is correct. The cross formed by the living limbs of the image signifies that which is the nature of {people} in manifestation within your illusion. There is no experience which is not purchased by effort of some kind, no act of service-to-self or others which does not bear a price, to the entity manifesting, commensurate with its purity. All things in manifestation may be seen in one way or another to be offering themselves in order that transformations may take place upon the level appropriate to the action.
Questioner: The bird is within the circle on the front of the entity on Card Four. Would that have the same significance of the circular part of the crux ansata?
Ra: It is a specialized form of this meaningful shape. It is specialized in great part due to the nature of the crossed legs of manifestation which we have previously discussed.
Questioner: The entity on Card Four wears a strangely shaped skirt. Is there a significance to the shape of this skirt?
Ra: Yes.
Questioner: The skirt is extended toward the left hand but is somewhat shorter toward the right. There is a black bag hanging from the belt of the entity on the left side. It seems to me that this black bag has a meaning of
the acquiring of the material possessions of wealth as a part of the left-hand path. Would Ra comment on that?
Ra: Although this meaning was not intended by Ra as part of this complex of concepts we find the interpretation quite acceptable.
Questioner: I would just state that this card, being male, would indicate that as experience is gained the mind becomes the motivator or that which reaches or does more than the simple experiencer it was prior to the gaining of the catalytic action. There is a greater tendency for the mind to direct the {person}.
In the last session you indicated in the statement about the immature male meeting the immature female that the information exchanged was quite different with respect to what occurred because of the veil. Would you give an example of the information exchange prior to the veil for the same case?
Ra: Given this same case; that is, the random red-ray sexual arousal being activated in both male and female, the communication would far more likely have been to the subject of the satisfying of that red-ray, sexual impulse. When this had occurred other information such as the naming could be offered with clear perception. It is to be noted that the catalyst which may be processed by the pre-veil experience is insignificant compared to the catalyst offered to the thoroughly bemused male and female after the veil. The confusion which this situation, simplistic though it is, offers is representative of the efficiency of the enlargement of the catalytic processes occurring after the veiling.
Questioner: For the condition of meeting after the veiling process, either entity will choose, as a function of its previous biases or Card Four, the experience and the way in which it will handle the situation with respect to polarity, therefore probably producing more catalyst for itself along the chosen path of polarization.
Ra: This statement is correct.
Questioner: In Card Four in the last session we spoke of the shape of the skirt and it has occurred to us that the skirt of the entity representing the archetype of the Experience of the Mind is extended to the left to indicate that other-selves would not be able to get close to this entity if it had chosen the left-hand path. There would be a greater separation between it and other-selves, whereas if it had chosen the right-hand path there would be much less of a separation. Would Ra comment on that observation?
Ra: The student is perceptive.
Questioner: And it seems that the square upon which the entity sits, which is almost totally black, is a representation of the material illusion and the white cat is guarding the right-hand path which is now separated in experience from the left. Would Ra comment on that observation?
Ra: O student, your sight almost sees that which was intended. However, the polarities need no guardians. What, then, O student, needs the guard?
Questioner: What I meant to say was that the entity is guarded along the right-hand path, once it has chosen this path, from effects of the material illusion that are of the negative polarity. Would Ra comment on that?
Ra: This is an accurate perception of our intent, O student. We may note that the great cat guards in direct proportion to the purity of the manifestations of intention and the purity of inner work done along this path.
Questioner: From that statement I interpret the following. If the Experience of the Mind has sufficiently chosen the right-hand path, and as total purity is approached in the choosing of the right-hand path, then total imperviousness from the effect of the left-hand catalyst is also approached. Is this correct?
Ra: This is exquisitely perceptive. The seeker which has purely chosen the service-to-others path shall certainly not have a variant apparent incarnational experience. There is no outward shelter in your illusion from the gusts, flurries, and blizzards of quick and cruel catalyst. However, to the pure, all that is encountered speaks of the love and the light of the one infinite Creator. The cruelest blow is seen with an ambiance of challenges offered and opportunities to come. Thusly, the great pitch of light is held high above such an one so that all interpretation may be seen to be protected by light.
Questioner: I have often wondered about the action of random and programmed catalyst with respect to the entity with the very strong positive or negative polarization. Would either polarity be free to a great extent from random catalyst such as great natural catastrophes or warfare or something like that which generates a lot of random catalyst in the physical vicinity of a highly polarized entity? Does this great cat, then, have an effect on such random catalyst on the right-hand path?
Ra: In two circumstances this is so. Firstly, if there has been the preincarnative choice that, for instance, one shall not take life in the service of the cultural group, events shall fall in a protective manner. Secondly, if any entity is able to dwell completely in unity the only harm that may occur to it is the changing of the outward physical, yellow-ray vehicle into the more light-filled {person}’s vehicle by the process of death. All other suffering and pain is as nothing to one such as this. We may note that this perfect configuration of the mind, body, and spirit complexes, while within the third-density vehicle, is extraordinarily rare.
Questioner: Am I to understand, then, that there is no protection at all if the Experience of the Mind has chosen the left-hand path and that path is traveled? All random catalyst may affect the negatively polarized individual as a function of the statistical nature of the random catalyst. Is this correct?
Ra: This is correct. You may note some of those of your peoples which, at this space/time nexus, seek places of survival. This is due to the lack of protection when service to self is invoked.
Questioner: The possibility of the legs of the entity of Card Four being at right angles was linked with the tesseract, mentioned in a much earlier session by Ra, as the direction of transformation from space/time into time/space and I was thinking that possibly it was also linked with the crux ansata. Am I in any way correct in this observation?
Ra:. The observation of the right angles and their transformational meaning is most perceptive, O student. Each of the images leading to the Transformations of Mind, Body, and Spirit and ultimately to the great transformative Choice has the increasing intensity of increasing articulation of concept; that is to say, each image in which you find this angle may increasingly be seen to be a more and more stridently calling voice of opportunity to use each resource, be it experience as you now observe or further images, for the grand work of the adept which builds towards transformation using the spirit’s bountiful shuttle to intelligent infinity
tesseract: in speculative mathematics, a cube which has developed at least one additional dimension.
Questioner: I have planned to re-draw the tarot cards omitting the extraneous additions by those who came after Ra and I would like quickly to go through those things that I intend to eliminate from each card and ask Ra if there is anything else that should be eliminated to make the cards as they were before the astrological and other appendages were added. I would eliminate all of the letters from the edge of the card with the possible exception of the number of the card. That would be the case for all of the cards. In Card Number One I would eliminate the star, the wand in the Magician’s hand, and I understand that the sphere remains but I am not really sure where it should be. Would Ra comment on that please?
Ra: Firstly, the elimination of letters is acceptable. Secondly, the elimination of stars is acceptable in all cases. Thirdly, the elimination of the wand is appropriate. Fourthly, the sphere may be seen to be held by the thumb and index and second finger. Fifthly, we would note that it is not possible to offer what you may call a pure deck, if you would use this term, of tarot due to the fact that when these images were first drawn there was already distortion in various and sundry ways, mostly cultural. Sixthly, although it is good to view the images without the astrological additions, it is to be noted that the more general positions, phases, and characteristics of each concept complex are those which are significant. The removal of all distortions is unlikely and, to a great extent, unimportant.
Questioner: I didn’t think that we could ever remove all distortions but it is very difficult to work with or interpret these cards because of the quality of the drawing, and as we go through them we get a better idea of what some of these things are and how they should be drawn. I think that we can improve on the quality of the cards and also remove some of the extraneous material that is misleading. On the second card we should remove the letters and the stars. At the center of the female form here she is wearing something that looks something like a crux ansata and we should change that.
I think that I should put a crux ansata in the place of this thing that looks a little like a crux ansata on the front of the female. Is that correct?
Ra: This is correct.
Questioner: Then as to the thing that she wears on her head, that, I believe, is a bit confusing. What should it be shaped like?
Ra: We shall allow the student to ponder this point. We note that although it is an astrologically based addition to the concept complex it is not entirely unacceptable when viewed with a certain feeling. Therefore, we suggest, O student, that you choose whether to remove the crown or to name its meaning in such a way as to enhance the concept complex.
Questioner: Would Ra please give me any information possible on the ratios of dimensions, and the shape of the crux ansata as it should be made or drawn?
Ra: No.
Questioner: In Card Number Three we will remove all the letters and the stars and I assume that the little cups around the outside of the rays representing the sun should be removed? Is that correct?
Ra: Yes
Questioner: In Card Number Four we will remove all the letters and the stars and it seems that again we have a situation of removing the wand and putting the sphere in the hand. Is that correct?
Ra: Again, this is a matter of choice. Though astrological in nature, this particular scepter has possibilities of relevance in the originally intended concept complex. We did not complete our statement upon the dimensions of the crux ansata. It is given in many places. There are decisions to be made as to which drawing of this image is the appropriate one. We may, of course, suggest viewing the so-called Great Pyramid if the puzzle is desired. We do not wish to work this puzzle. It was designed in order that in its own time it be deciphered. In general, of course, this image has the meaning previously stated.
Questioner: Are there any items in the first four cards not of Ra’s intention that we could remove to present a less confusing card as we make our new drawings?
Ra: We find much material in this query which would constitute repetition. May we suggest rephrasing the query?
Questioner: Possibly I didn’t phrase that the way I meant to. We had already determined the items that should be removed from the first four cards and my question was: had I missed anything that should be removed that was not of Ra’s original intention?
Ra: We shall repeat our opinion that there are several concepts which, in each image, are astrologically based. However, these concepts are not without merit within the concept complex intended by Ra, given the perception by the student of these concepts in an appropriate manner. We wish not to form that which may be considered by any {person} to be a complete and infallible series of images. There is a substantial point to be made in this regard. We have been, with the questioner’s aid, investigating the concept complexes of the great architecture of the archetypical mind. To more clearly grasp the nature, the process, and the purpose of archetypes, Ra provided a series of concept complexes. In no way whatsoever should we, as humble messengers of the one infinite Creator, wish to place before the consideration of any {person} which seeks its evolution the palest tint of the idea that these images are anything but a resource for working in the area of the development of the faith and the will. To put this into perspective we must gaze then at the stunning mystery of the one infinite Creator. The archetypical mind does not resolve any paradoxes or bring all into unity. This is not the property of any source which is of the third-density. Therefore, may we ask the student to look up from inward working and behold the glory, the might, the majesty, the mystery, and the peace of oneness. Let no consideration of bird or beast, darkness or light, shape or shadow keep any which seeks from the central consideration of unity. We are not messengers of the complex. We bring the message of unity. In this perspective only may we affirm the value to the seeker of adepthood of the grasping, articulating, and use of this resource of the deep mind exemplified by the concept complex of the archetypes.
Questioner: Thank you. Card Number Five, the Significator of the Mind, indicates, firstly, as I see it, simply a male within a rectangularly structured form which suggests to me that the Significator of the Mind in third density is well bounded within the illusion, as is also suggested by the fact that the base of the male is a rectangular form showing no ability for movement. Would Ra comment on that?
Ra: O student, you have grasped the barest essence of the nature of the Significator’s complete envelopment within the rectangle. Consider for the self, O student, whether your thoughts can walk. The abilities of the most finely honed mentality shall not be known without the use of the physical vehicle which you call the body. Through the mouth the mind may speak. Through the limbs the mind may affect action.
Questioner: The entity looks to the left, indicating that the mind has the tendency to notice more easily catalyst of a negative essence. Would Ra comment on that observation?
Ra: This is substantially correct.
Questioner: There are two small entities at the bottom, one black and one white. I will first ask Ra if this drawing is correct in the coloring? Is the black one in the proper position with respect to Ra’s original drawings?
Ra: That which you perceive as black was first red. Other than this difference, the beings in the concept complex are placed correctly.
Questioner: The red coloration is a mystery to me. We had originally decided that these represented the polarization of the mind. Would Ra comment on that?
Ra: The indications of polarity are as presumed by the questioner. The symbolism of old for the left-hand path was the russet coloration.
Questioner: I was wondering why the dark entity was on the right side of the card in relation to the Significator.
Ra: The nature of polarity is interesting in that those experiences offered to the Significator as positive frequently become recorded as productive of biases which may be seen to be negative, whereas the fruit of those experiences apparently negative is frequently found to be helpful in the development of the service-to-others bias. As this is perhaps the guiding characteristic of that which the mind processes and records, these symbols of polarity have thusly been placed.
You may note that the hands of the central image indicate the appropriate bias for right and left-hand working; that is, the right hand gestures in service-to-others, offering its light outward. The left hand attempts to absorb the power of the spirit and point it for its use alone.
Questioner: The eight cartouches at the bottom would possibly signify the energy centers and the evolution through those centers with the possibility for positive or negative polarization because of the white and black coloration of the figures. Would Ra comment on that
Ra: I am Ra. The observations of the student are perceptive. It is informative to continue the study of octaves in association with this concept complex. Many are the octaves of a {person}’s beingness. There is not one that does not profit from being pondered in connection with the considerations of the nature of the development of polarity exemplified by the concept complex of your Card Number Five.
Questioner: Do the symbols on the face of each of these little cartouches such as the birds and the other symbols have a meaning in this card that is of value in considering the archetypes?
Ra: I am Ra. These symbols are letters and words much as your language would receive such an entablature. They are, to a great extent, enculturated by a people not of your generation. Let us, in the rough, suggest that the information written upon these cartouches be understood to be such as the phrase, “And you shall be born again to eternal life.”
Questioner: Thank you. I thought that the wings on top of the card might indicate the protection of the spirit over the process of evolution. Would Ra comment on that after having the instrument cough?
Questioner: We now have an additional set of tarot images. Which of these two sets are closer to Ra’s original intention?
Ra: The principle which moves in accordance with the dynamics of teach/learning with most efficiency is constancy. We could explore the archetypical mind using that set of images produced by the one known as Fathman or we could use those which have been used. In point of fact, those which are being used have some subtleties which enrich the questioning. As we have said, this set of images is not that which we gave. This is not material. We could use any of a multitude of devised tarot sets. Although this must be at the discretion of the questioner, we suggest the maintaining of one and only one set of distorted images to be used for the querying and note that the images you now use are good.
Questioner: The wings above Card Five, I am guessing, have to do with a protection over the Significator of the Mind. I am guessing that they are a symbol of protection. Is this in any way correct?
Ra: Let us say that you are not incorrect but rather less than correct. The Significator owns a covenant with the spirit which it shall in some cases manifest through the thought and action of the adept. If there is protection in a promise, then you have chosen the correct sound vibration, for the outstretched wings of spirit, high above manifestation, yet draw the caged mind onward.
Questioner: Thank you. In Card Number Six I see the Transformation of the Mind, the male with crossed arms, representing transformation. The transformation is possible either toward the left or the right-hand path. The path is beckoned or led by the female, the Potentiator. The one on the right has the serpent of wisdom at the brow and is fully clothed, the one on the left having less clothing and indicating that the Potentiator is more concerned or attracted to the physical as the left-hand path is chosen and more concerned and attracted to the mental as the right-hand path is chosen. The creature above points an arrow at the left-hand path indicating that if this path is chosen the chips, shall we say, will fall where they may, the path being unprotected as far as the activity of catalyst. The intellectual abilities of the chooser of the left-hand path would be the main guardian rather than the designed or built-in protection of the Logos for the right-hand path. The entity firing the arrow seems to be a second density entity which indicates that this catalyst could be produced by a lesser evolved source, you might say. Would Ra comment on these observations?
Ra: We shall speak upon several aspects seriatim. Firstly, let us examine the crossed arms of the male who is to be transformed. What, O student, do you make of the crossing? What see you in this tangle? There is a creative point to be found in this element which was not discussed overmuch by the questioner. Let us now observe the evaluation of the two females. The observation that to the left-hand path moves the roughly physical and to the right-hand path the mental has a shallow correctness. There are deeper observations to be made concerning the relationship of the great sea of the unconscious mind to the conscious mind which may fruitfully be pursued. Remember, O student, that these images are not literal. They haunt rather than explicate. Many use the trunk and roots of mind as if that portion of mind were a badly used, prostituted entity. Then this entity gains from this great storehouse that which is rough, prostituted, and without great virtue. Those who turn to the deep mind, seeing it in the guise of the maiden, go forth to court it. The courtship has nothing of plunder in its semblance and may be protracted, yet the treasure gained by such careful courtship is great. The right-hand and left-hand transformations of the mind may be seen to differ by the attitude of the conscious mind towards its own resources as well as the resources of other-selves. We now speak of that genie, or elemental, or mythic figure, culturally determined, which sends the arrow to the left-hand transformation. This arrow is not the arrow which kills but rather that which, in its own way, protects. Those who choose separation, that being the quality most indicative of the left-hand path, are protected from other-selves by a strength and sharpness equivalent to the degree of transformation which the mind has experienced in the negative sense. Those upon the right-hand path have no such protection against other-selves for upon that path the doughty seeker shall find many mirrors for reflection in each other-self it encounters.
Questioner: I want to know if the Logos of this system planned for the mating process as possibly depicted in Card Six—I don’t know if this is related to some type of DNA imprinting. In many second-density creatures there seems to be some sort of imprinting that creates a lifetime mating relationship and I was wondering if this was also carried into third density?
Ra: There are some of your second-density fauna which have instinctually imprinted monogamous mating processes. The third-density physical vehicle which is the basic incarnational tool of manifestation upon your planet arose from entities thusly imprinted, all the aforesaid being designed by the Logos. The free will of third-density entities is far stronger than the rather mild carryover from second-density DNA encoding and it is not part of the conscious nature of many of your {people} to be monogamous due to the exercise of free will. However, as has been noted there are many signposts in the deep mind indicating to the alert adept the more efficient use of catalyst. As we have said, the Logos of your peoples has a bias towards kindness.
Questioner: To continue with the tarot, I would like to make the additional observation with respect to Card Number Six that with the male’s arms being crossed, if the female to his right pulls on his left hand it would turn his entire body and the same is true for the female on the left pulling on his right hand from the other side. This is my interpretation of what is meant by the tangle of the arms. The transformation, then, occurs by the pull which tends to turn the entity toward the left or the right-hand path. Would Ra comment on that observation?
Ra: We shall. The concept of the pull towards mental polarity may well be examined in the light of what the student has already accreted concerning the nature of the conscious, exemplified by the male, and the unconscious, exemplified by the female. Indeed, both the prostituted and the virginal deep mind invite and await the reaching. In this image of Transformation of Mind, then, each of the females points the way it would go, but is not able to move, nor are the two female entities striving to do so. They are at rest. The conscious entity holds both and will turn itself one way or the other or, potentially, backwards and forwards, rocking first one way then the other and not achieving the transformation. In order for the Transformation of Mind to occur, one principle governing the use of the deep mind must be abandoned. It is to be noted that the triangular shape formed by the shoulders and crossed elbows of consciousness is a shape to be associated with transformation. Indeed, you may see this shape echoed twice more in the image, each echo having its own riches to add to the impact of this complex of concepts.
Questioner: Thank you. We will probably return to this card in the next session with more observations after we consider Ra’s comments. To make efficient use of our time at this time I will make some notes with respect to Card Seven. First, the veil between the conscious and unconscious mind is removed. The veil, I assume, is the curtain at the top and is lifted. Even though this veil has been removed the perception of intelligent infinity is still distorted by the beliefs and means of seeking of the seeker. Would Ra comment on that?
Ra: As one observes the veil of the image of the Great Way of Mind it may be helpful to ideate using the framework of environment. The Great Way of Mind, Body, or Spirit is intended to limn the milieu within which the work of mind, body, or spirit shall be placed. Thusly, the veil is shown both somewhat lifted and still present, since the work of mind and its transformation involves progressive lifting of the great veil betwixt the conscious and deep minds. The complete success of this attempt is not properly a portion of third-density work and, more especially, third-density mental processes.
Questioner: The fact that the veil is raised higher on the right-hand side indicates to me that the adept choosing the positive polarity would have greater success in penetrating the veil. Would Ra comment?
Ra: This is a true statement if it is realized that the questioner speaks of potential success. Indeed, your third-density experience is distorted or skewed so that the positive orientation has more aid than the so-called negative.
Questioner: It would also seem to me that, since Ra stated in the last session that the limit of the viewpoint is the source of all distortions, the very nature of the service-to-self distortions that create the left-hand path are a function of the veil. Therefore, they are dependent, you might say, to some degree on at least a partial continued veiling. Does this make any sense?
Ra: There is the thread of logic in what you suppose. The polarities are both dependent upon a limited viewpoint. However, the negative polarity depends more heavily upon the illusory separation betwixt the self and all other {people}. The positive polarity attempts to see through the illusion to the Creator in each {person}, but for the greater part is concerned with behaviors and thoughts directed towards other-selves in order to be of service. This attitude, in itself, is full of the stuff of your third-density illusion. Ra made this statement in response to a personal question which, along with its answer, was removed from the last session.
Questioner: The crown of three stars, we are guessing, would represent the balancing of the mind, body, and spirit. Is this in any way correct?
Ra: This device is astrological in origin and the interpretation given somewhat confusing. We deal, in this image, with the environment of mind. It is perhaps appropriate to release the starry crown from its stricture.
Questioner: The small black-or russet-and white entities have changed so that they now appear to be sphinxes which we are assuming means that the catalyst has been mastered. I am also assuming that they act as the power that moves the chariot depicted here so this mastery enables the mind in its transformation to become mobile unlike it was prior to this mastery, locked as it was within the illusion. Would Ra comment?
Ra: Firstly, we ask that the student consider the Great Way not as the culmination of a series of seven activities or functions but as a far more clearly delineated image of the environment within which the mind, body, or spirit shall function. Therefore, the culturally determined creatures called sphinxes do not indicate mastery over catalyst. The second supposition, that of placing the creatures as the movers of the chariot of mind, has far more virtue. You may connote the concept of time to the image of the sphinx. The mental and mental/emotional complex ripens and moves and is transformed in time.
Questioner: In that case I will ask only one more question and that will have to do with the sword and the scepter. It seems that the sword would represent the power of the negative adept in controlling other-selves and the scepter would indicate the power of the positive adept operating in the unity of the mind, body, and spirit. However, they seem to be in the opposite hands than I would have guessed. Would Ra comment on these observations?
Ra: These symbols are astrological in origin. The shapes, therefore, may be released from their stricture.
We may note that there is an overriding spiritual environment and protection for the environment of the mind. We may further note that the negatively polarized adept will attempt to fashion that covenant for its own use whereas the positively polarized entity may hold forth that which is exemplified by the astrological sword; that is, light and truth.
Questioner: Would there be two more appropriate objects or symbols to have the entity in Card Seven holding other than the ones shown?
Ra: We leave this consideration to you, O student, and shall comment upon any observation which you may make.
Questioner: In that case I have a few questions on Card Number Seven in order to finish off our first run-through of the archetypes of the mind. There is a T with two right angles above it on the chest of the entity on Card Seven. We have guessed that the lower T has to do with the possibility of choosing either path in the transformation and the upper two angles represent the great way of the left and the right-hand paths in the mental transformation that makes the change from space/time into time/space, you might say. This is difficult to express. Is anything correct in this?
Ra: The use of the tau11 and the architect’s square is indeed intended to suggest the proximity of the space/time of the Great Way’s environment to time/space. We find this observation most perceptive. The entire mood, shall we say, of the Great Way is indeed dependent upon its notable difference from the Significator. The Significator is the significant self, to a great extent but not entirely influenced by the lowering of the veil. The Great Way of the Mind, the Body, or the Spirit draws the environment which has been the new architecture caused by the veiling process and, thusly, dipped in the great, limitless current of time/space.
Questioner: I am guessing that the wheels of this chariot indicate the ability of the mind to be able to move in time/space. Is this correct?
Ra: We cannot say that the observation is totally incorrect, for there is as much work in time/space as the individual who evokes this complex of concepts has assimilated. However, it would be more appropriate to draw the attention to the fact that although the chariot is wheeled, it is not harnessed to that which draws it by a physical or visible harness. What then, O Student, links and harnesses the chariot’s power of movement to the chariot?
Questioner: I’ll have to think about that. I’ll come back to that. We were thinking of replacing the sword in the right hand with the magical sphere and putting a downward-pointing scepter in the left hand, similar to Card Five, the Significator, as symbols more appropriate for this card. Would Ra comment on that, please?
Ra: This is quite acceptable, especially if the sphere may be imaged as spherical and effulgent.
Questioner: The bent left leg of the sphinxes indicates a transformation that occurs on the left that doesn’t occur on the right, possibly an inability in that position to move. Does this have any merit?
Ra: The observation has merit in that it may serve as the obverse of the connotation intended. The position is intended to show two items, one of which is the dual possibilities of the time-full characters there drawn. The resting is possible in time, as is the progress. If a mixture is attempted, the upright, moving leg will be greatly hampered by the leg that is bent. 11 tau: in heraldry, a type of cross called a “tau cross.” The other meaning has to do with the same right angle, with its architectural squareness, as the device upon the breast of the actor. Time/space is close in this concept complex, brought close due to the veiling process and its efficaciousness in producing actors who wish to use the resources of the mind in order to evolve.
Questioner: I am assuming that the skirt is skewed to the left for the same reason that it is in Card Number Four, indicating the distance service-to-self polarized entities keep from others, and I am also assuming that the face is turned to the left for the same reason that it is in Card Number Five, because of the nature of catalyst. Is this roughly correct?
Your previous supposition is indeed roughly correct. We might also note that we, in forming the original images for your peoples, were using the cultural commonplaces of artistic expression of those in Egypt. The face is drawn to the side most often, as are the feet turned. We made use of this and, thus, wish to soften the significance of the side-long look. In no case thus far in these deliberations, however, has any misinterpretation or unsuitable interpretation been drawn.
Note To Our Readers
As we look back over the material in Volume Four, we find the following statement by Ra from Session
#97 to be the key for this beginning of the study of the archetypical mind. “We wish not to form that which may be considered by any {person} to be a complete and infallible series of images. There is a substantial point to be made in this regard. We have been, with the questioner’s aid, investigating the concept complexes of the great architecture of the archetypical mind. To more clearly grasp the nature, the process, and the purpose of archetypes, Ra provided a series of concept complexes. In no way whatsoever should we, as humble messengers of the One Infinite Creator, wish to place before the consideration of any {person}, which seeks its evolution, the palest tint of the idea that these images are anything but a resource for working in the area of the development of the faith and the will. To put this into perspective we must gaze then at the stunning mystery of the One Infinite Creator. The archetypical mind does not resolve any paradoxes or bring all into unity. This is not the property of any source which is of the third density. Therefore, may we ask the student to look up from inward working and behold the glory, the might, the majesty, the mystery, and the peace of oneness. Let no consideration of bird or beast, darkness or light, shape or shadow keep any which seeks from the central consideration of unity. We are not messengers of the complex. We bring the message of unity. In this perspective only may we affirm the value to the seeker of adepthood of the grasping, articulating, and use of this resource of the deep mind exemplified by the concept Complex of the archetypes.
A Note About the Tarot Cards The original deck that Don Elkins used for questioning was the work of C.C. Zain, founder of the Church of Light. C.C. Zain’s first deck was released in 1918. It was subsequently revised in the 1930’s, and issued as a monochrome deck in the 1960’s. It is the 1960’s deck that Don, Jim, and Carla used for questioning Ra about the archetypal mind. That deck is listed as the “BOL II” design on this website http://green-door.narod.ru/zaintarot.html. In the following pages of this PDF, the first seven arcana in the series were those re-drawn by L/L Research according to Ra’s responses in Book IV. Because L/L Research did not receive permission to publish the tarot images from the Church of Light deck, the remaining images, Arcana 8 – 22, come from a very similar deck made by George Fathman. More information about the Fathman deck is available here: http://green-door.narod.ru/jdeq-tarot.html
Reading Tarot Cards
Reading Major Arcana with the Celtic Cross
https://www.biddytarot.com/how-to-read-the-celtic-cross-tarot-spread/
The Celtic Cross Layout
OK, let’s get to the basics. Here’s your standard Celtic Cross layout:
Card 1: The present. This card represents what is happening to the querent at the present time. It also reflects the querent’s state of mind and how they may be perceiving the situation.
Card 2: The challenge. This card represents the immediate challenge or problem facing the querent. This is the one thing that, if resolved, would make life a lot easier. Even if you draw a ‘positive’ card in this position, consider it carefully as it will still represent a challenge.
Card 3: The past. This card represents the events that have lead up to the present situation and may provide some indication of how the challenge came about.
Card 4: The future. This card represents what is likely to occur within the next few weeks or even months. This is not the final outcome, simply the next step on the journey.
Card 5: Above. This card reflects the querent’s goal, aspiration or best outcome with regards to the situation. It is what the querent is working towards consciously as they attempt to resolve the issue.
Card 6: Below. This card reflects that which is within the subconscious realm of the querent and delves much deeper into the core foundation of the situation. It symbolises the underlying feelings and trends associated with the situation and can indicate what is truly driving the querent. This card may bring a surprise message to the querent, particularly if they are not deeply connected to their inner being (watch out for reversed cards here which are likely to indicate that this is an ‘unknown’ to the querent).
Card 7: Advice. The advice card takes into account all that is happening within the querent’s life and presents a recommendation for what approach can be taken to address the current challenges.
Card 8: External influences. This card highlights the people, energies or events which will affect the outcome of the question and are beyond the querent’s control.
Card 9: Hopes and/or fears. This is perhaps one of the most difficult positions to interpret. Keep in mind that hopes and fears are closely intertwined, therefore that which we hope for may also be that which we fear, and so may fail to happen. Sometimes it is useful to draw a second card for clarification after the reading has been laid and to read the two together.
Card 10: Outcome. This card is representative of where the situation is headed and if/how the issue will be resolved. It assumes the outcome based on the querent continuing their current course of action. Of course, if the outcome card is not a desirable outcome, it is within the free will of the querent to make the necessary changes to their situation.
Mastering the Celtic Cross: Exploring the Dynamics Between the Tarot Cards
This is where things get interesting! Many Tarot readers first learn to read Tarot by interpreting each card. But it’s when we look at the dynamics between the Tarot cards and get into the story of the Tarot reading that the magic happens!
First, let’s imagine the Celtic Cross split into two main sections – the Circle/Cross section on the left (Cards 1 to 6) and the Staff section on the right (Cards 7 to 10).
The Circle/Cross shows what is going on in the querent’s life at the time of the reading. This section is made up of two crosses – a central one (Cards 1 and 2) nested within a larger cross (Cards 3 to 6). The smaller cross represents the heart of the matter – what is most central to the querent at the time of the reading.
The larger cross consists of two lines that overlay the smaller cross. The horizontal line (Cards 1, 3 and 4) shows time moving from the past on the left into the future on the right. The vertical line (Cards 1, 5 and 6) is the querent’s consciousness moving from unconscious on the bottom to conscious mind on the top.
Together these six cards give a snapshot of the inner and outer environment at the time of a reading.
The Staff section shows the relationship between the querent and the environment in which they operate, and can provide a better indication of what is happening in the broader context.
Second, start to look at the following Tarot card combinations to build the ‘story’:
- Compare the Above and Below cards (Cards 5 and 6). Is there a synergy between the conscious and the subconscious levels? Is there alignment between what is driving the querent and what the querent aspires to? If there is alignment, great – it will be a lot easier to resolve the issue. If not, then assist the querent in understanding what is happening at the subconscious level and how this may be impacting their response to the issue.
- Compare the Above and Outcome cards (Cards 5 and 10). Again, is there alignment between what the querent wants to happen and what will happen? Is the querent helping or hindering the situation? If you find that Cards 5 and 10 are opposing, then the querent will need to think carefully about how to create the outcomes they want. Look to the Advice card (Card 7) for more guidance.
- Compare the Future and Outcomes cards (Cards 4 and 10). How are the events of the near future contributing or influencing the overall outcome? Will the querent need to manage these events in a particular way to create the right outcomes? Again, refer to the Advice card (Card 7) for more detail.
- Compare the Below and Hopes/Fears cards (Cards 6 and 9). If you are finding it difficult to interpret the Hopes/Fears, have a look at what is happening at the subconscious level within the querent (Card 6). Is there something in their subconscious realm that is creating fear or hope? If you see reversed cards in these positions, then it is likely the querent is not yet aware of their subconscious drivers and how this is impacting them in the ‘real world’.
- Compare the Advice and Outcome cards (Cards 7 and 10). The querent doesn’t like the outcome? Well, take a look at the Advice card to see what actions the querent can take to create a more positive outcome. Also take into consideration what events are likely to occur in the near future (Card 4) so that the querent can manage these effectively.
Then, bring it all together for deep and profound insight into the situation at hand.
Reading major arcana with the Simple Three Card Spread
1 2 3
Past Present Future
You Your Path Potential
You Relationship Partner
Situation Action Aspiration
All three are equally important
1 2 3
Mind Body Spirit
Physical Emotional Spiritual States
Subconscious Conscious Superconscious
What I Think Feel Do
I think this one is a little harder to explain, but I like thinking of these spreads being communicators of advice in a way such that “given X and Y, the result is Z”. X and Y attempt to give you a clearer understanding of options, and Z is a summary, a crux, a way to move forward given the information that is there. In fact, even when phrasing these spreads, I like saying them in a way that follows this formula to make the point clearer. The bolded items represent the actual card positions.
- Given your strengths and weaknesses, this is my advice.
- Given what worked well, and what didn’t work well, this is the key lesson.
- Given that this brings you together, and that this pulls you apart, you must focus on this.
- Given that you want this from the relationship, and your partner wants this, your relationship is heading towards this.
- Given Option 1 and Option 2, This is what you need to know to make a decision.
As the layout would imply, this is about understanding conflicts and obstacles. The card that crosses over #1 (#2) is something that stands in the way and that needs to be overcome, something that blocks you from attaining your ultimate goal, while the third card acts as a sort of advice card, looking at the situation from a more distant viewpoint. These can also be used as simpler 2 card spreads if you want to use only the crossing cards.
- Situation, Obstacle, Advice
- Aspiration, Obstacle, How to Overcome
- Opportunities, Challenges, Outcome
- Thesis, Antithesis, Synthesis
💜 Free USA shipping on orders over $100
Site navigation
· Cart
3 Card Tarot Spreads - A List of 18 Simple Tarot Spreads by Layout
Dec 22, 2016
For all the looming, more daunting questions and problems in our lives, we have the giant 12 card, 20 card spreads. But (hopefully?) the majority of our time is not filled with those questions, and for those moments, simplicity is best. Sometimes, we just need a status check, or a little hint or suggestion for things to become clear. Sometimes, we need to start a conversation, to weed out the gaps, and to learn where there still unknowns - in order to start asking the right questions. For all these little daily needs, there are single card spreads, and 3 card tarot spreads.
Why Organize 3 Card Tarot Spreads by Layout?
It’s easy enough to just draw three cards in a line, and you can absolutely still do that with all the spreads listed in this post. But I’m a visual thinker, and because of that, I prefer having the layout of the cards to guide the way that I process the information within the tarot reading. In nature, spatial positions help us see relationships. A simple example of this is that when we see things clustered together, we tend to understand them as a group.
That’s why I’m a firm believer that the structure of the reading helps create more meaning in the reading itself. For example, if I’m doing a reading about a relationship, I want it to be symmetrical in order to reflect the parties that are present. The visual nature of the spreads are usually what makes them so helpful. Their power lies not in their assigning meaning to the order the cards are drawn in, but rather that the location of the cards can help you intuitively feel the meaning within them, and between them.
In this Post: Luminous Spirit Tarot
Holographic, minimalist deck. Companion app focused on moon phases included.
How to Use These 3 Card Tarot Spreads
And so, the following is a list of 3 card tarot readings that I’ve organized and classified based on the layout of the spread itself. If you’re interested in building your own spreads, we hope this can be helpful in terms of helping you understand how to create layouts and distribute visual information. Think of these 3 card tarot spreads as being building blocks for creating visual relationships between cards. Once you understand these, you can use them in building larger, more complex spreads for your personal use.
Linear 3 Card Tarot Spreads
As you can imagine, this layout is good at suggesting some sort of linear path, sequence of events, cause and effect, or a way of getting from point a to point b.
· Past, Present, Future
· You, Your Path, Your Potential
· You, Relationship, Partner
· Situation, Action, Outcome
· Idea, Process, Aspiration
Balanced 3 Card Tarot Spreads
In this layout, each card of the spread has a common intersection. They are all equally important, like three sides of a pyramid. Without any of these, the whole structure collapses.
· Mind, Body, Spirit
· Physical State, Emotional State, Spiritual State
· Subconscious, Conscious, Super Conscious
· Option 1, Option 2, Option 3
· What I think, What I feel, What I do
Foundational 3 Card Tarot Spreads
I think think one is a little harder to explain, but I like thinking of these spreads being communicators of advice in a way such that “given X and Y, the result is Z”. X and Y attempt to give you a clearer understanding of options, and Z is a summary, a crux, a way to move forward given the information that is there. In fact, even when phrasing these spreads, I like saying them in a way that follows this formula to make the point clearer. The bolded items represent the actual card positions.
· Given your strengths and weaknesses, this is my advice.
· Given what worked well, and what didn’t work well, this is the key lesson.
· Given that this brings you together, and that this pulls you apart, you must focus on this.
· Given that you want this from the relationship, and your partner wants this, your relationship is heading towards this.
· Given Option 1 and Option 2, This is what you need to know to make a decision.
Crossed 3 Card Tarot Spreads
As the layout would imply, this is about understanding conflicts and obstacles. The card that crosses over is something that stands in the way and that needs to be overcome, something that blocks you from attaining your ultimate goal, while the third card acts as a sort of advice card, looking at the situation from a more distant viewpoint. These can also be used as simpler 2 card spreads if you want to use only the crossing cards.
· Situation, Obstacle, Advice
· Aspiration, Obstacle, How to Overcome
· Opportunities, Challenges, Outcome
· Thesis, Antithesis, Synthesis
SOME MATERIAL IN THE FOLLOWING SUBJECTS MAY BE DUPLICATED FROM ABOVE DUE TO APPLICATION TO MULTIPLE SUBJECTS.
JESUS
Ra: The one known to you as Jesus of Nazareth did not have a name. This entity was a member of fourth density of the highest level of that sub-octave. {the highest level of fourth density going into the fifth} This entity was desirous of entering this planetary sphere in order to share the love vibration in as pure a manner as possible. Thus, this entity received permission to perform this mission. This entity was then a Wanderer of no name, of Confederation origins, of fourth density, representing the fourth-density understanding of the vibration of understanding or love. This entity could have gone on to the fifth but chose instead to return to third for this particular mission. This entity was of the highest sub-octave of the vibration of love. This is fourth density. The technique was that of building upon other negatively oriented information. This information had been given by the one whom your peoples called “Yahweh.” This information involved many strictures upon behavior and promised power of the third-density, service-to-self nature. These two types of distortions were impressed upon those already oriented to think these thought-forms. This eventually led to many challenges of the entity known as Jesus. It eventually led to one, {name} “Judas,” as you call this entity, who believed that it was doing the appropriate thing in bringing about or forcing upon the one you call Jesus the necessity for bringing in the third-density planetary power distortion of third-density rule over others.
This entity, Judas, felt that, if pushed into a corner, the entity you call Jesus would then be able to see the wisdom of using the power of intelligent infinity in order to rule others. The one you call Judas was mistaken in this estimation of the reaction of the entity, Jesus, whose teach/learning was not oriented towards this distortion. This resulted in the destruction of the bodily complex of the one known as Jesus.
Questioner: What was the orientation with respect to this type of communication for the one known as Jesus of Nazareth?
Ra: You may have read some of this entity’s workings. It offered itself as teacher to those {people} which gathered to hear and even then spoke as through a veil so as to leave room for those not wishing to hear. When this entity was asked to heal, it oft times did so, always ending the working with two admonitions: firstly, that the entity healed had been healed by its faith, that is, its ability to allow and accept changes through the violet-ray into the gateway of intelligent energy;
secondly, saying always, “Tell no one.” These are the workings which attempt the maximal quality of free will while maintaining fidelity to the positive purity of the working.
Questioner: This motion picture brought out the point about which we have been talking. The Colonel had to make a decision. I was wondering about his polarization. He could have knuckled under, you might say, to the negative forces, but he chose to defend his friend instead. Is it possible for you to estimate which is more positively polarizing: to defend the positively oriented entity, or to allow suppression by the negatively oriented entities?
Ra: This question takes in the scope of fourth-density as well as your own and its answer may best be seen by the action of the entity called Jehoshuah, which you call Jesus. This entity was to be defended by its friends. The entity reminded its friends to put away the sword. This entity then delivered itself to be put to the physical death. The impulse to protect the loved other-self is one which persists through the fourth-density, a density abounding in compassion. More than this we cannot and need not say.
This entity learned the ability by a natural kind of remembering at a very young age. Unfortunately, this entity first discovered his ability to penetrate intelligent infinity by becoming the distortion you call “angry” at a playmate. This entity was touched by the entity known as Jesus and was fatally wounded. Thus the one known as Jesus became aware that there dwelt in him a terrible potential. This entity determined to discover how to use this energy for the good, not for the negative. This entity was extremely positively polarized and remembered more than most Wanderers do.
Questioner: How did this aggressive action against a playmate affect Jesus in his spiritual growth? Where did he go after his physical death?
Ra: The entity you call Jesus was galvanized by this experience and began a lifetime of seeking and searching. This entity studied first day and night in its own religious constructs which you call Judaism and was learned enough to be a rabbi, as you call teach/learners of this particular rhythm or distortion of understanding, at a very young age. At the age of approximately thirteen and one-half of your years, this entity left the dwelling place of its earthly family, as you would call it, and walked into many other places seeking further information. This went on sporadically until the entity was approximately twenty-five, at which time it returned to its family dwelling, and learned and practiced the art of its earthly father. When the entity had become able to integrate or synthesize all experiences, the entity began to speak to other-selves and teach/learn what it had felt during the preceding years to be of a worthwhile nature. The entity was absolved karmically of the destruction of an other-self when it was in the last portion of lifetime and spoke upon what you would call a cross saying, “Father, forgive them for they know not what they do.” In forgiveness lies the stoppage of the wheel of action, or what you call karma.
Questioner: What density is the entity known as Jesus in now?
Ra: This information is harmless though unimportant. This entity studies now the lessons of the wisdom vibration, the fifth-density, also called the light vibration.
Questioner: In our culture there is a saying that he will return. if this is planned?
Ra: I will attempt to sort out this question. It is difficult. This entity became aware that it was not an entity of itself but operated as a messenger of the one Creator whom this entity saw as love. This entity was aware that this cycle was in its last portion and spoke to the effect that those of its consciousness would return at the harvest. The particular {person} you call Jesus is, as what you would call an entity, not to return except as a member of the Confederation speaking through a channel. However, there are others of the identical congruency of consciousness that will welcome those to the fourth-density. This is the meaning of the returning.
Questioner: Ra has implied that the instrument is on the path of martyrdom, but since we all die are we not all martyred to something, and when, if ever, does martyrdom partake of wisdom?
Ra:
This is a thoughtful query. Let us use as exemplar the one known as Jehoshua.
This entity incarnated with the plan of martyrdom. There is no wisdom in this
plan but rather understanding and compassion extended to its fullest
perfection. The one known as Jehoshua would have been less than fully
understanding of its course had it chosen to follow its will at any space/time
during its teachings. Several times, as you call this measure, this entity had
the possibility of moving towards the martyr’s place which was, for that
martyr, Jerusalem. Yet in meditation this entity stated, time and again, “It is
not yet the hour.” The entity could also have, when the hour came, walked
another path. Its incarnation would then have been prolonged but the path for
which it incarnated somewhat confused. Thusly, one may observe the greatest
amount of understanding, of which this entity was indeed capable, taking place
as the entity in meditation felt and knew that the hour had come for that to be
fulfilled which was its incarnation. It is indeed so that all {people} shall
die to the third-density illusion; that is, that each yellow-ray
physical-complex body shall cease to be viable. It is a misnomer to, for this reason
alone, call each {person} a martyr, for this term is reserved for those who lay
down their lives for the service they may provide to others. We may encourage
meditation upon the functions of the will.
SOME MATERIAL IN THE FOLLOWING SUBJECTS MAY BE DUPLICATED FROM ABOVE DUE TO APPLICATION TO MULTIPLE SUBJECTS.
MOSES AND THE TEN COMMANDMENTS
Questioner: the origin of the Ten Commandments?
Ra: The origin of these commandments follows the law of negative entities impressing information upon positively oriented mind/body/spirit complexes. The information attempted to copy or ape positivity while retaining negative characteristics.
Questioner: Was this done by the Orion group?
Ra: This is correct.
Questioner: What was their purpose in doing this?
Ra: The purpose of the Orion group, as mentioned before, is conquest and enslavement. This is done by finding and establishing an elite and causing others to serve the elite through various devices such as the laws you mentioned and others given by this entity.
Questioner: Was the recipient of the commandments positively or negatively oriented?
Ra: The recipient was one of extreme positivity, thus accounting for some of the pseudo-positive characteristics of the information received. As with contacts which are not successful, this entity, vibratory complex, Moishe, did not remain a credible influence among those who had first heard the philosophy of One and this entity was removed from this third density vibratory level in a lessened or saddened state, having lost, what you may call, the honor and faith with which he had begun the conceptualization of the Law of One and the freeing of those who were of his tribes, as they were called at that time/space.
Questioner: If this entity was positively oriented, how was the Orion group able to contact him?
Ra: This was an intensive, shall we say, battleground between positively oriented forces of Confederation origin and negatively oriented sources. The one called Moishe was open to impression and received the Law of One in its most simple form. However, the information became negatively oriented due to his people’s pressure to do specific physical things in the third-density planes. This left the entity open for the type of information and philosophy of a self-service nature.
Questioner: It would be wholly unlike an entity fully aware of the knowledge of the Law of One to ever say “Thou shalt not.” Is this correct?
Ra: This is correct.
SOME MATERIAL IN THE FOLLOWING SUBJECTS MAY BE DUPLICATED FROM ABOVE DUE TO APPLICATION TO MULTIPLE SUBJECTS.
Questioner: how Yahweh communicated to Earth’s people?
Ra:The first communication was what you would call genetic. The second communication was the walking among your peoples to produce further genetic changes in consciousness. The third was a series of dialogues with chosen channels.
Questioner: what these genetic changes were and how they were brought about?
Ra: Some of these genetic changes were in a form similar to what you call the cloning process. Thus, entities incarnated in the image of the Yahweh entities. The second was a contact of the nature you know as sexual, changing the {person} through the natural means of the patterns of reproduction devised by the intelligent energy of your physical complex.
Questioner: the difference between the sexual programming prior to Yahweh’s intervention and after intervention?
Ra: This is a question which we can only answer by stating that intervention by genetic means is the same no matter what the source of this change.
Questioner: Yahweh’s purpose in making the genetic sexual changes?
Ra: The purpose 75,000 years ago, as you measure time, was of one purpose only: that to express in the mind/body complex those characteristics which would lead to further and more speedy development of the spiritual complex.
Questioner: How did these characteristics go about leading to the more spiritual development?
Ra: The characteristics which were encouraged included sensitivity of all the physical senses to sharpen the experiences, and the strengthening of the mind complex in order to promote the ability to analyze these experiences.
Questioner: When did Yahweh act to perform the genetic changes?
Ra: The Yahweh group worked with those of the planet you call Mars 75,000 years ago in what you would call the cloning process. There are differences, but they lie in the future of your time/space continuum and we cannot break the free will Law of Confusion. The 3,600—approximately, time was the second time of attempts by those of the Orion group during this cultural complex; this was a series of encounters in which the ones called Anak were impregnated with the new genetic coding by your physical complex means so that the organisms would be larger and stronger.
Questioner: Why did they want larger and stronger organisms?
Ra: The ones of Yahweh were attempting to create an understanding of the Law of One by creating mind/body complexes capable of grasping the Law of One. The experiment was a decided failure from the view of the desired distortions due to the fact that rather than assimilating the Law of One, it was a great temptation to consider the so-called social complex or subcomplex elite or different and better than other-selves, this one of the techniques of service to self. The entities of Yahweh were responsible for this procedure in isolated cases as experiments in combating the Orion group. However, the Orion group were able to use this distortion of mind/body complex to inculcate the thoughts of the elite rather than concentrations upon the learning/teaching of oneness.
Questioner: Was Yahweh then of the Confederation?
Ra: Yahweh was of the Confederation but was mistaken in its attempts to aid. The results of this interaction were quite mixed. Where the entities were of a vibrational sum characteristic which embraced oneness, the manipulations of Yahweh were very useful. Wherein the entities of free will had chosen a less positively oriented configuration of sum total vibratory complex, those of the Orion group were able for the first time to make serious inroads upon the consciousness of the planetary complex.
Questioner: specifically what allowed the most serious of these inroads to be made by the Orion group?
Specifically those who are strong, intelligent, etc., have a temptation to feel different from those who are less intelligent and less strong. This is a distorted perception of oneness with other selves. It allowed the Orion group to form the concept of the holy war, as you may call it. This is a seriously distorted perception. There were many of these wars of a destructive nature.
Ra: In approximately 3,600 of your years in the past, as you measure time, there was an influx of those of the Orion group, as you call them. Due to the increasing negative influences upon thinking and acting distortions, they were able to begin working with those whose impression from olden times, as you may say, was that they were special and different. An entity of the Confederation, many, many thousands of your years in the past, the one you may call “Yahweh,” had, by genetic cloning, set up these particular biases among these peoples who had come gradually to dwell in the vicinity of Egypt, as well as in many, many other places, by dispersion after the down-sinking of the land mass Mu. Here the Orion group found fertile soil in which to plant the seeds of negativity, these seeds, as always, being those of the elite, the different, those who manipulate or enslave others. The one known as Yahweh felt a great responsibility to these entities. However, the Orion group had been able to impress upon the peoples the name Yahweh as the one responsible for this elitism. Yahweh then was able to take what you would call stock of its vibratory patterns and became, in effect, a more eloquently effective {name}. In this complex the old Yahweh, now unnamed, but meaning “He comes,”
began to send positively oriented philosophy. This was approximately, in your past, of 3,300 years. Thus, the intense portion of what has become known as Armageddon was joined.
Questioner: How did the Orion group get through the quarantine 3,600
years ago? The random window effect?
Ra: At that time this was not entirely so, as there was a proper calling for this information. When there is a mixed calling the window effect is much more put into motion by the ways of the densities. The quarantine in this case was, shall we say, not patrolled so closely, due to the lack of strong polarity, the windows thus needing to be very weak in order for penetration. As your harvest approaches, those forces of what you would call light work according to their call. The ones of Orion have the working only according to their call. This calling is in actuality not nearly as great. Thus, due to the way of empowering or squares there is much resistance to penetration. Yet free will must be maintained and those desiring negatively oriented information, as you would call it, must then be satisfied by those moving through by the window effect.
Questioner: Then Yahweh, in an attempt to correct what I might call a mistake (I know you don’t want to call it that), started 3,300 years ago a positive philosophy. Were the Orion and Yahweh philosophies impressed telepathically, or were there other techniques used?
Ra: There were two other techniques used: one by the entity no longer called Yahweh, who still felt that if it could raise up entities which were superior to the negative forces, that these superior entities could spread the Law of One. Thus this entity, “Yod-Heh-Shin-Vau-Heh,” came among your people in form according to incarnate being and mated in the normal reproductive manner of your physical complexes, thus birthing a generation of much larger beings, these beings called “Anak.”
The other method used to greater effect later in the scenario, as you would call it, was the thought-form such as we often use among your peoples to suggest the mysterious or the sublime. You may be familiar with some of these appearances.
Questioner: Could you state some of those?
Ra: This is information which you may discover. However, we will briefly point the way by indicating the so-called wheel within a wheel and the cherubim with sleepless eye.
Questioner: How did the users of these sounds, Sanskrit and Hebrew, determine what these sounds were?
Ra: In the case of the Hebrew that entity known as Yahweh aided this knowledge through impression upon the material of genetic coding which became language, as you call it.
The technique was that of building upon other negatively oriented information. This information had been given by the one whom your peoples called “Yahweh.” This information involved many strictures upon behavior and promised power of the third-density, service-to-self nature. These two types of distortions were impressed upon those already oriented to think these thought-forms.
This ark was designed to constitute the place wherefrom the priests, as you call those distorted towards the desire to serve their brothers, could draw their power and feel the presence of the one Creator. However, it is to be noted that this entire arrangement was designed, not by the one known to the Confederation as Yahweh, but rather was designed by negative entities preferring this method of creating an elite called the Sons of Levi.
Questioner: I have one question that is possibly of no value. You don’t have to expand on it, but there is a crystal skull in the possession of a woman near Toronto. It may be of some value in investigating these communications with Ra since I think possibly this had some origin from Ra.
Ra: Although your query is one which uncovers interesting material we can not answer due to the potential an answer may have for affecting your actions.
END OF LAW OF ONE CONDENSED
Don Elkins, Ph.D., Carla Rueckert, Jim McCarty
http://divinecosmos.com/start-here/books-free-online/23-the-law-of-one-study-guide
Study Guide compiled by Bob Childers, Ph.D. Web formatting, editing and additional compilation by David Wilcock
Dedicated to Carla Rueckert whose joyful service allowed the words of Ra to speak to humanity, despite the nearly fatal tolls and hardships endured by the physical body complex. Ra's words, brought through in 1981, are arguably the ultimate source of accurate ET information to have emerged in modern history. This study guide gives a wonderful overview of the main philosophies, concepts and practices of the Law of One, predominantly through excerpts. Let's put it this way -- this is the ONLY work that has attempted to summarize Ra's worldview in one streamlined form. It is invaluable to all seekers of Truth, Wisdom and Compassion.
STUDY THIS THOROUGHLY
INTRODUCTION: L/L RESEARCH CHANNELS RA
I. CONSCIOUS CHANNELING
(Carla:) During all the years that I had been channeling had always channeled consciously, using my free will to clothe telepathic concepts in my own language.
II. THE 1ST TRANCE CHANNELING
When Elaine, a member of the meditation group died, someone suggested that I try to contact her. I could not say no. After some moments of consciously offering myself for the contact with Elaine, I became unaware of the passing of time, and when I awakened, Tom had what sounded like Elaine‘s voice on tape speaking through me. That was my first experience with trance. [Note: Carla had already been involved in scientific channeling research with questioner Dr. Don Elkins for over twenty years by this point. But up until now, her work had been from a conscious state only.]
III. THE NEXT CONTACT WAS RA
This work was extremely draining on me, and I did not want to continue. However, only a few days later I received a new contact which I had never had before. As I do in all cases I challenged this entity in the name of Christ, demanding that it leave if it did not come as a messenger of Christ Consciousness. It remained, so I opened myself to its channel. I went into trance almost immediately and the entity which called itself Ra began its series of contacts with us. This contact is ongoing, fascinating and to me, a source of some disquiet. (B1, 48-49)
[Note: All three participants were needed for Ra's words to come through ... Dr. Don Elkins as questioner, Carla Rueckert as "instrument" and Jim McCarty as "scribe." When Dr. Don Elkins passed away this contact ceased.]
IV. PROCEDURE
James gives Carla a half-hour back message before each session because she will have to remain absolutely motionless for between an hour and an hour and forty-five minutes. Then we meditate so that the harmony we try to produce in our daily lives will be intensified, and so our desires are unified into the single desire to see contact with Ra. We perform a ritual of protection and Carla lays down, covered with a white sheet. She mentally recites the Prayer of St. Francis. At some point she leaves her physical body, and Ra begins to use it to make the words which form the responses to Don's questions. James meditates and sends light to Carla for the duration of the session. (B1, 50-51)
V. FATIGUE
RA: Do you understand how to nurture this instrument (Carla)? At this time she is quite fatigued. 1. The laying on of hands at the neck region for a brief period. 2. A gift of water into which the love of all present has been given. The charging of the water is done by those present placing their hands over the glass and visualizing the power of love entering the water. This will charge that very effective medium with those vibrations. (B1, S1, 69)
THE MESSAGE OF RA
WHO IS RA?
The sessions began on Jan 15, 1981
(Books I-IV published in 1982-1984; Book V published in 1998)
THE BEGINNING AND ENDING STATEMENTS
At the beginning of each session, Ra normally begins as follows:
RA: I am Ra. I greet you in the light and love of the One Infinite Creator. We communicate now. At the end of each session, Ra normally closes as follows:
Ra: I am Ra. I leave you in the light and love Of the One Infinite Creator, Go forth, therefore, rejoicing in the power and peace of the One Infinite Creator. Adonai. NOTE: With the exception of a few stray instances in one session where Dr. Elkins was asking questions that Ra strongly did not approve of, Ra always prefaces any new statement that they make with the words “I am Ra. ” (Withholding this statement was another, even stronger "symbolic" means of warning that the alignment of the question was way off.)
The reader should know that Ra prefaced every quote cited in this book with "I am Ra", and that this statement was not included in this text in order to dramatically enhance its readability. Therefore when the reader sees “
RA: ” in the text it is understood that the statement began with “I am Ra ” in the source document. ADDITIONAL NOTE: Again, in order to enhance readability for larger numbers of souls, certain minor changes in the syntax of Ra‘s statements have been made. Every effort was made to ensure that these changes did not alter the core message in any way -- but now you can click on a link and check back to the source. In order to be sure that you are quoting the source verbatim, please refer to the original texts, linked at the end of each excerpt back to http://wiki.lawofone.info or available in published paperback form through L/L Research Group at www.llresearch.org. If you quote from this document without referencing the source books, please make note of that to avoid distortions. CITATIONS: Each quote in this Study Guide ends with a three-part formula: (B #, S #, # #). The B is for Book Number, the S for Session Number and then the last number is page that the quote appears on, so you can check it if you own the series in paperback. As of March 2005, each passage is also hyperlinked to an online encyclopedia in which the original, unedited, re-transcribed and proofread texts can be read freely. Some mistakes were made in the original transcription, and certain transient and personal questions were initially omitted and later re-published in 1998, in Book Five. In the online encyclopedia everything reads exactly as it was given, with no alterations. Our hyperlinks go to the beginning of each session only ... so you can then use your web browser to do a Find (under Edit) on the word you're looking for to get right to that spot. Enjoy!
1. INTRODUCTION TO RA MATERIAL
I. FIRST STATEMENT
RA: I am Ra. I have not spoken through this instrument before. We had to wait until she was precisely tuned, as we send a narrow-band vibration. We greet you in the light and love of our Infinite Creator. We have been called to your group because you have a need for a more advanced approach to what you call, seeking the truth. We hope to offer you a somewhat different slant upon the information which is always and ever the same. (B1, S1, 65)
II. WHO IS RA?
RA: We are those who are of the Law of One, of Unity. In our vibration the polarities are harmonized; the paradoxes have a solution. We are one. We have walked your planet and seen the faces of your peoples. We now feel a great responsibility of helping remove certain distortions that have been given to the law of One. (B1, S1, 65)
We, as social memory complex or group soul, made contact with a race on your planet which you call Egyptians. We spoke to one who heard and understood, and was in a position to decree the law of One. (Note: Based on the very clear correlation between this and other statements with those of the Edgar Cayce Readings, we can see that this was the entity Ra-Ta, who helped Ra design the Great Pyramid with Hermes and much later reincarnated as Cayce himself). However, the priests and the peoples of that era quickly distorted our message, robbing it of the compassion with which unity is informed. (B1, S1, 66)
III. RA STILL SEEKS TO BECOME ALL THERE IS
RA: We still seek to become all that there is, and still we are Ra. Thus our paths go forward. (B1, S3, 78)
IV. IS RA ONE OF MANY?
QUESTION: When I am communicating with you as Ra, are you at times individualized as an entity or am I speaking to an entire social memory complex?
RA: You speak with Ra. There is no separation. You would call it a social memory complex thus indicating many-ness. To our understanding, you are speaking to an individualized portion of consciousness. (B1, S17, 162)
[Note: In other words, Ra represents an entire planet's worth of beings who have all fused into one unified consciousness. Each density in the Octave moves closer and closer to the fully unified One Mind of the Creation, the structures and abilities of mind becoming increasingly difficult for the human entity to fathom.]
2. THE HISTORY OF RA
I. IN 3RD DENSITY RA WAS HELPED BY 6TH DENSITY ENTITIES
RA: We were aided by 6th density entities during our own 3rd density experiences. Being extremely less warlike than humans we found this teaching to be of help. We had not developed the interrelationships of your money system and power. We were a more philosophical 3rd density planet than your own, and our choices of polarity were much more centered about understanding sexual energy transfers and the appropriate relationships between self and other-self. (B3, S60, 66)
QUESTION: What civilization was it that helped Ra in 3rd density, using the pyramid shape?
RA: Your people have a fondness for the naming. These entities have begun their travel back to the Creator and are no longer experiencing time. (B3, S60, 71)
II RA WAS TOO COMPASSIONATE IN 4TH DENSITY
RA: As a group soul in 4th density, we had the tendency towards compassion even to martyrdom in aid of other selves. When the 5th density harvest was achieved, we found that in this vibratory level flaws could be seen in the usefulness of such unrelieved compassion. We spent much time in contemplation of those ways of the Creator which fill love with wisdom. (B2, S42, 95)
III. RA MADE CONTACT WITH EARTH PEOPLES
A. RA WAS AT THE 6TH DIMENSION WHEN EARTH WAS VISITED
RA: I am part of the social memory complex that voyaged outward from a planet in your solar system, the one you call Venus. We are a race old in your measures. When we were at the 6th dimension our physical beings were what you call golden. We were tall and somewhat delicate. The covering of our physical body complex had a golden luster. In this form we decided to come among your peoples. Your peoples were much unlike us in physical appearance. Thus we did not mix well with the population and were obviously other than they. Our visit was relatively short. This was when we built the pyramids. (B1, S6, 90)
When we chose this mission among your peoples, we would have been perceived as light had we arrived on earth in our natural form. (B1, S8, 103)
B. HOW DID YOU JOURNEY FROM VENUS TO EARTH?
We used thought. (B1, S6, 90)
C. DID YOU HAVE TO CHANGE YOUR DIMENSION TO BE ON EARTH?
From the 6th dimension we are capable of manipulating energy with thought, which is the intelligent infinity present in each particle of light, or distorted light, so that we were able to clothe ourselves in a replica of our 6th density mind/body/spirit complexes -- which were visible in the third density. We were allowed this experiment by the council that guards this planet. (B1, S6, 91)
D. WHERE IS THIS COUNCIL LOCATED?
RA: This Council is located in the 8th dimension of the planet Saturn, taking place, in 3rd dimensional terms, in the rings of Saturn. (B1, S6, 91)
E. THEIR GIFTS WERE MISUSED
RA: We are those of the Confederation who, eleven thousand years ago, came to two of your planetary cultures which at that time were closely in touch with the Creation of the One Creator. It was our naive belief that we could teach by direct contact. These cultures were already closely aligned with an all-embracing belief in the live-ness or consciousness of all. We came and were welcomed by the peoples we wished to serve. We attempted to aid them in technical ways having to do with healing of mind/body/spirit complex through the use of the crystal. Thus were the pyramids created. However, it turned out that those in power reserved this technology for themselves. This was not intended by the Law of the One. We left your peoples. However we have never left your vibration due to our responsibility for the changes in consciousness we had first caused, and then found distorted in ways not relegated to the Law Of One. We attempted to contact (mentally) the rulers of this land (Egypt). In the 18th dynasty we were able to contact a pharaoh, Aten or Ikhnaton. He was a wanderer. [Note: Angelic/extraterrestrial soul in human body form.]
This entity became convinced that the vibration of One was the true spiritual vibration and thus decreed the Law of One. But his beliefs were accepted by few. When he fell, the polarized beliefs in many gods came into their own. (B1, S2, 70-71)
RA: We came to your peoples to give the Law of One. We wished to impress upon those who wished to learn of unity that in unity all paradoxes are resolved; all that is broken is healed: all that is forgotten is brought to light. (B4, S90, 142)
F. THE TIMES WHEN RA HAS MADE CONTACT WITH EARTH
RA:
[75,000 BP:] The 1st attempt to aid your peoples occurred about 75,000 years ago. [Helped Martians come to Earth.]
[58,000 BP:] Next, help was given to those of Mu about 58,000 years ago. [13,000 BP:] Next, help was offered to Atlantis about 13,000 years ago. [11,000 BP:] The next attempt was to help the Egyptians [and to some in South America] about 11,000 years ago. [7,500 BP:] About 3500 years later [7500 years ago] help was offered again to some in South America. [2,300 BP:] There were a few attempts to aid those in Egypt about 2300 years ago by others in the Confederation. The remaining part of this cycle we have never gone from your 5th dimension and have been working to prepare for the harvest (Ascension). (B1, S14, 135-136) [Note: Ra now temporarily stays in the fifth density rather than the sixth so as to be able to work with the Earth and its people more effectively.]
F. COULD PEOPLE HAVE LIVED ON VENUS THEN?
RA: The 3rd density conditions are not hospitable to the life-forms of your peoples. But the 5th and 6th dimensions of that planetary sphere are quite conducive to growing / learning. (B1, S6, 90)
RA: The beings inhabiting Venus at this time are 5th density entities. (B4, S89, 124)
G. RA STILL OFFERS ILLUMINATION
[Note: Near the end of Book 3, the questioner asks if enough material has been covered by that point to, if published, make the necessary reparations for the earlier naive actions of Ra.]
RA: We mean no disrespect for your service, but we do not expect to make full reparations for these distortions. The nature of your language is such that what is distorted cannot, to our knowledge, be fully undistorted ... but only illuminated somewhat. (B3, S72, 162)
[Note: Full study of the Law of One series reveals that a majority of the scientific and spiritual information that Ra gave 11,000 years ago has been subsequently distorted and rewritten into negatively oriented material ... which now forms the basis of a belief structure secretly held by many of the world's most powerful people, (consider the pyramid-based design of the Great Seal of the United States on the back of the dollar bill as one example,) which seems to include a group commonly known as the "Illuminati."
(There may be a suggestion of this in the above quote since Ra said, "only ILLUMINATED somewhat.") Hence it is difficult for Ra to fully balance the extent of karma that was created by their message being perverted. The politics and policies of the "Illuminati" and other such groups stand in stark contrast to Ra's teachings, since Ra states that honoring the free will of others is the most important principle in the Universe.]
V. THE CYCLES RA HAS COMPLETED
RA: The path of our learning is graven in the present moment. There is no history as you understand the concept. Picture a circle of being. We know the alpha and omega as infinite intelligence. The circle never ceases. It is present. The densities or cycles we have traversed are:
1ST DENSITY: The cycle of awareness
2ND DENSITY: Growth
3RD DENSITY: Self-awareness
4TH DENSITY: Love or understanding [Law of Love]
5TH DENSITY: Light or wisdom [Law of Light]
RA: We spent much time/space in 5th density balancing the intense compassion we had gained in 4th density. (B2, S41, 93)
6TH DENSITY: Light/love, love/light or unity [Law of One]
(also frequently referred to as compassionate wisdom)
7TH DENSITY: The gateway cycle [Law of Foreverness]
also frequently referred to as that density where one perceives the sacramental nature of all things)
RA: At the 7th level or dimension, we shall. if our humble efforts are sufficient, become one with all, thus having no memory, no identity, no past or future, but existing in the all. (B1, S16, 153)
8TH DENSITY: The octave, which moves into a mystery we do not plumb. (B1, S16, 153)
QUESTION: Does this mean that in the 8th density you would have awareness of all that is?
RA: This is partially correct. It is our understanding that it would not be our awareness, but the awareness of the Creator. In the Creator is all there is. (B1, S16, 153)
3. HOW WERE THE PYRAMIDS BUILT?
I. THEY WERE BUILT BY THE FORCE OF ONE
RA: The larger pyramids were built by our ability using the forces
THE STONES ARE ALIVE. THIS HAS NOT BEEN UNDERSTOOD BY YOUR CULTURE. (B1, S2, 72-73) [Note: Ra refers to the fact that the stones exist in the first density of consciousness, the density of awareness. The first, second and third densities of conscious lifeforms are all visible to third-dimensional beings such as ourselves.]
II. HOW WERE THE BLOCKS MAKING UP THE PYRAMIDS MOVED?
RA: Imagine the activity within all that is created. The energy, though finite, is quite large. This energy is intelligent. It is hierarchical. Just as you have a hierarchy of vehicles, or bodies, so does each atom of such a material as rock. When one can speak to that intelligence, the finite, physical energy of the physical rock body is put into contact with that infinite energy which is resident in the more well-tuned higher bodies, be they rock or human. With this connection made a request may be given. The intelligence of infinite rock-ness communicates to its physical vehicle or body, and that splitting and moving which is desired is then carried out. (B1, S3, 77)
III. WAS THIS WAS DONE MENTALLY BY ONE INDIVIDUAL?
RA: There is a distinction between individual power through the Law of One and the power available through the combined understanding of the Law of One by a group soul. One individual, purified of all flaws, could indeed move a mountain. However, in the case of mass understanding of unity, each individual may contain an acceptable amount of distortion and yet the mass mind could move mountains. (B1, S3, 78)
There are those among your people at this time whose purity is already one with intelligent infinity. (B1, S4, 82)
IV. WHY NOT CREATE IT AS A WHOLE INSTEAD OF WITH BLOCKS?
We did not want to be worshipped as builders of a miraculous pyramid. Thus it appears to be made, not thought. (B1, S3, 79)
V. RESURRECTION DUE TO INITIATION IN THE QUEEN'S CHAMBER
RA: The concept of initiation demands the centering of the being upon the seeking of the Creator. The initiation in the Queen‘s chamber involved the abandoning of self to such desire to know the creator in full that the purified in-streaming light is drawn in balanced fashion through all energy centers, or chakras, meeting in the inner eye chakra and opening the gate to intelligent infinity. Then true life is experienced,
or, as your people call it, resurrection. (B3, S57, 49)
VI. THE USE OF THE RESONATING CHAMBER
QUESTION: You said that the resonating chamber was used so the adept could meet the self. Would you explain that?
RA: One meets the self in the center or in the deeps of the being. It is analogous to the burial and resurrection of the body wherein the entity dies to self and, through this confrontation of apparent loss and realization of essential gain, is transmuted into a new and risen being. The chamber worked on the mind and the body. The mind was affected by sensory deprivation and the archetypical reactions to being buried alive with no possibility of extricating the self. The body was affected by both the configuration of the mind and by the electrical properties (piezoelectrical) of the materials used. (B3, S65, 112)
VI. CAN THE PYRAMID STILL BE USED FOR HEALING AND INITIATION?
RA: It is like a piano out of tune. It plays the tune, but, oh, so poorly. Only the ghost of the streaming still remains. The time of the pyramids is past. (B1, S4, 81-82)
VII. FURTHER STUDY OF THE SCIENCE OF THE PYRAMIDS
Note: In Chapter Nine of David Wilcock's third Convergence book, Divine Cosmos, a wealth of hard scientific data is presented to demonstrate that the pyramid shape really does harness a non-electromagnetic source of energy that the Russians have called 'torsion fields.'
Unlike electromagnetic energy, torsion fields have direct effects on physical matter as well as on biological systems and consciousness itself. When this energy is harnessed, many of the effects Ra refers to in the Law of One series can be directly demonstrated and studied in the laboratory. LINK TO DIVINE COSMOS, CHAPTER NINE: THE SCIENCE OF THE PYRAMIDS
WHO ARE WE?
4. THE VARIOUS ORIGINS OF THE 3RD DENSITY BEINGS ON EARTH
I. THE FIRST GROUP CAME FROM MARS
A. THE MARTIAN PLANET BECAME UNINHABITABLE BEFORE THE COMPLETION OF ITS CYCLE
RA: The first entities of 3rd density to come here were brought from Mars. This planet‘s environment [became] inhospitable to 3rd density beings.
RA: The warlike actions of these beings caused such difficulties in the atmospheric environment of their planet that it became unlivable for 3rd density experience before the end of its cycle. Thus the Red Planet entities were unharvested and continued on your planet to attempt to learn the Law of One. (B1, S9, 107)
QUESTION: How long ago [were these entities dropped off to start new lives on Earth]?
RA: About 75,000 years ago. Your planet was not 3rd density in its environment until this time. (B1, S9, 107)
B. HOW WERE THEY TRANSFERRED HERE?
RA: These [Mars-originated] entities ... were preserved for the experience upon your sphere [just prior to their planet's destruction] by a type of birthing which is non-reproductive, but consists of preparing genetic material for the incarnation of the mind/body/spirit complexes of those entities from the Red Planet. STATEMENT: I assume ... that the guardians transferred the race here after the race had died from the physical as we know it on Mars.
RA: This is correct.
C. GUARDIANS INCUR "BAD KARMA" AND EARTH IS QUARANTINED
RA: [This action, which required genetic modifications, and temporarily melded the group-mind of the Red Planet race with that of the Guardian race,] took an increasing amount of distortion into the application of the Law of One from the viewpoint of other guardians. It is from this beginning action that the quarantine of [your] planet was instituted, for it was felt that the free will of those of the Red Planet had been abridged. (B1, S9, 106-107)
D. ONLY 2ND DENSITY ENTITIES WERE ALREADY HERE ON EARTH
RA: Those of 2nd density. The second density is the density of the higher plant life and animal life which exists without the upward drive towards the infinite. (B1, S9, 107)
QUESTION: Recent research has indicated that the normal sleep cycle for entities on this planet is 25 hours instead of 24 hours. Is this correct, and, if so, why is this?
RA: This is correct in some cases. The planetary influences experienced in memory by those from Mars have some effect upon the 3rd density bodily complexes. The Martian race has given its genetic material to many bodies upon your plane. (B3, S64, 100)
II. 65 MILLION PLUS ARE WANDERERS
A. WHO ARE THE WANDERERS?
RA: Imagine, if you will, the sands of your shores. As countless as the grains of sand are the sources of intelligent infinity. When a social memory complex has achieved a complete understanding of its desire, it may conclude that its desire is to serve any entities who call for aid. These entities whom you may call the Brothers and Sisters of Sorrow move toward this calling of sorrow. They come from all reaches of the infinite creation. They are not sorrowful themselves, but come to aid those that are in sorrow. They are the Wanderers. There are approximately 65 million on Earth [Note: This, of course, was as of 1981 -- and current numbers are believed to exceed 100 million, or 1 out of every 60 human beings now on Earth.] (B1, S12, 127)
B. MOST ARE 6TH DENSITY
RA: Few there are of 4th density. Most are of 6th density. The desire to serve must be distorted towards a great deal of purity of mind and what you call foolhardiness or bravery. The challenge and danger to the Wanderer is that it will forget its mission, become karmically involved, and thus be swept into the maelstrom and turbulence which it had intended to avert. (B1, S12, 127)
C. WHERE DO MOST 6D WANDERERS ON EARTH ORIGINATE FROM?
RA: A significant portion of sixth-density Wanderers are those of our social memory complex [Ra].
Another large portion consists of those who aided in South America;
another portion, those aiding Atlantis. All are sixth-density and all brother and sister groups due to the unified feeling that as we had [formerly] been aided by shapes such as the pyramid, so we could aid your peoples. (B5, S45, 79)
D. DO WANDERERS TEND TO BE ILL?
QUESTION: Do the Wanderers have physical ailments in this 3rd density situation?
RA: Due to the extreme difference between the vibratory distortions of 3rd density and the higher densities, they generally have some kind of handicap or feeling of alienation which is severe, for example, allergies. (B1, S12, 127-128)
E. WHY DO THEY INCARNATE IN A DENSITY (THE 3RD) LOWER THAN THEIR OWN?
RA: The Wanderer has the potential of greatly accelerating the density of consciousness from whence it comes. This is due to the intensity of life experiences and opportunities in 3rd density. Thus the positively polarized Wanderer chooses to accept the danger of forgetting what it is in order to be of service to others by radiating love of others. If the forgetting is penetrated, the amount of catalyst in 3rd density will polarize the Wanderer with much greater efficiency than could be expected in the higher and more harmonious densities. [i.e. growth work that would take hundreds of thousands of years of time in higher realms can be moved through far more rapidly here on Earth.] (B2, S36, 67)
F. THE FEAR IS THAT THEY WILL NOT AWAKEN
Carla Rueckert: “It is no wander that Wanderers have some difficulty waking up within the illusion we call consensus reality. There is always the fear, as one enters incarnation, that one will not awaken at all, but be lost for the whole life experience. ” (B5, 58)
III. 3RD DENSITY ENTITIES FROM MALDEK INCARNATED ON EARTH AS 2ND DENSITY ENTITIES
A. THEY CAME TO EARTH AFTER DESTROYING THEIR OWN PLANET (MALDEK)
RA: There are those from Maldek. In your distant past there was a population of 3rd density beings upon a planet which was within your solar system. They had a civilization somewhat similar to Atlantis (B1, S10, 109). After destroying their planet, they came to Earth. It was the only planet in your solar system which was livable and capable of offering the lessons necessary to decrease their distortions with respect to the Law of One. (B1, S6, 91)
B. DID ALL THE PEOPLE OF MALDEK HAVE THE FEAR PROBLEM?
RA: In the occurrence of planetary dissolution none escaped. (B1, S10, 111-112)
C. AT FIRST THEY WERE SO TRAUMATIZED THEY FORGOT THEY WERE CONSCIOUS
RA: The war caused the disintegration of the network of biological life, i.e., their biosphere. These entities were so traumatized by this occurrence that they were in what you might call a knot or tangle of fear. No beings could aid them. No one could reach them. Finally about 500,000 or 600,000 years ago the Confederation succeeded in reaching them and untied the knot of fear. The entities were then able to recall that they were conscious. (B1, S10, 110)
D. AFTER REGAINING CONSCIOUSNESS. THEY WENT TO THE LOWER ASTRAL PLANES
This awareness brought them to what you might call the lower astral planes where they could be nurtured until all were healed of this trauma. Then the group decision was to place upon itself a karmic condition. (B1, S10, 110)
E. THEN THEY INCARNATED IN A MORE ANIMAL FORM (NEANDERTHAL)
RA: For this purpose they came into incarnation upon your planet in 2nd density forms, i.e., in forms that were not human. They experience this until the distortions of destruction are replaced by distortions toward the desire for a less distorted vision of service to others. (B1, S10, 110)
QUESTION: Was the body complex available at that time what we refer to as the ape body?
RA: That is correct. (B1, S10, 110) Many have removed the karma and gone onto a 3rd density experience on a 3rd density body. (B1, S10, 111)
[Note: Ra goes into detail to explain that this karmic alleviation, not evolution, accounts for the emergence of Neanderthal Man on our planet in the past.]
F. HOW DID THEY COME HERE?
RA: They came through the process of harvest and were incarnated through the process of incarnation from your higher sphere within this density. (B1, S6, 91)
RA: Many incarnated within your Earth's surface instead of upon it. (B1, S6, 92)
G. HAS 2ND DENSITY CONSCIOUSNESS FROM ANOTHER PLANET INCARNATED ON EARTH?
RA: There are no 2nd density consciousness complexes here on your planet at this time. (B1, S9, 108)
[Note: A consciousness complex is different than a 2nd-density entity. A complex implies a humanlike awareness trapped in a 2D from.]
H. TWO RACES ARE ON EARTH IN 2ND DENSITY FORM
RA: However there are two races which use the 2nd density form. One is from Maldek. They dwell within your deeper underground passageways and are known to you as 'Bigfoot'. They are working on what you would call karmic restitutions. The other race that is here in 2nd density form is one whose body complexes are greatly able to withstand the rigors of nuclear radiation which the body complexes you use would not do -- in the event that there is a nuclear war. They dwell in uninhabited deep forest in various places on your planet. They are scarce and very able to escape detection. These entities of the glowing eyes are those most familiar to your peoples. (B1, S9, 108)
I. THEN THERE ARE 2 TYPES OF BIGFOOT?
RA: There are 3 types of Bigfoot, using the same name for 3 different races. The 3rd is a thought-form. (B1, S9, 109)
J. WHY ARE NO REMAINS OF BIGFOOT FOUND?
RA: Exploration of the caves which underlie some of the western coastal mountain regions of your continent will one day offer such remains. (B3, S64, 102)
IV. WHAT ARE THE PERCENTAGES AND HOW HAVE THEY GOTTEN ALONG?
RA: About 1/2 of the 3rd density entities [on your planet] are from Mars; about 1/4 are from 2nd density of your own planet [i.e. Earth natives]; the other 1/4 are from elsewhere. (B1, S20, 187)
QUESTION: When they incarnated here did all three of these types mix together in societies or groups or were they separated?
RA: They remained largely unmixed. QUESTION: Did this unmixing lend to a possibility of warlike energy between groups?
RA: This is correct. (B1, S20, 187)
5. SIMULTANEOUS TIME
I. DO WE LIVE MANY LIVES SIMULTANEOUSLY?
QUESTION: The Seth material says that each of us is a part of an Oversoul or Higher Self which has many parts in many dimensions. Does this mean that we have many experiences, or lives, going on simultaneously? (B2, S36, 63)
RA: The correctness of the statements is variable. The more in balance an entity becomes, the less the need for parallel experiences.
RA: TRUE SIMULTANEITY IS AVAILABLE ONLY WHEN ALL THINGS ARE SEEN TO BE OCCURRING AT ONCE.
II. PARALLEL UNIVERSES
RA: The concept of various parts of the being living experiences of varying natures simultaneously is not precisely accurate -- due to your understanding that this would indicate that this was occurring with true simultaneity. This is not the case. The case is, rather, from one universe to another universe. Parallel existences in these different universes can then be programmed by the Higher Self, using the information available from the mind/body/spirit complex. (B2, S36, 63)
III. IS ALL OF CREATION SIMULTANEOUS?
RA: The nature of true simultaneity is such that, indeed, all is simultaneous. However, in your mode of perception you perhaps would more properly view the seeding of the creation as that of growth from the center or core outward. There is a center to infinity. From this center all spreads. Therefore there are centers to the creation, to the galaxies, to star systems, to planetary systems and to consciousness. (B4, S82, 63)
[Note: Taken together, Kimball‘s Symmetric Theory and the “Anisotropic Universe ” theory both show us that the entire Universe is structured just like a gigantic spiraling galaxy, composed of many smaller galaxies.
Wilcock‘s free online three-volume Convergence series discusses this, available at /. Here we can see Ra already mentioning it in 1981, well before these discoveries were made. Only in the year 2000 were discoveries published that verified that the visible universe is “flat. ”]
6. THE HIGHER SELF
I. IT KNOWS WHAT LESSONS HAVE NOT BEEN LEARNED PROPERLY
QUESTION: What is the Higher Self?
RA: The Higher Self, as you call it, is the self which exists with full understanding of the accumulation of experiences which have not yet been understood by the conscious self. It aids the entity in achieving healing, and assists in programming further life experiences. (B2, S36, 62)
RA: The Higher Self may communicate with the entity during the discarnate part of a cycle (in between lives) -- or during the [physical] incarnation [itself], if the proper pathways or channels through the roots of mind are opened. (B2, S36, 65)
II. THE MIND/BODY/SPIRIT TOTALITY = PARALLEL COMPONENTS OF AN ENTITY
RA: The mind/body/spirit totality is a nebulous or vague collection of all that may occur, all of which is held in the mind's understanding of itself;
it is as the shifting sands, and is in some part a collection of parallel developments of the same entity. This information is made available to the Higher Self aspect. The Higher Self may then use these projected probability/possibility vortices in order to better aid in what you would call future life programming. (B2, S36, 62/65) [Note: Seth speaks a lot about these parallel developments of your self in various parallel universes.]
III. THE HIGHER SELF: YOUR SELF FROM YOUR FUTURE
RA: The Higher Self seems to exist simultaneously with the mind/body/spirit complex which it aids. This is not actually simultaneous, for the Higher Self is moving to the mind/body/spirit complex as needed from a position in development of the entity which would be considered in the future of the entity. (B2, S36, 63-64)
QUESTION: Then the Higher Self operates from the future, as we understand things, and it would know, as far as I am concerned, what was going to happen. Is this correct? (B2, S36, 64)
RA: This is incorrect, as it would he a violation of free will. The Higher Self is aware of the lessons learned through 6th density. The choices which must be made to achieve the Higher Self, as it is now, must be made by the mind/spirit/body complex itself. Thus the Higher Self is like a map on which the destination is known and the roads are shown, and the traveler has already reached the destination in some universe ... maybe this one. The Higher Self, at the destination, looks back on the way that has been traveled ... and assists the traveler in arriving at the goal in an easier way. So the Higher Self can program the entity for certain lessons and predisposing limitations, but the rest is up to the free choice of the entity. (B2, S36, 64)
IV. THE HIGHER SELF IS A GIFT FROM THE MID 7TH DENSITY SELF
QUESTION: Is the Higher Self of every entity of a 6th density nature?
RA: Yes. It is an honor/duty of self to self as one approaches 7th density. (B2, S36, 64-65)
QUESTION: Does the Higher Self have some type of vehicle or body? (B2, S36, 64)
RA: This is correct.
RA: The Higher Self is a manifestation given to the late 6th density entity as a gift from its future selfness. The mid-7th density's last action before turning towards the allness of the Creator and gaining spiritual mass is to give the resource of the Higher Self to the 6th density self. This 6th density self offers its living bank of memory of experience to the Higher Self. Knowing this, you may see your self, your Higher Self, and your mind/body/spirit totality as one. They are the same being. (B2, S37, 69)
V. TRUE SIMULTANEITY REMOVES ALL SEEMING CONTRADICTIONS
RA: The Higher Self protects when possible and guides when asked, but the force of free will is paramount. The seeming contradictions of determinism and free will melt away when it is accepted that there is such a thing as true simultaneity. The Higher Self is the end result of all the development experienced by the mind/body/spirit complex up to that point (i.e., up to the end of 6th density.) (B3, S70, 150)
VI. THE HIGHER SELF IS ALSO CALLED THE MAGICAL PERSONALITY
RA: When the magical personality is properly invoked, the self has invoked its Higher Self. Thus a bridge between space/time and time/space is made, and the 6th density magical personality experiences directly the 3rd density catalyst for the duration of the working. It is most central to deliberately take off the magical personality after the working, in order that the Higher Self may resume its appropriate function as your Higher Self operating in many realms, not just in the 3rd density. (B3, S75, 192)
QUESTION: The 3 aspects of the magical personality are stated to be power, love and wisdom. Are these its only primary aspects? (B3, S75, 192)
RA: The magical personality is a being of unity, a being of 6th density, and the equivalent of what you call your Higher Self, and at the same time is a personality enormously rich in variety of experience and subtlety of emotion. (B3, S75, 192)
THE GRAND SCHEME OF THINGS: SETTING UP THE GAME
7. THE BEGINNING OF ALL THINGS
I. THE INFINITE ONE = THE SOURCE = INTELLIGENT INFINITY
A. THE INFINITE ONE IS UNFOCUSED AND UNDIFFERENTIATED
QUESTION: the first known thing in creation?
RA: The first known thing in creation is infinity. (B1, S13, 129)
B. AWARENESS DAWNS
QUESTION: What is the next step?
RA: Infinity became aware. (B1, S13, 129)
II. FROM THE INFINITE ONE DESIRING TO EXPERIENCE ITSELF ARISES THE CREATOR
A. THE CREATOR CREATES (OUTER) SPACE
RA: As the Creator decides to experience Itself It generates into that plenum (nothingness that has the potential for being) full of the glory and the power of the One Infinite Creator which is manifest to your perceptions as space or outer space. (B4, S82, 65)
B. THE CREATOR DIVIDES INTO (OR CREATES) INDIVIDUALIZED PORTIONS OF ITSELF
RA: Step by step, the Creator becomes that which may know (or experience) Itself, and the portions of the Creator partake less purely in the power of the original word or thought. The creation itself is a form of consciousness which is unified. THE CREATOR DOES NOT PROPERLY CREATE AS MUCH AS IT EXPERIENCES ITSELF. (B1, S1, 65)
III. THE CREATOR = THE FOCUSING OF INTELLIGENT INFINITY INTO INTELLIGENT ENERGY
RA: Awareness led to the focus of infinity into infinite energy. You have called this by various names, the most common being 'logos' or 'love'. [Note: Elsewhere, love is also defined as the "second distortion of the Law of One".]. (B1, S13, 129)
RA: The Creator is the focusing of infinity as an aware conscious principle called intelligent infinity. (B1, S13, 129) (Note: When infinity focuses itself, then creation occurs.)
RA: Love may be seen as the type of energy of an extremely high order which causes intelligent energy to be formed from the potential of intelligent infinity in a particular way. All love emanates from the Oneness. (B2, S27, 8)
IV. INTELLIGENT INFINITY AND INTELLIGENT ENERGY
RA: There is unity. This unity is all there is. This unity has a potential and a kinetic. The potential is intelligent infinity, Tapping this potential will yield work [or the kinetic part.] This work [or kinetic part] has been called by us, intelligent energy. [Yet] there is no difference, potential or kinetic, in unity. The basic rhythms of intelligent infinity are totally without distortion of any kind. The rhythms are clothed in mystery, for they are being itself. Its unity is undistorted. However, there is a vast potential to be tapped into by focuses of energy, which we call intelligent energy. [Dr. Childers' Note: So, in a certain sense It does have a potential -- as seen from that which taps into It, but not as seen from that which It is.] (B2, S27, 7) [Dr. Childers' Note: Also recall Tillich's ground of being.]
V. THE GREAT CENTRAL SUN AND THE RHYTHM OF INTELLIGENT INFINITY
RA: Intelligent infinity has a rhythm or flow as of a giant heart, beginning with the central sun as you would conceive of this ... the presence of the flow inevitable as a tide of beingness without polarity, without finiteness, the vast and silent all beating outward, outward and inward until all the focuses are complete. Then their spiritual nature or mass calls them inward, inward until all is coalesced. This is the rhythm of reality. (B2, S27, 6)
[Note: The "heartbeat" or "rhythm" occurs at the center of a given spherical energy system, and has been called a "central oscillator" in published scientific works. Again, Ra's material is remarkably well-correlated with the physics model that Wilcock brought into full completion in his third volume, Divine Cosmos. (To get right into the conceptual model, begin with Chapter Six: The Universal Heartbeat.) Especially relevant is Dr. Oliver Crane's groundbreaking source text, "Central Oscillator and the Space-Time Quanta Medium," June 2000, ISBN 3-9520261-0-7, which is simplified, summarized and enhanced in Divine Cosmos. To put it bluntly, Ra's words from February 21, 1981 predated Crane's breakthroughs by 11 years, as they were first published in German in 1992. A wealth of scientific evidence points towards Ra's 1981 assertions being correct in this and many other areas.]
8. THE TOOLS OF REASON = 3 BASIC DISTORTIONS OF THE ONE
I. THE 1ST DISTORTION = FREE WILL
QUESTION: The 1st distortion of intelligent infinity is free will. Can you give a definition of this distortion?
RA: In this distortion of the Law of One it is recognized that the Creator will know Itself (or experience Itself). (B2, S27, 7) The primal distortion is free will. (B2, S27, 8)
QUESTION: The Creator then grants total freedom of choice in the ways of knowing. Is this correct?
RA: This is quite correct. (B2, S27, 7)
QUESTION: Then all other distortions spring from this first distortion, is this correct?
RA: It is both correct and incorrect. In your illusion of physical existence all experience springs from the Law of Free will or the Way of Confusion. In another sense, which we are learning, the experiences are this distortion. (B2, S27, 7)
II. THE 2ND DISTORTION = LOVE
A. THE FOCUSING OF FREE WILL YIELDS LOVE
RA: The 1st distortion, free will, finds a focus which is known to you as logos, the Creative Principle or love. This focus may be called the 2nd distortion. (B1, S16, 148)
RA: The second distortion is the distortion of love. (B2, S27, 7-8)
B. LOVE SEEKS TO KNOW ITSELF
RA: The distortion love is the great activator and primal co-Creator of various creations using intelligent infinity. (B2, S27, 8)... Love uses Its intelligent energy to create a certain pattern of illusions or densities in order to satisfy Its own intelligent estimate of a method of knowing itself. (B2, S27, 9)
III. THE 3RD DISTORTION = LIGHT
(Dr. Childers' Note: Light, or light energy, is transformative: it may, or may not, be connected to love)
RA: This intelligent energy thus creates a distortion known as Light. From these 3 distortions come many, many hierarchies of distortions each having its own paradoxes to be synthesized, no one being any more important than another. (B1, S16, 148)
RA: The origin of all energy is the action of free will upon love. The nature of all energy is light, including the inner light which is the guiding star of the self. This is the true nature of all entities. (B3, S54, 30)
RA: THE INNER LIGHT IS YOUR HEART OF BEING. ITS STRENGTH EQUALS YOUR STRENGTH OF WILL TO SEEK THE LIGHT. (B3, S57, 46)
RA: A certain amount of awareness of the inner light is necessary to attract the in-streaming light upward spiraling from the south magnetic pole of being (the root chakra). (B3, S57, 46)
9. THE CREATION
A. THE CREATOR EXPLORES THE CONCEPT OF MANYNESS (INDIVIDUAL ENTITIES)
RA: That which is infinite cannot be many, far many-ness is a finite concept. In an infinite Creator there is only unity. (B1, S1, 66-67)
RA: Intelligent infinity discerned a concept; namely, freedom of will of awareness. This concept was finiteness. This is the first and primal paradox or distortion of the Law of One. Thus the one intelligent infinity invested itself in an exploration of many-ness. Due to the infinite possibilities of intelligent infinity (or the Oneness), there is no ending to many-ness. The exploration thus is free to continue infinitely into an eternal present. (B1, S13, 130-131)
RA: EACH ENTITY (MIND/BODY/SPIRIT COMPLEX) IS A UNIQUE PORTION OF THE ONE CREATOR. (B2, S29, 22)
II. THE CREATION HAS AN INFINITE NUMBER OF DIMENSIONS WITHIN THE OCTAVE FORMAT
RA: The next step is an infinite reaction to the creative principle (intelligent energy) following the Law of One in one of its basic distortions; namely, freedom of will. Thus many, many dimensions, infinite in number, are possible. The energy moves from the intelligent infinity due first to the outpouring of randomized creative force which then creates patterns. These patterns of energy begin to regularize their own rhythms and fields of energy, thus creating dimensions and universes. At this point the physical universes were not yet born.
The steps are simultaneous and infinite. (B1, S13, 129-130)
RA: The universe is infinite. This has yet to be proven or disproven, but we can assure you that there is no end to your selves, of your journey of seeking, or your perceptions of the creations. (B1, S1, 66)
III. AN INDIVIDUALIZED PORTION OF GOD CREATED OUR GALAXY (BILLIONS OF STARS)
QUESTION: Was our galaxy created by intelligent infinity or by a portion of it?
RA: The galaxy and all other material things are products of individualized portions of intelligent infinity. As each exploration began, an individualized portion of the One would, in its turn, find its focus and become co-creator. Using intelligent infinity each portion created a universe. Allowing the rhythm of free choice to flow and playing with the infinite spectrum of possibilities, each individualized portion channeled love/light into intelligent energy, thus creating the so-called Natural Laws of any particular universe. Each has its own local version of illusory Natural Laws. IT SHALL BE UNDERSTOOD THAT ANY PORTION, NO MATTER HOW SMALL, OF ANY DENSITY OR OF ANY ILLUSORY PATTERN CONTAINS, AS IN A HOLOGRAPHIC PICTURE, THE ONE CREATOR WHICH IS INFINITY. THUS ALL BEGINS AND ENDS IN MYSTERY. (B1, S13, 131)
RA: The white light which emanates and forms the articulated sub-logos has its beginning in what may be metaphysically seen as darkness. The light comes into that darkness and transfigures it, causing the chaos to organize and become reflective or radiant. Thus the dimensions come into being. (B2, S40, 78-79)
QUESTION: Considering only our Milky Way Galaxy at its beginnings, I will assume that the first occurrence that we could see with our telescopes was the appearance of a star of the nature of our sun. Is this correct? (B4, S82, 64)
RA: The first manifestation of the Creator or Logos in creating a galaxy is the appearance of a cluster of outward swirling energies that produce new energy centers for the Logos. These energy centers are called stars.
The closer to the, shall we say, beginning of the manifestation of the logos the star is, the more it partakes in the one original thought. (B4, S82, 64)
IV. THE LOGOS FOR OUR GALAXY CREATED THE SUN BEFORE THE PLANETS
RA: The co-creator, individualizing the galaxy, created energy patterns which focused in many centers of conscious awareness of intelligent infinity. The progression is from the galaxy spiraling energy to the solar spiraling energy to the planetary spiraling energy to the spiraling energy which started the 1st density of awareness in planetary entities. (B1, S13, 131-132)
[Note that all the hypothetical stable basic particles (electron, proton, and neutron -- and also quarks) cannot exist without spinning (spiraling). Furthermore, in Volume III, Divine Cosmos, we learn of "torsion fields," which travel in a spiraling motion. In the Convergence series, Wilcock discusses how this spiraling, expanding growth principle applies to all levels of order in the universe, from the micro to the macro, and how they are all perfectly harmonically partitioned from each other by a factor of 34560 (see the work of Ray Tomes.) Although Ra does not directly indicate that this partitioning is harmonic in the above quote, it can be inferred from context; so again, in 1981 Ra was well ahead of the times.]
V. THE CREATION OF BEINGS' AWARENESS IS FOCUSED INTO INDIVIDUAL CONSCIOUSNESS
A. 1ST DENSITY ENTITIES APPEAR ON EARTH
RA: EACH STEP PLAYS OUT AGAIN THE DISCOVERY OF AWARENESS BY INTELLIGENT INFINITY. IN A PLANETARY ENVIRONMENT ALL BEGINS IN WHAT YOU WOULD CALL CHAOS, ENERGY UNDIRECTED AND RANDOM. SLOWLY THERE FORMS A FOCUS OF SELF-AWARENESS. THUS THE LOGOS MOVES. LIGHT COMES TO FORM THE DARKNESS,
according to the creator's patterns and vibratory rhythms. This begins with the 1st density which is the density of consciousness, the mineral and water life upon the planet learning from fire and wind the awareness of being. This is the 1st density. (B1, S13, 132)
B. THE EVOLUTION OF CONSCIOUSNESS THROUGH THE DENSITIES
(1) 2ND DENSITY ENTITIES EVOLVE FROM 1ST DENSITY
RA: On the planet second density beings begin to move about within and upon its being. (B1, S13, 132)
(2) 3RD DENSITY ENTITIES EVOLVE FROM 2ND DENSITY
RA: The 2nd density strives towards the 3rd density which is the density of self-consciousness or self-awareness. (B1, S13, 133)
10. THE LAW OF ONE
RA: THE LAW OF ONE SIMPLY STATES THAT ALL THINGS ARE ONE, THAT ALL BEINGS ARE ONE. (B1, S6, 92)
I. THERE IS NO REAL (OR ETERNAL) POLARITY
RA: In truth there is no right or wrong. There is no polarity, for all will be reconciled at some point in your dance through the mind/body/spirit complex with which you amuse yourself. This belief in polarity is chosen, instead of understanding the complete unity of thought that binds all things together. You are every thing, every being, every emotion, every situation. You are unity. You are infinity. You are love/light, light/love. You are. This is the Law of One. (B1, S1, 67)
The Law of One, although beyond all words, may be approximated by saying that all things are one; there is no polarity, no right or wrong, no disharmony, but only one identity. All is one; and that one is love/light, light/love, the Infinite Creator. (B1, S4, 85)
THE LAW OF ONE SAYS THAT ALL THINGS ARE ONE CREATOR. THUS SEEKING THE CREATOR IS DONE NOT JUST IN MEDITATION AND IN THE WORK OF THE ADEPT, BUT IN THE EXPERIENCE OF EVERY MOMENT. (B3, S57, 49)
IN EACH INFINITESIMAL PART OF YOURSELF RESIDES THE ONE IN ALL OF ITS POWER. (B1, S15, 146)
RA: The unity of the Creator exists, not only in a self-aware being, but within the smallest portion of any material created by Love. (B2, S47, 111)
RA: Each mind/body/spirit complex is a unique portion of the One Creator. (B2, S29, 22)
JIM MCCARTY: “All events are illusions or mysteries because each represents the One Creator in one disguise or another, offering us a greater or lesser opportunity to find love, joy, balance and perfection in each moment.” (B5, 56)
II. THE PROGRESSION THROUGH DENSITIES OCCURS IN ALL GALAXIES
QUESTION: Is the progression of life in other galaxies similar to ours? (B1, S16, 156)
RA: The progression is close to being the same, with only minor variations. QUESTION: Then the Law of One is truly universal in creating a progression towards the 8th density in all galaxies. Is this correct? (B1, S16, 156)
RA: This is correct.
RA: This octave of Infinite knowledge of the One Infinite Creator is as it is throughout the One Infinite Creation, with variations programmed by sub-logoi of what you call major galaxies and minor galaxies. These variations are not significant, but may be compared to various regions in which different pronunciations of the same sound vibration are used. (B3, S71, 159)
11. AN EXTENSION OF THE 1ST DISTORTION:
THE VEIL OF FORGETFULNESS AND THE WAY OF CONFUSION
I. THE VEIL OF FORGETFULNESS
A. THE VEIL MAKES YOU FORGET YOUR TRUE IDENTITY AND PURPOSE
RA: This is the only place of forgetting. It is necessary for the 3rd density entity to forget what it really is, so that the mechanisms of confusion or free will may operate upon the newly individuated consciousness complex. (B1, S21, 193)
RA: The veiling process is a space/time phenomenon; it is not present in the metaphysical realm (time/space). (B4, S83, 73)
RA: Without the veil the mind was not caught in your illusory time. (B4, S85, 94)
QUESTION: Why must an entity come into an incarnation and lose conscious memory of what he wants to do? Why can't he accomplish the same thing in between incarnations when the entity is aware of what he wants to do? (B2, S50, 132)
RA: WERE THERE NO POTENTIALS FOR MISUNDERSTANDING ... THERE WOULD BE NO EXPERIENCE. (B3, S54, 24)
QUESTION: The first change made for the extension of free will was to make the communication between the conscious mind and unconscious mind relatively unavailable, one to the other, during the incarnation. Is this correct? (B4, S79, 40)
RA: We would perhaps rather term the condition as relatively more mystery-filled than relatively unavailable. (B4, S79, 41)
[Note: Dreams are obviously a very common means through which this "mystery-filled" communication occurs, as is the standard visionary experience.]
B. THE VEIL SPLITS THE MIND INTO CONSCIOUS AND UNCONSCIOUS PARTS
QUESTION: The idea was then to create some type of veil between the conscious mind and the unconscious mind. Is this correct?
RA: This is correct.
QUESTION: It was probably the design of the Logos to allow the conscious mind greater freedom under the first distortion by partitioning it from the unconscious mind, which had a greater communication with the total mind ... therefore allowing for the birth of "uneducated" portions of consciousness. Is this correct?
RA: This is roughly correct. (B4, S79, 41)
II. THE LAW OF CONFUSION
A. RA DOES NOT GIVE INFORMATION THAT WOULD VIOLATE THE LAW OF CONFUSION
RA: There is a limit beyond which information (if given by Ra) would be an intrusion upon the law of confusion. (B3, S58, 53)
RA: It is not our understanding that we have the right or duty to share our perceptions on any subject, except philosophy, without direct question. (B1, S2, 73)
RA: Unless the question contains the potential for answers which may infringe upon free will, we offer our answers -- even if the question is unimportant. (B1, S6, 95)
QUESTION: Would it be helpful if Ra were to describe the techniques that Ra used while Ra was in 3rd density to evolve spiritually? (B3, S64, 98)
RA: That question lies beyond the Law of Confusion. (B3, S64, 98)
B. DOES RA INCORPORATE INCORRECT DATA?
QUESTION: If I were in the place of Ra right now, the first distortion of the Law of One might cause me to mix some incorrect data with the true information I was transmitting to this group. Do you do this?
RA: We do not intentionally do this. However, there will be some confusion. It is not our intent to create incorrect information, but to express the feeling of the Infinite Mystery of the One Creation in its infinite and intelligent unity. (B1, S18, 170)
III. THE "EQUAL TIME” RULE:
OPPORTUNITY, FOR BOTH POLARIZATIONS, MUST BE BALANCED
(1) THE MALDEK EXAMPLE
QUESTION: How did the Confederation send this love and light to those of Maldek after they destroyed their planet?
RA: There dwell within the Confederation planetary entities who, from their planetary spheres, do nothing but send love and light -- as pure streamings -- to those who call. This is not in the form of conceptual thought, but of pure and undifferentiated love. (B1, S21, 195)
QUESTION: Did the 1st distortion of the Law Of One require that equal time be given to the self-service group?
RA: In this case it was not necessary for a certain time, because the orientation of these Maldek entities was such that the aid of the Confederation was not perceived. (B1, S21, 195)
QUESTION: Since it was not perceived, it was not necessary to balance this. Is that correct?
RA: That is correct. What is necessary to balance is opportunity. When there is ignorance, there is no opportunity. (B1, S21, 195)
(2) THE EXAMPLE OF THE CHILDREN WITH A DOUBLE BODY IN ACTIVATION
STATEMENT: There are many children now who have demonstrated the ability to bend metal mentally, which is a 4th density phenomenon. (B3, S63, 91)
RA: These entities are those incarnating with a double body in activation. This transitional body is one which will be able to appreciate 4th density vibratory complexes as the in-streamings increase without the accompanying disruption of the 3rd density body. If a 3rd density entity were electrically aware of 4th density in full, the third density electrical fields would fail, due to incompatibility. (B3, S63, 90)
QUESTION: Is the reason that they can bend metal with their minds and the 5th density Wanderers who are here cannot the fact that these children have the 4th density body in activation?
RA: This is correct. The mind/body/spirit of the Wanderers are activated only to the level of 3rd density and are subject to the forgetting which can only be penetrated with disciplined meditation and working. (B3, S63, 92)
QUESTION: These children are not infringing upon the 1st distortion because they are children now and they won't be old enough to really affect people's choice of polarization until the transition to the time of harvest is well advanced. However, the Wanderers who have come here are older and have a greater ability to affect people's polarization. They must do their affecting as a function of their ability to penetrate the forgetting process in order to be within the 1st distortion. Is this correct? (B3, S63, 92)
RA: That is quite correct.
RA: It would be an infringement of the 1st distortion (free will) if Wanderers penetrated the forgetting so far as to activate the more dense higher density bodies and thus be able to live in a god-like manner. (B3, S65, 111)
12. AN INFRINGEMENT ON FREE WILL
I. JESUS DID NOT INFRINGE ON FREE WILL
QUESTION: What was the orientation of Jesus with respect to this type of communication (the communication style used by evangelists)? (B3, S73, 173)
RA: Jesus offered himself as a teacher to those which gathered to hear, and even then he spoke as through a veil, so as to leave room for those not wishing to hear. (B3, S73, 173) [Note: This means that Jesus spoke in parables, i.e. the language of symbolism and metaphor, so as to preserve the Law of Free Will.]
II. WHY DIDN'T HIS MAGICAL WORKS INFRINGE UPON FREE WILL?
QUESTION: It would seem that seeing the miracles performed by Jesus would abridge free will to some extent in that a seemingly magical occurrence took place as a result of the working of an adept. Could you speak on this paradox that is immediately the problem of anyone doing healing. (B3, S73, 173)
RA: We are humble messengers of the law of One. To us there are no paradoxes. The workings which seem magical and therefore seem to interfere upon free will do not, in themselves, do so, for each witness sees what it desires to see. (B3, S73, 173)
III. INTERFERENCE WITH FREE WILL OCCURS IF YOU CLAIM THE HEALING IS FROM YOU
RA: Interference with free will occurs in magical healing only if the entity doing the working takes credit for the healing itself, and claims it is due to its own skills. He who states that no working comes from it, but only through it, is not interfering with free will. (B3, S73, 173)
13. THE MYSTERY OF INFINITY
I. GRASP INFINITY THROUGH MYSTERY
RA: The mystery and unknown quality of the occurrences we are allowed to offer have the hoped for intention of thinking your peoples grasp infinity, and then and only then, can the gateway be opened to the Law of One. (B1, S7, 99)
RA: The entity which reaches intelligent infinity most often will perceive this experience as one of unspeakable profundity. It is not unusual for the entity to immediately desire the cessation of the incarnation. However, the desire to communicate or use this experience to aid others is extremely strong. (B2, S34, 51)
II. CLOUDED IN MYSTERY
QUESTION: The concept of intelligent infinity is that it expands outward from all locations everywhere. It expands outward uniformly from every point everywhere at the velocity of light. Is this correct?
RA: This concept is incorrect as is any concept of intelligent infinity. Yet the concept is correct in the context of one particular Logos, or Love, or focus of this Creator. The one undifferentiated intelligent infinity, unpolarized, full and whole, is the macrocosm of the mystery-clad being. (B2, S28, 10-11)
[Note: Dr. Elkins’ question is building off of the physics concepts of Dewey Larson. Ra’s answer implies that the physics laws in this particular galaxy may not be the same as in other galaxies, since the galaxy/Logos itself creates the framework for the Octave of densities in its own unique way.]
DIFFERENT STRUCTURES
14. THE ARCHITECTURE AND NATURE OF THE DENSITIES
[NOTE: Some quotes will be repeated in this section for further clarity.]
I. HARMONIC STRUCTURE OF DIMENSIONS
RA: All the octave of your densities would be clearly visible were not the fourth through the seventh freely choosing not to be visible. (B1, S13, 133) [Note: The first two densities are of elemental/mineral life (1st) and plant/animal life (2nd.)]
A. ORIGIN OF ALL DENSITIES
RA: The first known thing in the creation is infinity. The infinity is creation… Infinity became aware. This was the next step... Then,)
awareness led to the focus of infinity into infinite energy.
You have called this by various vibrational sound complexes, the most common to your ears being “Logos” or “Love.” (B1, S13, 129)
[Note: We now can define this energy, which Ra later refers to as “intelligent infinity,” using scientific methods. Physicists have discovered a multi-dimensional “zero-point energy” that exists outside of the scope of physical matter as we now understand it. Ra explains to us that the density or vibrational level of the zero-point energy is the most important factor in understanding the structure of the dimensions.]
RA: The next step is still at this space/time nexus in your illusion achieving its progression as you may see it in your illusion… The energy moves from the intelligent infinity due first to the outpouring of randomized creative force,
this then creating patterns which in holographic style appear as the entire creation no matter which direction or energy is explored. (B1, S13, 129)
[Note: This is also a fundamental principle behind fractals; namely, self-similarity on all levels. See Convergence: The Science of Oneness for more details.]
RA: These patterns of energy begin then to regularize their own local, shall we say, rhythms and fields of energy, thus creating dimensions and universes. (B1, S13, 130)
B. DEFINITION OF “DENSITY:” SIMILAR TO SOUND AND LIGHT VIBRATION
RA: The term density is a, what you call, mathematical one. The closest analogy is that of music, whereby after seven notes on your western type of scale, if you will, the eighth note begins a new octave. Within your great octave of experience which we share with you, there are seven octaves or densities. Within each density there are seven sub-densities. Within each sub-density, there are seven sub-sub-densities. Within each sub-sub-density, seven sub-sub-sub-densities and so on infinitely. (B1, S16, 157-158)
[Note: Even though this material came several years before the widespread knowledge of chaos theory and fractals, what Ra is describing is precisely a fractal-based, harmonic universe.]
RA: The nature of vibration is such that it may be seen as having mathematically straight or narrow steps. These steps may be seen as having boundaries. Within each boundary there are infinite gradations of vibration or color. However, as one approaches a boundary, an effort must be made to cross that boundary. These colors are a simplistic way of expressing the boundary divisions of your density.
There is also the time/space analogy which may be seen as the color itself in a modified aspect. (B2, S32, 42)
[Note: In the Convergence series, Wilcock explains how geometry is the third major component of this Octave dimensional vibration of intelligent energy – and Ra discusses this as well.]
C. SPIRALING ENERGY (LIGHT) FORMS THE DENSITIES
RA: In a planetary environment all begins in what you would call chaos, energy undirected and random in its infinity. Slowly, in your terms of understanding, there forms a focus of self-awareness…
Light comes to form the darkness, according to the co-Creator’s patterns and vibratory rhythms, so constructing a certain type of experience.
This begins with first density which is the density of consciousness, the mineral and water life upon the planet learning from fire and wind the awareness of being. This is the first density.
QUESTIONER: How does this first density then progress to greater awareness?
RA: The spiraling energy, which is the characteristic of what you call “light,” moves in a straight-line spiral thus giving spirals an inevitable vector upwards to a more comprehensive beingness with regard to intelligent infinity. (B1, S13, 132)
QUESTIONER: When the Earth was second-density, how did the second-density beings on it become so invested (with third-density consciousness?)
RA: There was… the simple third-density investment (or increase of awareness) which is the line of spiraling light calling distortion upward from density to density. (B1, S14, 135)
RA: The energies moved in increasingly intelligent patterns until the individualization of various energies emanating from the creative principle of intelligent infinity became such as to be co-Creators. Thus the so-called physical matter began. The concept of light is instrumental in grasping this great leap of thought as this vibrational distortion of infinity is the building block of that which is known as matter, the light being intelligent and full of energy…
This light of love was made to have… certain characteristics, among them the infinite whole paradoxically described by the (spiraling) straight line, as you would call it. This paradox is responsible for the shape of the various physical illusion entities you call solar systems, galaxies, and planets of revolving and tending towards the lenticular (disk-shaped.) (B1, S13, 130)
[Note: What Ra is telling us here is that light forms all matter, and that once emitted, it moves in a straight-line spiral in all directions. This would naturally form a spherical field, as explained below. Although the discoveries had not yet come out at the time that this material was brought through, scientists now acknowledge that our Galaxy must be surrounded by a sphere of “dark matter.” See The Science of Oneness.]
D. THE SPIRALING ENERGY MOVES OUTWARD IN A SPHERE SHAPE
QUESTIONER: The concept that I have right now of the process, using both what you have told me and some of Dewey Larson’s material having to do with the physics of the process, is that
intelligent infinity expands outwards from all locations everywhere. It expands outward uniformly like the surface of a bubble or a balloon… It expands outward at what is called unit velocity or the velocity of light…
RA: This concept is incorrect as is any concept of the one intelligent infinity. This concept is correct in the context of one particular Logos, or Love, or focus of this Creator which has chosen Its, shall we say, natural laws and ways of expressing them mathematically and otherwise. (B2, S28, 10-11)
[Note: It appears now that Ra’s reticence to answer this question fully in the positive is at least partially due to the fact that the speed of light is different for each density, being another representation of frequency.]
E. SPIRALING LIGHT ENERGIES IN AN EXPANDING SPHERE FORM SPECIFIC GEOMETRIES FOR EACH DIMENSION
[Note: Again, this is an area where further research was needed to flesh out the cosmological design that Ra was setting forth. As explained in Convergence, researchers such as Dr. Hans Jenny have proven that sphere-based Platonic Solid geometries emerge within a vibrating fluid, their edges or nodes formed by visible spiraling lines. One example of this is as follows:
What we see in fluid vibrations holds true for density vibrations as well. Thus, each density has a specific geometry. The ancient Vedic Hindu cosmology clearly defined these geometries for each density, most likely from an Atlantean inheritance of Ra’s teachings.]
[Note: What we do have from Ra is a clear description of these energy forms, representing the dimensions, emerging on the Earth as well as within the human energy field. Ra makes us see that the importance of these energy forms is in the fact that energy is continually streaming into and back out of them, especially at their corners or node points, which Ra often refers to as “nexi.”]
RA: Imagine, if you will, the many force fields of the Earth in their geometrically precise web. Energies stream into the Earth planes, as you would call them, from magnetically determined points. Due to growing thought-form distortions in understanding of the Law of One, the planet itself was seen to have the potential for imbalance. The balancing pyramidal structures (built by the Confederation) were charged with crystals which drew the appropriate balance from the
ENERGY FORCES STREAMING INTO THE VARIOUS GEOMETRICAL CENTERS OF ELECTROMAGNETIC ENERGY WHICH SURROUND AND SHAPE THE PLANETARY SPHERE.
[Note: When the Global Grid is properly mapped, as in the Becker-Hagens map featured in chapter 11 of The Science of Oneness, it is indeed easy to see how the Grid shapes our planetary landmasses. And of course, the sites of ancient pyramids fit perfectly over these grid nodes and lines.]
RA: Only the ghost of the streaming (energy into the Great Pyramid) still remains due to the shifting of the streaming points which is in turn due to the shifting electromagnetic field of your planet... (B1, S4, 81-82)
RA: Love creating light, becoming love/light, streams into the planetary sphere according to the electromagnetic web of points or nexi of entrance. These streamings are then available to the individual who, like the planet, is a web of electromagnetic energy fields with points or nexi of entrance. (B1, S15, 144)
RA: The gate to intelligent infinity can only be opened when an understanding of the in-streamings of intelligent energy are opened unto the healer. These are the so-called Natural Laws of your local space/time continuum and its web of electromagnetic sources or nexi of in-streaming energy. (B1, S17, 164)
RA: The fourth density is a vibrational spectrum. Your time/space continuum has spiraled your planetary sphere and your, what we would call galaxy, what you call star, into this vibration. This will cause the planetary sphere itself to electromagnetically realign its vortices of reception of the in-streaming of cosmic forces (intelligent energy) expressing themselves as vibrational webs so that the Earth thus be fourth-density magnetized, as you may call it. (B1, S17, 160)
RA: IT IS CORRECT THAT THERE IS A CORRELATION BETWEEN THE ENERGY FIELD OF AN ENTITY OF YOUR NATURE AND PLANETARY BODIES, FOR ALL MATERIAL IS CONSTRUCTED BY MEANS OF THE DYNAMIC TENSION OF THE MAGNETIC FIELD.
THE LINES OF FORCE IN BOTH CASES MAY BE SEEN TO BE MUCH LIKE THE INTERWEAVING SPIRALS OF THE BRAIDED HAIR.
THUS POSITIVE AND NEGATIVE WIND AND INTERWEAVE FORMING GEOMETRIC RELATIONSHIPS IN THE ENERGY FIELDS OF BOTH PERSONS, AS YOU WOULD CALL A MIND/BODY/SPIRIT COMPLEX, AND PLANETS. (B2, S49, 124)
RA: The (positive) adepts then become living channels for love and light and are able to channel this radiance directly into the planetary web of energy nexi. (B2, S50, 131)
F. VIBRATIONAL / DENSITY CHANGE
QUESTIONER: Speaking of the rapid change that occurred in the physical vehicle from second density (ape beings) to third density (humans:) this occurred, you said, in approximately a generation and a half. Body hair was lost and there were structural changes. I am aware of the physics of Dewey B. Larson, who states that all is motion or vibration. Am I correct in assuming that the basic vibration that makes up the physical world changes, thus creating a different set of parameters, shall I say, in this short period of time between density changes allowing for the new type of being? Am I correct?
RA: This is correct. (B1, S20, 184)
II. THE 1ST DENSITY = FIRE, AIR, EARTH AND WATER
A. THE 1ST DENSITY IS NOT AWARE AND, AT FIRST, IT IS FORMLESS
QUESTION: When 1st density is formed we have fire, air, earth and water. At some point there is the first movement of life towards consciousness. Could you describe this?
RA: The 1st or red ray density, though attracted towards growth, is not in the proper vibration for those conditions conducive to the spark of awareness. (B2, S41, 87)
B. WIND AND FIRE BRING FORM TO EARTH AND WATER
QUESTION: how, in the 1st density, wind and fire teach earth and water. (B4, S78, 32)
RA: The air and fire of that which is formless literally illuminates and forms the formless, for earth and water were, in the timeless state, unformed. As the active principles of fire and air blow and burn incandescently about that which nurtures that which is to come, the water learns to become sea, lake and river, and the earth learns to be shaped, both offering opportunity for viable life. (B4, S78, 32)
III. THE 2ND DENSITY = ANIMALS, PLANTS AND MINERALS
A. QUESTION: HOW LONG DID THE 2ND DENSITY LAST ON THIS PLANET?
RA: It is your longest density. It lasted approximately 4.6 billion years. (B4, S76, 13)
QUESTION: The end of Ra's 3rd density coincided with the beginning of this planet's 2nd density. Is that correct? (B4, S89, 124)
RA: This is roughly correct. QUESTION: Did Venus become a 4th density planet at that time? (B4, S89, 124)
RA: This is so.
B. WHAT TYPE OF 2ND DENSITY ENTITIES CAN CHANGE TO 3RD DENSITY?
QUESTION: Suppose an individual entity of 2nd density is ready for transition to 3rd density. Would this 2nd density entity be an animal?
RA: There are 3 types of 2nd density entities which become enspirited (i.e., 3rd density),
1. The most common are animals. 2. The second most common are trees,
3. The third is mineral. Occasionally a certain location becomes energized to individuality through the love it receives and gives in relationship to a 3rd density entity which is in relationship to it. This is the least common transition. (B4, S94, 177)
C. QUESTION: HOW DO 2ND DENSITY ENTITIES BECOME ENSPIRITED?
RA: Entities do not become enspirited. They become aware of the intelligent energy within each portion, cell, or atom of its beingness. The self-awareness comes from within even the catalyst of certain experiences. There is an inevitable pull toward eventual realization of self. (B1, S94, 177)
D. 3RD DENSITY BEINGS CAN BRING SELF-AWARENESS TO THEIR PETS
RA: Much as you would put on a vestment, so do your 3rd density beings invest or clothe some 2nd density beings with self-awareness. This often occurs when you have pets. It has also been done by various other means of investiture. These include many so-called religious practices which personify and send love to various natural 2nd density beings in their group form. (B1, S14, 134)
The development of self-awareness also occurs without such investiture because the upward line of spiraling light is always calling one to move upward from one density to another, higher density - but it takes longer when no investiture is made. (B1, S14, 135)
E. THOUGHT-FORMS
RA: Thought-form entities feed upon fear... Some exist in the astral plane. Others wait within the Earth's surface. It is our impression that this type of information is unimportant. (B2, S43, 101)
IV. OVERVIEW OF 3RD THROUGH 7TH DENSITIES
RA: The 3rd density being, having the potential for complete self-awareness, thus has the potential for minimum activation of all energy centers. The 4th, 5th, and 6th densities are those refining the higher energy centers. The 7th density is a density of completion and turning towards timelessness or foreverness. (B2, S41, 89)
RA: THE INTENSITY OF 4TH DENSITY IS THAT OF THE REFINING OF THE ROUGH-HEWN SCULPTURE. HOWEVER, IN THE 3RD DENSITY THE STATUE IS FORGED IN THE FIRE. This is a type of intensity which is not the property of 4th, 5th, 6th or 7th densities. (B4, S29, 20)
RA: In the 4th and 5th densities the positive polarity functions without any need of the negative polarity and vice versa. It is to be noted that in attempting to sway 3rd density entities in choosing polarity there evolves a good bit of interaction between the two polarities. In 6th density, the density of unity, the 2 paths must take in each other. This is not difficult for the positive polarity which sends light/love to all otherselves. For the service-to self polarized entities it is difficult enough that at some point the negative polarity must be abandoned. (B4, S31, 31)
V. THE 3RD DENSITY OUTER PLANET ENTITIES= HUMAN BEINGS
[Wilcock note: Here, Dr. Childers originally included whales and dolphins as being third-density beings but this idea is not supported by any quote from Ra. As we see in excerpts below, our entire galaxy chose the “erect bipedal form with opposable thumbs” as the vehicle for all 3rd-density consciousnesses to use.]
A. WHAT IS THE PURPOSE OF THE 3RD DENSITY?
RA: The purpose of incarnation in 3rd density is to learn the ways of love. (B4, S82, 67)
B. HOW LONG DOES 3RD DENSITY LAST?
QUESTION: The 3rd density is, comparatively speaking, the twinkling of an eye, the snap of a finger in time compared to the others. Why is it so short compared to 1st and 2nd density?
RA: The 3rd density is a choice. The prelude to choice must encompass the laying of the foundation, the establishment of the illusion and the viability of that which can be made spiritually viable.
The remainder of the densities is continuous refining of the choice. The choice is, as you put it, the work of a moment but is the axis upon which the creation turns. (B4, S76, 13-14)
RA: We are aware of creations in which 3rd density is lengthier to give a variant experience of the Creator. This creation is somewhat more condensed by its Logos than some other logoi have chosen. This creation is seen by us to be quite vivid. (B4, S76, 14)
C. WHAT IS THE REQUIREMENT FOR BEING IN 3RD DENSITY?
QUESTION: What is needed to be in 3rd density?
RA: There is one necessity for 3rd density, namely, self-awareness or self-consciousness. The body must be capable of abstract thought. The fundamental necessity is the combination of rational and intuitive thinking. (B1, S19, 179)
D. THE 3RD DENSITY HAS MORE CATALYSTS
RA: Consider a 2nd density entity, the tree for instance. It is self-sufficient. Consider a 3rd density entity. The weakening of its physical vehicle, or body, was designed to distort entities towards a predisposition to deal with each other. Thus, the lessons which approach a knowing of love can be begin. The quickest way to learn is to deal with other-selves. This is a much greater catalyst than dealing with the self. Dealing with the self without otherselves is akin to living without mirrors. Then the self cannot see the fruits of its beingness. (B1, S19, 180)
E. CHANGES IN CONSCIOUSNESS IN 3RD DENSITY ARE GREATER THAN IN 4TH OR 5TH
RA: There is very little work in consciousness in 4th and in 5th densities compared to the work done in 3rd density. (B2, S48, 119)
VI. 3RD DENSITY INNER PLANES = THE ASTRAL AND DEVACHANIC PLANES
A. THE ASTRAL AND DEVACHANIC PLANES
QUESTION: How many levels do we have then in the 3rd density at this time?
RA: The 3rd density has an infinite number of levels. [Note: Elsewhere Ra explains that there are infinite octaves within octaves for every level of density.]
QUESTION: I’ve read that there are 7 astral planes and 7 devachanic levels. Is this correct?
RA: You speak of some of the more large distinctions in levels in your inner planes. That is correct. (B1, S17, 168)
QUESTION: Who inhabits the astral and devachanic planes? (B1, S17, 168)
RA: The astral planes vary from thought-forms in the lower extremities to enlightened beings who become dedicated to teaching and learning in the higher astral planes. In the devachanic planes are those even more close to the primal distortions of love/light. Beyond these planes there are others. The invisible, or inner, 3rd density planes are inhabited by those who do not have body complexes such as yours; they do not collect about their spirit/mind complexes a chemical body. In the upper levels, desire to communicate knowledge back down to the outer planes of existence becomes less due to the intensive learn/teaching which occurs on these levels.
B. THE URANTIA BOOK
QUESTION: Who transmitted the Urantia Book?
RA: This was given by a series of discarnate entities of your own Earth planes, the so-called inner planes. This material is not passed by the Council. (B1, S14, 141)
C. HOW DOES REINCARNATION WORK?
RA: The illusion is created of light, or more properly but less understandably, light/love. This is in varying degrees of intensity. The spirit complex of an entity moves along the (spiraling) line of light until the light grows too glaring, at which time the entity stops. The entity may have barely reached 3rd density or may be very, very close to the ending of the 3rd density experience.
RA: Some incarnate automatically, that is without any conscious self-awareness of the process of spiritual evolution. They are under the Guardians, beings whom you may call angelic. (B2, S48, 121)
RA: When the entity becomes aware of the mechanism for spiritual evolution, it will arrange and place those entities and lessons necessary for maximum growth and expression of polarity in the incarnative experience before the forgetting occurs. The only disadvantage of this is that some entities will attempt to learn too much during one incarnative experience that the intensity of the catalyst disarranges the entity and is not maximally used as intended. (B2, S48, 122)
D. HOW ARE REINCARNATIONS INTO THE PHYSICAL ALLOCATED?
RA: Entities wishing to obtain critically needed experience in order to become harvestable are incarnated with priority over those who will, without too much probable/possible doubt, need to re-experience this density. (B1, S17, 169)
E. CAN WE CHOOSE OUR PARENTS?
QUESTION: When incarnation ceases to be automatic, can an entity decide when he needs to incarnate for the benefit of his own learning. Does he select his parents? (B1, S21, 194)
RA: This is correct.
QUESTION: At this time what percentage of the entities incarnating are making their own choices?
RA: About 54%. (B1, S21, 194)
F. WE CAN GROW MORE IN 3RD DENSITY THAN IN BETWEEN INCARNATIONS.
RA: This is correct. (B1, S10, 113)
G. MORE PERSONAL HELP IS AVAILABLE PROM THE INNER PLANES
Jim McCarty: “The personal guides and teachers of the inner planes of our planet have much more leeway in offering personal information. Go to them for readings on your health and other specific issues. Go to outer sources with questions that transcend space and time. If it will matter less in 10,000 years than it does now, it is probably not a universal question." (B5, 30)
VII. A PHYSICAL VEHICLE IS NECESSARY FOR GROWTH IN EACH DENSITY - EXCEPT THE 8TH
QUESTION: Was the physical body a device designed to accelerate the evolution of the mind?
RA: It is perhaps more accurate to note that the yellow-ray physical vehicle is a necessity without which the mind/body/spirit complex cannot pursue evolution at any pace. The mind/body/spirit complex has an existence independent of any physical vehicle. However, in order to evolve, change, learn and manifest the Creator, the physical vehicles appropriate to each density are necessary. Your question implied that physical vehicles accelerated growth. The more accurate description is that they permit growth. (B5, S105, 183)
VIII. THE 4TH DENSITY FOR THOSE OF POSITIVE ORIENTATION
A. WHAT DETERMINES WHETHER YOU GRADUATE INTO 4TH DENSITY?
RA: The necessity for graduation to 4th density is an ability to use, welcome and enjoy a certain intensity of the white light of the One Infinite Creator. (B4, S82, 71)
RA: It's a function of the intensity of the violet ray of the individual. (B2, S43, 103)
B. WHAT IS THE 4TH DENSITY LIKE?
RA: There are no appropriate words. We can only say what it is not and approximate what it is. Beyond 4th density our ability to describe the density grows more limited until we become without words. (B4, S82, 71)
1. It uses a type of bipedal body which is much denser in consciousness and more full of life. It does not use your heavy chemical vehicles or body. (B1, S16, 157)
2. 4th density is not of words, unless chosen. One is aware of the thoughts and vibrations of otherselves. 3. It is a plane of compassion and understanding of the sorrows of 3rd density. 4. It is a plane striving towards wisdom or light. 5. It is a plane wherein individual differences are pronounced although automatically harmonized by group consensus. (B1, S16, 157)
6. There is no disharmony within the self or within other peoples. It is not within the limits of possibility to cause disharmony in any way. (B1, S16, 157)
7. When sickness is present, it is easily healed. (B1, S16, 157)
RA: The 4th density is one of revealed information. Selves are not hidden to self or otherselves. The imbalances or distortions which are of a destructive nature show in most obvious ways, the body acting as a machine resource for self revelation [Recall that ACIM calls the body a learning device for the mind]. Illnesses such as cancer are very amenable to self-healing once the mechanism of the destructive influence has been grasped by the individual. (B2, S40, 82)
RA: The 4th density abounds in compassion. This compassion is folly when seen through the eyes of wisdom. It is the salvation of 3rd density but creates a mismatch in the ultimate balance of the entity. (B2, S42, 95)
C. THE NEED TO CONSUME FOOD TEACHES PATIENCE
QUESTION: Is the physical vehicle similar to the one in 3rd density? (B2, S43, 103)
RA: The chemical elements are not the same. However, the appearance is similar.
QUESTION: Is it necessary to eat food?
RA: This is correct. (B2, S43, 103)
QUESTION: This means that some kind of social catalyst, like having to work to get food, is active in 4th density. Is this correct?
RA: This is incorrect. The 4th density being desires to serve and the preparation of foodstuffs is extremely simple due to increased communication between entity and living foodstuff. Therefore, the work needed to acquire food is not a significant catalyst. But there is a catalyst involved. It is the necessity for eating the food. Eating food is not considered to be of importance to 4th density entities and therefore it aids in teaching patience. (B2, S43, 104)
QUESTION: How does it teach patience?
RA: To stop the functioning of service-to-others long enough to ingest food is to invoke patience. (B2, S43, 104)
D. THE SOCIAL MEMORY COMPLEX IS A 4TH DENSITY PHENOMENON. (B2, S38, 72)
RA: The work that is accomplished in positive 4th density is that work whereby the positive social memory complex, having through slow stages, harmoniously integrated itself, goes forth to aid those of less positive orientation which seek their aid. Greater and greater intensities of understanding or compassion are attained. This intensity continues until the appropriate intensity of the light may be welcomed. This is 4th density harvest. (B2, S48, 119)
QUESTION: At what stage does a planet achieve social memory?
RA: When its entire group of entities are of one orientation or seeking. Then the group memory lost to the individuals in the roots of the tree of mind becomes known to the social complex, thus creating a social memory complex. (B2, S48, 119)
RA: When a group of mind/body/spirits becomes able to form a social memory complex, all experiences of each entity is available to the whole of the complex. (B2, S47, 111)
E. IS AN ENTITY IN THE 4TH DENSITY NORMALLY INVISIBLE TO US?
RA: The 4th density is, by choice, not visible to third density. It is possible for 4th density to be visible. However, the 4th density entity must concentrate upon a rather difficult vibrational pattern or complex - which is the 3rd density you experience. (B1, S12, 126)
F. IT HAS THE CONCEPT OF PROTECTING LOVED OTHER-SELVES
RA: The impulse to protect the loved other-self is one which persists through the 4th density, a density abounding in compassion. (B2, S33, 48)
G. LIFESPAN AND LENGTH OF CYCLE
RA: The typical time for one incarnation or "lifetime" in the harmonious 4th density is approximately 90,000 of your years as you measure time. (B2, S43, 102)
QUESTION: How long is a cycle of experience in 4th density in our years?
RA: The cycle lasts approximately 30 million of your years if the entities are not capable of being harvested sooner. (B2, S43, 103) [NOTE: Recall that the cycle for 3rd density is 75 thousand years.]
IX. THE 4TH DENSITY FOR THOSE OF NEGATIVE ORIENTATION
QUESTION: Could you give me some idea of what conditions are like on a 4th density negative or service-to-self planet?
RA: The planetary conditions of 4th density negative include the constant alignment and realignment of entities in efforts to form dominant patterns of combined energy. The early 4th density is ore of most intensive struggle. When the order of authority has been established and all have fought until convinced that each is in the proper placement for power structure, the social memory complex begins. The 4th density effect of telepathy and the transparency of thought are always used for the sake of those at the top of the power structure. (B2, S38, 73-74)
RA: In the 4th density the methods used in battle are mental rather than manifested weapons. (B3, S63, 123)
X. THE 5TH DENSITY
A. 5TH DENSITY IS THE WISDOM DENSITY
QUESTION: Graduation into 5th density is a function of the violet ray for the entire memory complex. Is this correct?
RA: This is correct although in 5th density entities may choose to learn as a social memory complex or as mind/body/spirit complex. The wisdom density is an extremely free density whereas the lessons of compassion leading to wisdom necessarily have to do with other-selves. (B2, S43, 103)
B. THE LAW OF ONE IS CONSCIOUSLY ACCEPTED
RA: 5th density is extremely white in vibration. (B2, S57, 50)
QUESTION: At what point in the densities is it necessary for an entity to be consciously aware of the Law of One in order to progress?
RA: The 5th density harvest is of those who accept the honor and duty of the Law of One. (B1, S16, 157)
C. AMBROSIA IS CONSUMED, BUT IT IS NOT A CATALYST
QUESTION: I am guessing that it is not necessary to ingest foodstuffs in 5th density. Is this correct?
RA: This is incorrect. However, the vehicle needs food which may be prepared by thought - a nectar or ambrosia or light broth of golden white hue. (B2, S43, 104)
QUESTION: Does the fueling of the body teach, i.e., is it a catalyst for learning?
RA: In 5th density it is a comfort for those of like mind gathered together to share in this broth, thus becoming one in light and wisdom while joining hearts and hands in physical activity. It becomes a solace rather than a catalyst for learning. (B2, S43, 105)
D. PHYSICAL APPEARANCE
QUESTION: Do some of them look just like us? Could they pass for Earth people?
RA: That is correct. Those of this nature are most often 5th density. (B3, S53, 22)
QUESTION: I assume the same answer would apply to the Orion group. Is this correct?
RA: This is correct. (B3, S53, 22)
RA: In 5th density the manifestation of the physical complex is more and more under the control of the conscious mind complex. Therefore the 5th density entity may dissolve one manifestation and create another. (B4, S90, 136)
F. LIGHT IS A TOOL
RA: In 5th density light is as visible a tool as your pencil's writing. (B3, S67, 131) (NOTE: See Topic
#55: Working with Light.)
XI. RA IS 6TH DENSITY
RA: 6th density is white with a golden quality. This quality relates to the blending into wisdom of the compassion learned in 4th density. (B2, S33, 50)
RA: I am 6th density with a strong seeking towards 7th density. The harvest for us will be in only (approximately) 2.5 million of your years and it is our desire to be ready for harvest as it approaches our space/time continuum. (B1, S14, 138)
QUESTION: And you ready yourselves for this harvest through service?
RA: This is correct. (B1, S14, 139)
QUESTION: Can you describe the techniques used by Ra in seeking in the direction of service?
RA: Much is lost in transmission of concept from density to density, and the discussion of 6th density is inevitably distorted greatly. However, we shall attempt to answer. We seek the Creator upon a level of shared experience to which you are capable of knowing about. Rather than surrounding ourselves in light we have become light. Our understanding is that there is no other material except light. Our techniques are an infinitely subtle continuation of the balancing processes which you are now beginning to experience. We seek without polarity. Thus we do not invoke any power from without, but our search has become internalized as we become light/love and love/light.
We seek balances between love and wisdom which more and more allow our understanding of experience to be informed that we may come closer and closer to the unity with the One Creator which we so joyfully seek. (B3, S64, 98)
XII. THE 7TH DENSITY
RA: The 7th density being, the completed being, the Creator who knows Itself, accumulates mass (i.e. spiritual mass) and compacts into the One Creator once again (presumably as it enters 8th density). (B2, S39, 75)
RA: There are portions of the 7th density which, although described to us by our teachers, remain mysterious. We have experienced a great deal of the available refining catalyst of this octave, and our teachers have worked with us most carefully that we may be one with all, that in turn our eventual returning to the great all-ness of creation shall be complete. (B4, S81, 58)
XIII. THE HIGHEST DENSITY IS THE 8TH DENSITY
QUESTION: The Law of One is truly universal in creating a progression towards the 8th density in all galaxies. Correct?
RA: That is correct. There are infinite forms, infinite understandings, but the progression is one. (B1, S16, 156)
RA: Intelligent infinity is brought into intelligent energy from the 8th density. (B1, S14, 141)
XIV. THE NEXT OCTAVE BEGINS AT THE COMPLETION OF THE 8TH DENSITY
RA: The 8th density functions also as the beginning density or 1st density of the next octave of densities. QUESTION: Are you saying that there are an infinite number of octaves of densities?
RA: We can not speak in firm knowledge of all the creations. We only know that they are infinite. We assume an infinite number of octaves.
However it has been impressed upon us by our own teachers that there is a mystery-clad unity of creation in which all consciousness periodically coalesces and again begins. We understand it is cyclical in nature. (B2, S28, 15)
[Note: It is possible that this could relate to the macro-galaxy formed by all galaxies in the Universe as a whole, and its behavior in terms of expansion and eventual re-contraction.]
XV. THE AKASHIC RECORDS
RA: Intelligent infinity is brought into intelligent energy from 8th density. Edgar Cayce used this gateway to view the present, which is not the continuum you experience but your planet’s potential social memory complex - which you call the “Akashic Records” or the "Hall of Records”. (B1, S14, 141)
XVI. TIME/SPACE OPERATES IN THE 3RD DENSITY INNER PLANE
(NOTE: Presumably this is what is also called the astral plane)
A. INCARNATION TAKES YOU FROM TIME/SPACE TO SPACE/TIME
RA: The incarnative process involves being incarnated from time/space to Space/time. (B3, S69, 145)
B. IN TIME/SPACE, AN “IMAGE” IS MADE OF OCCURRENCES AT DIFFERENT TIMES
QUESTION: As an entity goes through the death process in 3rd density it finds itself in time/space. Would you describe that? (B3, S71, 158)
RA: In space/time the spatial locations of different material objects, all of which appear in the visual field at the same instant of time, produces a tangible framework for the illusion of space. In time/space the inequity (i.e., the differences perceived?) is upon the shoulders of what you call time. This property renders entities and experiences intangible in a relative sense.
C. PARTICLES MOVE FASTER THAN LIGHT IN TIME/SPACE
In your framework each particle, or core vibration, moves at a velocity which approaches what you call the speed of light from the direction of superlumimal (greater-than-light-speed) velocities.
D. EVERYTHING CAN BE REVIEWED AND FORGIVEN IN TIME/SPACE
In these metaphysical planes there is a great deal of what you call time which is used to review and re-review the learning and teachings of a previous space/time incarnation. The extreme fluidity of these regions makes it possible to penetrate many things which need to be absorbed before healing of an entity may be accomplished. Each entity is located in a somewhat immobile state in space -- much as you are located in space/time in a somewhat immobile state in time (i.e., it’s not that time is unchanging in space/time but rather that we do not have any control over the flow of time by making it stop or go slower or go faster). There will be certain helpers which assist in this healing process. The process involves seeing the experience in fill against the backdrop of the entity's total experience, forgiving the self of all mis-steps as regards the missed guideposts during the incarnation and, finally, the careful assessment of the next necessities for learning. This is done entirely by the Higher Self until an entity has become conscious in space/time of the process and means of spiritual evolution at which time the entity will consciously take part in all decisions. (B3, S71, 157)
RA: In space/time it is not possible to determine the course of events beyond the incarnation but only to correct present imbalances. In time/space, on the other hand, it is not possible to correct any imbalanced actions but rather to perceive the imbalances and thusly forgive the self for that which is. THE ADVANTAGE OF TIME/SPACE IS THAT OF THE FLUIDITY OF THE OVERVIEW. THE ADVANTAGE OF SPACE/TIME IS THAT, WORKING IN DARKNESS WITH A TINY CANDLE, ONE MAY CORRECT THE IMBALANCES. (B3, S71, 158)
E. TIME/SPACE HAS ITS OWN STRUCTURE AND LAWS
RA: Time/space is no more homogeneous than space/time. It is as complex and complete a system of illusions, dances and patterns as is space/time and has as structured a system of what you may call natural laws. (B3, S70, 152)
F. EACH PLANET WITH 3RD DENSITY ENTITIES HAS A CORRESPONDING TIME/SPACE
QUESTION: Are the processes that we are talking about processes that occur on many planets in our Milky Way Galaxy, or do they occur on all planets, or what percentage?
RA: These processes occur upon all planets which have given birth to sub-logoi such as yourselves. (B3, S71, 158)
G. ALL TIMES ARE SIMULTANEOUS IN TIME/SPACE
RA: In time/space, which is precisely as much of your self as is space/time, all times are simultaneous, just as, in your geography, your cities and villages are all functioning, bustling and alive with entities going about their business all at once. So it is in time/space with the self. (B3, S70, 151)
[Note: It is important to remember that Ra indicates each dimension as having a space/time and time/space component.]
15. THE GALAXIES
DEFINITIONS:
1. Logos = a galactic level creator; the creator of all the stars in a particular galaxy. Defines the natural laws of physics for that galaxy, establishes its own “personality” of deep-mind archetypes and a form for consciousness to express itself, such as the human bodily form: the template for all evolution in this and neighboring galaxies. 2. Sub-Logos = An entity whose physical body is a star = a planetary level creator; the creator of all the planets in a particular solar system.
I. EACH GALAXY IS CREATED BY A DIFFERENT LOGOS
RA: A Logos may create what you call a star system or a logos may create billions of star Systems (i.e., a galaxy), Them are many different logos entities or creations. (B2, S28, 13)
QUESTION: How much of the creation was crated by the same logos that created this planet?
>RA This planetary Logos is a strong Logos, creating approximately 250 billion of your star systems for Its creation. (B2, S28, 13)
QUESTION: I believe that some planets develop quite rapidly into higher density planets and some take longer times. Can you give some idea of that development?
RA: The particular Logos of your major galaxy has used a large portion of Its coalesced material to reflect the being-ness of the Creator. In this way there is much of your galactic system which does not have the progression you speak of but dwells spiritually as a portion of the Logos. Of those entities (i.e., planets) on which consciousness dwells there is a variety of time periods needed to attain higher densities of consciousness. (B2, S29, 24)
II. THE SPACE NEAR THE CENTER OF THE GALAXY IS AT A MORE ADVANCED PHASE
QUESTION: Does that mean that the stars near the center of the galaxy do not have planets?
RA: That is incorrect. The Logos has distributed Itself throughout your galactic system. However,
the time/space continua of some of your more central sun Systems are much further advanced. (B2, S30, 29)
QUESTION: Could you say that there is a greater spiritual density or quality in the center of this galaxy?
RA: The spiritual density or mass of those towards the center of the galactic spiral is due to the varying timelessness states during which the planetary spheres may coalesce. (B2, S30, 29)
III. SOME GALAXIES HAVE A GREATER PERCENTAGES OF NEGATIVE HARVESTS
RA: There have been Logoi with greater percentages of negative harvests. There are Logoi which have offered a neutral background against which to polarize. This Logos chose not to do so but instead to allow more of the love and light of the Infinite Creator to be both inwardly and outwardly visible and available to those undergoing Its care in experimenting. (B4, S90, 141)
IV. IN OUR GALAXY COMMUNICATION FROM HIGHER REALMS (SUCH AS FROM RA) IS ALLOWED
QUESTION: Were there any other plans set up by the Logos for the evolution of Its path through the densities.
RA: One more; that is, the permeability of the densities so that there may be communication from density to density. (B4, S90, 141)
V. THE LOGOS (GALACTIC CREATOR) DIVIDES ITSELF INTO OTHER INDIVIDUALIZED CREATORS
QUESTION: Since there are many individualized portions of consciousness in our galaxy, did the Logos then subdivide into more individualization of consciousness to create these consciousnesses? (B2, S28, 14)
RA: This is correct. It would seem that if one Logos creates the intelligent energy ways for a large system there would not be the necessity of the further sub-Logos differentiation. However, within limits, this is precisely the case. (B2, S28, 14)
VI. RA'S INTERACTION WITH OTHER GALAXIES
QUESTION: We presently find ourselves in the Milky Way Galaxy of some 200 or so billion stars, and we know or millions and millions of these large galaxies spread out through what we call space. To Ra's knowledge, can I assume that the number of these galaxies is infinite? (B4, S81, 59)
RA: This is precisely correct and is a significant point.
QUESTION: The point being that we have unity. Is that correct?
RA: You are perceptive.
QUESTION: Then what portion of these galaxies is Ra aware of? Has Ra experienced consciousness in many other of these galaxies? (B4, S81, 59)
RA: No.
QUESTION: Has Ra experienced or does Ra have knowledge of any of these other galaxies? Has Ra traveled to, in one form or another, any of these galaxies? (B4, S81, 59)
RA: WE HAVE OPENED OUR HEARTS IN RADIATION OF LOVE TO THE ENTIRE CREATION. APPROXIMATELY 90% OF THE CREATION IS AT SOME LEVEL AWARE OF THE SENDING AND ABLE TO REPLY. ALL OF THE INFINITE LOGOI ARE ONE
IN THE CONSCIOUSNESS OF LOVE. This is the type of contact which we enjoy rather than travel. (B4, S81, 59)
VII. RA HAS AIDED VARIOUS SUB-LOGOI (STARS SYSTEMS) IN THE GALAXY
QUESTION: What are the limits of Ra's travel in the sense of directly experiencing or seeing the activities of various places? Is it solely in this galaxy, and if so, how much of this galaxy?
RA: Although it would be possible for us to move at will throughout the creation within this logos, that is to say, the Milky Way Galaxy, so called, we have moved where we were called to service; these locations being local and including Alpha Centauri, the planets of your solar system. Cephus and Zeta Reticuli. To these sub-logoi we have come, having been called. (B4, S81, 59-60)
QUESTION: Were the calls from 3rd density or some other density? (B4, S82, 63)
RA: In general, from other densities. In the case of your Sun 3rd density is the density of calling. QUESTION: Ra then has not moved at any time into one of the other major galaxies. Is this correct?
RA: That is correct. (B4, S81, 60)
VIII. RA'S KNOWLEDGE OF OTHER GALAXIES
QUESTION: Does Ra have knowledge of any other major galaxy or the consciousness of anything in that galaxy?
RA: There are those among our social memory complex which have become Wanderers in other major galaxies. Thus there has been knowledge of other major galaxies, for to one whose mind/body/spirit complex has been crystallized the universe is one place and there is no bar upon travel. (B4, S81, 60)
QUESTION: Is Ra familiar with the archetypical mind, i.e. the basic structure of the mind, of some other logos that is not the same as the one we experience? (B4, S90, 139)
RA: THERE ARE SOME OF RA WHICH HAVE SERVED AS FAR WANDERERS TO THOSE OF ANOTHER LOGOS. THE EXPERIENCE HAS BEEN ONE WHICH STAGGERS THE INTELLECTUAL AND INTUITIVE CAPACITIES. (B4, S90, 139)
IX. ALL THE INFINITE NUMBER OF GALAXIES ARE OF THIS OCTAVE
QUESTION: All of these galaxies, this infinite number of galaxies that we can just begin to become aware of with our telescopes, are all of the same Octave. Is this correct? (B4, S81, 60)
RA: That is correct.
16. THE PLANETS IN OUR GALAXY
I. HOW MANY ARE INHABITED?
QUESTION: How many planets in our galaxy are inhabited? (B1, S16, 154)
RA: Approximately 1/5 of all planetary entities contain awareness of one or more densities. (NOTE: RA is saying that 1/5 of the planets have beings of some density or other on them.)
QUESTION: Are the processes that we are talking about processes that occur on many planets in our Milky Way Galaxy, or do they occur on all planets, or what percentage? (B3, S71, 158)
RA. These processes occur upon all planets which have given birth to sub-logoi (more accurately, sub-sub-logoi) such as yourselves. The percentage of inhabited planets is approximately 10%. (B3, S71, 158)
QUESTION: What percentage of stars have planetary systems?
RA: Approximately 32% of stars have planets as you know them while another 6% have some sort of clustering material which can be inhabited in some densities. (B3, S71, 158)
II. HOW MANY PLANETS' POPULATIONS LOOK HUMAN THROUGHOUT THE WHOLE UNIVERSE?
QUESTION: If you were to move a 3rd density entity from some other planet to this planet, what percentage of all those within the knowledge of Ra would look enough like entities of Earth that they would go unnoticed in a crowd? (B4, S90, 136)
RA: Perhaps 5 percent. QUESTION: What percentage would be similar enough to us that we would assume they were human even though they were a bit different? (B4, S90, 137)
RA: Perhaps 13 to 15 percent. [Note: It is important to remember that Ra is discussing all of the Creation, not just the Milky Way and neighboring galaxies, which Ra tells us decided upon the humanoid form... see next section.]
III. IS EVERYONE HUMAN-LOOKING IN THIS GALAXY?
QUESTION: Did this particular Logos [galaxy] choose the forms that would evolve into third density in the beginning, prior to its creation of the first density?
RA: The choice of form is prior to the formation of the archetypical mind. As the Logos creates Its plan for evolution, (i.e. the archetypical mind,) then the chosen form is invested. Our Logos and several neighboring Logoi of approximately the same space/time of flowering chose the bipedal, erect form of the second-density apes to invest. (B4, S90, 137)
[Note: To 'invest' is to imbue with third-density qualities of self-awareness, thus creating a mind/body/spirit complex. This includes programming each third-density entity with the lessons and challenges of the archetypical mind.]
A. WHY PICK THE HUMAN BODY AS A DESIGN TO PROMOTE SPIRITUAL EVOLUTION?
RA: It has been our supposition, which we share with you as long as you are aware that this is mere opinion, that our Logos wanted to further intensify the veiling process by offering to the third-density form the near-complete probability for the development of speech taking complete precedence over concept communication or telepathy.
We also suppose that the so-called opposable thumb was looked upon as an excellent means of intensifying the veiling process. Rather than rediscovering the powers of the mind, the third-density entity would be drawn to the making, holding and using of physical tools due to the form of its physical manifestation. (B4, S90, 137-138)
IV. HOW MANY ARE AWARE?
QUESTION: How many planets, in total, in this galaxy of stars are aware, regardless of density?
RA: Approximately 67 million. (B1, S16, 154)
V. WHAT DENSITY ARE THEY IN?
QUESTION: What percentage are of the different densities?
RA: 1st density = 17%; 2nd density = 20%; 3rd density = 27%; 4th density = 16%; 5th density = 6%; (That only adds up to 86%.) The other information must be withheld. (B1, S16, 154)
VI. DO THEY ALL MOVE FORWARD BY USING THE LAW OF ONE?
QUESTION: Of the planets with these first densities, have all of them progressed from the 3rd density by knowledge and application of the Law of One?
RA: This is correct. (B1, S16, 154)
VII. HOW MANY ARE NEGATIVE?
QUESTION: What percentage are polarized negatively towards service to self?
RA: Given the Law of Confusion we cannot answer this. We may say that the negatively oriented spheres are much fewer. (B1, S16, 154)
VIII. HOW MANY HARVESTS ARE NEGATIVE?
RA: Among planetary harvests approximately 10% are negative, approximately 60% are positive and the remaining 30% are mixed -- with nearly all those harvested in the mixed harvest being positive. It is almost unknown for the majority of a mired harvest to be negative. When a planet moves strongly towards the negative there is almost no opportunity for harvestable positive polarization. (B3, S65, 109)
QUESTION: Why is there almost no opportunity in that case?
RA: The ability to polarize positively requires a certain degree of self determination. (B3, S65, 109)
IX. IS OUR PLANET HOLLOW?
RA: You may say that your sphere is of a honeycomb nature. The center is, however, solid if you would so call that which is molten. (B3, S60, 69)
QUESTION: Are there 3rd density entities living in the honeycomb areas?
RA: This was at one time correct. This is not correct at the present time. (B3, S60, 69)
17. SOME PLANETS IN OUR GALAXY WERE CREATED WITHOUT POLARITY
I. PLANETS WITH A GARDEN OF EDEN-LIKE EXISTENCE -- WITHOUT ANY NEGATIVE POLARITY
A. FREE WILL IS NOT REALLY PRESENT ON EDEN-LIKE PLANETS -- BECAUSE CERTAIN CHOICES ARE NOT POSSIBLE
QUESTION: Would it be possible for this work of our density to be performed if all of the sub-logoi (planetary creators) chose the same polarity for a particular expression of a logos (galactic creator)?
Suppose our sun created nothing but positive polarity. Would work then be done in 4th density and higher on that basis? (B4, S77, 20-21)
RA: Those Logoi whose creations have been set up without free will have not, in the feeling of those Logoi, given the creator the quality and variety of experience of Itself as have those Logoi which have incorporated free will as paramount. (B4, S77, 21)
B. THERE WAS NO VEIL OF FORGETFULNESS
RA: There were logoi which chose to set the plan for the spiritual evolution through the densities without the prior application of free will. (B4, S77, 21)
QUESTION: Was the veil that blocked out knowledge of previous incarnations, etc, in effect for these entities which know only the service-to-others orientation. (B4, S79, 37)
RA: No.
C. PROGRESS THROUGH THE 3RD AND 4TH DENSITIES WAS EXTREMELY SLOW
RA: In such a procession of densities you find an extraordinarily long 3rd density, as you measure time; and likewise, for 4th density. Then as the entities begin to see the Creator, there is a very rapid procession towards the 8th density. This is due to the fact that one who knows not, cares not. (B4, S77, 21)
[Note: This last sentence means that if you do not know separation -- in this case because it was never a part of the design of your Logos -- then you do not care about returning to it, and thus will not be drawn back to it as you progress.]
D. WHAT WERE THESE SOCIETIES LIKE?
QUESTION: Prior to the forgetting process there was no concept of anything but service-to-others polarization. What sort of societies evolved in this condition?
RA: It was a most boring experience in which lessons were learned with the relative speed of the turtle compared to the cheetah. (B4, S82, 67)
RA: When one dwells within what might be seen as a state of constant inspiration, even their most sophisticated societies lacked will, high spirit or gusto. (B4, S82, 68)
RA: The societies did not have intentional enslavement of some for the benefit of others, this not being seen to be a possibility when all are seen as one. There was, however, the requisite amount of disharmony to produce various experiments in what you may call governmental structures. (B4, S83, 75)
F. WHY COULDN'T THEY PROGRESS MORE RAPIDLY?
(1) THEY DID NOT EXHIBIT STRONG LOVE OR SERVICE TO OTHERS
QUESTION: Why did they have such a difficult time serving others to the extent necessary for graduation since this was the only polarization available? (B4, S82, 68)
RA: Consider, if you will, the tendency of those who are divinely happy, as you call this distortion. They have little urge to alter or better their condition. There is the possibility of love of other-selves and service to other-selves, but there is the overwhelming awareness of the Creator in the self. The Connection with the Creator is that of the umbilical cord. The security is total. Therefore no love is terribly important, no pain terribly frightening; no effort, therefore, is made to serve for love or to benefit from fear. (B4, S82, 69)
(2) THEY HAD TROUBLE OVERCOMING THE BARRIER BETWEEN THE DENSITIES
QUESTION: Elsewhere you stated that the condition for being harvestable into 4th density is being polarized more than 50% service to others. Was this also the condition before the veil? (B4, S82, 70)
RA: Prior to the veiling process the movement through densities would he that of an entity walking up a set of your stairs, each of which had a certain quality of light. The stair upon which an entity stopped would be either 3rd density light or 4th density light. Between the two stairs lies the threshold. To cross that threshold is difficult. There is resistance at the edge, shall we say, of each density. (B4, S82, 71)
(3) THERE WAS VERY LITTLE DEVELOPMENT OF FAITH OR WILL
The facility of faith or will needs to be understood, nourished and developed in order to have an entity which seeks past the boundary of 3rd density. THOSE ENTITIES WHICH DO NOT DO THEIR HOMEWORK, BE THEY EVER SO AMIABLE OR LIKABLE, SHALL NOT CROSS. It was this situation which faced the logoi prior to the veiling process. (B4, S82, 71)
(4) CATALYSTS WERE NOT EFFECTIVE
STATEMENT: Prior to the veiling process that which we call catalyst after the veiling was not catalyst simply because it was not efficiently creating polarity. What we call catalyst was seen much more clearly as the experience of the One Creator and was not seen as something that was caused by other entities. (B4, S94, 176)
H. THERE WAS A REVIEW BUT NO HEALING IN THE PLACE IN BETWEEN INCARNATIONS
QUESTION: For those of our planet there is healing activity and a review of the incarnation that occurs in the astral plane, between physical incarnations. Did that occur prior to the veil?
RA: Where there has been no harm there need be no healing. (B4, S82, 69)
QUESTION: Before the veil, during the review of the incarnation, were the entities at that time aware that what they were trying to do was to polarize sufficiently for graduation? (B4, S82, 70)
RA: That is correct.
QUESTION: Then I am assuming that this awareness was somehow reduced when they incarnated into 3rd density even though there was no veil. Is this correct? (B4, S82, 70)
RA: That is distinctly correct.
QUESTION: I assume that the condition of having an overwhelming awareness of the Creator was present throughout the entire spectrum of experience, whether it might be between incarnations or during incarnations; that the entities just simply did not manifest the desire to create the polarization necessary for graduation at harvest time. Is this correct?
RA: You begin to grasp the situation. (B4, S82, 70)
II. PLANETS WITH ONLY POSITIVE POLARIZATION ARE NEAR THE CENTER OF THE GALAXY
QUESTION: The progress of evolution was from the center outward toward the rim of the galaxy. In the early evolution of this galaxy the first distortion (free will) was not extended down past the level of the sub-logos (their “sun”) simply because it was not thought of or conceived of. This extension of the first distortion, which created polarization, was something that occurs in what we would call a later time as the evolution progressed outward from the center of the galaxy. Is this correct? (B4, S78, 26)
RA: That is correct.
QUESTION: Is this pattern, where the central suns had no negative polarization, also found in the other major galaxies with which Wanderers from Ra have experience? (B4, S81, 61)
RA: That is correct. [Note: Refer to part V, “Word” of the effectiveness of total free will spread to other galaxies. Once the Creation was already well along the way of its development, the idea of creating a veil between the conscious and subconscious aspects of mind, body and spirit were seen to be of immense evolutionary value. The decision to engender this veil spread almost instantly throughout all of the creation, in a “hundredth monkey” fashion.]
III. THE CONCEPT OF POLARITY
A. THE CONSEQUENCES OF POLARITY WERE UNIMAGINED UNTIL EXPERIENCED
QUESTION: Did any logoi using evolution with only one polarity choose the service-to-self path?
RA: Those whom you would call early logoi which chose lack of free will foundations, with no exception, chose the service-to-others path. The, shall we say, saga of polarity, its consequences and limits, were unimagined until experienced. (B4, S77, 22)
QUESTION: The Logoi that did not choose this free will path did not choose it simply because they had not conceived of it. Later Logoi experienced it as an outcropping or growth from their extension of the first distortion. Is that correct? (B4, S77, 22)
RA: Yes.
QUESTION:The central suns of our galaxy, in starting the evolutionary process in this galaxy, provided for the refinement or consciousness through the densities we experience here. However, they did not conceive of the polarization of consciousness of the type of service-to-others polarity versus service-to-self polarity. Is that correct? (B4, S78, 28)
RA: Yes, that is correct.
B. WAS THERE ANY PREVIOUS EXPERIENCE TO GUIDE THE LOGOI?
QUESTION: I presume these logoi in the center of the galaxy wished to create a system of experience for the One Creator. Did they then start with no previous experience or information about how to do this? (B4, S78, 26)
RA: At the beginning of this creation, or octave, there were things known which were the harvest of the preceding octave. About the preceding Creation, we know as little as we do of the octave to come. (B4, S78, 27)
C. WAS THE CONCEPT OF POLARITY BROUGHT OVER FROM THE PREVIOUS OCTAVE?
QUESTION: Was there any concept of polarity carried through from the previous Octave in the sense of service-to-others or service-to-self polarity?
RA: There was polarity in the sense of the mover and the moved. There was no polarity in the sense of service-to-self and service-to-others. (B4, S78, 28)
QUESTION: In our octave of existence we have the concept of the 7 densities of vibration (or consciousness), with the evolutionary process moving forward through successive densities. Was this concept carried through from the previous octave of existence?
RA: To the limits of our knowledge, which are narrow, the ways of the octave are without time; that is, there are 7 densities in each creation infinitely. (B4, S78, 28)
IV. THE INTRODUCTION OF POLARITY
A. POLARITY AROSE FROM THE EXTENSION OF THE 1ST DISTORTION (FREE WILL)
QUESTION: In the original evolution plan, the 1st distortion was not extended by the logos to the product of its creation. At some point the 1st distortion was extended, and the first service-to-self polarity emerged. Is this correct? (B4, S78, 28)
RA: The Logoi always conceived of themselves as offering free will to the sub-Logoi in their care. The sub-Logoi (planetary creators) had freedom to experience and to experiment with consciousness, the experiences of the body, and the illumination of the spirit. (B4, S78, 28)
QUESTION: Was the veil, or loss of remembering consciously, which occurred before the incarnation, the primary tool for extending the first distortion. (B4, S79, 38)
RA: This was the first tool.
B. BOTH POLARITIES APPEARED IMMEDIATELY
QUESTION: When this experiment with the veiling process first occurred, did it result in service-to-self polarization in the first experiment? (B4, S79, 42)
RA: The early, if we may use this term, Logoi produced service-to-self and service-to-others entities immediately. The harvestability of these entities was not so immediate and thus refinements of the archetypes began. (B4, S79, 42)
NOTE FROM THE FOREWORD: The archetypical mind is the mind of the logos, the blueprint used to make the Creation and the means by which we evolve in mind, body and spirit. (B4, Foreword p.1)
C. THE “KNOWLEDGE OF GOOD AND EVIL"
RA: For example, consider the relative harmony and changing quality of existence in one of your primitive tribes.
The entities have the concept of lawful and taboo, but the law is inexorable (unchanging) and all events occur as predestined. There is no concept of right and wrong, good or bad. It is a culture in monochrome (colorless). (B4, S77, 21)
D. LUCIFER IS NOT THE “DEVIL"
RA: In this context you may see the one you call Lucifer as the true light-bringer in that the knowledge of good and evil both precipitated the entities of this logos (galactic creator) from the Edenic conditions of constant contentment and also provided the impetus to move, to work, and to learn. (B4, S77, 21)
[Note: The presence of the negative forces provided the catalyst for growth, giving the knowledge of polarity and evil. By creating such intense struggle and hardship, the Luciferian force stimulated desire for change and growth in otherwise harmonious but slow-advancing cultures.]
E. OUR LOGOS INCLUDED POLARITY IN ITS PLAN
QUESTION: Then did this particular logos that we experience plan for this polarity and know all about it prior to its plan? (B4, S77, 22)
RA: That is quite correct.
F. FREE WILL IN THE FULL SENSE (TOTAL FREE WILL) IS GIVEN
RA: The first logos to instill what you now see as free will, in the full sense, in its sub-logos came to this portion after contemplation in depth of what we call significators. The logos put forward the possibility of the mind, body, and spirit as being complex (i.e., having a split mind or veil), and having a significator that would balance all catalysts. In order for the significator to be what it is not. It then must be granted the free will of the Creator. (B4, S78, 29)
F. DID TOTAL FREE WILL INCREASE MAGICAL ABILITY?
QUESTION: Was the magical potential at the end of the 4th density, before the extension of free will, as great as it is now at the end of the 4th density? (B4, S79, 43)
RA: If we may use this misnomer, magic, the magical potential in 3rd and 4th density was then far greater than after the veiling. However, there was far, far less desire or will to use this potential prior to veiling. (B4, S79, 43)
QUESTION: Why was it less?
RA: Magical ability is the ability to consciously use the so-called unconscious. Therefore there was maximal magical ability prior to the veiling. (B4, S79, 43)
V. "WORD" OF THE EFFECTIVENESS OF TOTAL FREE WILL SPREAD TO OTHER GALAXIES
QUESTION: There must have been some type of communication throughout the octave so that, when the first experiment became effective. Knowledge of this spread rapidly and was picked up by budding galactic spirals. Is this correct? (B4, S81, 62)
RA: That is correct. To be aware of the nature of this communication is to be aware of the nature of the logos. Much of what you call creation has never separated from the One logos of this octave and resides within the One Infinite Creator. Communication in such an environment is the communication of cells of the body. That which is learned by one is known to all. (B4, S81, 62)
18. THE SIRIUS SYSTEM AND BALANCE
I. THE 3RD DENSITY ENTITIES EVOLVED FROM TREES
QUESTION: I was wondering if the social memory complex from the Sirius star evolved from trees?
RA: This approaches correctness. Those 2nd density vegetation forms which graduated into 3rd density upon the planet bearing the name of Dog were close to the tree as you know it. (B2, S38, 72)
II. THEY MUST MEDITATE UPON HOSTILE ACTIONS
QUESTION: Since warlike actions are impossible with vegetation, would they not have the advantage going into 3rd density from the 2nd, of not carrying a racial memory of war and therefore develop a more harmonious nature and accelerate their evolution? (B2, S38, 72)
RA: This is correct. However, to become balanced and to begin to polarize properly it is then necessary to investigate movements of all kinds, especially those that are warlike. (B2, S38, 72)
QUESTION: Would their investigations of warlike actions be primarily of the type that they extracted from Charlie Nixon's memory rather than warfare among themselves?
RA: This is correct. Entities of this heritage would find it nearly impossible to fight. Indeed, their studies of movements of all kinds is their form of meditation due to the fact that their usual activity is upon a level you would call meditation.
This must be balanced, just as your entities need constant moments of meditation to balance your activities. (B2, S38, 72-73)
III. THEY MOVED WITHOUT MOVING THEIR LEGS
QUESTION: We are told by Charlie Nixon that these entities moved without moving their legs. Is this a direct function of the mind somehow connected to the planet's magnetic action?
RA: This is largely correct. It is an electromagnetic phenomenon which is controlled by thought impulses of a weak electrical nature. (B2, S38, 73)
QUESTION: Was their craft visible to us and made of 3rd density material like this chair?
RA: This is correct.
19. THE SUN
I. A HIERARCHY OF CREATORS: LOGOS CREATED THE SUN, THE SUN CREATED THE PLANETS
(Recall that the logos -- creative principle = Creator-God)
QUESTION: Is our sun the physical manifestation of a sub-logos? (B2, S29, 18)
RA: That is correct.
QUESTION: The planetary system of our sun, in all its densities, is the total of the experience created by our sun as a sub-logos. Is that correct. (B3, S54, 23)
RA: That is correct.
QUESTION: Are there any sub-sub-logoi that are found in our planetary system that are sub to our sun, on a creative level below our sun?
RA: That is correct.
QUESTION: Would you give me an example of what I call a sub-sub-logos?
RA: One example is your mind/body/spirit complex. (B2, S53, 18)
QUESTION: Then every entity that exists would be some type of sub or sub-sub-Logos. Is this correct?
RA: This is correct. THE ENTIRE CREATION IS ALIVE. (B2, S53, 18)
II. THE SUN HAS NO LESSONS TO LEARN NO DENSITIES TO MOVE THROUGH
QUESTION: Do the sub-logoi, such as our sun, have a metaphysical positive or negative polarity?
RA: Not as you use the term. Entities through the level of planetary have the strength of intelligent infinity through the use of free will. THE CREATIONS OF THE ONE INFINITE CREATOR DOES NOT HAVE THE POLARITY YOU SPEAK OF. (B2, S53, 18)
QUESTION: Does the sun itself have a density?
RA: The sub-logos which is our sun is of the entire octave and is not that entity which experiences the learning and teachings of entities such as yourself. (B2, S41, 86)
III. THE SUN IS SEEN AS IT REALLY IS ONLY IN 4TH-7TH DENSITY
QUESTION: Could I look at a single sun as an entity?
RA: YOU CAN, BUT NOT WITHIN THE FRAMEWORK OF 3RD DENSITY SPACE/TIME. (B3, S65, 110)
RA: Metaphysically, the sun achieves a meaning to 4th through 7th densities according to the growing abilities of entities in these densities to grasp the living creation and other-self nature of this sun body. Thus by the 6th density the sun may be visited and inhabited by those dwelling in time/space and may even be partially created from moment to moment by the processes of 6th density entities visiting within the sun. (B2, S41, 85)
IV. 6TH DENSITY LEVEL PRODUCES THE LIGHT OF THE SUN
QUESTION: Could you explain how the 6th density entities are creating the sun?
RA: In this density some entities whose means of reproduction is fusion may choose to perform this portion of experience as part of the beingness of the sun body. Thus you may think of the light that you receive as offspring of the generative expression, or birthing, of 6th density love. (B2, S41, 85-86)
20. THE BLACK HOLE AND THE GREAT CENTRAL SUN
I. GRAVITY
RA: THE METAPHYSICAL AND PHYSICAL ARE INSEPARABLE. (B2, S29, 20)
RA: Gravity, the attractive force, which we also describe as the pressing outward force towards the Creator, is greater spiritually upon the entity you call Venus due to the greater degree of their success at seeking the Creator. When all of creation, in its infinity has reached a spiritual gravitational mass of sufficient nature, the new creation infinitely coalesces the light seeking and finding its source and thusly ending the creation, and then beginning anew creation much as you consider the black hole with its condition of infinitely great mass at the zero point from which no light may be seen. (B2, S29, 20)
II. IN THE BLACK HOLE ALL CONTAINED WITHIN UNITES WITH THE CREATOR
QUESTION: Then the black hole is a point at which the environmental material has succeeded in uniting with the Creator. Is this correct?
RA: The black hole which manifests in 3rd density is the physical complex manifestation of this spiritual or metaphysical state. That is correct. (B2, S29, 20-21)
III. IT BECOMES A GREAT CENTRAL SUN
QUESTION: The white light contains the experiences through all the densities. As we go into the 8th density we go into a black hole which becomes, on the other side, another logos or sun and starts another octave of experience. Can you comment on this? (B2, S40, 78)
RA The blackness of the black hole, metaphysically speaking. Is a concentration of white light being systematically absorbed once again into the One Creator. Finally, this absorption into the One Creator continues until all the infinity of creations have attained sufficient spiritual mass in order that all form once again.
The great central sun if you would so imagine it, of the intelligent infinity awaiting potentiation by free will. Thus the transition of the octave is a process which may be seen to enter into timelessness of unimaginable nature. To attempt to measure it by your time measures would be useless. Therefore the concept of moving through the black hole of the ultimate spiritual gravity well and coming immediately into the next octave misses the subconcept of this process which is timelessness. (B2, S40, 79)
IV. WHAT IS SPIRITUAL MASS?
RA Spiritual mass is that which begins to attract the out-moving and on-going vibratory oscillations of being-ness into the gravity well of the great central sun, core, or Creator of the infinite universes. (B2, S37, 69-70)
21. THE COMING EARTH CHANGES
I. OUR DISHARMONY AFFECTS THE EARTH
RA: When an entire planetary system of peoples and cultures repeatedly experiences disharmony on a great scale, the earth under the feet of these entities shall begin to resonate with this disharmony. (B3, S60, 68)
[Note: This has long been understood in the teachings of the Ancient East. Typhoons, hurricanes and earthquakes were seen as being caused by the disharmony of the people.]
RA: In the event of mixed harvest there is nearly always disharmony and therefore, added catalyst in the form of your so-called "Earth changes”. It is the Confederation's desire to serve those who may indeed seek more intensely because of this added catalyst. We do not seek for the success of added numbers to the harvest for this would not be appropriate. We are servants. If we are called, we shall serve with all our strength. To count the numbers is without virtue. (B3, S65, 109) (i.e., remain detached from the outcome.)
II. EARTH WILL HAVE BECOME A 4TH DENSITY PLANET BY APPROXIMATELY 2011
RA: This sphere… has not made an easy transition to the vibrations which beckon. Therefore, it will be fetched with some inconvenience… This inconvenience, or disharmonious vibratory complex, [i.e. the disharmony of the peoples creating Earth Changes] has begun several of your years in your past. It shall continue unabated for a period of approximately thirty of your years.
QUESTION: In 30 years this will be a 4th density planet. Is this correct? (1981 + 30 = 2011)
RA: This is so. (B1, S6, 93) [This session was held in Jan. 1981.]
QUESTION: Our planetary population has only a certain amount of time to progress. This time is divided into three 25,000-year cycles. At the end of 75,000 years the planet progresses itself. Why is this so precise?
RA: The living flow creates a rhythm which is as inevitable as one of your timepieces. Intelligent energy offers a type of clock. The gateway from intelligent energy to intelligent infinity opens regardless of circumstance on the striking of the hour. (B1, S9, 105)
III. EARTH ITSELF IS MOVING INTO A HIGHER VIBRATIONAL PATTERN
RA: The 4th density is a vibrational spectrum. Your time/space continuum has spiraled your solar system into this vibration. This will cause the planet itself to electromagnetically realign its vortices of reception of the in-streaming of cosmic forces expressing themselves as vibrational webs so that
the Earth will be 4th density magnetized. This is going to occur with some inconvenience due to the energy of the thought-forms of your peoples which disturb the orderly constructs of energy patterns within your Earth's spirals of energy
which increases entropy and unusable heat. This will cause your planet to have some ruptures in its outer garment while making it appropriately magnetized for 4th density. Those who remain in 4th density on Earth will be of positive orientation. (B1, S17, 160)
QUESTION: Is there a clock-like face, shall I say, associated with the entire galaxy so that as it revolves it carries all of those stars and planetary systems through transitions from density to density? Is that how it works? (B3, S63, 95)
RA: You are perceptive. You may imagine a 3-dimensional clock face superimposed on space or a spiral of endlessness which is planned by the Logos for this purpose. (B3, S63, 95)
[Note: The background “zero-point” energy that makes up all of the Universe has different levels of density, which we interpret as different dimensions. The energy vibrates in harmonic resonance. There is a stationary and a moving component to this vibration. The stationary component would be represented by the “three-dimensional clock face” that Ra is referring to here; a highly stable, harmonic “standing wave” created by the Galaxy’s very existence. The moving component would be the stars and planets themselves. As they pass through different areas of density within the “standing wave” of harmonic zero-point energy, their density levels will also shift accordingly. This moving component also occurs in very precise harmonic intervals of time, which Ra refers to as 25,000-year cycles and which Wilcock has demonstrated as existing on an integrated, galaxy-wide level.]
RA: This material world is transformed by the spirit into that which is infinite and eternal. (B4, S80, 53)
IV. HOW LONG ARE THESE CYCLES?
RA: One major cycle is approximately 25,000 of your years. (B1, S6, 92)
[Note: The easiest physical method of measuring this cycle is through a natural wobble in the Earth’s axis known as precession, which takes about 25,920 years to complete. This wobble appears to be ultimately controlled by the Solar System’s passage through changing energetic density / stress areas.]
RA: There are 3 cycles of this nature. Those who have progressed sufficiently may be harvested at the end of any of these 3 major cycles. After this is completed (75,000 years) all are harvested regardless of their progress,
for during that time the planet itself has moved through the useful part of that dimension and begins to cease being useful for the lower levels of vibration within that density. (B1, S6, 93)
V. THE 20-DEGREE SHIFT OF THE PLANETARY AXIS AT CYCLE COMPLETION
QUESTION: When the planetary axis realigns, will it realign 20 degrees east of north to conform to the green vibration? (B3, S59, 63)
RA: There is every indication that this will occur. We cannot speak of certainties. (B3, S59, 64) (No other clarification is given about this at this point.)
22. THE HARVEST OF PLANET EARTH
I. WHAT ABOUT THE HARVEST 50,000 YEARS AGO (the end of the 1st cycle)
RA: There was none. (B1, S14, 138)
II. WHAT ABOUT THE HARVEST 25,000 YEARS AGO (the end of the 2nd cycle)
RA: The harvest at that time was extremely small and consisted of those entities of extreme distortion towards service toward those who would be repeating the major cycle. (B1, S14, 138)
STATEMENT: Then these entities who could have been harvested into the 4th density chose to remain here in service to the planetary population.
RA: That is correct. There were harvestable entities who chose the manner of their entrance into the 4th dimension (B1, S14, 138)
QUESTION: In the 2nd 25,000 year major cycle was there any great civilization that developed? (B1, S21, 196)
RA: None became great as the greatness of Lemuria or Atlantis. However, in the South American region there grew to be a great vibratory distortion towards love, These entities were harvestable at the end of the 2nd major cycle without having ever formed strong social or technological complexes. (B1, S21, 196)
QUESTION: What was the lifespan of these entities, and what was the world population then?
RA: The lifetime of these entities was about 900 years. The population of Earth at that time was about 345,000 entities. (B1, S22, 198)
QUESTION: How many of this number were harvestable?
RA: Approximately 150. QUESTION: These were the ones who stayed to work on the planet. Correct?
RA: That is correct. They were visited by the Confederation and became desirous of staying in order to aid the planetary consciousness. (B1, S22, 199)
QUESTION: What type of visit was this?
RA: A light being appeared bearing what might be called a shield of light. It spoke of the oneness and infinity of all creation and of those things that await those ready for harvest. It described in golden words the beauties of love as lived. It then showed those who were interested the plight of 3rd density when seen as a planetary complex. It then left. And all these entities stayed. (B1, S22, 199)
QUESTION: Are any of these entities names that we would know from our historical past?
RA: Saint Augustine, Saint Teresa, Saint Francis of Assisi. (B1, S22, 199)
III. WHAT WAS THE REACTION OF THE CONFEDERATION TO THIS?
RA: We became concerned. We allowed entry of other entities, not Wanderers, into 3rd density. This was done randomly so that free will would not be violated for there was not yet a call. (B1, S22, 200)
QUESTION: When was the first call for help sent out?
RA: The first calling was that of the Atlanteans in a time before they became technologically advanced. At about the time when we first appeared in the skies over Egypt, other entities of the Confederation appeared unto Atlanteans. (B1, S22, 200)
QUESTION: What conditions were necessary for these visitations to occur?
RA: There were two:
(1) the calling by those whose square overcame the resistance of those unwilling to search or learn. (2) the relative naiveté of those members of the Confederation who felt that transfer of information to the Atlanteans would be as helpful to them as it had been for the Confederation entity. We remind you that we were one of the naive members of the Confederation and are still trying to recoup the damage for which we feel responsibility. (B1, S22, 201)
QUESTION: This turned out to be a mistake because it was perverted by the Atlanteans. Is this correct?
RA: This is correct.
IV. WHAT IS THE DENSITY LEVEL OF PLANET EARTH NOW?
RA: Your planet is 3rd density in the beingness of its peoples, but the planet is now in a 4th density space/time continuum. (B1, S13, 133)
V. HOW DOES A 3RD DENSITY PLANET BECOME A 4TH DENSITY PLANET?
RA. The 4th density is as regularized in its approach as the striking of a clock upon the hour. Your planetary sphere has spiraled into space/time of a different vibrational configuration.
This causes the planetary sphere to be molded by these new distortions. However, the thought-forms of your people vary greatly and are not able to point in one direction.
Thus the harvest will be such that many will repeat the 3rd density cycle. The energies of your Wanderers, your teachers, and your adepts at this time are all bent upon increasing the harvest. However there are few to harvest. (B1, S13, 133)
[Note: Elsewhere Ra tells us that even in the harvest of Venus, a highly positive third-density planet, only 20% of the population graduated.]
RA: The harvest is now. There is at this time no reason to aim for longevity, but rather to encourage efforts toward seeking the heart of the self, for this which resides clearly in the violet-ray energy field will determine the harvesting of each person. (B1, S14, 138)
RA: You must see the Earth as being 7 planets. There is red, orange, yellow, and there will soon be a completed green color vibratory locus for 4th density entities which they will call Earth. DURING THE 4TH DENSITY EXPERIENCE, THE 3RD DENSITY SPHERE IS NOT USEFUL FOR HABITATION, (i.e. by 3rd density beings)
because the early 4th density entity will not know precisely how to remain undetectable by 3rd density. Thus in 4th density the red, orange and green energy nexi (centers) of your planet will be activated while the yellow is in potentiation along with blue and indigo. (B3, S62, 86)
VI. THE UPCOMING HARVEST INTO 4TH DENSITY
A. EARTH WILL BECOME 4TH DENSITY POSITIVE
QUESTION: The Earth seems to be negative. So why will Earth go into 4th density positive instead of 4th density negative?
RA: For those of harvestable quality, those oriented in the ways of service to others greatly outnumber those whose orientation is toward service to self. (B1, S17, 166)
B. WHO GOES WHERE?
QUESTION: As we enter the 4th density there will be a 3 way split. (B1, S16, 151)
(1) Harvestable entities of positive polarity will remain for 4th density experience on this planet
(2) Harvestable entities of negative polarity going to another 4th density planet
(3) Unharvestable entities going to another 3rd density planet. Is this correct? (B3, S63, 89)
RA: This is correct but the positively oriented harvestable entities will remain in this planetary influence but not upon this plane. (B3, S63, 89-90)
C. THERE IS NO LOSS
QUESTION: What will we lose as the yellow goes from activation into potentiation and what will we gain as green comes into total activation?
RA: It is misleading to speak of gains and losses. It is to be kept in the forefront of your thinking that there is one creation in which there is no loss. (B3, S63, 89)
D. INCOMPATIBILITY OF 3RD AND 4TH DENSITY ELECTRICAL FIELDS
RA: If a 3rd density entity were electrically aware of 4th density in full, the 3rd density electrical fields would fail due to incompatibility. (B3, S63, 90)
(Remember that many bodily systems, especially the nervous system, are electrical in nature.)
VII. ALL BODIES ON EARTH THAT ARE STILL PHYSICAL WILL TRANSMUTE BEFORE THOSE BEINGS CAN INHABIT THE 4TH DENSITY EARTH
QUESTION: As this transition continues into 4th density activation, in order to inhabit this 4th density earth it will be necessary for all 3rd density physical bodies to go through the process which we refer to as death. Is this correct? (B3, S63, 92)
RA: This is correct. [NOTE: This is the most widely misunderstood quote in the Law of One series. Context reveals that Ra is referring to a transmutation, not any type of death as we would normally think of it. This is an ecstatic feeling -- the most incredible moment of any lifetime you've ever had as a human being.
Elsewhere Ra says you CAN reconstitute your third-density body after this happens if you so choose -- you simply have to focus on a "more difficult configuration" to get it back.
Through Wilcock, Ra further revealed that there will be an ET-assisted transition off of the Earth plane prior to the 20-degree polar realignment. This highly joyful and even ecstatic transition will not seem like death at all, even though the time of 3rd density incarnation will come to a natural and unseen end along the way.]
VIII. THE CONDITION FOR BEING HARVESTABLE
A. OVER 51% SERVICE TO OTHERS, LESS THAN 50% SERVICE TO SELF
QUESTION: The book Oahspe says that if an entity is over 51% service to others and less than 50% service to self, then the entity is harvestable for the positive 4th dimensional level.
RA: This is correct. The negative path is quite difficult for attaining harvestability and requires great dedication. TO BE HARVESTABLE IN THE NEGATIVE ORIENTATION REQUIRES AT LEAST 95% SERVICE TO SELF
and 5% service to others. (B1, S17, 167)
QUESTION: Does this mean these two percentages for the positive and negative path yield the same rate of vibration?
RA: The vibratory rates are not to be understood as the same in the positive and negative orientations. They are to be understood as having the power to accept and work with intelligent infinity to a certain degree or intensity. Neither the blue or green vibratory energies are seen in the vibratory patterns of negative 4th and 5th rates of vibration. On the other hand, the positive entity has the full spectrum of true color time/space vibratory patterns. Each is capable of doing 4th density work. This is the criteria for harvest. (B2, S47, 112)
B. ENERGY BALANCE IS NEEDED
RA; The brilliance or rotational speed of the energy centers is not as important for harvestability as the balanced aspect or violet ray manifestation of an entity; for those entities which are unbalanced, especially as to the primary rays (red, yellow and blue) will not be capable of sustaining the impact of the love and light of intelligent infinity to the extent necessary for harvest. (B2, S41, 90) - also see (B2, S41, 92)
QUESTION: Is each chakra activated to completion and greatest intensity by the end of the experience of each density?
RA: Hypothetically speaking, this is correct. However, the fully activated being is rare. IT IS NECESSARY FOR GRADUATION ACROSS DENSITIES FOR THE PRIMARY ENERGY CENTERS TO BE FUNCTIONING IN SUCH A WAY AS TO COMMUNICATE WITH INTELLIGENT INFINITY AND TO APPRECIATE AND BASK IN THIS LIGHT IN ALL ITS PURITY. However, to fully activate each energy center is the mastery of the few, for each center has a variable speed of rotation or activity. The important observation to be made once all necessary centers are activated to the minimal necessary degree is the harmony and balance between these energy centers. (B2, S40, 80)
C. AWARENESS OF THE LAW OF ONE IS NOT NEEDED FOR HARVEST INTO 4TH DENSITY
QUESTION: It is not necessary for an entity to be consciously aware of the Law of One to go from 3rd to 4th density. Is this correct? (B1, S16, 157)
RA: That is correct.
D. FOR WHICH HARVEST IS AWARENESS OF THE LAW OF ONE NEEDED?
QUESTION: At what point in the densities is it necessary for an entity to be consciously aware of the law of One in order to progress?
RA: The 5th density harvest is of those whose vibratory distortions consciously accept the honor/duty of the Law of One. (B1, S16, 157)
IX. WILL JESUS RETURN TO EARTH?
QUESTION: Will Jesus return to Earth (the 2nd coming)?
RA: The particular mind/body/spirit complex you call Jesus will not return except as a member of the Confederation speaking through a channel. However there are others of the identical congruency of consciousness that will welcome those to the 4th density. This is the meaning of the 2nd coming. (B1, S17, 165)
X. WILL ANYONE GO TO A 4TH DENSITY NEGATIVE TYPE PLANET?
RA: There is a possibility of a small harvest of this type. (B1, S11, 117)
QUESTION: Has anyone well known in our history gone to a 4th density negative type planet?
RA: Yes, but the number is small. A few have penetrated the 8th level (while in 3rd density). QUESTION: What are some specific examples? (B1, S11, 117)
RA: Taras Bulba, Genghis Khan and Rasputin. They were aware, through memory of Atlantean understandings involving use of the various centers of mind/body/spirit complex energy influx in attaining the gateway to intelligent infinity. (B1, S11, 118)
QUESTION. Could they do paranormal things (magic)?
RA. That is correct. They were bent single mindedly upon service to self, sparing no efforts in personal discipline to empower this gateway. (B1, S11, 118)
XI. WHAT TYPE OF BEINGS WILL LIVE ON THE PLANET AFTER THE HARVEST?
A. WILL 4TH DENSITY BEINGS BE INCARNATE ON THE PLANET?
RA: The probability/possibility vortices indicate this to be most likely. (B2, S43, 105)
B. WILL ANY 5TH DENSITY ENTITIES BE ON THE SURFACE OF THE PLANET?
RA: Not for a fairly long measure of your time as 4th density beings need to spend their learning and teaching time with their own density's entities. (B2, S43, 105)
RA: 5th density beings will not live on the surface of the planetary sphere until the planet reaches 5th density vibratory level. (B2, S43, 106)
XII. RA WORKS TO INCREASE EARTH'S HARVEST
A. WHY DOES RA WORK WITH EARTH?
QUESTION: For the last 2300 years you have been working to create as large a harvest as possible at the end of the 75,000-year cycle. Why have you done this?
RA: We came among you to aid you about 11,000 years ago to aid you but our efforts toward service were distorted. Our desire is to eliminate as far as possible the distortions caused by those misreading our information. The One Being of the creation is like a body. Would one ignore a pain in the leg? (B1, S14, 139)
B. DOES RA WORK WITH ANY OTHER PLANETS BESIDES EARTH?
RA: We work only with this planet at this time. (B1, S14, 139)
C. HOW MANY PEOPLE CALL ON YOU NOW? (1981)
RA: Approximately 352,000. (B1, S14, 139)
D. HOW DOES RA PERFORM SERVICE?
RA: We have used channels such as this one, but usually they just feel inspired by their dreams. (B1, S14, 140)
QUESTION: When you contact people in their dreams or otherwise, they first have to be seeking in the direction of the Law of One. Is that correct?
RA: That is correct. (B1, S14, 140)
23. THE HARVEST OF VENUS
I. OVERWHELMINGLY POSITIVE
QUESTION: I am guessing that before 3rd density was completed Ra, being polarized positively, probably had some difficulty in that the negative polarity was not appreciated. Is that correct? (B4, S89, 129)
RA: Our harvest was overwhelmingly positive and
our appreciation of those which were negative was relatively uninformed. Although there was no negative, planetary harvest as such,
there were two entities which harvested themselves during the 3rd density in the service-to-self path. (B4, S89, 129)
QUESTION: What was the average total population of Venus in 3rd density?
RA: We were a small population which dwelt upon what you would consider difficult conditions. It was a harshly bright planet in the physical sense. Our harvest was approximately 6.5 million mind/body/spirit complexes out of a total population of 38.5 million. (=16.8 percent.)
Those of us which had the gift of polarity felt deep compassion for those who seemed to dwell in darkness. To those who wish to sleep we could only offer those comforts designed for the sleeping. SERVICE IS ONLY POSSIBLE TO THE EXTENT IT IS REQUESTED. (B4, S89, 129)
II. ONLY TWO HARVESTABLE NEGATIVE ENTITIES
QUESTION: What techniques did the two negatively harvested entities use for negative polarization upon such a positively polarized planet? (B4, S89, 130)
RA: The technique of control over others and domination unto the physical death was used. On a planetary influence much unused to slaughter these entities were able to polarize by these means. You would call these two entities ruthless dictators or despots who waged holy war. (B4, S89, 130)
III. PREVIOUSLY THE TWO WERE POSITIVELY ORIENTED WANDERERS
QUESTION: What was the origin of these two entities?
RA: These entities were Wanderers from early positive 5th density. (B4, S89, 130)
QUESTION: And though they had already evolved through a positive 4th density, they switched polarity when they reincarnated into 3rd density. Is this correct? (B4, S89, 131)
RA: That is correct.
IV. CATALYST FOR THEIR SWITCH: OVERABUNDANCE OF LOVE
QUESTION: What was the catalyst for their change?
RA: From their viewpoint of wisdom there was an overabundance of love on Venus. These two entities looked at those still in darkness on Venus and saw many who found such harmony sickening. The Wanderers felt a more wisdom oriented way of seeking love could be more appealing to those in darkness. These entities had agreed to serve together and so they did, glorifying the One Creator, but not as they intended. The end of this was the graduation of the two Wanderers into 4th density negative. (B4, S89, 131)
QUESTION: I'm guessing that these Wanderers entered Ra’s 3rd density to seed greater wisdom in what they saw as an overabundance of compassion in the Ra culture. Is this correct? (B4, S89, 131-132)
RA: This is incorrect. Before the incarnation it was the desire of these Wanderers only to aid in service to others. (B4, S89, 132)
[Childers: In replying that the questioner is incorrect, it seems that Ra misunderstood the question (or I’m missing something) because Ra’s comment seems to be saying the same thing as the questioner said.]
[Wilcock: To me it seems clear that wisdom can be taught from the positive polarity or the negative, for very different reasons. These entities were fourth-density and thus they did not possess the knowledge of wisdom prior to incarnation. Their original desire to teach service to others was corrupted during physical incarnation.]
QUESTION: I can’t understand why they thought Venus needed help with harvest when it was doing so well.
RA: Wanderers are always drawn to whatever percentage has not yet polarized and come when there is a call. There was a call from those which were not positively polarized but which sought to be positively polarized and sought wisdom, feeling the compassion of other-selves upon Venus as complacent or pitying towards otherselves. (B4, S89, 132)
V. THESE TWO EVENTUALLY RETURNED TO POSITIVE POLARITY
QUESTION: What was the attitude of these two entities after they graduated into 4th density negative and realized they had switched polarities? (B4, S89, 132)
RA: They were disconcerted. QUESTION: What happened to them?
RA: They worked with the 4th density negative for some period until within this framework, the previously learned patterns of the self had been recaptured and the polarity was, with great effort, reversed. There was a great deal of 4th density positive work then to be retraced. (B4, S89, 132)
QUESTION: How is Ra aware of this information?
RA: These entities joined Ra in 4th density positive for a portion of the cycle which we experienced. (B4, S89, 133)
GROWING
24. SPIRITUAL GROWTH
I. MUCH MORE PROGRESS CAN BE MADE HERE THAN IN BETWEEN INCARNATIONS
QUESTION: Is it correct that entities can accelerate their growth much more while in the 3rd density than in between incarnations of this density?
RA: This is correct. (The reason is that one can work within the framework of the two primal distortions of the law of One.) In 3rd density each entity is free to accept, reject or ignore others about it. Yet here there are many who practice the ways of love. If, in addition to this, an entity chooses to accept responsibility for each moment of experience, then this empowers its progress. (B1, S10, 113)
II. THE HEART OF THE MATTER
QUESTION: Is there anything of importance for spiritual growth on the service-to-others path other than knowledge of self, disciplines of personality and strengthening the will?
RA: This is technique. This is not the heart. Let us remember that we are all one. This is the great learning and teaching. In this unity lies love. In this unity lies light. This is the fundamental teaching of all planes of existence in materialization: unity, love, light and joy. The 2nd ranking lessons are in meditation and service. (B3, S52, 16)
III. WHAT ARE SOME EXERCISES TO PERFORM? (B1, S10, 114)
RA:
EXERCISE 1: REALIZE THAT THE MOMENT CONTAINS LOVE. THAT IS THE LESSON OF THIS DENSITY. CONSCIOUSLY SEE THAT LOVE IN AWARENESS
AND IN UNDERSTANDING DISTORTIONS.
EXERCISE 2: THE UNIVERSE IS ONE BEING. WHEN YOU VIEW ANOTHER,
SEE THE CREATOR.
EXERCISE 3: GAZE WITHIN A MIRROR. SEE THE CREATOR.
EXERCISE 4: GAZE AT THE CREATION, WHICH LIES ABOUT THE MIND/BODY/SPIRIT OF EACH ENTITY. SEE THE CREATOR.
The foundation for these exercises is meditation, contemplation or prayer. With this attitude these exercises can be processed. Without it, the data will not sink down into the roots of the tree mind, thus enabling and ennobling the body and touching the spirit. (B1, S10, 114)
IV. THE MYSTERY OF THE ONE
RA: Gaze at the stunning mystery of the One Infinite Creator. Behold the glory, the majesty, the mystery and the peace of oneness. Let no consideration of bird or beast, darkness or light, shape or shadow keep any which seeks from the central consideration of unity. (B4, S97, 194)
RA: (Yet) no source which is of the 3rd density will resolve all paradoxes or bring all into unity. (B4, S97, 194)
V. THE BEST SERVICE
QUESTION: What are some of the "best ways" for being of service to others?
RA: The best way of service to others is the constant attempt to seek to share the love of the Creator as it is known to the inner self. This involves self-knowledge and the ability to
OPEN THE SELF TO THE OTHER WITHOUT HESITATION AND RADIATE THAT WHICH IS THE ESSENCE, OR THE HEART. (B1, S17, 166-167)
QUESTION: What is the greatest service that our population could perform individually?
RA: There is but one service. The Law is One. The offering of self to Creator is the greatest service, the fountainhead. (B1, 43)
VI. DISTILL THE LOVE AND LIGHT IN EACH EXPERIENCE
RA: The proper role of the entity in this density is to experience all things desired and then to analyze understand and
ACCEPT ALL EXPERIENCES, DISTILLING FROM THEM THE LOVE/LIGHT WITHIN THEM. THAT WHICH IS NOT NEEDED FALLS AWAY. (B1, 169-170)
VII. BECOME AWARE OF THE OTHER AS BEING THE SAME AS YOURSELF
RA: We suggest that you attempt to become aware of the other-self as self. Become aware of the intelligent energy expressed in nature and expressed in self-love shared when appropriate. (B1, 171)
VIII. WHY IS THERE MALE AND FEMALE?
QUESTION: Bisexual reproduction begins in 2nd density. What is the idea behind this?
RA: The 2nd density is one in which the groundwork is being laid for 3rd density work. The mechanism of reproduction capitulates in 3rd density into a vast potential for service to others and to one's self. Many types of energy transfer occur. Those who are magnetically attracted, one to the other, have opportunities for many types of service which would be unavailable to the independent entity. (B2, 28)
QUESTION: So, the basic reason for having bisexual reproduction was to increase the opportunity of the experience of the One Creator? Is that correct?
RA: That is not merely correct but is the key to that which occurs in all densities. (B2, 28)
IX. UNLEARNED LESSONS WILL BE REPEATED
RA: If one opportunity is missed, another will appear until the student of the life experience grasps that a lesson is being offered and undertakes to learn it. (B2, 46)
X. PERPETUAL CHILDHOOD
RA: The greater preponderance of your entities find themselves in what may be considered a perpetual childhood. (B1, 188)
XI. DEFENSES
QUESTION: Even 4th density positive has the concept of defensive action, but above the level of 4th density the concept of defensive action is not in use. Both offensive and defensive actions occur frequently in our present density. If an entity is polarized strongly enough in his thought in a positive sense, defensive action is not going to be necessary for him because the opportunity to apply defensive action will never originate for him. Is that correct? (B2, 47)
RA: This is unknowable. An entity able to program experiences may choose the number and the intensity of the lessons to be learned It is possible that an extremely positively oriented entity might program for itself situations testing the ability of the self to refrain from defensive action even to the point of physical death of self or other-self. This is an intensive lesson, and it is not known what entities have programmed for themselves. We may, if we desire, read this programming. However, this is an infringement and we choose not to do so. (B2, 47)
XII. THE ROLE OF LIGHT, THE 'UPWARD' SPIRALING LIGHT
RA: The term "upward spiraling light" does not mean moving upward in the usual sense; it refers to that which reaches toward the source of love and light. (B3, 61)
QUESTIONER: I assume that from all points in space light radiates in our illusion in a 360-degree solid angle and this scoop shape with the pyramid is like a focusing mechanism. Is this correct?
RA: This is precisely correct. (B3, 61)
STATEMENT: The adept sees or visualizes the light moving downward from the crown chakra down to the feet. Ra has stated that the Creator enters from the feet and moves upward, that this spiraling light enters from the feet and moves upward. (B3, 170)
RA: The upward spiraling light developed in its path by the will, and ultimately reaches a high place of mating with the inward fire of the One Creator Even so, this is still only preparation for the work upon the mind/body/spirit which may be done by the adept. (B3, 172)
XIII. DESIRE, WILL AND POLARITY ARE THE KEYS
QUESTION: Desire and will are the important factors in this process. Is this correct?
RA: We would add one other quality. In the magical personality desire will and polarity are the keys. (B3, 172)
XIV. THE PROBLEM WITH THE EVANGELISTS’ METHODS
QUESTION: Many so-called evangelists have great desire and very great will. and possibly great polarity. But it seems that in many cases there is a lack of awareness that creates a less than effective working in the magical sense. Is this correct? (B3, 172)
RA: You are partially correct. But free will must be seen as paramount in examining the polarity of a service-to-others working. Those entities you speak of are attempting to generate positive changes in consciousness while abridging free will. This causes the blockage of the magical nature of the working except in those cases wherein an entity freely desires to accept the working of the evangelist. (B3, 172)
V. THE ADEPT
RA: THE ADEPT IS ONE WHICH HAS FREED ITSELF MORE AND MORE FROM THE CONSTRAINTS OF THE THOUGHTS, OPINIONS AND BONDS OF OTHER SELVES. Whether this is done for service to others or for service to self it is a necessary part of the awakening of the adept. This freedom is seen by those not free as what you would call evil or black. The magic is recognized; the nature is often not. (B4, 50)
RA: In service-to-others there is an association with the heart of all other selves and a disassociation from the illusory husks which prevent the adept (or anyone else) from correctly perceiving the self and other-selves as one. (B4, 51)
QUESTION: The positively or negatively polarized adept is building a potential to draw directly on the spirit for power, is this correct?
RA: It would be more proper to say that the adept is calling directly through the spirit to the universe for its power, for the spirit is a shuttle. (B4, 51)
XVI. DREAMS AS A TOOL FOR SPIRITUAL GROWTH
A. UNCONSCIOUS MIND DOESN'T USE WORDS
RA: The nature of the unconscious is of the nature of concept rather than word. (B4, 97)
B. CLUES FOR REMOVING BLOCKS
QUESTION: You have stated that dreaming, if made available to the conscious mind, will aid greatly in polarization. Could you say how it does this?
RA: Dreaming is an activity of communication through the veil between the unconscious mind and the conscious mind. In one who is blocked at two of the three lower energy centers the dreaming will aid polarization because there will be a repetition of recent catalyst, as well as deeper blockages, thereby giving the waking mind clues to the nature of these blockages. (B4, 97)
QUESTION: In remembering dreams, an individual can find specific clues to current energy center blockages and may, thereby, reduce or eliminate these blockages. Is this correct?
RA: That is correct. (B4, 99)
C. THE ADEPT’S MOST USEFUL TOOL IF THE HELP OF GUIDES IS REQUESTED
RA: Dreaming becomes the most efficient tool for polarization when three things happen:
(1) one consciously chooses the path of the adept (or spiritual seeker) and
(2) each energy center is balanced at least to a minimum degree, and
(3) one begins to open the indigo-ray (psychic) center. If it is known by the adept that work may be done in consciousness while the so-called conscious mind rests, this adept may call upon those who guide it, and most of all, the magical personality which is the Higher Self as it moves into the sleeping mode of consciousness. (B4, 98)
D. DIRECT HEALING IN THE DREAM STATE
RA: The activity of dreaming is an activity in which there is made a finely wrought and excellently fashioned bridge from conscious to unconscious. In this state the various distortions are healed. Continued lack of this possibility can cause serious problems. (B4, 99)
QUESTION: This portion of deep has been called REM. Is this correct? (B4, 100)
RA: Yes.
XVII. PIERCING THE VEIL: GREEN-RAY ENERGY
RA: By far the most vivid and even extravagant opportunities for piercing the veil area result of the interaction of polarized entities. (B4, 77)
QUESTION: By what process would two polarized entities attempt to penetrate the veil?
RA: The penetration of the veil has its roots in the development of green-ray activity, that all-compassionate love which demands no return. If this path is followed, the higher energy centers shall be activated and crystallized until the adept is born. Within the adept is the potential for dismantling the veil to some extent that all may be seen again as one. The other self is the primary catalyst in this particular path to the piercing of the veil. (B4, 78)
RA: The awareness of all as Creator is that which opens the green-ray center. (B4, 82)
XVIII. REALIZATION OF THE ONE
RA: The seeker seeks the One. THE ONE IS TO BE SOUGHT BY THE BALANCED AND SELF-ACCEPTING SELF WHO IS AWARE BOTH OF ITS APPARENT DISTORTIONS AND ITS TOTAL PERFECTION. Resting in this balanced awareness, the entity then OPENS THE SELF to the Universe which it is. The light energy of all things may then be attracted by this intense seeking, and wherever the inner seeking meets the attracted cosmic prana, the realization of the One takes place. The purpose of clearing each energy center is to allow that meeting place to occur at the indigo ray vibration, thus making contact with intelligent infinity and dissolving all illusions. Service to others is automatic at the released energy generated by this state of consciousness. (B3, 51)
RA: The contact with intelligent infinity is most likely to produce an unspeakable joy in the entity experiencing such contact. (B4, 53)
25. BEING TRULY HELPFUL
I. FEEDING THE HUNGRY
QUESTION: Many people try to help those who are in need, giving them food if there is hunger as there is now in the African nations, by bringing them medicine when needed. This is creating a vibration that is in harmony with green-ray (love) or 4th density but it is not balanced with the understanding of 5th density that these entities are experiencing catalysts, and
a more balanced administration of the needs of the hungry would be to provide them with the learning necessary to reach the sate of awareness of 4th density than it would be to minister to their physical needs at this time. Is this correct? (B2, 96)
RA: This is incorrect. TO AN ENTITY WHICH IS STARVING, THE APPROPRIATE RESPONSE IS THE FEEDING OF THE BODY. You may extrapolate from this. On the other hand, you are correct in your assumption that the green ray response is not as refined as that which has been imbued with wisdom. The
wisdom enables the entity to appreciate its contributions to the planetary consciousness by the quality of its being without regard to activity or behavior which expects results on the physical planes. (B2, 96)
II. PARENT-CHILD RELATIONSHIP
QUESTION: What type of parent child relationship would aid in the activation of the energy centers from red to violet? (B2, 99)
RA: The appropriate teaching device of parents is the open-hearted being-ness of the parent and the total acceptance of the being-ness of the child. There are two things that are especially important in this relationship other than the basic acceptance of the child. (1) Firstly, the experience of whatever means the parent uses to worship and give thanksgiving to the One Infinite Creator should, if possible, be shared with the child entity on a daily basis. (2) Second, the compassion of the parent to child may well be tempered by the use of discipline due to the understanding that the child entity may well learn the biases of service-to-others or service-to-self from the parental other-self. This is the reason that some discipline is appropriate. (B2, 99)
III. GIVING SUPPORT IN DIFFICULT TIMES
QUESTION: Can you give suggestions regarding the instrument's upcoming hospital experience?
RA: We may make one suggestion and leave the remainder with the Creator. It is well for each to realize its self as the Creator. Thusly each may support each including the support of self by humble love of self as Creator. (B3, 188)
26. AN IMPORTANT VARIABLE: POLARITY
I. ANALOGOUS TO ELECTRICITY
QUESTION: It seems there is an extreme potential in this polarization the same as there is in electricity. In a battery there is a positive and negative pole or terminal. The more you build the charge on either of these, the more the voltage, or potential difference, and the greater the ability to do physical work. Is this a correct analogy? (B1, 182)
RA: This is precisely correct. QUESTION. If we have no polarity in electricity, we have no action. If we have no polarity in consciousness, we also have no action or experience. Is this correct?
RA: This is correct. The thing that is missing without polarity is the charge. The charge is provided by the individualized entity using the in-pourings and in-streamings of energy by the choices of free will. (B1, 185)
QUESTION: To make an analogy, when polarization in the atmosphere occurs to create thunderstorms, lightning, and much activity, this more vivid experience could be likened to the polarization in consciousness which creates the more vivid experience. Is this correct? (B4, 165)
RA: Given a disclaimer about the conditions producing the storm, we agree with this analogy.
II. THE TURNING POINT
RA: There is a turning point, a fulcrum which swings as an entity makes its will to service. If this will and desire is for service-to-others, the corresponding polarity will be activated.
In the circumstances of this group there are three such wills acting as one with the instrument in the central position of fidelity to service. This is as it must be for the balance of the working and the continuance of the contact. Our vibratory complex is one-pointed in these workings and our will to serve is also of some degree of purity. This has attracted the attention of the polar opposite which you experience. (B3, 165)
III. INVOKING OF LIGHT STRENGTH
A CONFIGURATION OF FREE WILL, ONE-POINTED IN SERVICE-TO-OTHERS, ALSO HAS THE POTENTIAL FOR THE ALERTING OF A GREAT MASS OF LIGHT STRENGTH. THIS POSITIVE LIGHT STRENGTH, HOWEVER, OPERATES ALSO UNDER FREE WILL AND MUST BE INVOKED. We could not speak to this and shall not guide you, for the nature of this contact is such that the purity of your free will must, above all things, be preserved. (B3, 165)
RA: Those who are upon the service-to-others path may also call upon the light strength in direct proportion to the strength and purity of their will to serve. (B3, 170)
IV. SWITCHING BACK FROM NEGATIVE ORIENTATION TO POSITIVE
RA: The entity which incarnates into negative space/time will not find it possible to maintain any significant positive polarity as negativity, when pure, is a type of gravity well that pulls everything into it. Thus the entity, while remembering its learned and preferred polarity, must needs make use of the catalyst given and recapitulate the lessons of service to self in order to build up enough polarity in order to cause the potential to occur for reversal of polarization. (B3, 154)
V. RELATION BETWEEN HARVESTABILITY AND DEGREE OF POLARIZATION
QUESTION: Is it possible to increase polarization without increasing harvestability?
RA: In the 3rd density an increase in the serving of others or the serving of self will almost inevitably increase the ability of an entity to enjoy a higher intensity of light. Thus it is almost impossible to polarize without increasing harvestability in 3rd density. In the 5th density harvest, polarization has very little to do with harvestability. (B3, 156)
27. MEDITATION
I. KUNDALINI
RA The lower energy pole (root chakra) will draw the universal energy into itself from the cosmos. Then it will move upward to be met and reacted to by the positive spiraling energy moving downward from within. The measure of an entity's level of ray activity is the locus where the south pole outer energy has been met by the inner spiraling positive energy. As the entity grows more polarized this locus will move upward. Your peoples call this kundalini. It is the meeting place of cosmic and inner vibratory understanding. (B2, 125)
RA: The metaphor of the coiled serpent being coiled upwards is very appropriate. We are attempting then, as entities of any true color of this octave, to move the meeting place of inner and outer natures further upward along the energy centers. One method of approach is this:
Seat within ones self of those experiences which are attracted to the entity through the south pole (root chakra). EACH EXPERIENCE WILL NEED TO BE OBSERVED, EXPERIENCED, BALANCED, ACCEPTED AND SEATED WITHIN THE INDIVIDUAL. As the individual grows in self-acceptance and awareness of catalyst, the location of the comfortable seating of these experiences will rise to the new true color entity. The experience, whatever it may be, will be seated in red ray and considered as to its survival content, etc. Each experience will be sequentially understood by the seeker in terms of:
1. survival (first density) then in terms of
2. personal identity, (second density) then in terms of
3. social relations, (third density) then in terms of
4. universal love, (fourth density) then in terms of
5. how the experience may be linked to universal energies, (fifth and
6. sixth density) and finally in terms of
7. the sacramental nature of each experience (seventh density.) Meanwhile the Creator lies within. In the north pole the crown is already on the head and the entity is potentially a god. The energy is brought into being by the humble and trusting acceptance of this energy through meditation and contemplation of the self and the Creator. where these energies meet is where the serpent will have achieved its height. (B2, 125-126)
II. TWO OTHER TYPES OF MEDITATION
QUESTION: In meditation is it best to leave the mind as blank as possible and let it run down or is it better to focus on some object for concentration? (B2, 126)
RA: Each type is useful for a particular reason. (B2, 127)
A. QUIETING THE MIND
RA: The passive mediation involving clearing the mind, the emptying of the mental jumble, is useful for those who wish to achieve an inner silence as a base from which to listen to the Creator. (B2, 127)
B. VISUALIZATION = THE TOOL OF THE ADEPT
RA: The other type of meditation which may be called visualization has a different goal. It is the tool of the adept. Those who learn to hold visual images in mind are developing an inner concentrative power that can transcend boredom and discomfort. When the ability has become crystallized, one can effect planetary consciousness. Only those wishing to pursue the conscious raising of planetary consciousness will find visualization particularly satisfying. (B2, 127)
RA: The key is first silence, and secondly, singleness of thought. Thusly a visualization which can be held steady to the inward eye for several of your minutes will signal the adept’s increase in singleness of thought. This is done for the purpose of transmuting planetary harvestability. (B2, 130)
III. THE MOST POWERFUL CONNECTION
RA: When the positive adept touches intelligent infinity from within, this is the most powerful of connections. The adepts become living channels for love and light and are able to channel this radiance directly into the planet's web of energy nexi (or focal points.) The ritual will always end in praise and thanksgiving and the release of this energy into the planetary whole. (B2, 131)
IV. SHOULD THE SPINE BE VERTICAL?
QUESTION: Is a vertical positioning of the spine useful or helpful in the meditative procedure?
RA: It is somewhat helpful. (B3, 119)
28. ENLIGHTENMENT
QUESTION: Is there some way to help an entity to reach 4th density level in these last days?
RA: It is impossible to help another being directly. It is only possible to make catalyst available in whatever form, the most important being the radiation of realization of oneness with the Creator from the self, less important being information such as we share with you. We cannot offer short cuts to enlightenment. Enlightenment is of the moment, an opening to intelligent infinity. It can only be accomplished by the self, for the self. Another self cannot teach enlightenment, but only teach/learn information, inspiration, or a sharing of love, of mystery, of the unknown that makes the other-self reach out and begin the seeking process. (B1, 161-162)
JESUS
29. JESUS, AN ENLIGHTENED HEALER
I. JESUS CAME FROM THE HIGHEST PART OF THE 4TH DENSITY
RA: The entity Jesus was a member of 4th density of the highest level of that sub-octave. He desired to enter planetary service in order to share the love vibration in as pure a manner as possible. This entity could have gone onto the 5th density but chose instead to return to 3rd density for this particular mission. (B1, 162)
II. THE ORION GROUP OPPOSED HIM
QUESTION: When Jesus incarnated was there an attempt by the Orion group to discredit him?
RA: This is correct. They built on negative information already present given by the one your peoples call "Yahweh”. This led Judas to believe that Jesus, if pushed into a corner, could be made to see the wisdom of using the power of intelligent infinity to rule others. This resulted in the death of Jesus.
III. WHY WAS JESUS SUCH A GOOD HEALER?
QUESTION: If Jesus was 4th density and there are Wanderers on the planet today who came from 5th and 6th density, what made Jesus such a good healer and could these 5th and 6th density beings here now do the same? (B1, 164)
RA: Those who heal may be of any density which has the consciousness of spirit (i.e., 4th through 7th). The gate to intelligent infinity can only be opened when an understanding of the in-streamings of intelligent energy are opened to the healer. True healing is simply the radiance of the self causing an environment in which a catalyst can occur to cause the recognition of the self, by the self. (B1, 164)
Jesus first discovered his ability to penetrate intelligent infinity when he became angry at a playmate who was fataly wounded by Jesus's touch. Jesus determined to discover how to use this energy for the good, not for the negative. Jesus was extremely positively polarized and remembered more than most Wanderers do. He was galvanized by this experience and he left his home when he was 13.5 years old and walked to many other places seeking further information. This went on until he was 25, when he returned home. When he became able to integrate and synthesize all experiences, he began to speak to other-selves. He was absolved karmically of the destruction of the otherself when he forgave those who put him to death. In forgiveness lies the stoppage of the wheel of action, of what you call karma. (B1, 164-165)
IV. NOW JESUS IS IN 5TH DENSITY
QUESTION: In what density is Jesus now?
RA: This entity studies now the lessons of the wisdom vibration, the 5th density, also called the light vibration. (B1, 165)
V. THE CHOICE TO BE A MARTYR
RA: When Jesus decided to return to the location called Jerusalem for the holy days, he turned from work mixing love and wisdom and embraced martyrdom which is the work of love without wisdom. (B3, 185)
RA: This entity (Jesus) is aware of certain over-balances towards love, even to martyrdom but has not yet, to any significant degree, balanced these distortions. We do not imply that this course of unbridled compassion has any fault but affirm its perfection. It is an example of love which has served as beacon to many. For those who seek further, the consequences of martyrdom must be considered, for in martyrdom lies the end of the opportunity, in the density of the martyr, to offer light and love. Each entity must seek its deepest path. (B3, 186)
RA: Jesus incarnated with the plan of martyrdom. There is no wisdom in this plan but rather understanding and compassion extended to its fullest perfection. (B4, 82)
Last Updated ( Tuesday, 29 July 2008 )
HEALING
30. CAN YOU TRAIN US IN HEALING AWARENESS?
I. IN GENERAL
A. FORGIVENESS REMOVES KARMA
QUESTION: You stated that forgiveness removes karma. This includes forgiveness not only of other selves but also forgiveness of self as well. Is this correct?
RA: You are correct. Forgiveness of other-self is forgiveness of self. (B1, 73)
QUESTION: Would you define karma?
RA: Our understanding of karma is that which maybe called inertia. Those actions which are put into motion will continue. The stoppage of the inertia of action may be called forgiveness. (B2, 51)
B. DEEP ACCEPTANCE OF THE LAW OF ONE PRODUCES HEALING
RA: HEALING OCCURS WHEN A MIND/BODY/SPIRIT COMPLEX REALIZES DEEP WITHIN ITSELF, THE LAW OF ONE; THAT IS, THAT THERE IS NO DISHARMONY, NO IMPERFECTION; THAT ALL IS COMPLETE AND WHOLE AND PERFECT. Then the intelligent infinity within this entity re-forms the illusion of the body, mind or spirit to a form congruent with the Law of One. The healer acts as energizer or catalyst for this completely individual process. (B1, 86)
II. THE PRE-REQUISITE FOR MENTAL WORK
RA: This is the most demanding part. (B1, 84)
RA: THE PREREQUISITE OF THE MENTAL WORK IS THE ABILITY TO RETAIN SILENCE OF SELF AT A STEADY STATE. The mind must be opened like a door. The key is silence. (B1, 87)
III. THE DISCIPLINES OF THE MIND
A.
RA: The polarity of your dimension must be internalized. Where you find patience, find the corresponding impatience and vice versa. Each thought has an opposite. Identify both those things which you approve and those which you disapprove within yourself and then balancing each and every positive and negative charge with its equal. The mind contains all things. Therefore you must discover the completeness within yourself. (B1, 87)
B. 2ND: ACCEPT THE COMPLETENESS WITHIN YOUR CONSCIOUSNESS.
RA: Accept the completeness within your consciousness. It is not for a being of polarity in the physical consciousness to pick and choose among attributes, thus building the roles that cause blockages and confusions in the already distorted mind complex. Each acceptance smoothes part of the many distortions that the faculty you call judgment engenders. (B1, 87-88)
C. 3RD: SEE THE COMPLETENESS IN ALL OTHER ENTITIES
RA: This is like the 1st discipline but with the emphasis on your gaze outward toward the fellow entities that you meet (i.e., how you see your brother). In each entity there exists completeness. Thus the ability to understand each balance is necessary. When you view patience, you are responsible for mirroring in your mental understandings, patience/impatience, and vice versa. (B1, 88)
D. THE 4TH MENTAL DISCIPLINE
RA: This one is the acceptance of the other-self polarities. (B1, 88)
E. THE 5TH MENTAL DISCIPLINE
RA: This involves observing the geographical and geometrical relationships and ratios of the mind, the other mind, the mass mind and the infinite mind. (B1, 88)
IV. THE DISCIPLINES OF THE BODY
A. BALANCE LOVE AND WISDOM
RA: In the streamings reaching your planet at this time, these understandings and disciplines have to do with the balance between love and wisdom in the use of the body in its natural functions. (B1, 84)
QUESTION: In the healing exercises concerning the body, what do you mean by the disciplines of the body in the balance between love and wisdom?
RA: There are natural bodily functions having to do with the other-self, i.e., touching, loving, the sexual life, craving company to combat bodily loneliness. Find, in these functions, your love for yourself and also your love for the other. Observe the love of self and the love of other self in contrast to wisdom regarding the use of natural functions. There are many fantasies and stray thoughts which may be examined in this balancing process. (B3, 74-75)
B. UNDERSTAND BOTH POLARITIES
RA: It is necessary to know your body well. How the emotions affect different parts of the body. Understand and accept the bodily polarity. The body is a creature of the mind‘s creation. It has its biases. The biological bias must be first completely understood, and then allow the opposite bias to find full expression in understanding. The simplest example is that each biological male is female, and vice versa. (B1, 88)
C. TRANSMUTE NATURAL FUNCTIONS TO SACREDNESS
RA: Imagine the body. Imagine the more dense, i.e., more obvious, aspects of the body. Proceed from there to the very finest knowledge of energy pathways which revolve and cause the body to be energized. Understand that all natural functions of the body have all aspects from dense to fine, and can be transmuted to what you may call sacramental. (B1, 85)
V. THE THIRD AREA IS THE SPIRITUAL
A. CONTACT INTELLIGENT INFINITY
RA: In this area the first two disciplines are connected through the attainment of contact with intelligent infinity. (B1, 85)
B. INTEGRATE THE UPWARD YEARNING WITH THE DOWNPOURING OF DIVINE ENERGY
RA: Consider a magnet. It has two poles. One reaches up, the other down. THE FUNCTION OF SPIRIT IS TO INTEGRATE THE UP-REACHING YEARNING OF THE MIND/BODY ENERGY WITH THE DOWN-POURING INSTREAMING OF INFINITE INTELLIGENCE. (B1, 85)
The spiritual complex embodies fields of force and consciousness which are the least distorted of your mind/body/spirit complex. This is the longest and most subtle part of your learning
IT IS THE WORK OF WIND AND FIRE. THE SPIRITUAL BODY ENERGY FIELD IS A PATHWAY OR CHANNEL. When body and mind are receptive and open, then the spirit can become a functioning shuttle or communicator from the entity's individual energy/will upwards, and from the streamings of the creative fire and wind downwards. (B1, 89)
C. REMEMBER WHO YOU ARE
RA: EACH ENTITY IS THE CREATOR. The entity, as it becomes more and more conscious of itself gradually comes to the turning point at which it determines to seek either in service to others or in service to self. The seeker becomes the adept when it has balanced with minimal adequacy the appropriate energy centers,
red, orange, yellow, and blue, with the addition of green for the positive, thus moving into indigo work The adept then begins to do less of the preliminary or outer work having to do with function, and begins to effect the inner work which has to do with being. AS THE ADEPT BECOMES A MORE AND MORE CONSCIOUSLY CRYSTALLIZED ENTITY IT GRADUALLY MANIFESTS MORE AND MORE OF THAT WHICH IT ALWAYS HAS BEEN SINCE BEFORE TIME; THAT IS, THE ONE INFINITE CREATOR. (B3, 192-193)
VI A SUMMARY OR OVERVIEW OF THESE DISCIPLINES
QUESTION: The disciplines of the personality are the paramount work of any who have become consciously aware of the process of evolution. Is this correct?
RA: Quite. The heart of the discipline of the personality is threefold. (1) One, know your self. (2) Two, accept your self. (3) Three, become the Creator. The 3rd step, when accomplished, renders one the most humble servant of all, transparent in personality and completely able to know and accept other-selves. To become the Creator is to become all that there is. THEN THERE IS NO PERSONALITY OF THE TYPE THE ADEPT HAD WHEN IT BEGINS ITS LEARNING. As the consciousness of the indigo ray becomes more crystalline, more work may be done; more may be expressed from intelligent infinity. (B3, 181-182)
31. HEALING
I. THE TWO BASIC REQUIREMENTS FOR HEALING
A. FORGIVENESS OF OTHERS AND FORGIVENESS OF SELF
RA. You may observe the thoughts of anger becoming those cells of the physical bodily complex going out of control to become what you call cancer. (B2, 81)
QUESTION: Are you saying that cancer is quite easily healed mentally and once the entity forgives the other-self at whom he is angry, the cancer will disappear?
RA: This is partially correct. The other portion of healing has to do with forgiveness of self.
B. A GREATLY HEIGHTENED SENSE OF RESPECT FOR THE SELF
RA: Another part of healing has to do with demonstrating a greatly heightened respect for the self. This may conveniently be expressed by taking care in dietary matters. This is quite frequently a part of the healing and forgiving process. (B2, 82-83)
RA: Information on dietary matters is not to be understood literally but as a link or psychological nudge for the body and the mind and the spirit. Thus it is the care and respect for the self that is the true thing of importance. (B2, 83)
II. SECONDARY TECHNIQUES
A. PHYSICAL TECHNIQUE: FASTING PURGES THE MIND OF TOXIC THOUGHT-FORMS
RA: Those entities in need of purging the self of a poison thought-form or emotion do well to follow a program of careful fasting until the destructive thought-form has been purged. The by-product of this is the ridding of the physical body of excess material. See the value not to the body but see the body used as a link for the mind and spirit. (B2, 83) [Note: Colon hydrotherapists will all tell you that toxic, decaying food material can be stored in the large intestine for years.]
RA: The discipline or denial of the unwanted, cancerous portion as an appropriate part of the self is taken through the tree of mind down through the trunk to subconscious levels where the connection is male. Then the body, mind, and spirit, in unison, express denial of the excess or unwanted spiritual or mental material as part of the entity. All then falls away. (B2, 91)
QUESTION: Is the entity consciously programming this release and using fasting as the method of communication to itself?
RA: This is not only correct but may be taken further. If the self is sufficiently aware of the workings of this catalyst and of the techniques of programming, it may, using only faith and concentration of the will, cause reprogramming without using fasting, dieting, or other similar bodily disciplines. (B2, 91)
[Note: This degree of adepthood is quite rare and should not be seen as an excuse to abandon healthy dietetic practice and go eat at Mc Donald‘s. It is best to combine these techniques with healthy diet.]
B. MENTAL TECHNIQUE: FOCUSED ATTENTION
(1) THERE IS ONLY ONE TECHNIQUE OF PROGRAMMING
QUESTION: You said that if the self understands sufficiently the workings of the catalyst and the techniques of programming, it may cause reprogramming through concentration of the will and the faculty of faith alone, without fasting, diet or other analogous bodily complex disciplines. What are the techniques of programming which the Higher Self uses? (B2, 98)
RA: THERE IS BUT ONE TECHNIQUE FOR THIS GROWING OR NURTURING OF WILL AND FAITH, AND THAT IS THE FOCUSING OF ATTENTION. The attention span of those you call children is considered short. The spiritual attention span of most of your peoples is that of the child. Thus it is a matter of wishing to become able to collect one‘s attention and hold it upon the desired programming. This, when continued, strengthens the will. The entire activity can only occur when there exists faith that an outcome of this discipline is possible. (B2, 98)
(2) INCREASE YOUR ATTENTION SPAN THROUGH VISUALIZATION
QUESTION: What are some exercises for increasing the attention span?
RA: The visualization of a shape and color which is of personal inspirational quality to the mediator is the bean of the religious aspects of this son of visualization. The visualization of simple shapes and colors which have no innate inspirational quality to the entity form the basis for what you may call your magical traditions. Whether you imagine the rose or a circle is not important. However, it is suggested that one or the other path be chosen in order to exercise this faculty. (B2, 98)
III. CONVENTIONAL METHODS
A. SHOULD YOU TAKE MEDICINE?
RA: THE MECHANICAL VIEW OF THE BODY HAS CREATED THE CONTINUING RAPID GROWTH OF ILL-HEALTH DUE TO THE STRONG CHEMICALS USED TO CONTROL AND HIDE BODILY DISTORTIONS. (B3, 101)
B. SHOULD YOU SEE A DOCTOR?
QUESTION: Assume that a sickness occurs within a particular entity who then has a choice of seeking allopathic aid (i.e., seeing a doctor) or experiencing the catalyst of the sickness and not seeking correction of the sickness (i.e. not seeing a doctor). Can you comment? (B3, 101)
RA: If the entity is polarized towards service-to-others, it asks
which path offers the most opportunity for service-to-others. For the negatively polarized entities the opposite is the case. For the unpolarized entity the considerations are random and most likely in the direction of distortion towards comfort. (B3, 101)
IV. METAPHYSICAL UNDERSTANDING OF HEALING
A. THE PATH OF THE ENERGY IN HEALING
QUESTION: Once the healer has become properly balanced and unblocked with respect to energy centers, it is possible for him to act in some way as a collector and focuser of light, collecting light through the left hand and emitting it through the right. (B3, 113)
RA: You are correct but we suggest a few adjustments. The energy brought in by the outstretched hand circulates through the various energy centers to the base of the spine, turning at the red energy center (root chakra) towards a spiral at the yellow energy center and then passing through the green energy center -- this then continuing for the 3rd spiral through the blue energy center and being sent from there through the gateway back to intelligent infinity. It is from the green center that the healing prana moves into the polarized healing right hand and from there to the one to be healed. (B3, 113-114)
B. THE ONE AND ONLY TRUE DESCRIPTION OF HEALING
RA: The crystallized healer is a channel for intelligent energy which offers an opportunity to an entity that it might heal itself. In no case is there any other description of healing. This is also true of the more conventional healers of your culture and if these healers could but fully realize that they are responsible only for offering the opportunity of healing, and not for the healing, many of these entities would feel an enormous load of misconceived responsibility fall from them. (B3, 116)
C. THE KEY TO HEALING IS IN THE ETHERIC BODY
RA: Healing is first done in the time/space portion (metaphysical part) of the mind/body/spirit complex, then is adopted by the form-making or etheric body, and finally is given to the space/time physical illusion for we by the physical body. IT IS THE ADOPTION OF THE CONFIGURATION WHICH YOU CALL HEALTH BY THE ETHERIC BODY IN TIME/SPACE WHICH IS THE KEY TO PHYSICAL HEALTH, NOT ANY EVENT WHICH OCCURS IN SPACE/TIME. (B3, 118)
V. IF YOU WANT THE SICKNESS, AT ANY LEVEL, IT STAYS
RA: If the entity, at any level, desires to remain in the configuration which seems to need healing (for example, sickness), it will do so. (B3, 115)
RA: An entity may not consciously seek healing and yet subconsciously be aware of the need to experience the new set of distortions which result from healing. Similarly an entity may consciously desire healing greatly, but within the being, at some level, find some cause which makes the illness seem appropriate. (B3, 115)
JIM MCCARTY: "Pre-incarnatively chosen limitations confuse many healers who have the opinion that no disease is ever necessary. However it seems that some people choose lessons that will utilize the entire information and not just a portion of it. Thus the distortions needed to present the opportunities for these kinds of lessons are not meant to yield to healing efforts" (B5, 93)
VI. RA ABRIDGES FREE WILL BY GIVING STRONG HEALING ADVICE TO CARLA
A. THE SPIRITUAL HEALING NEEDED RE-ENFORCEMENT
QUESTION: Carla would like for me to ask if there is any problem with her kidneys?
RA: This query is more complex than its brevity would indicate. The kidneys of this instrument (i.e., Carla) is much damaged. The time/space equivalent which rules the body complex is without flaw. There was a serious question, due to psychic attack, whether the spiritual healing would endure. THE SPIRITUAL HEALING HAS ENDURED BUT IT HAS THE NEED TO BE RE-ENFORCED BY AFFIRMATION OF THE ASCENDANCY OF THE SPIRITUAL OVER THE APPARENT OR VISIBLE EFFORTS AT HEALING. (B4, 25)
B. TAKING MEDICINE WEAKENED THE HEALING
RA: When this instrument began ingesting substances (medicine) designed to heal the kidneys in a physical sense, this instrument (Carla) was ceasing the affirmation of healing. Due to this the healing was weakened. This is of some profound distortion and it would be well for the instrument to absorb these concepts. We ask your forgiveness for offering information which may abridge free will, but the dedication of the instrument is such that it would persevere regardless of its condition, if possible. Thusly we offer this information that it may persevere with a fuller distortion towards comfort. (B4, 25)
C. A SPIRITUAL HEALER WAS THE CATALYST
QUESTION: What was the experience that caused the healing of the time/space kidney?
RA: This experience was the healing of self by self with the catalyst of the spiritual healer whom you call Pachita. (B4, 25)
32. BALANCE CAN REMOVE THE NEED FOR CATALYSTS
I. ENCOUNTERING CATALYSTS
RA: A catalyst not used fully by the mind and spirit is given to the body. (B3, 75)
A. PAIN AS CATALYST
RA: The experience of pain is most common among your entities. The pain may be physical, but more often it is of the mental or emotional complex. In some few cases the pain is of the spiritual complex. This creates a potential for learning. The lessons to be learned almost always include patience. tolerance, and the ability for the light touch. Very often the catalyst for emotional pain will result in the opposite, in a bitterness and impatience. In these cases there must be additional catalyst provided to after the unmanifested self more opportunities to
DISCOVER THE SELF AS ALL-SUFFICIENT CREATOR CONTAINING ALL THAT IS AND FULL OF JOY. (B2, 52)
B. SICKNESS AS CATALYST
QUESTION: Do contagious diseases play any part in this process with respect to the unmanifested self?
RA: Contagious diseases are those entities of 2nd density which offer an opportunity for this type of catalyst. If this catalyst is unneeded, then the 2nd density creatures as you would call them, do not have an effect. (B2, 52)
C. TRAUMA AS CATALYST
RA: Among your entities a large percentage of all progression has as catalyst, trauma. (B2, 55)
D. THE PURPOSE OF CATALYSTS
RA: All catalysts are designed to offer a challenge or lesson. In your density such experience may be loved and accepted or it may be controlled. These are the two paths. When neither path is chosen, the catalyst fails in its design and the entity proceeds until some catalyst strikes it which causes it to form a bias toward acceptance and love or toward separation and control. (B2, 110)
RA: The purpose of incarnative existence is evolution of mind, body and spirit. In order to do this it is not strictly necessary to have catalyst. However, without catalyst the desire to evolve and the faith in the process do not normally manifest and thus evolution occurs not. (B3, 29)
E. IS CATALYST NECESSARY ONLY IF THERE IS AT LEAST A PARTIAL BLOCKAGE OF ONE ENERGY CENTER?
RA. This is not correct. Although activating or unblocking each energy center is of primary importance, so also is the refining of the balances between the energies so that the tones of vibratory being-ness coming from each energy center resonate in clarity and harmony with those from the other energy centers. Each energy may be activated without the beauty that is possible through the appreciation of what you call the deeper personality or soul identity. (B3, 26)
QUESTION: As an analogy for activating the energy centers, anybody can pull out each string on a stringed musical instrument and release them, producing notes. But that doesn't necessarily produce music. A musician's hands can make music. Is this correct?
RA: This is correct. IN THE BALANCED INDIVIDUAL THE ENERGY LIES
WAITING FOR THE HAND OF THE CREATOR TO PLUCK HARMONY. (B3, 27)
II. THE PROGRESSION OF CATALYST- FROM MENTAL TO PHYSICAL
RA: Catalyst is offered to the entity. If it is not used by the mind complex, it will then enter the body and manifest as some form of physical distortion or sickness. THE MORE EFFICIENT THE USE OF CATALYST, THE LESS PHYSICAL SICKNESS OR DISTORTION THERE WILL BE. On some 3rd density planetary spheres catalyst has been used more efficiently. In the case of your sphere there is much inefficient use of catalyst, and therefore much physical distortion. (B3, 124)
RA: At first people had longer lifetimes. Eventually catalysts were not being properly assimilated. Therefore lifetimes needed to be shorter. (B4, 15)
III. IF YOU RESPOND AT ALL TO THE CATALYST YOU‘RE STILL USING IT
RA: The catalyst of experience works in order for the teachings of this density to occur. However, if there is seen in the being a response, even if it is simply observed, the entity is still using the catalyst for learning. The end result is that the catalyst is no longer needed. Thus the density is no longer needed. This is not indifference or objectivity, but a finely tuned compassion and love which sees all things as love. This seeing elicits no response due to catalytic reactions. Thus the entity is now able to become co-Creator of experiential occurrences. This is the truer balance. (B2, 94)
V. THE COMPLETELY BALANCED ENTITY
A. DOES A BALANCED ENTITY HAVE AN EMOTIONAL RESPONSE TO BEING ATTACKED?
QUESTION: Would a perfectly balanced entity feel any emotional response when attacked by the other-self?
RA: Yes, it would. The response is love. BALANCE IS NOT INDIFFERENCE BUT RATHER THE OBSERVER NOT BLINDED BY ANY FEELINGS OF SEPARATION BUT RATHER FULLY IMBUED WITH LOVE. (B2, 95)
B. ARE ANY SITUATIONS EMOTIONALLY CHARGED TO A BALANCED ENTITY?
RA: For a balanced entity no situation has an emotional charge but is simply a situation like any other in which the entity may or may not observe an opportunity to be of service. The closer an entity comes to this attitude the closer an entity is to balance. It is not our recommendation that reactions to catalyst be repressed or suppressed unless such reactions would be a stumbling block not consonant with the law of One to an other-self. It is far, far better to allow the experience to express itself in order that the entity may then make fuller use of this catalyst. (B2, 97)
[Note: Wilcock‘s favorite paraphrased Ra quote is based on this passage: “To a perfectly balanced entity, there is no such thing as an emotionally charged situation. There are only two choices; the choice to be of service, or the choice to withdraw from the situation. Either choice is acceptable. ”]
V. RANDOM CATALYSTS OCCUR IN UNPOLARIZED ENTITIES
RA: In an unpolarized entity, catalyst of the physical distortion nature will be generated at random. The hopeful result, as you say, is the choice of polarity. Often this choice is not made, and the catalyst continues to be generated. (B3, 124)
QUESTION: Until an entity becomes consciously aware of the evolutionary process, the Logos or intelligent energy creates the potentials for an entity to gain the experience necessary for polarization. Is this correct? (B4, 155)
RA: That is correct.
VI. PHYSICAL CATALYSTS ARE LESS PROMINENT IN NEGATIVE POLARIZATION
RA: Mental and bodily distortions are found in beings which have need of experiences that aid in polarization. It is more likely for positively oriented individuals to be experiencing physical distortions due to their lack of consuming interest in the self and their emphasis in service to others. In the negatively oriented individual the physical body is likely to be more carefully tended and the mind disciplined against physical distortion. (B3, 124)
33. THE END OF THE PHYSICAL BODY (DEATH)
RA: THE ONLY NEED AT DEATH IS THE RELEASING OF THAT ENTITY FROM ITS BODY BY THOSE AROUND IT AND THE PRAISING OF THE PROCESS BY THOSE WHO GRIEVE. BY THESE MEANS MAY THE ONE WHO HAS EXPERIENCED PHYSICAL DEATH BE AIDED, NOT BY CAREFUL AND REPEATED RITUALS. (B3, 9)
RA: Natural death is most harmonious; the death by murder is confused and the entity needs some time/space in which to get its bearings. DEATH BY SUICIDE CAUSES THE NECESSITY FOR MUCH HEALING WORK AND THE MAKING OF A DEDICATION TO THE 3RD DENSITY FOR THE RENEWED OPPORTUNITY OF LEARNING THE LESSONS SET BY THE HIGHER SELF. (B3, 143)
34. MENTAL ILLNESS
I. WE NOW EXPERIENCE GREEN RAY VIBRATION
QUESTION: Does the fact that the basic vibration that we experience now is green true color or 4th density account for the fact that there are many mental effects on metal objects, such as bending metal with the mind?
RA: This is not only correct but may be taken further. The great number of entities with the so-called
mental diseases is due to effect of this green ray true color upon the mental configurations - those unready mentally to face the self for the first time. (B2, 83)
II. IS THIS DIFFICULT FOR THOSE ON THE SERVICE TO SELF PATH?
QUESTION: Is it those entities on the service-to-self path who have extreme difficulty mentally with this green ray vibration?
RA: This is incorrect. It is those who have distracted themselves and failed to prepare for this transition yet who are somewhat susceptible to its influence who may be affected. (B2, 83-84)
35. CHANGING SOCIETY
RA: Those most active in attempting to remake or alter the society are those working from feelings of being correct personally or of having answers which will put power in a more correct configuration. These interactions most often concentrate upon the 2nd and 3rd energy centers. (B2, 53)
There are some few whose desires to aid society are of a green ray nature or above. These entities, however, are few due to the understanding of 4th ray that universal love freely given is more to be desired than principles or even the rearrangement of peoples or political structures. (B2, 53)
RA: At the present space/time the conditions of well-meant and unintentional slavery are so numerous that it beggars our ability to enumerate them. (B4, 76)
[Note: The conditions in which most animals are raised for our mainstream food supply certainly is one factor that could be missed by many who read this.]
ENERGY CENTERS AND ENERGY TRANSFERS
36. SEXUAL ENERGY
I. HOW THE VEILING AFFECTED SEXUAL ENERGY TRANSFER
A. BEFORE THE VEILING (SEPARATION BETWEEN CONSCIOUS / SUBCONSCIOUS / SUPERCONSCIOUS MIND, BODY AND SPIRIT)
RA: Before the veiling each activity was a transfer of sexual energy. There were some sexual transfers of strength. Most were rather reduced in strength due to the lack of veiling. (B4, 73)
In the 3rd density, entities are attempting to learn the ways of love. If it is impossible to not see that all are one being, it becomes much more difficult for the undisciplined personality to choose one mate and, thereby, initiate itself into a program of service. It is much more likely that the sexual energy will be dissipated more randomly without either great joy or great sorrow. Therefore the green-ray transfer occurred almost without exception in sexual energy transfer prior to veiling but it was weakened and without significant crystallization. (B4, 73)
RA: Before the veiling sexual intercourse was that of two entities possessed of green-ray capability. THE AWARENESS OF ALL AS THE CREATOR IS THAT WHICH OPENS THE GREEN RAY CENTER. Thus there was no possibility of blockage due to the sure knowledge of each by each that each was the Creator. The energy transfers were weak due to the ease with which such transfers could take place. (B4, 82-83)
RA: Before the veiling process there was a near total lack of the use of this sexual energy transfer beyond green ray. There was, in 3rd density, little purpose to be seen in the more intensive relationships that occur in the mating process, since each other-self was seen to be the Creator and no other-self seemed to be more the Creator than another. (B4, 102)
B. AFTER THE VEILING
RA: After the veiling it became infinitely more difficult to achieve green-ray energy transfer due to the great areas of unknowing concerning the body and its manifestations (referring to blocks?)
However, when such energy transfer was experienced, it was more likely to provide a catalyst for bonding of self with other self in a properly polarized condition. This was due to the great shadowing of the manifestations of the body from the conscious mind. (B4, 102)
RA: After veiling, sexual energy transfers and blockages are far more efficient in crystallizing those who seek the green-ray energy center. (B4, 73)
II. POLARIZATION PRODUCES SPIRITUAL ENERGY TRANSFER
A. SEXUAL ENERGY CONNECTS THE METAPHYSICAL REALM TO THE PHYSICAL REALM
RA: The energies transferred during sexual activity are not, properly speaking, of space-time. There is a great component of what you might call metaphysical energy transferred. (B4, 85)
Sexual energy is a form of vibratory bridge between space/time and time/space. (B4, 112)
B. SEXUAL EXPRESSION STARTS WITH DIFFERENCE AND MOVES TOWARD ONENESS
QUESTION: Could you define sexual energy transfer?
RA: Energy transfer implies the release of potential energies across, shall we say, a potentiated space. The sexual energy transfers occur due to the polarization of two mind/body/spirit complexes, each of which have some potential difference one to the other. (B2, 31)
C. THE MAGNETIC ATTRACTION MAKES AN ACT OF WILL UNNECESSARY
QUESTION: Would you define magnetic attraction?
RA: In your bisexual natures there is that which is of polarity. This polarity is variable according to the male/female polarity of each entity. Thus you may see the magnetism which two entities with the appropriate balance, male/female versus female/male polarity, meeting and thus feeling the attraction which polarized forces will exert, one upon the other. THIS IS THE STRENGTH OF THE BISEXUAL MECHANISM: IT DOES NOT TAKE AN ACT OF WILL TO DECIDE TO FEEL ATTRACTION FOR ONE WHO IS OPPOSITELY POLARIZED SEXUALLY. IT WILL OCCUR IN AN INEVITABLE SENSE,
giving the free flow of energy a proper avenue. This avenue may be blocked by some distortion toward a belief-condition. Mating to the entity that this attraction is not desired. However,
the basic mechanism functions as simply as would, shall we say, the magnet and a piece of iron. (B2, 34)
III. THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN MALE AND FEMALE ENTITIES
RA: The male stores physical energy, the female stores mental and mental/emotional energy. In 3rd density sexual energy transfer, the male offers physical energy, the female is thereby refreshed, having far less physical vitality. The female offers inspiration, healing and blessing to the male which by nature is less vital in this effect. (B4, 112)
RA: In energy transfer the female is able to potentiate that which may be within the conscious mind of the male so that it may feel inspirited. IN A MORE GENERAL SENSE. THAT WHICH REACHES MAY BE SEEN AS A MALE PRINCIPLE. THAT WHICH AWAITS THE REACHING MAY BE SEEN AS A FEMALE PRINCIPLE. (B4, 159)
IV. BLOCKAGES OF SEXUAL ENERGY TRANSFERS
A. THE ROOT CAUSE OF BLOCKS
QUESTION: Before the veiling sexual energy transfer was always possible, but it is not always possible after the veiling. What is the primary source of the blockages? (B4, 109)
RA: The root cause of blockage is the lack of the ability to see the other-self as the Creator, or to phrase it differently, the lack of love. (B4, 110)
B. TYPES OF BLOCKS
QUESTION: Can you speak on the various types of blockages that occur in our sexual reproductive complex?
1. RED RAY:
RA: The first energy transfer is red ray and has to do only with your reproductive system.
2. YELLOW AND ORANGE RAY:
(a) ONLY ONE VIBRATES IN THIS COLOR
RA: In the orange-ray-attempts and yellow-ray attempts to have sexual intercourse, a blockage will be created if only one entity vibrates in this area and that entity will have a never ending appetite for this activity. What these vibratory levels are seeking is green ray activity. (B2, 30-31)
(b) TREATING SELF OR OTHER AS OBJECT
RA: There is the possibility of orange or yellow ray energy transfer but this will be negatively polarized with one being seen as object rather than other-self and the other seeing itself as plunderer or master of the situation. (B2, 30-31)
3. GREEN RAY:
(a) FEAR OF -- OR DESIRE FOR -- POSSESSING, OR BEING POSSESSED
RA: In green ray there are two possibilities, Firstly, if both vibrate in green ray, there will be a mutually strengthening energy transfer. The female draws the energy from the roots of the being-ness through the energy centers. The male finds in its energy transfer an inspiration which satisfies and feeds the spirit portion of the mind/body/spirit complex. This energy transfer will be blocked only if one or both entities have fear of possession, or of being possessed, of desiring possession or desiring being possessed. (B2, 30-31)
(b) NOT OFFERING UNIVERSAL LOVE
RA: The other green my possibility is when only one of the two entities offers green ray energy, the other not offering universal love energy. This results in a blockage of the one not offering the green ray energy and increases frustration or appetite. (B2, 30-31)
4. BLUE RAY: RARE
RA: The blue ray energy transfer is somewhat rare among your peoples at this time but is of great aid due to energy transfers involved in becoming able to express without reservation or fear.
5. INDIGO RAY EXTREMELY RARE
RA: The indigo ray transfer is extremely rare among your peoples. This is the sacramental portion of the body complex whereby contact may be made through violet my with intelligent infinity. No blockages may occur at these later two levels. (B2, 30-31)
V. CAN ONE TELL WHICH RAY IS PRESENT IN THE ENERGY TRANSFER?
A. QUESTION: Is there any way to tell which ray the transfer was for an individual after the experience? (B4, 87)
RA: There is only a subjective yardstick.
B. GREEN: LOVE IS MADE WHOLE
RA: If the energies have flowed so that love is made whole, green-ray transfer has taken place.
C. BLUE: COMMUNICATION IS EASIER
If greater ease in communication and greater sight has been experienced, the energy has been refined to the blue-ray energy center. (B4, 87)
D. INDIGO: WILL AND FAITH ARE STIMULATED
If the polarized entities find that the faculties of will and faith have been stimulated, not for a brief while but for a greater duration of what you call time, you may perceive the indigo-ray transfer. (B4, 87)
E. VIOLET: AN OPENING TO THE GATEWAY TO INTELLIGENT INFINITY
We may not speak of the violet-ray transfer except to note that it is an opening to the gateway to intelligent infinity. Indeed, the indigo-ray transfer is also this but the veil has not been lifted. (B4, 87)
VI. SHARING SEXUAL ENERGIES
A. TRANSFER THROUGH THE RAYS CAN OCCUR ONCE GREEN RAY IS REACHED
RA: Once green-ray energy transfer has been achieved by two mind/body/spirits in mating, the further rays are available without both entities having the necessity to progress equally. Thus a blue ray vibrating entity or indigo ray vibrating entity with the green ray other-self can serve as catalyst for the learn/teaching of the other-self until the other-self teaches green ray. such energy transfer through the rays is not possible. (B2, 40)
B. REFINEMENT LEADS TO HIGH SEXUAL MAGIC
RA: Sexual energy transfer takes place upon a non-magical level by all those entities which vibrate green-ray active. It is possible, in the case of a being who dedicates itself to the service of the One Infinite Creator, to refine this energy transfer. When the other self also dedicates itself in service to the One Infinite Creator, the transfer is doubled.
There are refinements from this point onward leading to the realm of high sexual magic. (B3, 176)
VII. THE GREAT KEY = UNCONDITIONAL LOVE
RA: The great key to blue, indigo. and. finally, that great capitol of the column of sexual energy transfer, violet energy transfers, is the metaphysical bond or distortion which has the name among your peoples of unconditional love. IN THE BLUE RAY ENERGY TRANSFER THE QUALITY OF THIS LOVE IS REFINED IN THE FIRE OF HONEST COMMUNICATION AND CLARITY;
THIS NORMALLY TAKES A SUBSTANTIAL AMOUNT OF TIME TO ACCOMPLISH. THIS IS ONE METHOD OF CRYSTALLIZING THE BLUE-RAY CENTER. (B4, 86-87)
VII. TANTRA YOGA
RA: The energy transfer does not leap between green and green energy centers but is the sharing of the energies of each from red ray upwards. It is most efficient when both entities have orgasm simultaneously. However, it functions as transfer if either has the orgasm and indeed, in the case of the physically expressed love between a mated pair which does not result in orgasm, there is nevertheless a considerable amount of energy transferred… as long as both entities are aware of the potential difference and release its strength to each other by desire of the will in a mental dedication. You may see this practice in what you may call other than Christian religious distortion systems of the Law of One. (B4,84)
QUESTION: Could you give an example?
RA: We preface this example with the reminder that each system is quite distorted and its teachings always half-lost. However, one such system is that called the Tantric Yoga. (B4, 84)
IX. SACRAMENTAL SEXUALITY
A. ACTIVATE INDIGO RAY
RA: Motivation of indigo ray vibration is the beginning of the sacramental nature of your bisexual reproductive act. It is unique in bearing the allness, the wholeness, the unity in its offering to the other self. (B2, 40)
RA: The male principle must reach and penetrate, in a symbolically sexual fashion, the inner secrets of the feminine principle before sanctified sexuality which is related to the feminine principle of mind, can be used. (B4, 161)
B. SEE THIS AS THE CREATOR EXPERIENCING SELF
RA: You may see this activity, as all experiential activities, as the Creator experiencing Itself. (B2, 31)
QUESTION: Could this be the primal mechanism for the Creator to experience Itself?
RA: This is not a proper term. It is one appropriate way. The bisexual knowing of the Creator by Itself has the potential for two advantages. Firstly, in the green ray activated being there is the potential for a direct and simple analogue of what you may call joy, the spiritual or metaphysical nature which exits as intelligent infinity. This is a great aid to comprehension of a truer nature of being-ness. The other potential advantage is having a sacramental understanding or connection with the gateway to intelligent infinity, for with appropriate preparation, experience of intelligent infinity may be obtained. (B2, 31-32)
RA: After the veiling it was far more likely that higher energy transfers would be sought by the mated pair of mind/body/spirit complexes, thus allowing the Creator to know Itself with great beauty, solemnity and wonder.
Intelligent infinity having been reached by this sacramental use of this function, each entity gained greatly in polarization and ability to serve. (B4, 102)
X. COMPLETE FUSION
QUESTION: Can you expand on what “complete fusion nature" means?
RA: The entire creation is of the One Creator, Thus the division of sexual activity into simply that of the bodily complex is an artificial division, all things thusly being seen as sexual equally, the mind, the body and the spirit, all of which are part of the polarity of the entity. THUS SEXUAL FUSION MAY BE SEEN, WITH OR WITHOUT WHAT YOU CALL SEXUAL INTERCOURSE, TO BE THE COMPLETE MELDING OF THE MIND, THE BODY, AND THE SPIRIT IN WHAT FEELS TO BE A CONSTANT ORGASM OF JOY AND DELIGHT IN THE OTHER'S BEING-NESS. (B2, 41-42)
XI. WHITE MAGIC
RA The heart of white magic is the experience of the joy of union with the Creator. This joy will necessarily radiate through the life experience of the positive adept. It is for this reason that sexual magic is not restricted solely to the negatively oriented polarizing adepts but when most carefully used has its place in high magic as it, when correctly pursued, joins body, mind and spirit with the One Infinite Creator. (B3, 161)
XII. HOMOSEXUALITY
RA: If an entity has had roughly 65% of its incarnations in the sexual/biological body complex of the opposite polarity to its present body complex, this entity is vulnerable to infringement in your urban areas and may become what you call homosexual. (B2, 35)
XIII. PRESENT DAY MARRIAGE VERSUS MATED RELATIONSHIPS
RA: As your peoples became open to the concepts of hostility and war and greed of ownership, these ideas filtered down the tree of mind into body complex expressions, sexuality being an example. (B2, 37)
QUESTION: Is the entire population infected in some way?
RA: There is some contamination of the sexual, this showing mostly in your own culture as the various predispositions to adversary relationships, or, as you call them, marriages, rather than the free giving one to another in the love and light of the Infinite Creator. (B2, 37)
[Note: Of course, this is a controversial statement. What they mean is that the forcing of a legal contract between two entities can cause much embitterment and feelings of ownership, attachment and possession. They do not, however, disapprove of mated relationships, and in fact encourage them. Remember that free will is the primary distortion of the Law of One, and such a contract makes any possible future free-will decision to end the relationship into a complex legal nightmare, not to mention a social and religious stigma. One possible compromise is the renewable-contract marriage, where the vows are consciously chosen to be reinstated at each anniversary.]
QUESTION: Did the Logos plan, before the veiling, to create a system of random sexual activity?
RA: It was the intention of the original Logoi that entities mate with one another in any fashion which caused a greater polarization. It was determined after much observation that polarization increased many fold if the mating were not indiscriminate. Consecutive Logoi preserved a bias
toward the mated relationship which is more characteristic of more disciplined personalities and the higher densities. The free will of each entity, however, was always paramount and only a bias could be offered. (B4, 88)
XIV. SEXUAL ENERGY IN 4TH DENSITY
RA: In 4th density the choice has been made and the veil has been lifted. In positive polarities true sharing is almost universal,
in negative polarities true blockage is almost universal; the conqueror obtains orgasm, the conquered almost never. (B4, 111)
37. ROTATION AND CRYSTALLIZATION OF CHAKRAS
I. DO CHAKRAS ROTATE OR CRYSTALLIZE?
RA: In the first 3 energy centers a full unblocking of this energy will create speeds of rotation. As the entity develops the higher energy centers, however, these centers will then begin to express their nature by forming crystal structures. This is the higher or more balanced form of activation. (B3, 9)
II. THE CRYSTALLINE STRUCTURE OF THE VARIOUS CHAKRAS
A. RED ENERGY CENTER - It has the shape of a spoked wheel. B. ORANGE ENERGY CENTER - It has a flower shape containing three petals. C. YELLOW ENERGY CENTER - Rounded in shape, many faceted as a star
D. GREEN ENERGY CENTER - Lotus-shape, the number of points dependent upon the strength of this center. E. BLUE ENERGY CENTER - Capable of having perhaps 100 facets and capable of great flashing brilliance. F. INDIGO ENERGY CENTER - Usually the basic triangular or 3 petaled shape
G. VIOLET ENERGY CENTER - The least variable. Has 1000 petals. (B3, 10)
III. CLEARING ENERGY BLOCKS
RA: The indigo center is the most important for the work of the adept. However, it cannot, no matter how crystallized, correct to any extent whatsoever imbalances or blockages in other energy centers. They must be cleared seriatim (one after the other) from red upwards. (B3, 180)
IV. THE USE OF ENERGY CENTERS BY POSITIVE AND NEGATIVE ENTITIES
RA: The negative will use the 3 lower centers for separation from and control over others by sexual means, by personal assertion, and by action in your societies. The positively oriented entity will he transmuting strong red-ray energy into green-ray energy transfers and into radiation in blue and indigo. Also it will be transmuting selfhood and place in society into situations in which the entity may merge with and serve others; and finally radiate unto others without expecting any transfer in return. (B3, 29)
V. CRYSTALLIZATION
RA: It is well to remember that the chakras or energy centers can be functioning properly without crystallization. (B4, 83)
QUESTION: Would they be equivalent in electrical circuitry to a completed circuit, red through green, with a high resistance, where the total quantity of energy transferred is small?
RA: The uncrystallized, lower centers cannot deliver the higher voltage. The crystallized centers may become quite remarkable in their high voltage characteristics. (B4, 83)
38. THE 7 CHAKRAS, THEIR RAYS AND BLOCKAGES
I. ROOT CHAK
RA: RED RAY, THE FOUNDATION RAY
RA: The basic energy of red ray - this ray is the basic strengthening ray for each density. (B2, 77)
RA: The south pole (root chakra) is one which attracts. It pulls unto itself those things magnetized to it. This red ray, being the lowest center of the physical vehicle, will have the first opportunity to react to any experience. It has the opportunity to function first, and therefore relates to survival. Once it is balanced and unblocked, much is open to the seeker. (B2, 128)
RA: The first balancing is of the Malkuth, or Earth, vibratory energy complex, called the red-ray complex. An understanding and acceptance of this energy is fundamental. (B1, 144)
II. EMOTIONAL OR PERSONAL CENTER: ORANGE RAY, THE RAY OF MOVEMENT TOWARDS YELLOW RAY
RA: The next energy complex which may be blocked is the emotional or personal complex, also known as the orange-ray complex. This blockage will often demonstrate itself as personal eccentricities or distortions with regard to self-conscious understanding or acceptance of self. (B1, 145)
RA: The orange ray is that influence or vibratory pattern wherein the mind/body/spirit complex expresses its power on an individual basis. Power over individuals may be seen to be orange ray. This ray has been quite intense among your peoples on an individual basis. You may see in this ray the treating of other-selves as non-entities, slaves or chattel, thus giving other-selves no status whatsoever. (B2, 38)
III. 3RD CHAKRA YELLOW-RAY: RAY OF SELF-AWARENESS AND INTERACTION WITH OTHERS (B2, 92)
A. RELATES TO GROUPS
RA: The yellow ray concerns the entity in relation to groups or societies. It is at the heart of hostile actions in which one group of entities feels the necessity and the right of dominating other groups of entities until bending their wills to the wills of the masters. (B2, 38)
RA: The usual nature of sexual interaction, if one is yellow or orange in primary vibratory patterns, is one of blockage and then insatiable hunger due to the blockage. When two selves are of this pattern. one entity experiences the pleasure of humiliation and slavery and bondage, the other experiencing the pleasure of mastery and control over another entity. In this way a sexual energy transfer of a negative polarity is experienced. (B2, 39)
B. BLOCKAGES RELATED TO EGO
The third blockage resembles most closely that which you have called ego. It is the yellow-ray or solar plexus center. Blockages in this center will often manifest as distortions toward power manipulation and other social behaviors concerning those close and those associated with the mind/body/spirit complex. Those with blockages in these first three energy centers, or nexi, (i.e. red, orange and yellow) will have continuing difficulties in ability to further their seeking of the Law of One. (B1, 145)
C. OCCURS FIRST IN SOME PLANTS AND ANIMALS
QUESTION. What is the simplest entity having both orange and yellow ray energy centers?
RA: Those having animal and vegetative natures which find the necessity for reproduction by bisexual techniques or who find it necessary to depend in some way upon other selves for survival and growth. (B2, 89)
IV. HEART CHAK
RA: GREEN-RAY RAY OF COMPASSION & ALL-FORGIVING LOVE (B2, 92)
A. THE TURNING POINT
RA: With the green ray transfer of energy you come to the great turning point sexually as well in other modes of experience. The green ray may be turned outward, the entity then giving rather than receiving. (B2, 39)
GREEN-RAY ACTIVITY IS THAT ALL-COMPASSIONATE LOVE WHICH DEMANDS NO RETURN. (B4, 77)
B. SPRINGBOARD TO INFINITE INTELLIGENCE
RA: The center of heart, or green-ray, is the center from which third-density beings may springboard, shall we say, to infinite intelligence. Blockages in this area may manifest as difficulties in expressing what you may call universal love or compassion. (B1, 145)
C. POSSIBLE REVERSALS
RA: The green ray activation is always vulnerable to the yellow or orange ray of possession. Fear of possession, desire for possession, fear of being possessed, desire to be possessed: these are the distortions which will cause the deactivation of green ray energy transfer. (B2, 43)
RA: The influences of the true color green acting upon yellow ray entities have caused many entities to revert to the consideration of self rather than the stepping forward into consideration of other-self or green ray. This may not be seen to be of a negatively polarized nature, as the negative polarized entity is working very intensively with the deepest manifestations yellow ray group energies, especially the manipulations of other-self for service to self. Those reverting to the orange ray, and we may add these are many upon your plane at this time, are those who feel the vibrations of true color green and, therefore, respond by rejecting governmental and societal activities as such and seek once more the self. (B2, 88)
V. THROAT CHAK
RA: BLUE-RAY, COMMUNICATION, FIRST RAY OF RADIATION OF SELF REGARDLESS OF ANY ACTIONS OF ANOTHER
RA: Once the green ray has been achieved, the ability to enter blue ray is immediate and is only awaiting the efforts of the individual. (B2, 43)
RA: The first giving beyond green ray is the giving of acceptance or freedom, thus allowing the recipient of blue ray energy transfer the opportunity of feeling accepted, thus freeing that other-self to express itself to the giver of the ray. (B2, 39)
RA: The blue-ray center of energy streaming is the center which, for the first time, is outgoing as well as inpouring. Those blocked in this area may have difficulty in grasping the spirit/mind complexes of its own entity and further difficulty in expressing such understandings of self. Entities blocked in this area may have difficulties in accepting communication from other mind/body/spirit complexes. (B1, 145)
RA: The blue ray entity is a co-Creator. (B2, 92)
VI. INNER EYE OR PINEAL CHAKRA- INDIGO-RAY
RA: THE INDIGO RAY IS OPENED ONLY THROUGH CONSIDERABLE DISCIPLINE AND PRACTICE LARGELY HAVING TO DO WITH ACCEPTANCE OF SELF,
NOT ONLY AS THE POLARIZED AND BALANCED SELF BUT AS TRUE CREATOR, AS AN ENTITY OF INFINITE WORTH. THIS WILL BEGIN TO ACTIVATE THE INDIGO RAY. (B2, 43)
RA: The indigo-ray energy center is fed, as are all energy centers, by experience -- but far more than the others it is fed by what we have called the disciplines of the personality. (B3, 160)
RA: THE INDIGO RAY IS THE RAY OF AWARENESS OF THE CREATOR AS SELF. Thus one whose indigo ray vibrations have been activated can offer the energy transfer of Creator to Creator. (B2, 40)
RA: The indigo ray, though precious, is that ray worked upon only by the adept, as you would call it. It is the gateway to intelligent infinity bringing intelligent energy through. This is the energy center on in those teachings considered hidden and occult, for this ray is that which is infinite possibilities. Those who heal, teach and work for the Creator in any way which may be seen to be as balanced are those of the indigo ray. (B2, 77)
RA: Those blocked in this (indigo-ray) center may experience a lessening of the influx of intelligent energy due to manifestations which appear as unworthiness…
The indigo-ray balancing is quite central to the type of work which revolves about the spirit complex, which has its influx then into the transformation or transmutation of third density to fourth density,
it being the energy center receiving the least distorted outpourings of love/light from intelligent energy and also the potential for the key to the gateway of intelligent infinity. (B1, 145)
VII. CROWN CHAK
RA: COLOR = VIOLET
QUESTION: When there's a feeling in the crown chakra in meditation, what is happening?
RA: The entity is experiencing in-streamings at that energy center to be used either:
(1) for the unblocking of this center
(2) for its tuning to match the harmonics of its other energy center
(3) or to activate the gateway to intelligent infinity. (B3, 32)
RA: (The violet ray center) is simply the total expression of the entity’s vibratory complex of mind, body and spirit. It is as it will be, “balanced” or “imbalanced” has no meaning at this energy level, for it gives and takes in its own balance. Whatever the distortion may be, it cannot be manipulated as can the others and, therefore, has no particular importance in viewing the balancing of an entity. (B1, 145)
The energy ingress ends with indigo (inner eye chakra). The violet ray is a thermometer or indicator of the whole. (B3, 31)
39. THE VARIOUS ENERGY BODIES
QUESTION: In our esoteric literature numerous bodies are listed,
ie, the physical, etheric, emotional, and astral. Is this the right number?
RA: To answer your query fully would be the work of many sessions such as this one, for the interrelationships of the various bodies and each body’s effects in various situations is an enormous study. However, we shall begin by referring your minds back to the spectrum of true colors and the usage of this understanding in grasping the various densities of your octave. We have the number seven repeated from the macrocosm to the microcosm in structure and experience. Therefore, it would only be expected that there would be seven basic bodies which we would perhaps be most lucid by stating as red-ray body, etc.
However… this will be confusing, for various teachers (may have) named a subtle body one thing and another find a different name. (B2, 114)
[Note: In other words, confusion can arise due to spiritual faiths such as Hinduism and Buddhism which may have differing names for the same energy bodies.]
I. THE RED-RAY BODY
RA: The red-ray is your chemical body. However, it is not the body which you have as clothing in the physical. It is the unconstructed material of the body, the elemental body without form. This basic unformed material body is important to understand for there are healings which may be carried out by the simple understanding of the elements present in the physical vehicle. (B2, 114)
[Note: Two such examples of this would be mineral supplementation and the use of magnetism for healing. It can also relate to far more subtle studies of how vibration affects various elements.]
II. THE ORANGE RAY BODY
RA: This is the physical body complex. It is still not the body you inhabit. but rather the body formed without self-awareness, the body in the womb before the spirit/mind complex enters. This body may live without the inhabitation of the mind and spirit complexes, but seldom does so. (B2, 114)
III. THE YELLOW RAY BODY
RA: (This) is your physical vehicle which you know of at this time and in which you experience catalyst.
IV. THE GREEN-RAY BODY
RA: This is a lighter body packed more densely with life. It is the body that is seen in séance when what you call ectoplasm is furnished. Some call it the astral body. Others have called it the etheric body, but this is not correct in the sense that the etheric body is that body of gateway wherein intelligent energy is able to mold the mind/body/spirit complex. (B2, 115)
V. THE BLUE-RAY BODY OR LIGHTBODY
RA: The light body or blue-ray body may be called the devachanic body. There are many other names for this body especially in your so-called Indian Sutras or writings, for there are those among these peoples which have explored these regions and understand the various types of devachanic bodies. There are many, many types of bodies in each density, much like your own. (B2, 115)
RA: There is always some difficulty in penetrating blue primary energy for it requires that which your people have in great paucity (i.e., scarcity); that is, honesty. Blue ray is the ray of free communication with self and with other-self . (B2, 121)
VI. THE INDIGO-RAY BODY
RA: This is what we choose to call the etheric body. It is the gateway body. You may only see this body as that of light as it may mold itself as it desires. (B2, 116)
RA: This is the first body that activates itself upon death. It is the “form-maker” (or what the Egyptians referred to as “Ka.”) This body remains until understanding has been gained by the mind/body/spirit complex. Then a body of another ray (e.g. green) is activated. (B2, 116)
RA: This indigo body, being intelligent energy, is able to offer the newly dead, as you would term it, a soul perspective and a place from which to view the experience most recently manifested. (B2, 117)
VII. THE VIOLET RAY BODY
RA: You may call this the Buddha body or that body which is complete. Within it lies a sense of wholeness which is extremely close to unity with all that there is. (B2, 115)
RA: This may be seen to be manifested by a sense of the consecrate or hallowed nature of everyday creations and activities. (B2, 121)
Last Updated ( Saturday, 19 July 2008 )
MOVES COMING FROM BEYOND OUR PLANET
40. THE CONFEDERATION
I. THE CONFEDERATION SERVES THE CREATOR
RA: I am one of the members of the Confederation of Planets in the Service of the Infinite Creator. There are approximately fifty-three civilizations, comprising approximately five hundred planetary consciousness complexes in this Confederation. This Confederation contains those from your own planet who have attained dimensions beyond your third. It contains planetary entities within your solar system and planetary entities from other galaxies (solar systems.)
It is a true Confederation in that its members are not alike, but allied in service according to the Law of One... They are available to you through your thought.
II. HOW MANY ON THIS PLANET CALL FOR YOUR SERVICES?
RA: I am called personally by 352,000. (B1, 97)
IV. WHAT IS THE RESULT OF APPLYING THE LAW OF SQUARES TO THIS?
[Note: Due to the natural bias of the One Creator towards the positive polarity, any call for help that is rooted in service-to-others is significantly increased in its strength: hence, the “law of squares. ” In endlessly multiplying “fractal ” fashion, the “voice ” of each entity who calls is squared in strength by each additional entity who calls thereafter, and it quickly multiplies into the equivalent of a huge number of entities. That number becomes the new equivalent for how many entities are requesting service.]
RA: The number is approximately meaningless in that there are many, many digits. It constitutes a great calling which we of all creation feel and hear as if our own entities were distorted towards a great and overwhelming sorrow. It demands our service. (B1, 97)
STATEMENT: If the Confederation landed on Earth, they would be taken as gods, breaking the Law of Free Will and thus reducing their polarization of service to all. [Ra did not disagree with this] (B1, 150)
IV. WHY THE CONFEDERATION WAS FORMED?
RA: THE DESIRE TO SERVE BEGINS, IN THE DIMENSION OF LOVE OR UNDERSTANDING (4TH DENSITY), TO BE AN OVERWHELMING GOAL OF THE SOCIAL MEMORY COMPLEX. (B1, 155)
V. THOUGHT WARS
RA: [In a thought war] The negative become depleted through failure to manipulate, and the positive become depleted through failure to accept what is given. (B1, 214)
QUESTION: What is meant by "failure to accept what was given"?
RA: The most accepting and loving energy would be to so love those who wished to manipulate that those entities were surrounded and engulfed, transformed by positive energies. This, however, being a battle of equals, the Confederation is aware that it cannot, on equal footing, allow itself to be manipulated in order to remain purely positive, for then though pure it would not be of any consequence, having been placed by the so-called powers of darkness under the heel, as you may say. Thus those who deal with this thought-war must he defensive rather than accepting in order to preserve their useful service to others. Thus they cannot fully accept what the Orion group wishes to give, that being enslavement. Thusly some polarity is lost due to this friction, and both sides must then regroup. (B1, 214)
RA: This is the most difficult work of the Confederation. Only four planetary entities at any one time are asked to partake in this conflict. (B1, 214)
QUESTION: What density are these 4 planetary entities?
RA: 4th density. The 4th density is the only density besides your own which, lacking the wisdom to refrain from battle, sees the necessity of battle. (B1, 214)
41. UFOs
I. UFOS FROM THE CONFEDERATION
RA: The crafts you call UFOs have not been used by us in your present space/time memory complex. (B1, 94)
A. DO ANY OF THE CONFEDERATION MEMBERS COME HERE IN SPACE CRAFT?
RA: We must state that this information is unimportant. If you will understand this, the information may be offered. Each planetary entity wishing to appear within your 3rd dimension of space/time distortion must request permission to break quarantine, as you would call it. At present there are seven which are operating with craft in your density, Their purpose is very simple: to allow those entities of your planet to become aware of infinity which is often best expressed to the uninformed as the mysterious unknown. (B1, 95)
Any request is laid before the Council of Saturn.
B. WHO ARE THE MEMBERS OF THE COUNCIL OF SATURN?
RA: They are representatives from the Confederation and also those from those vibratory levels of your inner planes bearing responsibility for your 3rd density. The names are not important because there are no names. The name concept is not part of the Council. If names are requested, we will attempt them. However, not all have chosen names. To back up this council, there are twenty-four entities which offer services as requested and are called the Guardians. (B1, 98)
The Council has not allowed the breaking of quarantine in the time/space continuum. But permission has been granted to appear in thought form capacity for those who have eyes to see. However, there is a certain amount of landing taking place. Some are the entities known to you as the group of Orion. (B1, 99)
II. THE MEETING WITH PRESIDENT EISENHOWER
QUESTION: Did Dwight Eisenhower meet with either the Confederation or the Orion group in the 1950's?
RA: The one of which you speak met with thought-forms which are indistinguishable from 3rd density. This was a test. We, the Confederation, wished to see what would occur if this extremely positive oriented and simple congenial person with no significant distortion towards power happened across peaceful information from the Confederation. We discovered that this entity did not feel that those under his care could deal with the concepts of other beings and other philosophies. Thus an agreement reached then allowed him to go his way and ourselves to do likewise, and also allowed a very quiet campaign be continued alerting your peoples to our presence gradually. Events have overtaken this plan. (B5, 46)
III. UFOS FROM ORION
RA: Many UFOs seen in your skies are of the Orion group. They send out messages. Some are received by those who are oriented toward service to others. THESE MESSAGES THEN ARE ALTERED TO BE ACCEPTABLE TO THOSE (POSITIVE) ENTITIES WHILE WARNING OF DIFFICULTIES AHEAD. This is the most that self-serving entities can do when faced with those who wish to serve others. The contacts which the Orion group finds most helpful to their cause are those contacts male with entities (people on Earth) whose orientation is towards service to self. (B1, 124)
IV. WHY DON'T THE ORION UFOs LAND IN MASS ON EARTH?
QUESTION: Does it work better for those of Orion to work behind the scenes to get recruits who follow the Orion Crusaders of their own free will, or is it just as good for the Orion group to land on our planet and demonstrate remarkable powers and get people like that? (B1, 151)
RA: Working behind The scenes is better for the Orion group in that it does not infringe upon the Law of One by landing. A mass landing would create a loss of polarization [of the Orion group] due to the infringement upon the free will of the planet. However, it would be a gamble. [NOTE: Presumably it is a gamble, rather than a certainty, because only a very limited number would get through the quarantine.]
If the planet were conquered and became part of the Empire, the free will could then be re-established. This is restrained in action due to the desire of the Orion group to progress towards the One Creator. This desire to progress inhibits the group from breaking the Law of Confusion (B1, 151)
V. IN WHICH DENSITIES DO BEINGS NEED SPACESHIPS?
A. 3RD DENSITY ENTITIES
RA: For the most part those coming from distant points do not need craft as you know them. The question requires understanding you do not possess. We shall attempt to state what can be stated. There are a few 3rd density entities (for example, those from Sirius) who have learned how to use craft to travel between star systems while experiencing the limitations you now understand, namely very long flight times. (B3, 7)
B. 4TH, 5TH AND 6TH DENSITY ENTITIES
RA: 4th, 5th and 6th density entities use one of two other means. (1) One type of craft can arrive without any time lapse at all, using a slingshot gravitic light effect. (B3, 7)
(2) The other type is a type of experience (rather than a craft). These entities have learned the necessary disciplines enabling them to view the universe as one being and, therefore, are able to proceed from one location to another by thought alone, materializing the necessary craft, if you will, to enclose the light body of the entity. (B3, 7)
C. 6TH DENSITY ENTITIES
RA: In 6th density there are virtually no entities which any longer use outer technology for travel or communication. (B3, 13)
VI. DO CLOSE ENCOUNTERS OCCUR?
RA: They have occurred. We may note that in a universe of unending unity the concept of a "Close Encounter" is humorous, for are not all encounters of a nature of self with self? Therefore, how can any encounter be less than very, very close? (B3, 19)
VII. HOW DID RA CONSTRUCT THEIR SPACECRAFT?
QUESTION: When you came to this planet in craft 18,000 and 11,000 years ago, these craft have been called bell craft and looked somewhat like a bell. Is this correct? [- They were photographed by George Adamski.] (B3, 153)
RA: This is correct.
QUESTION: Were these constructed in time/space or in space/time?
RA: We ask your persistent patience, for our answer must be complex. A construct of thought was formed in time/space. This portion of time/space is that which approaches the speed of light. In time/space, at this approach, the conditions are such that time becomes infinite and mass ceases so that one which is able to skim the, shall we say, boundary of this time/space is able to become placed where it will (in space/time). When we were where we wished to be we then clothed the construct of light with that which would appear as the crystal bell. This was formed through the boundary into space/time. Thus there were two constructs, the time/space or immaterial construct, and the space/time or materialized construct. (B3, 153)
42. THE QUARANTINE OF EARTH AFFECT ON FREE WILL
I. DOES THE CONFEDERATION STOP ORION'S SHIPS FROM LANDING HERE?
RA: Every effort is made to quarantine this planet. However, the network of guardians does not hinder each and every entity from penetrating the quarantine. (B1, 123)
II. HOW DOES THE CONFEDERATION STOP ORION'S SHIPS?
RA: There is contact at the level of light form or light-body-being, depending on the level or the guardian. These guardians sweep reaches of your Earth's energy fields to be aware of any entities approaching. An entity approaching is hailed in the name of the One Creator. Any entity thus hailed is bathed in love/light, and it will, of free will, obey the quarantine due to the power of the law of One. (B1, 124)
QUESTION: What would happen if the entity, so hailed, did not obey?
RA: To not obey quarantine after being hailed on the level of which we speak would be equivalent to your not stopping upon walking into a solid brick wall. (B1, 124)
QUESTION: What would happen if they tried?
RA: The Creator is one being. The vibratory level of those able to breach the quarantine boundaries is such that upon seeing the love/light net, it is impossible to break this law. Therefore nothing happens. No attempt is made. There is no confrontation. The only beings who are able to penetrate the quarantine are those who discover windows or distortions in the space/time continua surrounding your planet's energy fields. Through these windows they come. These windows are rare and unpredictable. (B1, 124)
QUESTION: Does this account for the large numbers of UFOs in 1973?
RA: This is correct. (B1, 124)
III. FREE WILL
QUESTION: Considering the free will distortion of the Law of One, how can the Guardians quarantine Earth? Does this interfere with free will?
RA: The Guardians guard the free will distortion of the mind/body/complexes of 3rd density on Earth. Events which required activation of quarantine were interfering with the free will distortion of your people. (B1, 149)
QUESTION: Does this not interfere with the free will of the Orion group?
RA: The balancing is from dimension to dimension. The attempts of the Orion Crusaders to interfere with free will are acceptable upon the dimension of their own understanding. However, those of your dimension form a dimension of free will which is not able to recognize in full the distortions toward manipulation. Thus the quarantine is needed to balance the dimensional variances in vibration. (B1, 149)
IV. WINDOWS IN THE QUARANTINE, MORE ON FREE WILL
QUESTION: Windows occur to let the Orion group come through once in a while. Are they needed as a balancing to prevent the Guardians from reducing their positive polarization by totally eliminating the Orion contact through shielding? (B1, 150)
RA: This is partially correct. Balancing allows an equal amount of positive and negative influx. In your particular planetary sphere less negative information or stimulus is necessary than positive due to the somewhat negative orientation of your social complex distortion. (B1, 150)
STATEMENT: In this way, total free will is balanced so that individuals may have an equal opportunity to choose service to others or service to self. Is this correct?
RA: This is correct. (B1, 150)
STATEMENT: This is a profound revelation, I believe, in the Law of Free Will. (B1, 150)
43. THE GREAT CHOICE: TO SERVE OTHERS OR SELF
I. THE CHOICE IS NOT MADE IN 2ND DENSITY
QUESTION: Can an entity start in 2nd density with service to self and just stay on the path of service to self and never be pulled out of it. Is this correct?
RA: This is incorrect. The 2nd density concept of serving self includes the serving of those in the tribe or pack. This is not seen in 2nd density as separation of self and other-self. All this is seen as self. It the pack becomes weakened, so does the entity within the pack. The new or initial 3rd density has this innocent bias toward viewing those in the family, the society, or the country, as self. This distortion, though nor useful for progress in 3rd density, is without polarity. THE BREAK BECOMES APPARENT WHEN THE ENTITY PERCEIVES OTHER-SELVES AND CONSCIOUSLY DETERMINES TO MANIPULATE OTHER SELVES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE SELF. THIS IS THE BEGINNING OF THE NEGATIVE PATH. (B1, 180-181)
II. IS IT A CONSCIOUS CHOICE?
QUESTION: Does the entity consciously choose which path (service to self or service to others) it will take?
RA: The majority of 3rd density beings is far along the chosen path before realization of that path is conscious. (B1, 181)
III. WHAT CREATES THE BIAS TOWARD THE CHOSEN PATH?
RA: We can speak only in metaphor. Some love the light. Some love the darkness. It is a matter of the unique and infinitely various Creator choosing and playing among its experiences as a child upon a picnic.
Some enjoy the picnic and find the sun beautiful, the food delicious and glow with the joy of creation.
Some find the night delicious, their picnic being pain, difficulty, sufferings of others and the examination of the perversities of nature. These enjoy a different picnic.
All these experiences are available. It is the free will of each entity which chooses the form of play. (B1, 181)
RA: Your 3rd density experience is distorted or skewed so that the positive orientation has more aid than the so-called negative. (B4, 204)
IV. THE DEPENDENCE OF BOTH POLARITIES ON THE VEIL
QUESTION: The very nature of the service-to-self distortions that create the negative path are a function of the veil and depend on at least a partial continued veiling. Is this correct? (B4, 204)
RA: THE POLARITIES OF BOTH PATHS ARE DEPENDENT UPON A LIMITED VIEWPOINT. (1) Negative Polarity
The negative polarity depends more heavily upon the illusory separation between the self and all other mind/body/spirit complexes. (B4, 204)
(2) Positive Polarity
The positive polarity attempts to see through the illusion to the Creator in each mind/body/spirit complex, but for the greater part is concerned with behaviors and thoughts directed toward otherselves in order to be of service. This attitude, in itself, is full of the stuff of your 3rd density illusion. (B4, 204)
V. CHANGING PATHS -
QUESTION: I assume that an entity on either path can decide to change paths at any time, the path changing being more difficult the later along the path the change is made. Is this correct?
RA: This is incorrect. The further an entity has polarized, the more easily this entity may change polarity, for the more power and awareness the entity will have. (B1, 181)
VI. CHOOSING IN MORE SUBTLE SITUATIONS
QUESTION: The average lifespan dropped due to the intensification of a lack of service to others? Is this correct?
RA: This is in part correct. By the end of the 2nd cycle the law of Responsibility had become effective. Entities had discovered many ways to indicate bellicose nature, not only as tribes or nations but also in relationships. Barter had given away to the concept of money.
The concept of ownership had won ascendancy over the concept of non-ownership. Each entity then was offered many more subtle ways of demonstrating either service toward others or service toward self through manipulation of others. (B1, 197)
44. ENTITIES OF NEGATIVE POLARIZATION
I. THE ELITE GROUP SEEKS TO ENSLAVE ALL OTHERS
RA: Consider a simple example of bad/good intentions, namely Adolf Hitler. The intention was to presumably unify by choosing the distortion complex called "elite ” (the Nazis) from a social memory complex (the German people) and then enslaving, by various effects, those who are seen by the distortion as non-elite. The Orion group added to that the distortion thought of empire (i.e., conquer other countries). (B1, 100)
QUESTION: What is the purpose of the Orion group?
RA: Their purpose is conquest. (B1, 102)
RA: The negative polarization is greatly aided by the subjugation or enslavement of otherselves. The entity which enslaves the other or is able to dominate the other gains in negative polarity. The other-self loses negative polarity but it will gain in its desire for further negative polarization. (B3, 33)
RA: In negative thinking there is always the pecking order, and the power against power in separation. (B3, 82-83)
QUESTION: Assuming that a single negatively oriented entity is responsible for the recruiting of a harvested 3rd density entity and adds its polarity to his negative polarity and power, what type of benefit is this and how is it used by the entity? (B4, 108)
RA: The so-called pecking order within the negative group is immediately challenged. The entity with more power exercises that power to control more other-selves. QUESTION: How is that power measured?
RA: In some cases there is a kind of battle, a battle of wills. The weapons consist of the light that can be formed by each contender. In most cases where the shift of power has been obvious it is simply acknowledged. (B4, 108)
II. THEY PROGRAM THEIR INCARNATION FOR HEALTH, WEALTH, POWER AND CONTROL
RA: The negatively oriented entity will program for maximal separation from and control overall those things and conscious entities it perceives as other than the self. (B3, 28)
RA: A negatively oriented individual mind/body/spirit complex will ordinarily program (his next incarnation) for wealth, ease of existence and the utmost opportunity for power. Thus
many negative entities burst with the physical complex distortion you call heath. However, it may choose a polarized condition in order to improve the distortion towards negative states such as anger, hatred and frustration. Such an entity may use an entire incarnative experience honing a blunt edge of hatred or anger so that it may polarize more towards the negative or separated pole. (B3, 28)
III. THEY ARE PROTECTED FROM OTHERS ACCORDING TO THEIR LEVEL
RA: There are those on the negative path who take great care in the preservation of the distortion your peoples perceive as fairness/ugliness. This fairness (i.e. beauty) is, of course, then used to manipulate other-selves. (B4, 103)
RA: Those who choose separation, that being the quality most indicative of the negative path, are protected from other-selves by a strength equivalent to their degree of transformation which the mind has experienced in the negative sense. Those on the positive path have no such protection against other-selves for upon that path the seeker encounters mirrors for reflection in each other-self it encounters. (B4, 201)
IV. THE NEGATIVE RAY PATTERN OMITS GREEN RAY (LOVE)
RA: The negative ray pattern is the red/orange/yellow moving directly to the blue, this (blue) being used only to contact intelligent infinity. (B2, 78)
RA: The 4th density entity is aware of the full array of possible methods of viewing the universe of the One Creator and it is convinced that the ignoring and non-use of the green-ray energy center will be the method most efficient in providing harvestability of 4th density. (B4, 107)
RA: The service-to-self choice is one which denies the very center of the spectrum, that being universal love. Therefore all that is built is based on an omission. This omission shall manifest in 4th density as the love of self; that is, the fullest expression of the orange and yellow energy centers which are then used to potentiate adepthood. When 5th density has been achieved, the wisdom density is explored by entities which have no compassion, no universal love. THEY EXPERIENCE THAT WHICH THEY WISH BY FREE CHOICE, BEING OF THE EARNEST OPINION THAT GREEN-RAY ENERGY IS FOLLY. (B4, 91)
RA: That which is not may be seen as a self-imposed darkness in which harmony is changed into a continuing disharmony. However, that which is not cannot endure throughout the octave and as darkness eventually calls the light, so does that which is not eventually call that which is. (B4, 92)
V. THEIR USE OF ANGER
QUESTION: If an entity polarizes toward the service-to-self path, would anger have the same physical effect that it would have on the entity polarizing on the service-to-others path? Would it cause cancer for example?
RA: The catalytic mechanisms are not dependent on which polarity is chosen but on the use to which this catalyst is put. The entity which uses anger to polarize consciously on the positive or negative path does not experience the bodily catalyst but uses the catalyst in mental configuration. (B2, 108)
RA: The negatively oriented entity will funnel this energy into a practical means of venting the negative aspect of this emotion so as to obtain control over other-self or otherwise control the situation causing anger. CONTROL IS THE KEY TO NEGATIVELY POLARIZED USE OF CATALYST. ACCEPTANCE IS THE KEY TO POSITIVELY POLARIZED USE OF CATALYST. BETWEEN THESE POLARITIES LIES THE POTENTIAL FOR THE CANCEROUS GROWTH OF TISSUE. (B2, 108)
QUESTION: Then if a negatively polarized entity is unable to control his own anger, he may get cancer. Is that correct?
RA: This is correct. The negative polarization contains a great requirement for control and repression. Emotion, which is of itself disorganized, needs to be repressed and then brought to the surface in an organized use in order to be useful to a negatively polarized entity. For example, negative entities may control and repress sexual desire in order that in the practice thereof, the will of the entity may be used to enforce itself upon the other-self with greater efficiency when the sexual behavior is allowed. (B2, 109)
VI. THEY HAVE A PROBLEM WITH SEPARATION AND SPIRITUAL ENTROPY
RA: In the Orion group there are a very few 3rd density, a larger number of 4th density, a similarly large number of 5th density, and very few of 6th density. Their numbers are perhaps one tenth of ours as the problem of spiritual entropy causes them to experience constant disintegration of their social memory complexes. Their power is the same as ours. THE LAW OF ONE BLINKS AT NEITHER THE LIGHT OR THE DARKNESS, BUT IS AVAILABLE FOR SERVICE TO SELF AS WELL AS SERVICE TO OTHERS. (B1, 100)
Those seeking intelligent infinity through the use of service to self create the same amount of power but have constant difficulty because of the concept of separation which is implicit in seeking power over others. (B1, 100)
RA: Only very rarely is the social memory complex of negative polarity capable of acting totally as one being. The loss of polarity due to spiritual entropy is quite large. (B4, 108)
VII. THE LAW OF ONE IS AVAILABLE TO EITHER PATH
RA: It should be noted, and carefully pondered, and accepted, that the Law of One is available to any social memory complex striving together for any goal, be it service to others or service to self. The laws are placed into operation and the illusion of space/time is used as a medium for the development of the results of the choices freely made. Thus all entities learn, no mater what they seek. (B1, 100)
RA: THOSE WHICH HAVE CHOSEN THE SERVICE-TO-SELF PATH HAVE SIMPLY USED THE VEILING PROCESS IN ORDER TO POTENTIATE THAT WHICH IS NOT. THIS IS AN ENTIRELY ACCEPTABLE METHOD OF SELF-KNOWLEDGE OF AND BY THE CREATOR. (B4, 91)
VIII. THE SPIRITUAL POWER OF THE NEGATIVE ENTITY
QUESTION: When the negative entity increases his power, for example through removing light, what kind of power is it?
RA: The power of which you speak is a spiritual power. The powers of the mind do not encompass such works as these. Consider the possibilities of moonlight. You are aware that we have described the Matrix of the Spirit as a Night. (B4, 49)
- Earlier:
RA: The Matrix of the Spirit is what you may call the Night of the Soul or Primeval Darkness. The Potentiator of the Spirit is light in its sudden and fiery form; i.e., lightning itself. (B4, 27)
The moonlight, then, offers either a true picture seen in shadow or a chimera and falsity. The power of falsity is as deep as is the power to discern truth from shadow. The shadow of hidden things is an infinite depth in which is stored the power of the One Infinite Creator.
The negative adept, then, is working with the power of hidden things (only partially) illuminated (and seen in a way) that can be false or true. To embrace falsity, to know it, and to seek it, and to use it gives a power that is most great.
This is the nature of the power of the visitor. This may shed some light upon the power of one who seeks to serve others, for the missteps in the night are oh! so easy. (B4, 49)
RA: The relationship of a 5th density negative to 4th density negative entities is one of the more powerful and the less powerful. Thus 4th density negative entities are willing slaves of such a 5th density entity, there being no doubt whatsoever of the relative power of each. (B4, 106)
RA: ANY ORGANIZATION WHICH DEMANDS OBEDIENCE WITHOUT QUESTION UPON THE BASIS OF RELATIVE POWER IS FUNCTIONING ACCORDING TO THE ABOVE DESCRIBED PLAN. (B4, 106)
IX. AMOUNT OF ILLNESS ON A 3RD DENSITY NEGATIVE PLANET
QUESTION: Is physical disease and illness rather widespread on a 3rd density negative planet before harvest into 4th density negative?
RA: They are less likely to be found as 4th density negative begins to be a probable choice of harvest. Much more care is taken of the physical body as well as more discipline being offered to the self mentally. This is an orientation of great self-interest and self-discipline. (B3, 123)
X. THE PROGRESSION OF NEGATIVE ENTITIES INTO THE 4TH DENSITY
RA: The negatively polarized entity achieves harvest due to extremely efficient use of red and yellow/orange (energy centers), moving directly to the gateway indigo (inner eye chakra). It brings the in-streamings of intelligent infinity through this intelligent energy channel. (B2, 112)
QUESTION: As our cycle ends and graduation occurs, is it possible for anyone to go from a 3rd density to a 4th density planet that is of a self-service or negative type?
RA: That is correct. (B1, 117)
QUESTION: Has this happened to anyone well known in our history?
RA: The number of entities thus harvested is small. However, a few have penetrated the 8th level. Penetration of the 8th level or intelligent infinity level allows the entity to be harvested if it wishes at any time during the cycle. Examples are, Taras Bulba, Genghis Khan, and Rasputin. (B1, 117-118)
QUESTION: How do these negative entities get to 4th density?
RA: They were aware through memory of Atlantean understandings having to do with the use of various centers of mind/body/spirit complex energy influx in attaining the gateway to intelligent infinity. (B1, 118)
QUESTION: Could they do paranormal things while incarnate?
RA: That is correct. The first two made little use of theses abilities but they were bent single-mindedly upon service to self. All three of them are now in the 4th density. Each chose a 4th density planet which was dedicated to the pursuit of the understanding of the law of One through service to self. One is in the Orion group. (B1, 118)
RA: The one you speak of as Genghis Khan is incarnated in a physical light body distributing material on thought control to those you would call crusaders, i.e., a shipping clerk. These crusaders move in their chariots to conquer planetary social complexes before they reach the stage of achieving social memory. (B1, 119)
XI. HOW DO NEGATIVE ENTITIES PROGRESS FROM 4TH TO 5TH DENSITY?
RA: The graduation into 4th density negative is achieved by those beings who have consciously contacted intelligent infinity through the use of red, orange and yellow rays of energy. (B2, 73)
RA: The 5th density is harvested from the 4th density who are in turn harvested from 3rd density. Those not oriented towards seeking service for others can use the gateway to intelligent infinity. The beings are harvested because they can see and enjoy the light/love of the appropriate density. Those who have found this without benefit of a desire for service to others nevertheless, by the law of Free Will, have the right to the use of that light/love for whatever purpose. There are systems of study which enable the seeker of separation to gain these gateways. The distortion lies in the effect that
THOSE WHO SEEK TO SERVE THE SELF ARE SEEN BY THE LAW OF ONE AS PRECISELY THE SAME AS THOSE WHO SEEK TO SERVE OTHERS, FOR ARE NOT ALL ONE? TO SERVE YOURSELF AND TO SERVE OTHERS IS A DUAL METHOD OF SAYING THE SAME THING, IF YOU CAN UNDERSTAND THE ESSENCE OF THE LAW OF ONE. (B1, 101)
The ability to love, accept and use a certain intensity of light thus creates the requirement for both positive and negative 4th to 5th density harvesting. (B2, 113)
XII. NEGATIVE ENTITIES IN THE 5TH DENSITY
RA: The 5th density is the density of light or wisdom. The so-called negative service-to-self entity in this density is at a high level of awareness and wisdom and has ceased activity except by thought. The 5th density negative is extraordinarily compacted and separated from all else. (B1, 215)
RA: Orion members do not perceive any virtue in other selves. Therefore there are very, very few 5th density Orion members. (B2, 120)
QUESTION: What does a 5th density negative entity look like?
RA: 5th density beings are very light beings although they do have the type of physical vehicle which you understand. 5th density negative beings are very fair to look upon in your standard of beauty. But there is little or no means of perceiving such an entity. (B3, 84)
XIII. ARE THERE ANY 6TH DENSITY NEGATIVELY POLARIZED WANDERERS IN OUR PAST?
RA: This information could be harmful. We withhold it. Please attempt to view the entities about you as part of the Creator. (B2, 67)
XIV. THERE ARE NO NEGATIVE HIGHER SELVES
RA: There are no negative beings that have obtained the Higher Self manifestation. (B2, 66)
XV. NEGATIVE SIXTH DENSITY ENTITIES SWITCH TO THE POSITIVE PATH
RA: As the 6th density approaches, the negative orientation is thrown into confusion and little space travel is attempted. (B3, 13)
RA: These negatively oriented mind/body/spirit complexes have a difficulty which to our knowledge has never been overcome, for after 5th density graduation wisdom is available but it must be matched with an equal amount of love. This is difficult to do for negatively oriented entities so they will choose to release the negativity and leap into 6th density positive. (B2, 66)
RA: The 6th density negative entity is extremely wise. It observes the spiritual entropy occurring due to the lack of ability to express the unity of the 6th density. THUS, LOVING THE CREATOR AND REALIZING AT SOME POINT THAT THE CREATOR IS NOT ONLY SELF BUT OTHER-SELF AS SELF, THIS ENTITY CONSCIOUSLY CHOOSES AN INSTANTANEOUS ENERGY REORIENTATION SO THAT IT CAN CONTINUE ITS EVOLUTION. (B2, 66)
XVI. ORION'S 1ST SERIOUS INROAD INTO HUMAN CONSCIOUSNESS
RA: The Yahweh group worked with those living on Mars 75,000 years ago to make the body bigger and stronger through a new genetic coding. (B1, 174)
RA: However, the Orion group were able to use this distortion (larger body) to teach the thoughts of the elite. Those of the Orion group were able for the first time to make serious inroads upon the consciousness of the planetary complex. (B1, 175)
QUESTION: What allowed the Orion group to succeed at this?
RA: Those who are strong, intelligent, etc. have a temptation to feel different from those who are less intelligent and strong. This allowed the Orion group to form the concept of the holy war, as you may call it. This is a seriously distorted perception. There were many of these wars
of a destructive nature. (B1, 175)
XVII. HOW DOES ORION USE MIND CONTROL TO ENSLAVE POPULATIONS?
RA: The most typical approach of Orion entities is to choose what you might call the weaker-minded entity that it might suggest a greater amount of Orion philosophy to be disseminated. (B3, 21)
RA: A mistaken Orion contact with highly polarized positive entities can wreak havoc with Orion troops unless these Crusaders are able to depolarize the entity mistakenly contacted. This occurrence is almost unheard of. THEREFORE THE ORION GROUP PREFERS TO MAKE CONTACT ONLY WITH THE WEAKER-MINDED ENTITY. (B3, 21)
RA: They follow the law of one, observing free will. Contact is made with those who call. Those contacted disseminate the philosophy of their particular understanding of the law of One which is service to self. These become the elite. THEY (THE ELITE) BEGIN TO CREATE CONDITIONS WHEREBY THE REMAINDER OF THE POPULATION IS ENSLAVED BY THEIR FREE WILL. Technology is provided by this group in the form of various methods of control or manipulation of others to serve the self. (B1, 119-120)
QUESTION: You mean that some scientists receive technical information telepathically that results in usable gadgetry? (B1, 120)
RA: That is correct. [Note: Studies of the effects of electromagnetic fields on human consciousness are well known but rarely discussed.]
QUESTION: What non-technical information do they give?
RA: Through telepathy the philosophy of the Law of One with the distortion of service to self is promulgated. In advanced groups there are exercises and rituals given. (B1, 125)
XVIII. WHAT ABOUT THE ABDUCTIONS AND PHYSICAL EXAMS?
RA: The Orion group uses the physical examination as a means of terrifying the individual causing it to feel the feelings of an advanced 2nd density being such as a laboratory animal. The sexual experiences are a sub-type of this experience.
THE INTENT IS TO DEMONSTRATE THE CONTROL OF THE ORION ENTITIES OVER THE TERRAN INHABITANT. The thought-form experiences are subjective and, for the most part, do not occur in this density (B3, 21)
XIX. ORION'S METHODS IN THE 1ST CYCLE
QUESTION: What is an example of Orion's early methods?
RA: In the 1st 25,000-year cycle the Orion group tried (unsuccessfully) using statues of stone in your Pacific areas and in the Central American areas. (B1, 189)
QUESTION: The stone heads of Easter Island?
RA: That is correct. QUESTION: Did the Orion entities land or do it from mental planes? (B1, 189)
RA: They were constructed at a distance by thought.
QUESTION: How would these heads influence people to take up the path of service to self? {B1, 189)
RA: Picture, if you will, entities living in such a way that their mind/body/spirit complexes seem to be at the mercy of forces they cannot control. Given a statue or rock formation charged with power, it is possible for those viewing this structure to ascribe to this power the power of nature, Then this has the potential for further distortion to power over others. (B1, 189-190)
XX. ARE THERE ANY ORION ENTITIES LIVING ON EARTH NOW?
RA: No. However, the crusaders from Orion use two types of entities to do their bidding. The first is a thought form; the second, a kind of robot. (B1, 126)
QUESTION: Is the robot what is normally called the 'Men in Black'?
RA: This is incorrect. The Men in Black are a thought-form type of entity which have some beingness to their makeup. They have certain physical characteristics given them. They are able to materialize and dematerialize when necessary. (B1, 126)
XXI. NEGATIVE ENTITIES IN THE INNER PLANES OF 3RD DENSITY
RA: Temptations are offered by those negative entities of what you would call your inner planes. These, shall we say, dark angels have been impressed by the service-to-self path offered by those who have come through the quarantine from days of old. (B1, 135)
XXII. DO POSITIVE ENTITIES EVER CALL ON THOSE FROM ORION?
QUESTION: Is it possible for a person to be confused and call on both the Confederation and the Orion group?
RA: It is entirety possible. Many of your so-called contacts among your peoples have been confused and self destructive because THE CHANNELS WERE ORIENTED TOWARDS SERVICE TOWARDS OTHERS, BUT, IN THE DESIRE FOR PROOF, WERE OPEN TO THE LYING INFORMATION OF THE CRUSADERS FROM ORION WHO WERE THEN ABLE TO NEUTRALIZE THE EFFECTIVENESS OF THE CHANNEL (B1, 125)
XXII. DAYDREAMS
QUESTION: If I were to daydream strongly about building a ship, would this occur in one of the other densities? (B1, 158)
RA: This would, or would have, or shall occur. (B1, 158)
QUESTION: Does the Orion group use this principle to create conditions favorable to their purpose?
RA: The Orion group uses daydreams of hostile or other negative natures to strengthen these thought-forms. (B1, 159)
XXIII. WHY DO THE CRUSADERS FROM ORION DO THIS?
RA: To serve the self is to serve all. But the service of the self, when seen in this perspective, requires an ever-expanding use of the energies of others for the manipulation to the benefit of the self with distortion towards power. (B1, 122)
RA: THE NEGATIVELY ORIENTED BEING WILL BE ONE WHO FEELS THAT IT HAS FOUND POWER THAT GIVES MEANING TO ITS EXISTENCE PRECISELY AS THE POSITIVE POLARIZATION DOES FEEL. (B2, 130)
RA: This negative entity will strive to offer these understandings to the other-selves, most usually by the process of forming the elite, the disciples, and teaching the need and rightness of the enslavement of other-selves for their own good.
These other-selves are conceived to be dependent upon the self and in need of the wisdom and guidance of the self (i.e., the elite group.) (B2, 130)
45. PSYCHIC GREETINGS BY NEGATIVELY ORIENTED ENTITIES
(Carla was under psychic attack during most of the trance channeling)
I. THE PROCESS
RA. The 5th density negative entity becomes aware of power emerging into the 3rd density. This power has the capacity of energizing those 3rd density entities which may be available for harvest. This negative entity is desirous of disabling this power source. It sends its 4th density legions. Temptations are offered to one's ego. If they are ignored, the entity decides that it must attempt the disabling itself. IT IS BOUND BY THE 1ST DISTORTION BUT MAY TAKE ADVANTAGE OF ANY FREE WILL DISTORTION. THE FREE-WILL, PRE-INCARNATIVE DISTORTIONS OF THE INSTRUMENT WITH REGARDS TO THE PHYSICAL VEHICLE SEEM THE MOST PROMISING TARGET. (B3, 140)
II. SEE "ATTACKS ” BY 4TH AND 5TH DENSITY NEGATIVE ENTITIES AS PSYCHIC GREETINGS
A. SEE THE CREATOR IN ALL ENTITIES
JIM MCCARTY: 'If one wishes to see such a greeting as a difficult attack, then that becomes the experience. However, one can choose to see the Creator in all entities and events, and also can praise and seek the light within any situation. Then that will tend to become the experience. (B5, 47)
B. 4TH DENSITY ENTITIES CAN ONLY USE THE EGO TO AFFECT US
RA: The 5th density sees the difficulty posed by the light (i.e., this group channeling Ra) and directs 4th density negative entities to seek targets of opportunity for attacking the group. If 4th density temptations toward distortions of the ego are not successful, the 5th density entity then thinks in terms of the removal of the light (i.e., making Carla's body unviable). (B3, 84)
RA: 4th density entities lack the subtlety and magical practice which the 5th density experience offers. (B1, 106)
C. GREETINGS FROM 5TH DENSITY ENTITIES ARE RARE
QUESTION: Isn't it unusual that a 5th density negative entity would do this (attack Carla) rather than sending a 4th density servant? (B3, 85)
RA: This is correct. NEARLY ALL POSITIVE CHANNELS AND GROUPS MAY BE LESSENED IN THEIR POSITIVITY OR RENDERED QUITE USELESS BY WHAT YOU MIGHT CALL THE TEMPTATIONS OFFERED BY THE 4TH DENSITY NEGATIVE THOUGHT FORMS. They may suggest many distortions. THEY SUGGEST DISTORTIONS TOWARDS THE AGGRANDIZEMENT OF THE SELF OR TOWARDS THE FLOWERING OF THE ORGANIZATION IN SOME POLITICAL, SOCIAL OR FISCAL WAY. THESE DISTORTIONS REMOVE THE FOCUS FROM THE ONE INFINITE SOURCE OF LOVE AND LIGHT
of which we are all messengers; humble and knowing that we, of ourselves, are but the tiniest portion of the Creator, a small part of a magnificent entirety of infinite intelligence. (B3, 85)
D. 5TH DENSITY ENTITIES ARE MORE ABLE TO PENETRATE THE QUARANTINE
RA: This 5th density entity is able to penetrate in time/space configuration the field of this particular entity (Carla). It has moved through the quarantine without any vehicle and thus has been more able to escape detection by the net of Guardians. (B3, 130)
E. 5TH DENSITY CONSCIOUSNESSES CAN UTILIZE THE POWER OF SUGGESTION DIRECTLY IN THE MIND
RA: Consciousness is sent forth without vehicle as light. The light would work instantly upon an untuned individual by suggestion, that is the stepping out in front of the traffic because the suggestion is that there is no traffic. This entity (Carla), as each in this group, is enough disciplined in the ways of love and light that it is not suggestible to any great extent. However, there is a predisposition of Carla's physical body which this negative entity is making maximal use of it is hoping, for instance, by means of increasing dizziness, to cause her to fall or to indeed to walk in front of your traffic because of impaired vision. (B3, 130)
[Note: Wilcock's ex-girlfriend Sabrina walked in front of traffic and was almost killed in 2001. She ended up being OK, and able to walk, but it was quite a shock. This occurred only one week after they attended the Disclosure Project briefing in 2001, where 39 witnesses gave proof of their involvement with UFOs before the media and invited members of Congress.]
F. THEY CAN ONLY "ATTACK ” THROUGH PRE-EXISTING DISTORTIONS
RA: You may expect this psychic attack to be constant as this instrument has been under observation by negatively oriented entities for some time. The attack now is in the area of the kidneys and urinary tract. There is also distortion in the form of arthritis. (B3, 87)
QUESTION: Is there anything we can do to alleviate this attack?
RA: No, but understanding its mechanism might be of aid. The Orion group cannot interfere directly but only through preexisting distortions of mind/body/spirit complexes. (B3, 42)
G. ONE DAY THE INTENSITY OF THE 'ATTACKS' ON CARLA INCREASED
QUESTION: the reason for the intensification of this psychic attack?
RA: The cause is the intensive seeking for what you may call enlightenment. The seeking upon your parts has not abated, but intensified. (B3, 148)
QUESTION: What was the Orion entity's objective with respect to this entity (Carla)?
RA: The Orion entity wishes to remove the instrument (Carla). (B3, 187)
QUESTION: Is this a 4th or 5th density entity?
RA: The instrument is being greeted by a 5th density Orion entity which has lost some of its polarity due to its lack of dictatorship over the disposition of the instrument's body. (B3, 187)
RA: CARLA HAS ATTRACTED THE ATTENTION OF AN ORION LIGHT BEING. THIS IS EXTREMELY RARE. (B3, 186-187)
III. AN EXTREMELY RARE POSSIBILITY: BEING SWITCHED TO NEGATIVE POLARITY
A. IT'S ONLY HAPPENED ONCE IN THIS MASTER CYCLE
RA: The plan is to take the mind/body/spirit complex, while it was separated from its yellow body complex shell, and then place it within the negative portions of your time/space (the metaphysical realm). The shell (physical body) would die and the Higher Self would have the choice of leaving the mind/body/spirit complex in negative time/space or of allowing incarnation with negative polarity. Thus the entity would become a negatively polarized entity without the advantage of native negative polarization. It would find a long path to the Creator under these circumstances although the path would eventually end well. (B3, 137-138)
RA: When the instrument leaves the physical vehicle, it does so freely. Thus the misplacement of the mind would not be a violation of its free will if the instrument followed the negative entity willingly. (B3, 140)
QUESTION: Why would the instrument follow the negatively polarized entity to the place of negative time/space?
Why would one of us freely follow the negative entity?
RA: The positive polarity sees love in all things. The negative polarity is clever. (B3, 140)
QUESTION: How many Wanderers here have experienced this displacement into negative time/space?
RA: There has been only one. (B3, 145)
QUESTION: IF THE NEGATIVE POLARITY USED ANY OTHER APPROACH THAT DID NOT USE THE FREE WILL OF THE OTHER-SELF, HE WOULD LOSE POLARIZATION AND MAGICAL POWER. IS THIS CORRECT?
RA: THIS IS CORRECT. (B3, 140-141)
B. IT REQUIRES A TRANCE-STATE-CONTACT WITH A SOCIAL MEMORY COMPLEX
RA: You inquire why the negative friends are not able to remove an entity into negative time/space at the death experience. This is largely because
the entity without the attachment to the space/time physical complex (the body) is far more aware and without the gullibility which is somewhat the hallmark of those who love wholeheartedly. QUESTION: Why is the trance state different? Why are there not protective entities available in this particular state?
RA: The unique characteristic here is the willing of the mind/body/spirit complex outward from the physical complex of 3rd density for the purpose of service-to-others. (B3, 143)
RA: The uniqueness of this situation is not the lack of friends, guides, angelic presences, etc.
The unique characteristic of the workings which the social memory complex Ra and your group have begun is the intent to serve others with the highest attempt at near purity which we as comrades may achieve.
This has alerted a much more determined entity of negative polarity which is interested in removing this particular opportunity (i.e. this group.) (B3, 132)
[Note: The Law of One contact ended with the tragic death of Don Elkins.]
IV. CARLA WAS MOST SUSCEPTIBLE TO ATTACK WHILE IN THE TRANCE STATE
QUESTION: When a 6th density Wanderer is in what we call the trance state, leaving the 3rd density physical, he does not have the full capability to magically defend himself. Is that right?
RA: In the case of the instrument Carla this is correct. It is also correct when applied almost without exception to those instruments working in trance which have not consciously experienced magical training in time/space in the present incarnation. The entities of your density capable of magical defense in this situation are extremely rare. (B3, 139)
V. ATTACKS ON THE OTHERS IN THE GROUP WERE MOST UNSUCCESSFUL
QUESTION: Is this so-called attack offered to myself and Jim as well as to Carla?
RA: That is correct. QUESTION: I personally have felt no effect that I am aware of.
RA: The questioner has been offered the service of doubting the self and of becoming disheartened over various distortions of a personal nature.
The questioner has not chosen to use these opportunities, and the Orion entity has basically ceased to be interested in maintaining constant surveillance of this entity (the questioner). (B3, 132)
VI. WHY WAS CARLA GREETED SO OFTEN?
QUESTION: The 5th density negative visitor is dead set against our communication with Ra. why this is so important to him since it will have a very limited effect, I would guess, on the harvest of this planet. (B4, 48)
RA: The fidelity of Ra to remove distortions is total. The instrument through which we speak and its support group have a similar fidelity. The questions have led rapidly into somewhat abstruse regions of commentary. This content does not lesson the underlying purity. Such purity is as a light. Such an intensity of light attracts attention. (B4, 48)
QUESTION: What does the 5th density negative visitor hope to gain from all this?
RA: The entity hopes to gain a portion of the light, that is, the mind/body/spirit, of the instrument. Earning this, the entity intends to put out the light. (B4, 48)
RA: The gain for the negative entity is an increase in negative polarity because it has removed a source of radiance and thereby, offered to this space/time the opportunity of darkness where once there was light. In the event that it succeeded in enslaving the mind/body/spirit complex of the instrument it would have enslaved a fairly powerful entity, thus adding to its power. (B4, 49)
VII. RA'S COMMENT ON HOW TO VIEW THE NEGATIVE ENTITY TRYING TO REMOVE CARLA
RA: Upon the many other planes of existence there are those whose every fiber rejoices at service and there are those such as the entity responsible for the psychic attacks which wish only to terminate the life upon the 3rd density plane of this instrument (Carla.) All are the Creator. There is only one vast panoply of biases and distortions, colors and hues, in an unending pattern. In the case of those with whom you are not in resonance, you wish them love, light, joy and bid them well. No more than this can you do,
FOR YOUR PORTION OF THE CREATOR IS AS IT IS. YOUR EXPERIENCE AND OFFERING OF EXPERIENCE, TO BE VALUABLE, NEEDS BE MORE AND MORE A PERFECT REPRESENTATION OF WHO YOU TRULY ARE. Could you, then, serve a negative entity by offering the instrument's life (i.e., offering Carla's physical form to die so it can be destroyed)? It is unlikely that you would find this a true service. Thus you will see, in many cases, the loving balance being achieved. Love is offered, light being sent. THE SERVICE OF THE SERVICE-TO-SELF ORIENTED ENTITY IS GRATEFULLY ACKNOWLEDGED, WHILE BEING REJECTED AS NOT BEING USEFUL IN YOUR JOURNEY AT THIS TIME. THUS YOU SERVE ONE CREATOR WITHOUT PARADOX. (B3, 129-130)
VIII. IS THE 1ST DISTORTION WHAT ALLOWS THE PSYCHIC ATTACK ON CARLA?
QUESTION: How did the 5th density negative entity who attacked Carla penetrated the quarantine?
RA: This was done through a very slight window which less magically oriented entities could not have used to advantage. (B3, 131)
QUESTION: Why did the window exist? Does it have to do with the 1st distortion (free will)? Ate we experiencing the same type of balancing in receiving the offerings of this entity as the planet as a whole receives?
RA: This is precisely correct. As the planetary sphere accepts more highly evolved positive entities or groups with information to offer, the same opportunity must be offered to similarly wise negatively oriented entities. (B3, 131)
QUESTION: All of this is a result of the at distortion in creating a totally free atmosphere for the Creator to become more knowledgeable of Itself through the interplay of its portions, one with respect to another. Is this correct? (B3, 166)
RA: That is correct.
46. HOW TO RESPOND TO ENTITIES OF NEGATIVE POLARIZATION
I. HOW CAN THESE EFFECTS BE NULLIFIED?
A. MEDITATE IN A STATE OF LOVE FOR THE NEGATIVE ONES
RA: To meditate in love for these senders of images and light is the most available means of nullifying the effects of such occurrences. To downgrade these experiences by the use of the intellect or will is to invite the prolonging of the effects. Far better to share such experiences and join hearts and souls in love and light with compassion for the sender and with armor for the self. (B5, 75)
B. LOVE THEM AS THE DARK SIDE OF YOURSELF
Carla Rueckert: “To look on these experiences of being "attacked ” as less than vitally important was to invite their prolongation, when faced and given full consideration, without fear, just being with these energies and loving them, seeing them as the dark side of oneself, the greetings were simply experiences to have and to ponder, working toward the acceptance of the full self. To embrace the greeting as coming from the self and as loved by the self, was to draw its teeth and neutralize its venom." (B5, 72)
RA: Send them love, light, peace and joy, and bid them well. (B3, 129)
II. APPRECIATE THE OPPORTUNITY TO OFFER LIGHT AND LOVE
QUESTION: Then we experience in this seeming difficulty the wisdom of the 1st distortion and therefore must fully accept what we experience. Is this correct? (B3, 131)
RA: In our view we would perhaps go further. One can express appreciation of this opportunity. This is an intensive opportunity, and as it affects the instrument's (Carla's) distortions toward pain and dizziness, it enables the instrument to continuously choose to serve others and to serve the Creator. Similarly it offers a continual opportunity for each in the group to express support and demonstrate the light and love of the Infinite Creator. (B3, 132)
III. ACCEPT A POLARIZED AND BALANCED POSITION
QUESTION: There is no other service at this time that we can offer this fifth density Orion entity. Is that correct?
RA: That is correct. There is a natural difficulty in being of service to this entity since what you consider service is considered non-service by this entity. AS YOU SEND THIS ENTITY LOVE AND LIGHT AND WISH IT WELL, IT LOSES ITS POLARITY AND NEEDS TO REGROUP. On the other hand, if you allowed it to be of service by removing Carla from your midst you might perhaps perceive this as not being of service. You have here a balanced and polarized view of the Creator; two services rendered, mutually rejected, and in a state of equilibrium in which free will is preserved and each allowed to go upon its own path of experiencing the One Infinite Creation. (B3, 133)
IV. DO NOT OFFER SERVICE WHERE NONE IS REQUESTED
QUESTION: If there is anything we can do for this particular entity, if you would communicate its requests to us we will at last consider them because we would like to serve in every respect.
RA: We perceive that we have not been able to clarify your service versus its desire for service. You need, in our humble opinion, to
RELINQUISH YOUR DESIRE TO SERVE WHERE NO SERVICE IS REQUESTED. GLORY IN THE STRENGTH OF YOUR POLARITY AND ALLOW OTHERS OF OPPOSITE POLARITY TO SIMILARLY DO SO,
seeing the great humor of this polarity in view of the unification in 6th density of these two paths. (B3, 134)
V. THERE WAS ONLY ONE WAY FOR THE GROUP TO END THE PSYCHIC GREETINGS
QUESTION: Is there something that the instrument (Carla) could do to eliminate the problems that she has, i.e., the cold feeling of these attacks? (B3, 85)
RA: Yes. QUESTION: What?
RA: You could cease in your attempts to be channels for the love and the light of the One Infinite Creator. (B3, 85)
VI. THERE ARE VARIOUS SAFEGUARDS
QUESTION: Carla performs service that involve channeling other members of the Confederation. We are reluctant to continue this because of the possibility of her slipping into trance and being offered the services of the negatively polarized entity. Are there any safeguards to create a situation whereby she cannot go into trance other than at a protected working such as this one? (B3, 146)
RA: There are three. The third is a simple means to keep the instrument in its physical complex. The hand may be held. QUESTION: Are you saying that just by holding Carla's hand during the channeling sessions, this would prevent trance? (B3, 147)
RA: That is correct. It prevents those levels of meditation which necessarily precede trance. (B3, 147)
VII. FREE WILL DOES NOT GUARANTEE "SMOOTH SAILING"
QUESTION: You mentioned a positively oriented entity that was 'enticed‘ into moving into negatively polarized time/space. I am sure that if the positively oriented entity had full understanding of what he was doing he would not have done it. What philosophical principle is operating here (i.e., is his free will being violated)? (B3, 146)
RA: There are two important points here. (1) FIRST, FREE WILL DOES NOT MEAN THAT THERE WILL BE NO CIRCUMSTANCES WHEN CALCULATIONS GO AWRY. THIS IS SO IN ALL OF THE LIFE EXPERIENCE. ALTHOUGH THERE ARE NO MISTAKES (ACIM WOULD SAY NO SINS), THERE ARE SURPRISES. (B3, 146)
(2) Secondly, that which we and you do in workings such as this carries a magical charge, if you would use this much misunderstood term, perhaps we may say a metaphysical power. Those who do work of power are available for communication to and from entities of roughly similar power. It is fortunate that the Orion entity does not have the native power of this group. However it is quite disciplined whereas this group lacks the finesse equivalent to its power. Each is working in consciousness but the group has not begun a work as a group. (B3, 146)
47. THE 10 COMMANDMENTS
RA: The origin of the 10 commandments follow the law of negative entities impressing information upon positively oriented mind/body/spirit complexes. The information attempted to copy or ape positive information while retaining negative characteristics. This was done by the Orion group. (B1, 152)
QUESTION: What was their purpose in doing this?
RA: Their purpose is conquest and enslavement. This is done by establishing an elite and causing others to serve the elite through various devices such as the laws you mentioned. (B1, 152)
RA: They created an elite called the Sons of Levi. (B3, 67)
QUESTION: Was the recipient of the commandments (Moses) positively or negatively oriented?
RA: The recipient was one of extreme positivity. (B1, 152)
RA: He (Moses) gave to your planetary peoples the possibility of a path to the One Infinite Creator which is completely positive. (B3, 67)
QUESTION: It would be wholly unlike an entity fully aware of the knowledge of the Law of One to ever say, “Thou shalt not ”. Is this correct?
RA: That is correct. (B1, 152)
HOW TO WIN THE GAME
RA: Consider the example of a man who sees all the poker hands. He then knows the game. It is but child’s play to gamble, for there is no risk. In time/space and in the true color green density, the hands of all are open to the eye. The thoughts, the feelings, the troubles, all these may be seen. There is no deception and no desire for deception. Thus much may be accomplished in harmony but the mind/body/spirit gains little polarity from the interaction. In a lifetime the cards are love, dislike, limitation, unhappiness, pleasure, etc. They are dealt and re-dealt continuously. You may, during this incarnation begin to know your Own cards. You may begin to find the love within you. You may begin to balance your pleasure, your limitations, etc. However your only indication of other-selves cards is to look into the eyes. You cannot remember your hand, their hands, perhaps even the rules of the game. This game can be won only by those who lose their cards in the melting influence of love. It can only be won by those who lay their pleasures, their limitations, their all upon the table face up and say inwardly: “All, all of you players, each other-self, whatever your hand, I love you."
This is the game: to know, to accept, to forgive, to balance, and to open the self in love. This cannot be done without the forgetting, for it would carry no weight in the life of the mind/body/spirit being-ness totality. (B2, 133)
ADONAI
RA: We leave you in appreciation of the circumstances of the great illusion in which you now choose to play the pipe and timbrel and move in rhythm. We are also players upon a stage. The stage changes. The acts ring down. The lights come up once again. And throughout the grand illusion and the following there is the undergirding majesty of the One Infinite Creator. All is well. Nothing is lost. Go forth rejoicing in the love and light, the peace and the lower of the One Infinite Creator. I am Ra. Adonai. (B5, 175)
MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS
48. THE POWER OF CRYSTALS, PYRAMIDS AND CERTAIN SOUNDS
I. USING CRYSTALS
RA: There are crystals that work on the energies coming into the spiritual body, there are crystals which work on the distortions from spirit to mind and through which balance the distortions between the mind and body. Without the relative crystallization of the healer working with the crystal, the crystal will not be properly charged. The other ingredient is the proper alignment with the energy fields of the planet. (B1, 72)
QUESTION. Can intelligent energy be tapped and brought into the physical illusion by working through the crystalline structure?
RA: This is correct only in so far as the crystalline physical structure is charged by a correspondingly crystallized or regularized or balanced mind/body/spirit complex. (B2, 21)
RA: The uses of the crystal include the use for betting for power, and even for the development of lifeforms. We feel it is unwise to offer instruction on how to develop lifeforms at this time as your peoples have shown a tendency to use peaceful devices of power for disharmonious reasons. (B2, 23)
[Note: However, information on this is given in (B3, 43).]
II. USING A SMALL PYRAMID SHAPE
A. THE PYRAMID SHAPE CATCHES PRANA
RA: The pyramid shape is a collector which draws that in-streaming energy from the bottom or base, and allows this energy to spiral upward in a line with the apex. The energy is not Earth energy, but is light energy which is omni-present. (B3, 55)
RA: The pyramid shape is an arrangement for the centralization of the spiraling upward light energy. The magnetic fields of an individual are affected by this spiraling energy. Certain shapes intensify the spiraling prana, the all-present, primal distortion of the One Infinite Creator. Vaulted and conical shapes (like your tepees) also intensify spiraling light. Your eaves, being rounded, are places of power due to this shaping. (B3, 39)
B. STAY ABOVE THE PYRAMID FOR NO MORE THAN 30 MINUTES PER DAY
RA: The small pyramid shape, placed beneath a portion of the body complex may energize the body complex. This should be done for brief periods only, not to exceed 30 of your minutes. (B3, 46)
QUESTION: Would the pyramid shape be placed beneath the bed? (B3, 48)
RA: That is correct. It may be placed directly beneath the cushion (presumably the pillow) upon which the body complex rests.
We again caution that the 3rd spiral of upward spiraling light, that which is emitted from the apex of this shape, is most deleterious to an entity in overdose and should not be used over-long. (B3, 48)
QUESTION: If I used a wire frame that was 4 pieces of wire joined at the apex running down to the base, and the pyramid were totally open, this could do the same thing to the spiraling light. Is this correct? (B3, 55)
RA: This is correct, but there are many metals not recommended. Expensive metals are best, or wood or plastic. (B3, 55)
C. MAKE APEX ANGLE NO GREATER THAN 70 DEGREES
QUESTION: The dangerous pyramid shape would be a 4-sided pyramid that was large enough to create the King's chamber effect. Is this correct?
RA: That is correct with the additional understanding that the 76 degree apex angle is characteristic of the powerful shape. (B3, 50)
QUESTION: What angle less than 76 degrees would not produce this dangerous effect?
RA: Any angle less than 70 degrees. (B3, 50)
D. THE DIMENSIONS
QUESTION: You mean the sum of the 4 base sides should be 1.16 of the height of the pyramid? (B3, 48-49)
RA: That is correct.
RA: The most appropriate size for use beneath the head is an overall height small enough to make placing it under the cushion of the head (pillow) a comfortable thing. (B3, 120)
RA: The Giza pyramid offers an excellent model. Be sure the pyramid is so small that there is no entity small enough to crawl inside it. (B3, 121)
E. THE PYRAMID AMPLIFIES THE 2ND SPIRAL OF LIGHT
QUESTION: There are many people who are now bending metal by mentally requesting that it happen. What's happening?
RA: As this 2nd spiral of light ends at the apex, the light there may be likened to a laser beam in the metaphysical sense and when intelligently directed may cause the bending (of iron) not only in the pyramid. This is possible through indigo contact with intelligent energy. (B3, 56)
F. WHAT ARE THE EFFECTS OF THIS RADIATION OF ENERGY?
RA: The vibration offered by the energizing spiral of the pyramid is such that each cell, both in space-time and time/space, is charged as if hooked to your electricity. The keenness of mind, the physical and sexual energy of the body, and the attunement of will of spirit are all touched by this energizing influence. It is possible to overcharge a battery and this is the cause of our cautioning any who use such pyramidal energies to remove the pyramid after a charge has been received. (B3, 120)
RA: There is no application for direct healing. In most cases it is most helpful in alleviating weariness and in the stimulation of physical or sexual activity. (B3, 122)
G. THE RADIATION PRODUCED IS MUCH LIKE THE SUN'S RAYS
QUESTION: Is this spiraling light energy somehow connected to the indigo energy center?
RA: This is incorrect. This energy moves within the field of the physical complex and irradiates each cell of the space/time body, and as this is done it also irradiates the time/space equivalent which is closely aligned with the space/time yellow ray body (i.e., the physical body). This is not a function of the etheric body or of free will. This is a radiation much like your sun's rays (It acts on the physical body). Thus it should be used with care. Any sudden feeling of weariness would be a sure sign that the entity had been over-radiated (B3, 121)
III. SOUNDS OF POWER
QUESTION: Rituals that have been used previously are effective because these words have built a bias in consciousness. Is that correct?
RA: This is, to a great extent, correct. The exception is the sounding of some of what you call your Hebrew and some of what you call your Sanskrit vowels. These sound vibration complexes have power before time and space and represent configurations of light which built all there is. (B3, 183)
QUESTION: Why do these sounds have this property?
RA: In the case of Hebrew that entity known as Yahweh aided this knowledge through impression upon the material of genetic coding which became language, In the case of Sanskrit the sound vibrations are pure due to lack of previous alphabet or letter-naming. (B3, 184)
[Note: Refer to the work of Stan Tenen at www.meru.org for up-to-date information on the sacred geometric properties of the Hebrew alphabet.]
RA: Of paramount importance is the magical personality. With the appropriate emotional will, polarity and purity, work may be done with or without the proper sound vibration complexes. However, there is no need for the blunt instrument when the scalpel is available. (B3, 183)
49. FAMOUS PEOPLE
I. NIKOLA TESLA
RA: The entity known as Nicola Tesla received information from Confederation sources desirous of aiding this extremely, shall we say, angelically positive entity in bettering the existence of others. Unfortunately, like many Wanderers, the vibratory distortions of 3rd density caused him to become distorted in his perceptions of other people and his mission was not completed. (B1, 121)
RA: Information offered Tesla was also experimented with for potential destruction - example: your so-called Philadelphia Experiment. (B1, 219)
II. ALBERT SCHWEITZER
RA: This entity was able to mobilize great amounts of energy and money. This entity spent much green ray energy both as a healer and as a lover of what you know as an organ. This entity yellow ray was bright and crystallized by the efforts needed to procure the funds to promulgate its efforts. However, the green and blue rays were of a toweringly brilliant nature as well. (B2, 53-54)
III. GENERAL GEORGE PATTON
RA: This entity was of a strong yellow ray activation with frequent green ray openings and occasional blue ray openings. This entity polarized somewhat towards the positive due to its singleness of belief in truth and beauty. It perceived itself a gallant figure. It polarized somewhat towards the negative in its lack of understanding the green ray it carried with it, rejecting the forgiveness principle which is explicit in universal love. The sum total was a slight increase in positive polarity but a decrease in harvestability due to the rejection of the law of responsibility, that is, seeing universal love. (B2, 56)
QUESTION: Did the death of this entity almost immediately after the war occur so it could be immediately reincarnated so it could make harvest? (B2, 56)
RA: That is precisely correct.
IV. FRANKLIN ROOSEVELT
RA. The one known as FDR developed very quickly up through red, orange, yellow and green and began to work in the blue ray energy center at a tender age. He mated with an entity whose blue ray vibrations were of a strength more than equal to his own thus acquiring catalyst for further growth that was to persist throughout the incarnation. This entity had some difficulty with continued green ray activity due to the need to acquire power. Polio opened the opportunity for concentration upon the more universal or idealistic acts of power: that is, the non-abusive uses of power. Thus the entity had lost some positive polarity due to excessive use of orange and yellow ray energies at the expense of green and blue ray energies, and then had regained the polarity due to the catalytic effects of a painful physical limitation. (B2, 57-58)
QUESTION: Did FDR place the physical limitations on his body himself?
RA: This is partially correct. The basic guidelines for the lessons and purposes of incarnation had been carefully set forth before incarnation by the mind/body/spirit complex totality. If FDR had avoided the excessive enjoyment or attachment to the competitiveness which may be seen to be inherent in the processes of its occupation, this entity would not have had the limitation (polio.) (B2, 58-59)
V. ADOLF HITLER
RA: This is an entity who, in attempting activation of the highest rays of energy while lacking the green ray key canceled itself out as far as polarization towards either positive or negative. This entity was basically negative, however, its confusion was such that the personality disintegrated, thus leaving the mind/body/spirit complex unharvestable and much in need of healing. This entity followed the pattern of negative polarization, which suggests the elite and the enslaved, this being seen by the entity to be of a helpful nature for the societal structure. However, in drifting from the conscious polarization into a twilight dream world, this entity failed in its attempt to serve the Creator in a harvestable degree along the path of service to self. Thus we see insanity which may often arise when an entity attempts to polarize more quickly than experience may be integrated. (Some of the people in his government were able to polarize in a harvestable nature on the negative path.) (B2, 59)
QUESTION: Where is Adolf Hitler now?
RA: At this time he is in a training process in the middle astral planes of your spherical force field. This entity was greatly confused and needed a great deal of care. (B1, 17)
VI. ABRAHAM LINCOLN
RA. This entity saw the work done by those who began the democratic concept of freedom in danger of being abridged by the rising belief and use of the principle of enslavement of entities. This is a negative concept of a fairly serious nature in your density. This entity therefore went forward into what it saw as the battle for the light. This entity did not gain or lose karma by these activities due to its detachment from any outcome. Its attitude throughout was one of service to others. The polarity of the individual was somewhat, but not severely, lessened by the cumulative feelings and thought forms which were created due to large numbers of entities leaving the physical plane due to trauma of battle. (B2, 61)
50. NUCLEAR ENERGY
I. BOTH POSITIVE AND NEGATIVE ENTITIES WERE INVOLVED
QUESTION: How did we learn about nuclear energy? Was it mixed with both positive and negative orientation? (B1, 120)
RA: That is correct. The entities responsible for the gathering of the scientists were of mixed intent. The scientists who discovered nuclear energy were overwhelmingly positive in their orientation. The scientists who followed their work were of mixed orientation, including one extremely negative entity who is still on Earth. (B1, 121)
II. THE REINTEGRATION OF SOULS IS NEEDED IN A NUCLEAR EXPLOSION
RA: The use of intelligent energy transforming matter into energy is of such a nature among these weapons that
the transition from space/time 3rd density to time/space 3rd density, or what you call your heaven-worlds is interrupted in many cases.
There is a need for re-integration of souls when these nuclear devices are used in your space/time continuum. This is a service we may perform, (B1, 219)
RA: Those who were destroyed, not by radiation. but by the trauma of energy release, found a disarrangement of that unique vibratory complex you have called the spirit complex without possibility of re-integration. This would be a loss to the Creator and we were given permission, not to stop the events, but to ensure the survival of the disembodied mind/body/spirit complex. (B1, 219)
51. MESSAGES FROM MICHAEL
RA: There are some distortions in the descriptions of the one known as Michael. However, the distortions have to do primarily with the fact that these entities are not a social memory complex, but rather a group of mind/body/spirit complexes dedicated to service. These entities work together, but are not completely unified; thus they do not completely see each others thoughts, feelings and motives. However, their desire to serve is the 4th dimensional type of desire, thus melding them into what you might call a brotherhood. [Reference was made to a book, “Road in the Sky” by George Hunt Williamson and the mention of the elder race] (B1, 147)
52. HELPERS
I. NO ONE IS WITHOUT HELPERS
RA: There are those whose lessons are more random due to their inability to comprehend the nature of evolution of mind, body and spirit. Of these we may say that the process is guarded by those who never cease their watchful expectation of being of service. There is no entity without help,
either through self-awareness of the unity of creation or through guardians which protect the less sophisticated mind/body/spirit from any permanent separation from unity while the lessons of your density continue. (B2, 130)
II. THERE ARE 3 LEVELS OF HELPERS THAT ASSIST IN THE HARVEST
RA: In time of harvest there are always harvesters. There is some supervision necessary to ensure that this bounty is placed as it should be without bruise or blemish. There are 3 levels watching over the harvest. (B3, 6)
A. PLANETARY HELPERS = ANGELS, HIGHER SELF, INNER PLANE HELPERS
RA: The 1st type is planetary and that which may be called angelic. This type of helper includes the Higher Self of an entity and those inner plane entities which have been attracted to this entity through its inner seeking. (B3, 6)
B. CONFEDERATION HELPERS MAKE SURE NONE STUMBLE
RA: The 2nd class are those of the of the Confederation who stand at the edge of the steps of light/love so that those entities harvested will not, no matter how confused or unable to make contact with their Higher Self, stumble and fall away for any reason other than the strength of the light. These Confederation entities catch those who stumble and set them aright so that they may continue into the light. (B3, 6)
C. THE GUARDIANS DETERMINE PRECISELY THE LIGHT VIBRATION EMITTED
RA: The 3rd group is called the Guardians. This group is from the octave above our own and serve as light bringers. They provide the precise emissions of light/love in exquisitely fastidious disseminations of discrimination so that the precise light/love vibration of each entity may be ascertained. (B3, 6)
[Note: Apparently, by saying “the octave above our own,” Ra is referring to seventh-density entities and not entities outside of our own Octave of all creation.]
53. ATLANTIS
RA: They were able to use intelligent infinity in an informative manner. They used intelligent energy as well, manipulating greatly the natural influxes of the indigo or pineal ray from divine or infinite energy. Thus they were able to create lifeforms. This they began to do instead of healing and perfecting their own mind/body/spirit complexes, turning their distortions toward what you may call negative. About 11,000 years ago 40% of them died in the first war. About 10,821 years ago in your illusion the 2nd war, the most devastating one, caused earth-changing configurations and the larger part of Atlantis was no more. Some escaped to Tibet, Peru, and Turkey. (B1, 115)
54. THE MIND, BODY, AND SPIRIT
I. THE MIND/BODY/SPIRIT COMPLEX
RA: The term "mind/body/spirit" should be used to refer to those entities dwelling in 3rd density prior to the veiling process. The term “mind/body/spirit complex" refers to those entities dwelling in 3rd density after the veiling process. (B, 09)
II. THE MIND
RA: The body is the material experienced in space/time or time/space. The mind reflects the in-pourings of the Spirit and up-pourings of the body complex. It contains feelings and thoughts. Moving further down the tree of mind we see the intuition which is more in tune with the total being-ness complex. Moving down to the roots of mind we find the progression of consciousness which gradually turns from the personal to the racial memory, to the cosmic influences, and thus becomes a direct contractor of that shuttle we call the spirit complex. (B2, 25)
III. THE SPIRIT
RA: The spirit complex is the channel whereby the in-pourings from all the various universal, planetary and personal in-pourings be funneled into the roots of consciousness and whereby consciousness can be channeled to the gateway of intelligent infinity. (B2, 25)
IV. THE BODY
RA: What is important is the balanced blending of the energy centers in such a way that intelligent energy is able to channel itself with minimal distortion. The mind/body/spirit complex is not a machine. It is rather what you might call a tone poem. (B3, 25)
RA: The body is the creature of the mind and is the instrument of manifestation for the fruits of mind and Spirit. (B4, 57)
55. WORKING WITH LIGHT
I. LOVE/LIGHT AND LIGHT/LOVE
QUESTION: Is there any difference between light/love and love/light?
RA: There is the same difference as between teach/learning and learn/teaching. Love/light is the enabler, the power, the energy giver. Light/love is the manifestation which occurs when light has been impressed with love. (B1, 148)
II. THE 3 SPIRALS OF LIGHT ENERGY
A. The fundamental spiral which is used for study and healing. B. The spiral to the apex which is used for building. C. The spiral spreading from the apex which is used for energizing. (B3, 57)
III. DEVELOPING LIGHT IN THE MIND/BODY/SPIRIT
RA: Note the great way of the development of light in the microcosmic mind/body/spirit. It is assumed that an adept will have its energy centers functioning smoothly and in a balanced manner to its best effort before a magical working. All magical workings are based upon evocation and/or invocation. The first invocation of any magical working is that invocation of the magical personality. Begin the invocation of this magical personality by the motion of putting on something. Since you do not have an item of apparel, the gesture which you have made is appropriate. The 2nd evocation is the evocation of the great cross of life. This is an extension of the magical personality to become the Creator. All invocations are drawn through the indigo ray center. (B3, 170-171)
56. RIGHT BRAIN/LEFT BRAIN
RA: It may seem that the rational or analytical mind might have more of a probability of pursuing the negative orientation. However, this same ability to structure abstract concepts and to analyze experimental data may be the key to rapid positive polarization. Those whose analytical capacities are predominant have somewhat more to work with in polarizing. The function of intuition is to inform intelligence. As you may see, these two types of brain structure need to be balanced in order that the net sum of experiential catalyst will be polarization and illumination, for without the acceptance by the rational mind of the worth of the intuitive faculty, the creative acts which aid in illumination will be stifled. (B2, 124)
57. TRUE COLOR
RA: Each of the true color densities has the 7 energy centers and each entity contains all this in potentiation. The activation, while in yellow ray, of violet-ray intelligent infinity is a passport to the next octave of experience. (B2, 122)
Last Updated ( Saturday, 19 July 2008 )
LAW OF ONE CONDENSED.htm
6/22/2017